|
|
The Rocky Run |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Marriot Downtown, Main Lobby |
Chair: Scott A O'Donnell (S.A.O.B.A., LLC) |
Run with us from LOVE Park to the Philadelphia Museum of Art, where we will recreate the scene from the 1976 movie Rocky by running up the Art Museum steps! Attendees should meet at the LOVE statue at LOVE Park at or before 7 AM (arrive before 7 AM for photo opportunities). LOVE Park is located a short walk past historic City Hall from the Philadelphia Marriott Downtown (7-8 minutes, .3 miles). The run to the Philadelphia Museum of Art begins promptly at 7 AM. Those walking the route should note it will take about 1 hour round trip.
Please meet at the LOVE statue at LOVE Park for the run.
Note: The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG supported the inclusion of this and other physical activity sessions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Jay Moore |
Abstract: The Importance of Contingencies Operant contingencies of reinforcement specify the relation among the antecedent circumstances of a response, the response itself, and a reinforcing consequence of the response. The study of contingencies is consistent with the thesis of selection by consequences in biological science, and forms the framework for the analysis and explanation of both nonverbal and verbal behavior. Just as nothing in biology makes sense except in light of evolution, nothing in a science of behavior makes sense except in light of contingencies. |
|
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
|
Dr. Jay Moore is a native of Grand Rapids, Michigan. He received his undergraduate degree from Kenyon College in Ohio in 1967, and his master’s degree from Western Michigan University in 1969 under David Lyon. He served in the US Navy from 1969 to 1972, then returned to graduate school at the University of California-San Diego, where he received his doctoral degree in 1975 under the late Edmund Fantino. He joined the Psychology Department at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in 1977, and retired from there in 2015. He served on the boards of editors of several major journals in our field, as well as editor of The Behavior Analyst and Behavior and Philosophy. He also served as president of the Association for Behavior Analysis - International, in addition to holding various leadership positions with ABAI and as a faculty member at UWM. His principal interests are in the experimental analysis of behavior, and theoretical- philosophical-conceptual-historical topics. In the domain of the experimental analysis of behavior, he is interested in choice, conditioned reinforcement, and the effects of temporal distributions of reinforcement such as seen in delay discounting. In the conceptual domain, he is interested in radical behaviorism as a philosophy of science. He has published articles and chapters on experimental and conceptual topics in numerous journals and books, and is the author of two books: Conceptual Foundations of Radical Behaviorism (2008) and From a Behavioral Point of View (2015). He and his wife Betty have two adult children, David and Sarah, who both live in New York City. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Jomella Watson-Thompson |
Abstract: The Uncommitted: A Behavioral-Community Approach to Advance Collaborative Action There is a plethora of societal issues that challenge our community health, development, and well-being. The application of a behavioral community approach used to advance community change through multisector collaboration is examined. The Youth Violence Prevention Center- Kansas City, a Center for Disease Control and Prevention National Center of Excellence in Youth Violence Prevention, demonstrates the use of a socially valid approach to address violence as an issue of significant societal concern. The importance of collaboration with those uncommitted to institutions and ideologies but rather working together through a common commitment to advancing change and sustained improvement with and in communities is discussed. A challenge is posed to foster broader application and adoption of our science for societal impact through a collective commitment to multisector collaboration and engagement with diverse scholars, practitioners, and communities. |
|
JOMELLA THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
|
 Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is a professor of Applied Behavioral Science and a researcher affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. Dr. Thompson leads the Youth Violence Prevention Research Center- Kansas City, a Center for Disease Control and Prevention National Center of Excellence in Youth Violence Prevention. Her research focuses on behavioral-community approaches to youth and community violence prevention, adolescent substance abuse prevention, and neighborhood and community development. She has examined the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson also works with community collaboratives to examine social determinants or factors, including educational attainment and access to resources and supports, that may contribute to disparities experienced particularly for racial and ethnic groups and in underserved communities. She researches and promotes community-academic partnerships through community-engaged scholarship as an approach to foster sustainable change and improvement in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse, and youth and community violence prevention. She serves on the Executive Council for the Association of Behavior Analysis International. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology, a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas, and a B.A. in Urban Studies from Jackson State University. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination: Dermot Barnes-Holmes |
Abstract: Stronger Together: Fostering Cooperation and Collaboration inside Behavior Analysis In reflecting upon the international dissemination of behavior analysis, and my own role in this sphere, I think it is important to recognize that we are too small a field to divide ourselves into even smaller sub-groups. Disseminating our science is rendered even more difficult if we are constantly embroiled in, what some may argue are, petty in-house conflicts. Such conflicts are perhaps in stark contrast to the tremendous overlap in the research that we are all doing, even if we often use different terms and concepts to talk about the behavior we are studying. In my own area, that of human language and cognition, we all seem to be aiming to develop a behavior-analytic, monistic, and naturalistic account of human language and thought that is devoid of mentalistic theorizing and speaks directly to practical concerns in educational, clinical, organizational, and other settings. In calling for a more collaborative or cooperative approach I are not suggesting that we all have to agree with each other in an anodyne manner and engage in empty gestures of mutual respect. Debate and disagreement should be welcome but only if it serves to bring greater clarity or progress for the field. An excellent example of the type of debate I am thinking of here may be found in the exchange between Willard Day and Murray Sidman in the series of letters between the two that Murray (1994) published in his volume, Equivalence Relations: A Research Story. In my brief presentation, I will use this exchange to highlight the advantages for all concerned in fostering a more cooperative and collaborative approach within our field. |
|
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University) |
|
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland, Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behaviour between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International. He is also a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium. |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions: Teachers College, Columbia University |
Abstract: Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Teachers College, Columbia University In 1981 Doug Greer, in conjunction with his graduate students from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Arts and Science and Teachers College, developed the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model of education. CABAS® was designed to incorporate the findings in the science of behavior and its philosophy to all components of the schooling system (students, parents, organizational administration, teacher trainers, parents, and the university). CABAS® schools are driven by students’ learning that is continuously and directly measured. Application of the science involves continuous measurement as teaching tools. Student outcomes and research drive the curriculum at the university level. PhD students function as strategic scientists of teaching in their classrooms and train their MA teacher assistants. CABAS® School salaries have funded MA and PhD students for 43 years (264 PhD dissertations, more than 450 MA students). Today accredited CABAS® schools (see www.cabasschools.org) are in the USA, Korea, and England, with hundreds more CABAS® trained professionals in Ireland, Italy, Spain, Brazil, and China. Research contributions include: a strategic science of teaching and accelerated independent learning, identification and establishment of verbal developmental cusps, how ontogenetic verbal development affects instruction, conditioned reinforcement by denial, and effects of verbal cusps on learning to read and reading to learn. |
|
R. GREER (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Doug Greer is Professor Emeritus of Psychology and Education, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University and currently Senior Research Scientist for the Foundation for the Advancement of a Strategic Science of Teaching (FASST). He has served on the editorial boards of 12 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 23 journals and is the author, coauthor, or coeditor of 14 books and the ELCAR curriculum and inventory of repertoires for preschoolers. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, Chinese, Italian and Portuguese. Greer has sponsored 264 doctoral dissertations, taught numerous teachers and psychologists, founded the Fred S. Keller School and the CABAS? model of schooling used in the USA, Korea, Spain, Ireland, Italy, China, and England (www.cabasschools.org). He has been involved in basic and applied experimental research for 55 years in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his students and colleagues have identified: (a) verbal and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children, (b) conditioned reinforcement by observation and denial conditions, (c) an organizational systems science of schooling, and (d) the stimulus control for incidental bidirectional naming. Doug is the recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the ABAI award for International Contributions to Behavior Analysis, May 5 as the R. Douglas Greer Day by the Westchester County Legislature and the Jack Michael Award for Contributions to Verbal Behavior. The ABAI award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis to Teachers College Columbia University and CABAS® is scheduled for the May 2024 ABAI convention. He has served as guest professor at universities in Brazil, China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, Korea, India, Ireland, Germany, Italy, USA, and Nigeria. |
|
Dr. Jessica Singer-Dudek is the Director of Transdisciplinary Programs in ABA at Columbia University Teachers College. She also serves as a Senior Behavior Analyst Consultant to schools implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, and serves as the CABAS® Professional Advisory Board Secretary/Treasurer. Dr. Dudek’s research interests include component analyses of successful behavior analytic models of education, teacher and supervisor training, verbally governed and verbally governing behaviors, establishment of early observing responses, verbal behavior development, conditioned reinforcement, and observational learning. |
|
SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Stuart Vyse |
Abstract: The Happy Accidents of a Writer’s Life I will offer some reflections on how I learned be a better writer and what drew me to write about behavioral science for a general audience. The talk will describe several ways the behavior analysis community supported my development as a writer and some fortunate events outside the field of behavior analysis that also contributed. I will give particular attention to the role of editors and reading for pleasure in the life of the writer. |
|
STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar) |
|
I am a behavioral scientist, teacher, and writer. I am a contributing editor for Skeptical Inquirer magazine, for which I write the “Behavior & Belief” column, both online and in print. I have written personal and professional essays in a variety of places, including the Observer, Medium, The Atlantic, The Good Men Project, Tablet, and Time. The first edition of my book Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition won the William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association and was translated into Japanese, German, and Romanian. An updated edition was published in 2014. My book Going Broke: Why Americans (Still) Can’t Hold On To Their Money is an analysis of the current epidemic of personal debt. The first edition was translated into Chinese, and the second edition was released in September of 2018 in both paperback and audiobook formats. In 2020, my book Superstition was published in the Oxford University Press Very Short Introduction series. The Spanish translation, Breve historian de la superstición, was published by Alianza editorial on January 13 (!), 2022. My latest book, The Uses of Delusion: Why It’s Not Always Rational to be Rational (Oxford, 2022), is out now in the US in hardcover, e-book, and audiobook. It will be published in the UK in August 2022. As an expert on superstition and irrational behavior, I have been quoted in many news outlets, including the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, and have appeared on CBS Sunday Morning, CNN International, the PBS NewsHour, and NPR’s Science Friday. See the In the Media page for recent quotes and appearances. I hold a PhD in psychology and BA and MA degrees in English Literature and am a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science and the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. The majority of my teaching career was spent at Providence College, the University of Rhode Island, and Connecticut College. My academic interests are in decision-making, behavioral economics, philosophy, behavior analysis, and belief in the paranormal. |
|
Target Audience: All convention registrants are welcome and encouraged to attend. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to:
1) Discuss how the study of contingencies is consistent with the thesis of selection by consequences in biological science, and forms the framework for the analysis and explanation of both nonverbal and verbal behavior,
2) Describe how the application of a behavioral community approach may be used to advance community change through multisector collaboration,
3) Discuss the advantages of fostering a more cooperative and collaborative approach to behavior analysis,
4) Describe how the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model of education incorporates the science of behavior and its philosophy to all components of the schooling system, and
5) Discuss the role of editors and reading for pleasure in the life of the writer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying Empirically Supported Treatment and Assessment for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk) |
Discussant: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The growing number of children diagnosed with autism has resulted in an increased demand for effective treatments and evaluation. In the study we evaluated the effects of a center-based Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) model for preschool aged children with autism. Outcomes of 25 children receiving IBI was compared to the outcome of 14 children receiving autism specific, eclectic, special education. Results suggest that preschool aged children with autism may make large gains in intellectual and adaptive functioning and improvement in autism severity with IBI, and that effects of IBI may be similar to that of EIBI. Persistent deficits in social referencing may interfere with the development of essential abilities such as language, symbolic abilities, and general social-cognitive processes in children. The Social Referencing Observational Scale (SoROS) was developed to assess deficits in social referencing skills in children between 2.6 and 5.0 years of age. The SoROS may have an advantage comparing to existing screening instruments in that it is based on direct observation. Other advantages of the SoROS are that it is quick (4-5 minutes) and that it can be conducted by preschool teachers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ASD, IBI OUTCOME, SCREENING SCALE, SOCIAL REFERENCING |
|
A Comparison Controlled Study Examining Outcome for Children With Autism Receiving Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) |
MARTA WOJCIK (Institute for Child Development, Gdansk), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by persistent deficits in social communication, social interaction, and restricted, repetitive patterns of behaviors (World Health Organization, 2018). Research has shown that early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has the best empirical support and may be effective in increasing intellectual and adaptive functioning. Meta-analyses studies have found a positive effect of EIBI compared to control conditions Furthermore, research has shown that eclectic interventions of the same intensity as ABA treatment may produce lower gains. In the current study we evaluated the effects of a center-based Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) model. We examined whether IBI was more effective than an eclectic autism specific intervention for preschool aged children with ASD. Participants were 25 children receiving IBI and 14 children receiving eclectic autism specific intervention. A quasi-experimental design was employed, where participants were assigned to either the IBI group or to the eclectic autism specific group based on parental preferences. After 14 months of treatment, children from the IBI group improved significantly on standard scores in intellectual functioning and adaptive behavior and had a significant reduction in autism severity compared to the children in the autism specific, eclectic, special education group. |
|
The Development and Validation of the Social Referencing Observation Scale as a Screening Instrument for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ANNA LUBOMIRSKA (Institute for Child Development, Gdańsk, Poland), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk) |
Abstract: Social referencing behavior is described as “a process in which one person utilizes another person's interpretation of the situation to formulate his or her own interpretation of it”. Deficits in social referencing may be an early sign of more comprehensive developmental abnormalities such as ASD.
The Social Referencing Observation Scale (SoROS; Lubomirska et al., 2021) is a behavior observation checklist developed to detect deficits in social referencing behavior in children aged between 2.6 and 5 years. The SoROS is a systematic behavioral assessment, based on direct observations during three scenarios, where the child observes three emotional expressions fear, pain, and joy. First we evaluated 204 typically developing children aged between 2.6 and 5 years. Our main finding was that all children showed social referencing in that they first looked for cues in another person as for how to behave, and second behaved accordingly. Then, 56 children with autism aged between 2.6 and 5 years were assessed. Their results were significantly different to those of children of typical development. Inter-rater reliability for individual scoring behaviors was good to high. Moreover, SoROS predicted an ASD diagnosis with excellent sensitivity and specificity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Teaching Social, Functional Living, and Vocational Skills to Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James Maraventano (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: James Maraventano, Ed.D. |
Abstract: An often-cited barrier to independent living in adulthood for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) is the ability to procure and/or maintain gainful employment. Upon turning 21 years old, resources, support, and funding for individuals with DD are significantly reduced, resulting in what is colloquially referred to as a “services cliff”. This lack of quality supports often contributes to poorer outcomes in the realms of acquiring and maintaining employment, managing mental and physical health, maintaining social relationships, and developing skills that promote independent living (e.g., functional living, problem solving, and vocational skills). It is critical to the role of support providers in adult services to employ evidence-based procedures to better improve outcomes of independent living for adults with DD. Our three presentations intend to disseminate recent research in assessing and teaching problem solving, interviewing, social and vocational skills to promote independence for adults with DD. Guido D’Angelo’s study evaluated a training package of behavioral skills training (BST) and token reinforcement to improve job-related social skills in natural contexts. Courtney Butler’s study evaluated the effects of a BST package to teach job interview skills to adults with ASD. Erika Cruz’s study evaluated the effects of a decision-making model and a BST package to teach problem solving skills to adults with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): adult autism, employment, interview skills, vocational skills |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for behavior analytic professionals in the fields of adult service, education, and transition planning. Prerequisite skills for attendees include a knowledge of and/or experience utilizing behavior analytic assessments as teaching practices such as behavioral skills training and vocational assessments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the utility of behavioral skills training and token reinforcement for teaching job-related social skills to adults with developmental disabilities (2) Understand and enact the use of behavioral skills training to teach interviewing skills to adults with autism (3) Utilize a written decision-making model incorporating behavioral skills training to teach problem-solving skills to adults with autism |
|
An Individualized Approach to Teaching Adults With Autism to Successfully Navigate Job Interviews |
COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Despite the importance of employment, adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have a lower likelihood of being employed compared to individuals with other disabilities and may experience challenges finding and maintaining employment regardless of intellectual and vocational. Adults with ASD experience challenges securing employment, which may partially explain overall underemployment or unemployment in this population. One of the first steps to obtaining employment is participating in a job interview. However, social communication deficits may interfere with an individual's ability to participate in a job interview. Our research included two university students with ASD who participated in a university support program as well as three adults with ASD in a community-based vocational support program. The goal of the training was to improve vocal interview skills as well as improve non-vocal behaviors. Data were collected to evaluate the effects of the various interview trainings. Results showed significant improvement from both participants in vocal behaviors in asking and answering questions. Results also showed improvement in head orientation, posture, and response. The preliminary results suggest that an individualized approach to training may be an effective strategy to help adults with ASD, with various support needs, to successfully navigate job interviews. |
|
Assessing and Teaching Job-Related Social Skills to Adults With Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Italy |
GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Claudio Radogna (Cooperativa Dalla Luna, Bari), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The opportunity to find and maintain employment may be challenging for individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDD) given the social challenges in the work place. Despite the importance of regular employment, just a handful of studies have focused on interventions to improve job-related social skills of individuals with NDD in countries outside of the United States. In this study, we replicated and extended prior research by evaluating the acquisition, generality, and long-term maintenance of job-related social skills with three individuals with NDD residing in Italy. The training components included a package consisting of behavioral skills training (BST) and token reinforcement. Results suggested that the intervention was effective for teaching the skills and promoting the transfer of these skills to real work contexts. Furthermore, social validity surveys indicated that the participants, caregivers of individuals with NDD, and professionals considered the skills and interventions to be acceptable. These findings have implications for improving employment outcomes for individuals with NDD across the globe. |
|
The Use of an Individualized Decision-Making Model to Teach Problem Solving Steps to an Adult With Autism |
ERIKA CRUZ (Alpine Learning Group), Isamar Becerra (Alpine Learning Group), Stefanie Levi (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Lora et al. (2020) effectively used activity schedules to teach a sequence of problem-solving responses during work tasks to adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Suarez et al., (2021) used a written flow chart to teach children with autism spectrum disorders to identify and find solutions for social problem solving. We partially replicated and extended this work by using a multiple probe design across three problem scenarios (unfamiliar task, broken items, insufficient materials) to determine the effects of a written decision-making model and components of behavioral skills training on the completion of problem-solving steps (i.e., identification of problems, identification of solutions, implementation of solutions) during vocational tasks in a young adult with autism spectrum disorder. With the implementation of the intervention, an adult with autism spectrum disorder was taught to use a written decision-making model evidenced by the percentage of problem-solving steps increased systematically across the scenarios over baseline levels to criterion performance. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary Evaluations of Evidence-Based Interventions for Prader-Willi Syndrome Related Behaviors |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Fatima Ahmed (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: This symposium will provide an overview of current applied research focused on supporting individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) and their caregivers. The presentation will begin with a brief review of the literature and will continue with an overview of a behavior analytic treatment package for skin picking, a common self-injurious behavior demonstrated by individuals with PWS (Bedard et al., 2023b). Following development, the Skin Picking Treatment Protocol was assessed in a pilot study with 12 caregiver-child dyads. The results of the pilot study indicate that the intervention resulted in significant changes in caregiver ratings of wound severity and photographic evidence of wounds (Bedard et al., 2023b). The symposium will conclude with the presentation of two studies evaluating PWS Smart-Start, a remote behavior-analytic caregiver training program for caregivers of children with PWS. Study one assessed the feasibility and preliminary efficacy, and results indicated that the intervention was feasible and well accepted, and statistically significant findings across several domains (Bedard et al., 2023a). The second study is a randomized control trial with an embedded multiple baselines across participants’ design. This study evaluates the program across multiple endpoints (Bedard et al., 2023c), and has a full completion date of April 2023. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Parent Training, Prader-Willi syndrome, Skin Picking, Telehealth |
|
Historical Use of Behavior Analytic Interventions to Support Individuals With Prader-Willi Syndrome: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
ALANNA MORRISSEY (The Chicago School), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) is a complex neurogenetic syndrome that is estimated to affect between 1 in 10,000 and 1 in 30,000 live births (Butler et al., 2017; Cassidy et al., 2012). Despite the clear impact of behaviors of concern on the health, safety, and quality of life of people with PWS and their families, research into effective interventions for PWS related behaviors is very limited. The purpose of this systematic literature review is to provide a comprehensive analysis of the historic use of behavior analytic interventions to target behaviors of concern associated with PWS. Following initial search procedures, 4,708 articles were identified, and 32 articles were included following a screening process. These 32 articles were then coded across a variety of variables. Results indicate that there are very few studies evaluating behavior-analytic interventions for PWS. Of the existing literature, many articles include procedural integrity and data collection concerns. Future research is needed to investigate behavioral interventions for the PWS population that address these concerns and expand interventions to a broader set of challenges and concerns. |
|
Evaluation of a Behavior Analytic Intervention for Skin Picking in Prader-Willi Syndrome |
KELLY KRUKOWSKI (The Chicago School), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Research estimates that skin picking occurs in as many as 50-100% of individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS). The severity varies from minor abrasions to significant scars, craters, and disfigurement, resulting in infection and potential hospitalization (Morgan et al., 2010, Whittington & Holland, 2020). Although research is still limited, behavioral interventions have successfully reduced skin picking and other forms of body-focused repetitive behaviors for individuals with a variety of developmental disabilities, including Autism and PWS (Lang et al., 2010). This study aims to fill gaps in the literature by testing a caregiver-implemented intervention for skin picking delivered using remote, video technology. During this eight-week pilot study, 12 caregivers of a child with PWS will access a behavior-analytic treatment program that includes a token system with differential reinforcement of alternative and incompatible behaviors, as well as reinforcement of wound healing. The results of the pilot study indicate that the intervention resulted in significant changes across multiple measures and analyses, with 67% of participants showing significant improvement across all measures, and the remaining participants presenting mixed results. The findings are both very preliminary, and promising. Replication is needed, but findings suggest that caregiver implemented interventions may demonstrate significant effect on this complicated behavior. |
|
Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) Smart-Start: Evaluations of the Efficacy and Remote Delivery of a Behavior-Analytic Caregiver Training Program for Caregivers of Children With PWS |
KASEY BEDARD (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Amy Delyla Delyla Ulm (The Chicago School), Mary Strittman (The Chicago School), Kelly Krukowski (The Chicago School), Angeline V Eaton (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Children with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) often experience significant behavioral challenges, resulting in a pressing need for effective program to provide behavioral support to caregivers. PWS Smart-Start is a behavior-analytic caregiver training program developed specifically for caregivers of children with PWS aged 3-14. The purpose of the two current studies was to evaluate the acceptability and efficacy of the PWS Smart-Start program when delivered remotely over telehealth technologies. In the first, thirty-four families of children with PWS received the PWS Smart-Start training using online live video-coaching in order to assess feasibility and preliminary efficacy. In the second, 64 caregiver-child dyads received the program, and efficacy was evaluated across a variety of variables. Results of the first study indicated statistically significant improvements across primary and secondary variables. Study two is currently in progress, with full data available in April 2023. These preliminary results indicate that caregiver-implemented behavior analytic interventions have the potential to not only support children with PWS through behavioral challenges, but also to reduce caregiver stress and burnout, and to improve a variety of aspects of family life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Self-Injurious Behavior: Decades Past, Decades Ahead (The Problem Is Not Solved) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: For the past several years, my colleagues and I have been developing models for a deeper understanding of factors related to the development and maintenance of severe behavior. The recent passing of my mentor and colleague, Brian Iwata, has set the occasion for reflection on the past decades of behavioral research specific to self-injurious behavior (SIB). I will provide some historical context of research and practice related to SIB, including some perspectives from Dr. Iwata’s lab and publications. I will summarize some of the key findings from the past several decades to date. But, in addition, I will make a case that there is a long path ahead to complete our understanding of SIB, and to continue Iwata’s work in developing effective interventions. I will suggest future research and practice in the following areas: a) a deeper understanding of negatively reinforced SIB, b) a deeper understanding of automatically reinforced SIB, c) translation of basic research on self-biting and aggression that may shed light on functional properties of SIB, d) the need for development of detailed and complex case studies, and e) the need for prevention science (and the conundrum that arises from our traditional methodology). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: behavior analysts interested in research, history of the field, and assessment/intervention for SIB. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three variables that alter the value of escape as reinforcement; (2) describe at least two potential sources of automatic reinforcement for SIB; (3) describe at least one challenge related to evaluating the prevention of SIB. |
|
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Timothy R. Vollmer received his Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1992. From 1992 until 1996 he was on the psychology faculty at Louisiana State University. From 1996 to 1998 he was on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School. He returned to the University of Florida in 1998, where he has been ever since, and is now a Professor and Associate Chair of Psychology. His primary area of research is applied behavior analysis, with emphases in autism, intellectual disabilities, reinforcement schedules, and parenting. He has published over 200 articles and book chapters related to behavior analysis. He was the recipient of the 1996 B.F. Skinner New Researcher award from the American Psychological Association (APA). He received another APA award in August 2004, for significant contributions to applied behavior analysis, and received the Don Hake translational research award in 2022. He served as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 2014-2016. He is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI), and he received the ABAI mentoring award in 2017. More recently, he received the University of Florida Dissertation Advisor Mentoring Award in 2022. |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical and Variable Attributes of Effective Instruction- Markers of Success in Online Behavior Analysis Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Kristin K. Myers-Kemp, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kristin K. Myers-Kemp (ABA Technologies Inc. and FIT ABA Online) |
NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario) |
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Simmons University) |
KRISTIN N. FOLEY (Endicott College) |
Abstract: As a result of increased knowledge regarding the effectiveness of the science of behavior analysis and new funding sources, the demand for behavior analysts in the past 10 years has exploded. Consumer demand and these new funding streams resulted in the rapid development of new companies and job opportunities. The 2023 employment demand report shows that in 2022 there was nearly one job posting for every behavior analyst in the country. This immense demand resulted in an increased need for education in behavior analysis. Thus, approximately 100 new university training programs emerged in a 10-year timeframe. Additionally, the post-Covid shutdown landscape has recently influenced the demand for accessible programs. With increased online and hybrid options, the face of behavior analytic education continues to evolve. This panel will explore the future of education in our field, consider the critical and variable attributes of quality behavior analytic instruction in an online environment, and discuss successful program elements at four institutions. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Target Audience: University faculty, instructors, supervisors, or others interested in the education of upcoming BCBAs.
Pre-requisite skills/knowledge:
• Understanding of BACB certification pathways.
• Knowledge of current (2022) and upcoming (2027 and 2032) BACB certification standards for BCBA-level certificants.
• Understanding of university systems, programs, and program requirements.
• Knowledge of accreditation at the program and university levels. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Identify critical and variable attributes of behavior-analytic education; (2) identify challenges faced by online behavior-analysis programs and possible solutions; (3) identify how online behavior-analytic education may be improved to meet the needs of students and the field at large. |
Keyword(s): Education, Instruction, online |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Project ECHO: A Successful Partnership to Support Caregivers of Children With Autism and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities (I/DD) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Supporting the needs of caregivers of children with disabilities is one of the most socially important problems behavior analysts address. While there are multiple methods to address this priority, since 2020 the importance of meeting the needs of caregivers remotely has been emphasized. Project ECHO is a data based virtual service delivery model that has been used to train professionals and paraprofessionals around the world. In this paper we describe Project ECHO and how we are using to support caregivers of children with disabilities who demonstrate challenging behavior at home and in the community. We will also discuss why Project ECHO is a useful tool for behavior analysts to disseminate successful interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: General |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Project ECHO; (2) discuss the benefits of providing support for parents of children with autism and I/DD via a case-based learning model; (3) discuss why Project ECHO could be a good partner for disseminating information about successful behavioral interventions. |
|
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ilene Schwartz earned her Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in Child and Developmental Psychology and is a Professor of Education at the University of Washington in Seattle. She is the director of the Haring Center for Inclusive Education on the UW campus, an interdisciplinary, research and training center focused on improving outcomes for children of all abilities. Dr. Schwartz has had continuous funding from the US Department of Education since 1990 to support her work in the areas of autism, developing educational interventions for young children, and preparing staff to work with people with disabilities. She is the author of 3 books and over 90 scholarly articles and book chapters.
Dr. Schwartz has spoken to audiences around the world on topics such as “Understanding Autism” and “Why Inclusion is Important for all Children”. Her TED talk, “The Power of Inclusive Education” has been viewed by thousands of people. Her recent book, “The Project DATA Model for Teaching Preschoolers with Autism” describes her 25-year ground-breaking project designed to provide state of the art services for children with autism in public school settings. The Project DATA model is used across the country and internationally and is the standard of care for young children with autism in Washington state.
Dr. Schwartz lives in Seattle with her husband and chiweenie and maintains an active research and teaching portfolio in addition to her work as an amateur gardener and avid Mariners fan. |
|
|
|
|
|
Learning to Play and Expanding Communication Skills: Important Targets for a School Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate Hewett (Jigsaw School) |
CE Instructor: Kate Hewett, M.Ed. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three studies conducted in a school for autistic children and young adults with an additional learning disability. Teachers within the school are encouraged to replicate research conducted in other settings (schools and clinics) and to evaluate the results of their work. They are encouraged to conduct basic research to determine the effectiveness of different tactics in the classroom and also advanced research in terms of inducing emergent behaviour. The first two studies focus on expanding social verbal behaviour for primary aged children through play. Study one focuses on the classroom play environment and how the stimuli available can evoke language. Study two expands these findings to the playground setting. The third evaluates the emergence of verbal cusps, specifically incidental bidirectional naming and observational learning, in young adults. A school setting that encourages and reinforces research within its setting clearly results in positive outcomes for the student population and continued professional development for staff. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Naming, Observational Learning, Play, Verbal Behaviour |
Target Audience: An understanding of verbal operants and the verbal behaviour development theory |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define how environmental stimuli can be manipulated to evoke verbal behaviour in the classroom.
2. Implement strategies to encourage engagement and social interaction in the playground setting.
3. Explain how to induce observational learning and naming. |
|
The Effects of Changing the Classroom Play Environment on the Peer Interactions of Autistic Children |
HAYLEY LOUISE LOCKE (Jigsaw CABAS School
Queens University Belfast), Brian Fennell (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Autistic children often face difficulties with early verbal development and social interaction. The science of behaviour analysis has developed procedures shown through research to help support and teach these skills. Interventions focusing solely on manipulating environmental antecedent stimuli are presented less frequently in the literature than those concerned with response consequences. This study evaluated if changes to the classroom environment would evoke prosocial behaviours during play.
A multiple treatment reversal design was used to compare the presence of anthropomorphic toys, pet animals, and toys themed upon preferred interests, introduced on a central table, within the play area. Data were collected on social behaviour to peers for six autistic children in two primary classrooms. For five of the six participants all three conditions increased social behaviour in comparison to baseline. At the time of the study social interaction opportunities were limited due to the Covid-19 Pandemic restrictions, placing greater emphasis on safely encouraging opportunities within the classroom to ensure skill maintenance. Due to reported outcomes, educators, particularly in specialised settings, should focus on evaluating their classroom environment to ensure the contents and layout support children to maintain and generalise social skills. Further research on the benefits of class pets is encouraged. |
|
A School-Wide Approach To Increasing Engagement in Play and Social Interactions in the Playground |
KATE HEWETT (Jigsaw School), Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Abstract: It is common for autistic children and those with learning disabilities to exhibit limited pretend play skills due to delays in their social repertoire combined with the tendency to emit stereotypical and repetitive sequences. Neurotypical children learn to play and develop related verbal operants by watching and engaging with others. Autistic children may have limited observational learning skills and if attending specialist settings may not access appropriate peer models. The current study took place in a special educational school with teaching primarily based on the scientific literature applied across repertoires with a focus on generalisation and novel responding. A multiple probe design was implemented to observe the effects of these evidence-based tactics on engaged play and social interactions in the playground. Overall baseline observations suggested that although some participants demonstrated pretend play responses and related verbal operants, these were limited. The study evaluated if activity schedules, scripts and modelling led to increased play responses and verbal operants or if a more intensive protocol was required. Implications of results are discussed with alternative approaches to further develop the impacts of the intervention highlighted. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of a Peer-Yoked Contingency Procedure and a Multiple Exemplar Instruction Procedure on the Emergence of Incidental Bidirectional Naming |
RHYS JONES (Jigsaw School
Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: This study looks to ascertain if it is possible to induce incidental bidirectional naming in Autistic young adults and begin to analyse a sufficient procedure. Specifically, the paper compared the effects of a peer-yoked contingency procedure and a multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) procedure on the acquisition of incidental bidirectional naming (Inc-BiN) and observational learning. Four autistic children with learning disabilities, aged 16 to 18, participated in the study and two were allocated to each procedure. Participants attended a specialist setting for pupils aged 3-19 years old. A pre and post probe design was used across participants to identify if incidental bidirectional naming and observational learning would emerge, and which pair of participants would acquire these cusps the fastest. Results showed that both multiple exemplar instruction and the peer-yoked contingency procedure were successful in inducing the missing cusp Inc-BiN with these four participants. The peer-yoked contingency procedure was shown to be the more efficient procedure for inducing these cusps. Procedural limitations and future research are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Antecedent and Consequent Strategies to Promote Efficient Skill Acquisition |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Paige O'Neill, M.A. |
Abstract: When providing ABA services for learners with autism spectrum disorder, it is crucial that clinicians identify not only effective, but efficient teaching procedures. Procedures that result in rapid acquisition of instructional targets or promote generative learning to untaught targets may be particularly helpful in this aim. Such procedures can involve manipulation of antecedent and/or consequent components of instructional protocols (e.g., prompts, reinforcement, or secondary stimuli). This symposium will present research that evaluates the effects of various antecedent and consequent strategies that aim to improve instructional efficiency across a range of skill domains for learners with autism spectrum disorder. Presenters will discuss extra-stimulus versus within-stimulus prompts and differential outcomes procedure to teach conditional discriminations, and antecedent and consequent instructive feedback to teach tacts and intraverbals. Presenters will discuss clinical implications of the findings, including potential benefits and barriers to using the procedures in practice, as well as areas for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment-based instruction, differential outcomes, instructive feedback, skill acquisition |
Target Audience: At least BCBA-level clinicians and researchers; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify potential antecedent and consequent strategies to enhance efficiency of teaching procedures; (2) describe how to use instructive feedback and differential outcomes procedure; (3) describe potential benefits and barriers to the described procedures |
|
An Assessment of Digital Stimulus Prompts to Teach Conditional Discriminations to Children With Autism |
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Katherine Flores (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Isaiah Salazar (76201), Karen Rader (ALABA) |
Abstract: Effective and efficient skill-acquisition procedures must be identified to support individualized behavioral programming for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To do this, practitioners and researchers may use assessment-based instruction. Prompts are a common teaching strategy to promote skill acquisition. The purpose of this applied study was to use assessment-based instruction to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of digital within- and extra-stimulus prompts to teach conditional discriminations to three children with ASD. We identified stimulus prompts using a survey of popular children’s games and conducted a tablet-based instruction readiness assessment. Stimulus prompts involved motion (within-stimulus) and pointing (extra-stimulus) to evoke correct responses in the presence of the discriminative stimulus. We used an adapted alternating treatments design with a no-treatment control condition to evaluate the effects of both prompt types across multiple sets of stimuli. Both stimulus prompt types were efficacious in facilitating skill acquisition for two of three participants. Little difference was observed in time to mastery with either prompt. Neither stimulus prompt was efficacious for the third participant. Assessment results were used to inform clinical programming to teach conditional discriminations to participants and contribute to research on designing and implementing assessments of skill-acquisition procedures. |
|
Teaching the Function of Auditory Stimuli Using Secondary Target Instruction |
MARYKATE MCKENNA (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY), Casey Nottingham (ABA Collective) |
Abstract: It is important for children to learn to identify safety stimuli in their environment; however, there has been limited research in the field of behavior analysis related to effective and efficient strategies for teaching these skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Although previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of using secondary targets to teach tacts of visual stimuli, little research has evaluated procedures to teach children with ASD to tact auditory stimuli. The purpose of this study was to teach individuals with ASD the function of auditory safety stimuli using secondary target instruction across two different instructional arrangements (Condition 1-Single Presentation and Condition 2-Re-presentation). Sessions to mastery and total training time were used to evaluate the efficiency of procedures. The results showed that participants learned all primary targets that were directly taught and that the secondary targets emerged in the absence of direct teaching in both conditions. Results also suggested that Condition 1-Single Presentation, resulted in more efficient learning across target sets for both participants, with one exception. |
|
Further Evaluation of Variables That Affect the Efficacy of and Preference for Instructive Feedback Delivery |
MANISH K. GOYAL (Southern Illinois University), Grace Lafo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Laurent Orozco-Barrios (Southern Illinois University), Connor Eyre (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lesley Shawler (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the utility of instructive feedback (IF) as a method to produce emergent verbal behavior. Instructive feedback is a teaching strategy in which nontarget stimuli are presented in learning trials to increase the efficiency of instruction (Carroll & Kodak, 2015). Researchers have investigated differences in secondary target acquisition when inserting the secondary targets in different configurations of the learning trial (e.g., antecedent, consequence). Findings have shown minimal differences in efficacy irrespective of the configuration (e.g., Vladescu & Kodak, 2013). However, no studies to date have evaluated participants’ preference for feedback delivery. As such, the current study replicated previous research by comparing the efficacy and efficiency of IF when presented as antecedent or consequence feedback and included a preference measure for feedback delivery for two children with autism spectrum disorder. We included some procedural modifications such as incorporating probes throughout intervention to attempt to determine when secondary targets were acquired and measured participants’ echoic behavior to evaluate its role in the emergence of the secondary targets. Finally, we tested for the emergence of novel intraverbal responses following secondary-target acquisition. We discuss the clinical implications of our results related to past research, emergent verbal behavior, and participant choice. |
|
Evaluation of the Differential Outcomes Effect on the Acquisition of Auditory Visual Conditional Discriminations |
PAIGE O'NEILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Valdez-Nuguid (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Zeinab Hedroj (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Madison Judkins (University of Nebraska-Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Stride Autism Centers), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes procedure involves correlating reinforcers with responses, in that a specific reinforcer is provided contingent on a specific response. This procedure has been shown to result in faster acquisition than standard reinforcement procedures (i.e., the differential outcomes effect). Though this is a well-established effect in both human and non-human animals, there is little research demonstrating its utility in clinical applications. This study evaluated the effect of the differential outcomes procedure on the acquisition of auditory visual conditional discrimination among children with autism spectrum disorder with a history of difficulty acquiring this skill. An adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple-probe across comparisons was used to compare the differential outcomes procedure to reinforcement-as-usual (i.e., non-differential outcomes). Preliminary data reveal idiosyncratic results across participants, with evidence that the differential outcomes procedure may result in more efficient acquisition for some learners. Considerations for clinicians and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Clinical Services to Improve the Quality of Life of People With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center) |
Discussant: Hillary Laney (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Floriana Canniello, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Within the complex clinical context of neurodevelopmental disorders, there is a growing need for timely and effective rehabilitation interventions. To meet these challenges, the integration of evidence-based experimental programs and the oversight of expert behavior analysts, aided by researchers and technologists, are imperative in clinical practice. Building on these principles, our research team has undertaken projects that combine ABA methodologies and technology to enhance the well-being of individuals with autism. Our focus areas encompass challenging behaviors, selective eating, communication, personal independence, and practical skills. The first study outlines the initial findings from an applied research project that led to the development of a decision-making model for ABA interventions. This model strives to support and formulate personalized interventions based on an individual's phenotypic traits. In the second study, we explore the outcomes of incorporating assistive technologies with ABA-based procedures, highlighting their potential to significantly impact communication skills, personal autonomy, and functional abilities. The third and fourth studies represent extensions and adaptations of PFA and SBT protocols in severe cases of food refusal and severe problem behavior, respectively. The adjustments and integration with software applications have resulted in substantial reductions in problem behaviors and improved the quality of life for the family. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should have foundational skills in the area of behavior intervention, building interventions from assessment, program design, shaping, and an understanding of functional analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss innovative methods for implementing ABA-based interventions through technology. 2. Discuss the usefulness of using technological supports to enhance the quality of ABA treatment. 3. Discuss how the application of Skill Based Treatment to address problem behaviour and food refusal supports meaningful outcomes for clients |
|
A Novel Decision-Making Model for Tailoring Autism Spectrum Disorder Treatments |
LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Roberta Simeoli (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center; University of Naples Federico II, Naples, Italy.), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Nola), Mariangela Cerasuolo (AIAS NOLA), Davide D'Elia (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Anna Del prete (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Claudia Caprioli (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: The diagnostic criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), as defined by DSM-5-TR and ICD-11, strongly emphasize the two core symptoms characterizing the disorder, namely deficits in social communication and the presence of repetitive behaviors. However, ASD is a complex and heterogeneous condition, making the definition of suitable treatments a significant challenge. This work introduces an innovative decision-making model, based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles, with the aim of optimizing treatment choices for individuals with ASD. By harnessing the reciprocal interaction between individual behavioral traits and treatment variables, our approach has been designed to achieve the best fit between individual’s unique characteristics and treatment dimensions. Leveraging this dynamic interplay, we have developed a decision-making model capable of adapting interventions to meet each child's learning and developmental needs. In summary, our work introduces a cutting-edge decision-making model that shifts the focus from specific treatment models to a personalized and adaptable approach. This model not only will optimize treatment selection but also will pave the way for a more effective and individualized approach to addressing ASD, recognizing the dynamic nature of the condition and its associated interventions. |
|
Enhancing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Interventions for Effective Treatment of Autism People Through Technological Supports |
SALVATORE VITA (Garage94), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Andrea MENNITTO (Garage94), Giuseppina Sangiovanni (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Valentina Iovino (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luisa Guida (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: The role of technology in special education and rehabilitation has increased over the last 20 years. New interactive technologies, such as smart mobile devices, related applications (apps), wearable devices, and the Internet of Things (IoT), promote interaction between individuals and their environment, expanding opportunities to treat autism and other disabilities within the natural environment. Within the landscape of assistive technologies and software used for the treatment of autism, we present the Speech Platform for Autism Rehabilitation and Knowledge (SPARK), positioned within a theoretical framework that combines assistive technology with intervention strategies based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), all within an embodied approach. The current work presents the results of three multiple baseline across behavior design conducted on a total of nine patients (e.g. three each), using SPARK to teach three different intervention goals, as follows: (i) increase motivation for communication; (ii) teach self-care skills; (iii) teach functional skills. The results indicate that after 60 days of using SPARK, there is a significant improvement for all the domains. These findings suggest that the use of embodied ABA-based software, such as SPARK, can enhance the quality of life for individuals with autism and facilitate the work of clinicians. |
|
Assessment and Treatment Model to Address Malnutrition, Food Refusal and Highly Food Selectivity |
ROSARIA BENINCASA (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Nola), Annapia Mautone (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Rossella Apicella (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: Several forced feeding methods are often attempted with ASD children with food selectivity and food refusal. When there is a marked weight loss and malnourishment, tube feedings or intravenous therapy may be prescribed. Although alleviate temporary risk, forced or passive feeding methods do not correct the feeding problem and not increase voluntary consumption. In addition, these methods can increase the risk of generating trauma. To understand problem behaviors the Performance-based IISCA (Iovino et al. 2022) was used supported by IISCA APP. We applied a modified version of the Skill-Based Treatment (Hanley et al., 2014) in a five-week model protocol to treat food selectivity, food refusal and mealtime problem behaviors. Child with ASD, nasogastric (NG) tube, severe food selectivity, chronically refuse food was recruited for the study. This treatment was fully entirely supported by the National Health System. Parenting Stress Index was using to evaluate the magnitude of stress. Social validity was assessed using a 7-point scale. After the treatment, food repertoire increased, number of mealtime problem behaviors decreased, and the NG tube was removed. Treatment effects were successfully transferred to caregivers and other setting. Parents recognized the social validity of the protocol by reporting high satisfaction and lower stress levels. |
|
Parent-Mediated Treatment Model to Addressing Problem Behavior |
MARIA GALLUCCI (AIAS Nola), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Angela Granada (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Salvatore VITA (Garage94) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who exhibit problem behaviors may have experienced trauma during their lives (Darnell et al., 2019; Kerns et al., 2015). We will highlight how the core principles of TIC can be applied to improve the quality of services for assessing and treating problem behaviors, using PFA and some adaptations of SBT (Hanley et al., 2014) in a five-week protocol model. A child diagnosed with ASD and severe problem behaviors participated in this study. The treatment received full support from the Italian National Health System. To understand problem behaviors the Performance-based IISCA was used and SBT protocol was implemented by teaching communication, toleration and cooperation supported by IISCA APP. The protocol was immediately transferred and implemented by the child's parents, later extending to various settings. The Parenting Stress Index was employed to assess stress levels within the parent-child system and social validity was measured on a 7-point scale. The results indicated the protocol's effectiveness in reducing challenging behaviors while enhancing the child's communication, toleration, and cooperation and improving the quality of life of the entire family. Moreover, parents reported satisfaction and acknowledged the social validity of the treatment and reductions in stress levels after the treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nuanced Treatments for Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University ) |
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The treatment of challenging behavior requires nuanced strategies that adequately address clients’ idiosyncratic needs. A review conducted by Schlichenmeyer et al. (2013) identified 30+ idiosyncratic variables that affected the results of functional analyses. The prevalence of idiosyncratic variables affecting functional analysis outcomes indicates a need for research on the identification of effective treatments for challenging behavior maintained by idiosyncratic variables. The following symposium focuses on three assessments that were conducted to identify effective treatments for client-specific idiosyncratic variables. The first assessment targeted challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors when transitioning from high-to-low preferred activities. Treatment included the use of rules, differential reinforcement, and positive practice. A changing criterion design with an embedded reversal was used to measure treatment effects. The results indicated that the treatment effectively increased successful transitions without engaging in ritualistic or challenging behavior. The second assessment targeted challenging behavior maintained by denied access to mands. Treatment options included visual alternative choice boards and/or a distractor task. A multi-element design was used to compare treatment effects. The results indicated that the treatment, which included both a visual alternative choice board as well as a distractor task, was more effective than both denial alone and the use of a visual choice board alone. The third assessment targeted the identification of the preferred escape modality for challenging behavior maintained by access to escape. Treatment options included two forms of help, as well as one form of a break. A multi-element design was used to evaluate the three requests. The results indicated that both forms of help were associated with lower levels of challenging behavior compared to a request for a break from demands. Limitations and future directions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Denied Access, Escape-Maintained Challenging-Behavior, Ritualistic Behavior |
Target Audience: Clinicians within their first few years of clinical practice who provide services to individuals who engage in challenging behaviors maintained by idiosyncratic variables. |
Learning Objectives: (1). Understanding how to use a changing criterion design to identify the effectiveness of an intervention to reduce challenging behavior maintained by access to rituals.
(2). Identification of how to evaluate multiple treatments for treating challenging behavior maintained by denied access to mands.
(3). Identification of how to evaluate multiple functional communication requests to reduce challenging behavior maintained by access to escape from demands. |
|
Treatment for Challenging Behavior Related to Denied Access to Rituals |
JACQUELINE WILSON (Salve Regina Uinversity), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts provide services to a broad range of clients, including individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Restrictive or repetitive behaviors, interests, and/or activities are one of the core symptoms of ASD. Interrupting rituals can provoke challenging behavior for some individuals. Thus, there is a need for effective behavioral treatments targeting the reduction of challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors. The purpose of this presentation is to summarize the relevant literature and discuss a case study describing the treatment of challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors. The participant of the case study was a nine-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD who engaged in aggression following denied access to ritualistic behaviors when transitioning from high to low-preferred activities. The treatment package consisted of rules, differential reinforcement, and positive practice. IOA was collected during 34% of trials with an agreement score of 100%. Results of this study suggest that the treatment package plus shaping was effective at reducing aggression and decreasing the occurrence of ritualistic behaviors. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed based on findings within the study.
Keywords: ritualistic behaviors, treatment, autism, challenging behavior, changing criterions design |
|
Redirecting Following Denied Access |
JESSE PERRIN (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Caitlyn Federico (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Tangible functions can be nuanced and controlled by idiosyncratic variables. Adult compliance with mands is one type of nuanced function related to an access to tangibles function where the client specifies an ever-changing tangible/activity they want an adult to provide. The participant of this study was a 13-year-old white male who engaged in aggression maintained by access to tangible items. A multi-element design was used to evaluate three interventions for denying a specific request from a client who engaged in challenging behavior related to adult compliance with mands that included an unavailability statement, an alternative option choice board, and a distractor task. The results of the study indicated that the distractor task with the alternative option choice board was the most effective intervention. IOA was collected for 79% of treatment analysis sessions using trial-by-trial agreement with an overall agreement of 100%.
Keywords: Adult Compliance with Mands; Tangible Function; Distractor Task; Alternative Choice Board |
|
Assessment of Multiple Functional Communication Requests for Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior |
REBECCA WARD (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training is a differential reinforcement procedure that involves teaching an alternative response to access the same function as challenging behavior. Schlichenmeyer et al. (2013) identify several classes of motivating operations that influence impact escape maintained challenging behavior (e.g., task difficulty, preference for tasks, work requirements, instructional tone, prompting types, prompt timing, and wording of instruction). However, there is limited guidance on determining which specific topographies of escape from demands should be utilized in treatment. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess three functional communication requests (FCRs) in the treatment of escape-maintained challenging behavior. The participant in this study was a nine-year-old Hispanic male who engaged in flopping and property destruction maintained by access to escape from demands. Two FCRs accessed assistance from the instructor, one in the form of reduction in demands and the other in the form of most-to-least prompting. The third FCR accessed a break from the demand, which lasted 30 seconds in duration. The three treatments were evaluated in a multi-element design with both FCRs for assistance having lower rates of challenging behavior compared to the FCR for break. IOA was collected for 38% of sessions, and agreement was 100%. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.
Keywords: Functional Communication Training, Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior, Request for Assistance, Request for Break. |
|
A Novel Use of a Concurrent Operant Assessment to Assess Severe Challenging Behavior |
GRACE E SYLVESTER (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the use of a concurrent operant assessment to evaluate the function of severe challenging behavior presented by a female adolescent diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and visual impairment. These assessments use a choice-making paradigm and are sometimes used as an alternative to functional analyses, especially when evoking and reinforcing challenging behavior can be dangerous. Typically, this assessment involves simultaneously presenting two or more stimuli and measuring time allocation to each option. This procedure most often involves separating a room into two separate areas, visually separating the physical space, and asking the client to go to their preferred area. However, for a client with visual impairments whose problem behavior includes refusing to move, such as with this client, accommodations to a concurrent operant assessment are required. We found limited to no research describing a concurrent operant assessment to address these needs. This case example describes how we successfully adapted this assessment using vocal-verbal prompts and participant responses. Results of the assessment suggested that the challenging behaviors were likely to be maintained by access to specific types of attention and that attention was likely a competing function to escaping from demands. Implications behavior treatment planning will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Gap: Behavior Analysts' Consideration of Medical Needs in Client Care |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
CE Instructor: Johanna F Lantz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium "Bridging the Gap: Behavior Analysts' Consideration of Medical Needs in Client Care" aims to explore the intersection of behavioral science and medical needs, showcasing the vital insights and practices that behavior analysts can contribute to improving the overall well-being of their clients. This symposium will feature a collection of presentations, each highlighting various aspects of the consideration of medical needs and collaboration between behavior analysts and the medical community. We will delve into the significance of considering medical conditions during assessment and when designing and implementing behavior intervention programs, thereby creating more comprehensive and effective strategies for individuals with diverse needs. Key topics to be discussed during the symposium include: 1. A review of existing literature on behavior analysis and the consideration of client medical needs, including common comorbid conditions, current recommendations, resources, and case examples. 2. The result of a recent survey focused on assessing the current practices of behavior analysts in the consideration of medical needs of their clients. 3. Examples of and considerations for relationships between client self-injury topography, function, and medical diagnoses. 4. Examples of and considerations for how to leverage the behavior analytic skill set to better understand possible medical influences on client behavior. 5. Ethical Considerations: Presentations will touch on the ethical obligations of behavior analysts in managing client medical needs and how to navigate potential challenges in this intersection. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Collaboration, Medical Comorbidities, Self-injury |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List resources that may be helpful when there is reason to believe that a referred behavior is influenced by a medical condition 2. Provide examples from the literature showing the relationship between challenging behavior and medical variables 3. Discuss the potential relationship between medical severity, adaptive behavior, and self-injury 4. Utilize the behavior analytic skill set including behavior measurement and data analysis to evaluate possible connections between medical conditions and interfering behaviors. |
|
Medical Considerations and Challenging Behavior: A Call to Action |
(Theory) |
KARISHA BRISTOW (Bancroft), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities are more likely to experience health conditions, such as neurological disorders, including epilepsy, gastrointestinal (GI) conditions, severe headaches, allergies, ear infections, metabolic disorders, and sleep disturbances (Bauman, 2010; Soke, 2018), that can be difficult to outwardly observe and thus may not be recognized by healthcare professionals prior to referral for behavior analytic treatment. Additionally, examples of correlational and causal relationships between health conditions and problem behavior have been described in the academic literature for over 20 years (May and Kennedy, 2010). Behavior analysts acknowledge that ethical practice involves ensuring medical needs are addressed if they are likely to influence behavior (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020), yet there is little guidance for behavior analysts to recognize behavioral manifestations of comorbid health issues despite literature suggesting this may be a key piece in understanding some clients’ behavior. This presentation will review the existing literature and summarize the various documented influences that health conditions have had on problem behavior as well as serve as a call for a more comprehensive perspective and interdisciplinary approach when assessing and treating challenging behavior. |
|
A Survey of Current Practices of Behavior Analysts’ Consideration of Client Medical Needs |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER ROEDER (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Lisa Alberts (Lasalle University) |
Abstract: This symposium will include the presentation of the results of a survey conducted with Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), Doctoral Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA-Ds), and Assistant Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) to gather data on their current practices regarding consideration of medical needs within behavior-analytic assessment and treatment. The study aims to bring attention to and guide further practice in ruling out medical factors in intervention as well as to provide direction for the development of resources for behavior analysts to improve practices surrounding the consideration of medical needs in behavioral interventions. A variety of demographics of behavior analysts with varying primary area of behavior-analytic practice and years of experience as a credentialed behavior analysis completed the survey. The results indicated varying themes surrounding behavior analysts’ active collaboration with medical professionals, confidence in considering medical needs of clients, practices surrounding how to analyze potential underlying medical conditions, and preferences for future clinical resources on the topic. Further, the results indicate the continued need for collaboration among varying professionals within the individual’s interdisciplinary team to ensure that all contributing factors to behavior are considered to result in the best outcomes for clients. The implications of results, limitations of the study, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Medical Conditions and Self-Injury: A Preliminary Investigation of the Relationships Between Topography, Function, and Medical Conditions |
(Service Delivery) |
VALERIE MONICA COLANTUONO (A.J. Drexel Autism Institute, St. Christopher's Hospital for Children), Autumn Austin (Drexel University), Giacomo Vivanti (Drexel University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Autistic individuals experience a higher prevalence of medical conditions and engage in self injurious behavior (SIB) more frequently compared to neurotypical peers. In the current study, we conducted a retrospective analysis of medical records for children and adults with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities receiving day or residential services at a large non-profit organization (N = 472). Data on demographics, SIB topography and function, medical diagnoses, and adaptive behavior scores from the Adapted Behavior Scales - 3rd Edition (ABAS-3) were collected from participant’s electronic health record (EHR). An additional derived variable for medical severity was coded following (Gur et al., 2014)’s index of the overall severity of medical conditions. Preliminary results found that individuals who had lower ABAS-3 raw scores were more likely to engage in SIB, and some topographies of behavior were more likely to be displayed by individuals with a higher medical severity score. The present study will expand on these preliminary correlational analyses, and discuss relationships between specific topography and function of SIB, specific medical diagnoses, and adaptive behavior. |
|
Leveraging the Behavior Analytic Skill Set to Better Understand Medical Influences on Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery), Jenny Foster (The Center for Discovery), Conor Anderson (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery) |
Abstract: The BACB Ethics Code guides behavior analysts to assess possible medical or biological factors that may influence a referred behavior. Behavior analysts have the ability to use skills such as functional behavior assessment, behavior measurement and data analysis to evaluate connections between medical conditions and interfering behaviors. Despite our ethics code and skill set, behavior analysts have not made significant contributions to the knowledge base in this area compared to other disciplines. Behavior analysts can evaluate medical variables previously demonstrated to impact behaviors such as seizures (Viscidi et al., 2014), sleep (Cohen et al., 2018), menses (Carr et al., 2003), gastrointestinal disorders (Peters et al., 2014), medications (Strzelczyk & Schubert-Bast, 2022), pain (Courtemanche, Black, & Reese, 2016) and acute illness (Carr & Owen-Deschryver, 2007) alongside of behavior data to see impacts at the individual and population levels. Such examination can inform both individual treatment and the field more broadly. During this presentation, I will share how we leverage our comprehensive data set at the Center for Discovery to better understand medical complexity and its relationship to interfering behaviors in our severely affected residential population. Examples will consist of single-subject case studies, aggregated group data, and machine learning approaches to predict the likelihood of interfering behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Practices to Consider During the Course of an Admission: A Review of Behavior Analytic Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Caitlin Fulton (Munroe Meyer Institute- University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, authors reviewed empirical based literature to give an overview of key topics for practicing clinicians to consider throughout an admission. Spinks et al. conducted a literature review on the use of latency measurements in Functional Analysis and treatment of severe problem behavior and present a summary of the literature using latency to measure target behavior. In addition, will present clinical implications, strengths, and limitations to the empirical foundations. Research has demonstrated the use of multiple formats of preference assessments in identifying a hierarchy of preferred stimuli. Bryan et al. extended a review of literature based on the preference assessment literature review published by Tullis et al. (2011) and will further discuss their findings in guiding assessment and treatment. Boyle and colleagues will provide an overview of function-based approaches for providers to consider when addressing multiply controlled problem behavior as well as presenting strengths and limitations of published treatment approaches and strategies to mitigate limitations. Lastly, Dawson et al. will present an overview of literature that explores the differences and similarities when teaching a mand in the absence of replacing undesirable behavior and teaching an alternative response such as a functional communication response (FCR) to replace undesirable behavior. Dr. Joseph Lambert will provide comments on consideration for practitioners, clinicians, and supervisors, in clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional Communication, Latency measures, Literature Review, Preference assessment |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to discuss: 1. Use of multiple preference assessment formats for guiding assessment and treatment of challenging behavior 2. Strengths and limitations of the empirical foundations for latency based functional analysis 3. Approaches to addressing multiply controlled problem behavior, the associated limitations, and ways of mitigating those limitations 4. Differences and similarities when teaching a mand in the absence of undesirable behavior and teaching an alternative response, functional communication response (FCR) to replace undesirable behavior. |
|
What Do You Do? A Scoping Review of Mand and Functional Communication Training |
KYLE DAWSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katherine Flores (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Colleen McGrory (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The mand was first introduced in 1957 in B.F. Skinner’s Verbal Behavior. In his book, Skinner described the mand as a verbal operant that specifies the reinforcer for the response and is elicited by a motivating operation (MO). A person may mand for access to a tangible item, termination of an aversive stimulus, or information that may lead to further sources of reinforcement. A functional communicative response (FCR) is a type of mand in which the mand specifies a functional reinforcer that maintains undesirable behavior, typically destructive behavior. Although mands and FCRs have several of the same properties, the additional element of behavior reduction in functional communication training has led researchers and clinicians to take a different approach to teach the verbal operant than the field’s verbal behavior counterparts. This talk aims to explore the differences and similarities between teaching a mand in the absence of replacing undesirable behavior and teaching an FCR to replace undesirable behavior. Audience members will be able to reflect on their own teaching procedures and identify potential teaching modifications based on the literature on multiple specialties in behavior analysis. |
|
Review of the Preference Assessment Literature for People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
SAMANTHA BRYAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brittany Hope Loder-Lafferty (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munro-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the utility of preference assessment methodologies in a variety of settings for individuals with severe to profound intellectual and developmental disabilities (Cannella et al., 2005; Lancioni et al., 1996). This paper is an extension of the Tullis et at. (2011) paper and reviews 90 studies conducted between 2011 and 2023 that were divided into five categories: (a) effectiveness of formats in determining reinforcing stimuli, (b) underlying mechanisms of preference and factors that may influence or change preference, (c) comparison of methodologies or components between preference assessments, (d) assessment for preference of stimuli, and (e) effects of using preferred stimuli. Results from these studies support previous research supporting the utility of multiple formats of preference assessments for identifying preferred and reinforcing stimuli for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. These findings are discussed in terms of guiding services and interventions for individuals with severe to profound disabilities. Suggestions for future research are provided. |
|
Assessing and Treating Multiply Controlled Challenging Behavior: Published Approaches and Clinical Decision-Making |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Upstate Caring Partners), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A portion of problem behavior is maintained by multiple reinforcement contingencies (e.g., problem behavior maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement; maintenance by both social and automatic reinforcement; or maintenance by multiple forms of positive reinforcement). Treating multiply controlled problem behavior may be more complex than treating problem behavior maintained by a single contingency. Practitioners need to decide whether all functions should be targeted from the outset and/or which functions to prioritize. We conducted a scoping review of behavior-analytic research to identify approaches to treating multiply controlled behavior and found several approaches have been described in the literature. The purpose of this presentation is to provide practitioners with an overview of function-based approaches for addressing multiply controlled problem behavior. Specifically, we present guidelines for functional analysis and treatment. We also describe strengths and limitations of published treatment approaches and discuss strategies for mitigating these limitations. Finally, we describe areas for future research. |
|
Latency Measurement in Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
ELISSA SPINKS (Behaviors Analysis Association of Mississippi), Stephanie Mattson (Mississippi State University), Hailey Spinks (Mississippi State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that latency is a reasonable index of response strength in the analysis and treatment of problem behavior. The literature contains numerous examples of functional analyses emphasizing latency informing effective treatment for problem behavior in various scenarios. Latency measurement can improve the versatility of functional analyses by allowing researchers and practitioners to conduct assessments in challenging environments (e.g., classrooms) and to examine behavior that is not amenable to a traditional functional analysis arrangement (e.g., elopement). Although there have been several reviews of the functional analysis literature, to date none have specifically addressed functional analyses emphasizing latency measurement. Given the unique advantages of functional analyses emphasizing latency, a systematic review could be beneficial to researchers and practitioners in behavior analysis. Therefore, we conducted a systematic literature review of research on functional analyses using latency to measure target behavior. Our review included 79 cases across 27 empirical research articles. We present a summary of the extant literature, strengths and limitations of the empirical foundations, provide clinical implications, and discuss future directions for research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassion and Science – How and Why They Must Coexist in Autism Education Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention) |
Discussant: Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent interest in compassionate care has been evident in the field of Behavior Analysis, with concerns that emphasis on technical procedural knowledge has overshadowed the delivery of compassionate care. This symposium will define how we link compassionate practices with data-based outcomes to ensure that both science and compassion are part of autism education programs. As the founders of our field noted, behavior analysis is defined by both scientific rigor and valued goals and outcomes. A review of the core dimensions of behavior analysis will be completed along with an emphasis on how those dimensions are implemented and/or assessed in a science-based intervention model employed across several education programs nationally and internationally. Staff-training practices that include a focus on both technical precision and relationship development will be described to demonstrate the importance of training both clinical and compassionate repertoires. The role of consumers in selecting intervention goals will be discussed, as well as the importance of providing a wide breadth of programming that meets the family and cultural needs of each individual student. Finally, student observational measures, including engagement, activity selection, and interaction patterns will be shared to demonstrate the utility of these measures in assessing outcomes of compassionate care. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Autism Education, Compassionate care, Data-based outcomes, Staff Training |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for an advanced audience. Audience members should have a BCBA and competencies in developing autism programs and training staff. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify staff training strategies to promote and assess clinical competence and compassionate care delivered by education program staff members; (2) identify tools and yoked contingencies of reinforcement that serve as proactive measures and prompt systems to support accountability in ensuring comprehensive programming and parental involvement; (3) identify how to use program-wide direct measures to assess synchronous engagement between instructors and students, instructor, and student affect, and to obtain a sample of daily activities for students, and clinical trainer activity. |
|
Compassionate Care is More Than Words….It’s a Responsibility |
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement) |
Abstract: A growing discussion as it relates to autism intervention has focused on compassionate care. While this is an important topic, it is not a new phenomenon. In their seminal article, Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) discussed the importance of improving human behavior and outlined the seven core dimensions of the field. Subsequently, Wolf (1978) discussed the importance of having consumers evaluate the goals, procedures, and outcomes achieved to ensure social validity. Further, in the most recent publication of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts, the BACB explicitly states that behavior analysts should treat others with compassion, care, and dignity. In sum, when the goal is to improve one’s quality of life, it is important to do so in a caring manner, while still adhering to the core principles of the science. Throughout their careers, Drs. Krantz and McClannahan ensured compassionate care was one of the foundational values of an autism agency. Their work is exemplified within the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI). The purpose of this presentation is to provide examples of how compassionate care is at the forefront of the systems employed within, and across, the ASAI programs and to share data documenting effectiveness in this domain. |
|
Training Clinically Strong, Compassionate Staff Members |
Sue Vener (Foundry 6:1:3), ALISON GILLIS (The Graduate Center/CUNY, RISE NY) |
Abstract: To be an effective agent of change in an autism education program, there are clinical skills that all staff must acquire. Historically, there has been an emphasis on staff-training protocols that ensure clinicians demonstrate mastery of behavior analytic repertoires and effectively implement instructional strategies. These skills include, for example, delivering reinforcement, prompting effectively, delivering discrete trial teaching, and teaching language. Although adherence to behavioral procedures is necessary, it is not sufficient to produce staff members who collaborate, demonstrate compassion, and ensure instruction that leads to improved quality of life. Staff training must include the development of professional, compassionate, and culturally sensitive skills. A review of staff training practices that have been effective in promoting well-rounded, caring clinicians will be described along with data supporting effective behavior change agents that ensure consumer satisfaction and implement teaching programs to address the cultural needs and values of each consumer. In addition, strategies and procedures that promote parent trust and involvement, an understanding of individualized family life and values, and the development of action plans based upon knowledge of the consumer will be reviewed, along with data from programs that have implemented the same staff training model both nationally and internationally. |
|
Behavioral Systems to Ensure Compassionate, and Comprehensive Intervention Programming and Family Supports |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University), Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: One facet of compassionate applied behavior analytic intervention is ensuring that provided services support the full breadth of a learner’s programming needs in an ongoing manner. Foundational to the operations of ASAI member organizations are multiple practices and systems designed to accomplish this. We will describe how compassionate care practices have been ever-present in our intake procedures, home programming model, and annual planning meetings. We will describe how our practices are flexible and responsive to changing consumer needs and best practices in our field. Participation in home programming services (that is, caregivers receiving coaching to effectively deliver intervention in home and community settings) as a requirement for continued enrollment, is a hallmark of our program and as we will describe, a core example of compassion fundamentally underlying our intervention approach. We will describe tools and yoked contingencies of reinforcement used across multiple levels across our organization that serve as proactive measures and prompt systems to support continued accountability in this area, with special attention to an annual home programming relationship assessment tool. Last, social validity data from parents of children served over the last 20 years will be presented. |
|
A Direct Measure to Support Efficacy and Compassionate Behavior Analytic Services |
AMANDA SAWMA FREEMAN (Princeton Child Development Institute), Christine Fry (Princeton Child Development Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are continually tasked with providing effective and compassionate services. There has been a recent call for behavior analysts to receive direct training in providing compassionate services, primarily focused on compassionate interactions with families (Rohrer & Weiss, 2022). A program-wide measure has been developed, based upon the work of Risley and McClannahan (1975) to assess efficacy and rapport-building between instructors and students in a one-to-one behavior analytic school setting, and has been replicated across several similar school settings. The data produced suggest a possible direct measure to assess instructor efficacy in maintaining learner engagement. Additional data were obtained to assess synchronous engagement between instructors and students, instructor, and student affect, and to obtain a sample of daily activities for students, and clinical trainer activity. Program-wide measures, such as these, may be particularly useful to provide program administrators with ongoing data to guide goal setting within the organization while continually striving to achieve positive and effective learning environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Real World Effects of Psychopharmacological Intervention Discontinuation on Destructive Behavior Frequency Amidst Comprehensive Behavioral Treatment |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anahita Masoum (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Discussant: Rajvinder Singh (McMaster University) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Psychopharmacological interventions are widely prescribed to address severe self-injurious and aggressive behaviors. One tacit assumption regarding ongoing psychopharmacological treatment for patients with severe behaviors is that such interventions are reducing or have reduced the frequency and/or intensity of the problem behaviors. Such assumptions are supported, in many cases, by randomized controlled trials for specific indications and decades of use. However, there are reasons to doubt psychopharmacological intervention efficacy for severe destructive behaviors. First, the dependent variables utilized to assess drug efficacy are often non-specific and do not directly assess problem behaviors frequency or intensity. Second, people with severe problem behaviors are often exposed to polypharmacy obscuring individual drug effects. Third, people with severe behaviors often have fragmented treatment records complicating assessment. Finally, patients with severe behaviors often receive continuous psychopharmacological intervention. On the other hand, systematic tapering and discontinuation of all medications rarely occurs. Here, we summarize real-world effects of psychopharmacological medication tapering on problem behavior frequency of over 750 patients with severe problem behaviors across 24 years. Our data suggest that in a comprehensive behavioral treatment program, approximately 70% of individuals demonstrated a decreasing trend in aggressive and self-injurious behaviors during and after psychotropic medication tapering. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Aggression, Psychopharmacology, Self-injury, Severe behavior |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of between group and single subject research designs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Critically analyze dependent variable used in psychopharmacological studies. 2) State the real world findings (e.g. percent of patients who tolerated medication withdrawal without increases in problem behaviors) within the described population. 3) Describe various effects of medication on problem behavior frequency across patients. |
|
23 Years of Taping Medications: The Effect on Self-Injurious and Aggressive Behavior Frequency |
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are assumed to generally reduce the frequency and/or intensity of severe aggression and self-injury. The Judge Rotenberg Center employs an approach to psychopharmacological treatment where psychotropic medications are gradually tapered (often eliminated) in the context of comprehensive behavioral treatment. We believe this approach is atypical and most patients with severe behaviors receive continuous psychopharmacological intervention. Medication increases (dose and number) and cross tapering are commonplace. Systematic tapering and discontinuation of all medications is rare. Anecdotally as an organization, we have observed rates of problem behaviors often decelerate amidst and after the discontinuation of psychotropic medications. However, the effect has never been assessed through large scale analysis. Here, we present data spanning 24 years summarizing the general effects of medication tapering on over 750 patients with severe aggression and self-injury. We summarize basic demographic information associated with the patients and describe behavior frequency and trend before, during, and after psychotropic drug discontinuation. The results suggest that in 70% of cases, the frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behaviors decreased during and after psychotropic medication tapering. |
|
Why Doubt Psychopharmacological Drug Efficacy? |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often part of multidisciplinary teams that treat patients with severe problem behaviors. Patients with severe problem behaviors are often treated concurrently with behavioral interventions and psychotropic medications. However, there are reasons to doubt the efficacy of psychotropic medications. A cursory review of literature often shows research characterized by randomized controlled trials, significant p-values, and graphs showing differences between drug and placebo groups. However, lost in the study is dependent variable. While behavior analysts often rely of problem behavior frequency, drug studies rely on subjective rating scales such as the Aberrant Behavior Checklist – Irritability Subscale (developmental disabilities), Clinical Global Impression – Improvement Scale (mental illness), Alzheimer’s Disease Assessment Scale – Cognitive (Alzheimer’s disease), and many other similar measures. The items associated with these scales are often diverse and possibly lead conclusions that overstate the effect of the drug on problem behavior frequency or other behavioral effects. Here, these dependent variables and research methodologies are contrasted with common behavior analytic methodologies. |
|
The Research Underlying Clonidine Efficacy for Aggression and Self-Injury Contrasted With Real World Efficacy |
DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Abstract: Clonidine is frequently prescribed to reduce aggressive and self-injurious behavior in people with various mental disorders. An anecdotal observation by a psychiatrist noting clonidine discontinuation often led to improvements in self-injury, aggression, and other destructive behaviors inspired a literature review and retrospective analysis of clonidine tapering. The basic literature review revealed that high doses of clonidine were historically used to evoke self-injury and aggression in basic studies with mammals. Studies showing clonidine efficacy for problem behaviors utilized subjective dependent variables with diverse and numerous line items. Finally, a retrospective analysis of clonidine discontinuation was conducted using frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behavior frequency as a dependent variable. A molar analysis with 89 participants showed that across three time points (e.g. clonidine, clonidine taper, and post clonidine), the mean rates of problem behavior decreased as the drug was discontinued. A repeated measures statistical analysis will be presented. Individual celeration charts showed individual differences with clonidine discontinuation resulting in low rates with some exceptions. In addition, some patients showed temporary increases in problem behaviors following clonidine reductions. |
|
Illustrating the Efficacy of Psychopharmacological Agents Using Problem Behavior Frequency and Standard Charts |
NICHOLAS LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Thompson, Hackenberg, and Schaal (1989) summarized the efficacy of various antipsychotic agents used between 1971 and 1989 to treat destructive behaviors in people with developmental disabilities. They noted therapeutic effects had been observed but suggested “….in most cases [the therapeutic effect] was either (1) not observed, (2) observed, but at the expense of adverse side effects, (3) observed , but perhaps not to a clinically-relevant degree, (4) observed, but inferior to behavioral treatments….” Selecting from hundreds of case examples, here we show individual examples of various drug effects across 24 years of psychopharmacological treatment. In most cases, psychopharmacological treatments were discontinued without clinically significant increases in problem behaviors. However, in some cases, drug interventions were extremely effective or increased rates of problem behaviors. Taken together, the individual charts show detailed molecular analysis of how behavioral procedures can usually be substituted for psychopharmacological treatments without major increases in problem behaviors. The results are discussed in context of collaboration with multi-disciplinary teams. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Behavioral Science Towards Injury Prevention |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: John C. Borrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teaching and training procedures rooted in behavioral science have produced robust outcomes in the safety skills research literature. Performance based training, such as behavioral skills training (BST), has been implemented with individuals through the lifespan to teach skills related to firearm safety, abduction prevention, hazardous material avoidance, food allergen avoidance, and the implementation of safe infant sleep arrangements, to name just a few. This symposium will include four talks and a discussant related to using behavioral science in preventing injury of infants and children. More specifically presenters will share their research related to, training caregivers to perform infant CPR, training caregivers to identify potential choking food hazards, training caregivers to implement the American Academy of Pediatrics recommendation for tummy time with infants, and training caregivers to implement correct infant car seat installation. Audience members will learn how to implement performance-based training programs with individuals to teach a variety of safety skills for parents and stakeholders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, Safety Skills |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with behavior skills training and performance based training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) implement behavior skills training to teach safety skills to parents and stake holders; (2) identify goals and objectives related to infant and child safety skills; (3) design a training protocol for parents and stakeholders in infant and child safety skills. |
|
A Potential Life-Saving Skill: Teaching Caregivers to Perform Infant Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) |
JENNYLEE ACIU (Helping Hands Family), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Cardiac arrest occurs when the heart stops beating causing blood flow to vital organs to cease. Cardiac arrest occurs more commonly in infants and children due to respiratory emergencies such as drowning, choking, sudden infant death syndrome, or heart abnormalities. With approximately 5,000 infants and children experiencing out-of-hospital cardiac arrests annually, the aim of this study was to equip caregivers with the skill of performing infant CPR. Researchers extended Aciu et al. (2021) by incorporating the use of feedback technology during behavioral skills training. During training, form and performance of CPR were taught separately. That is, instructions, modeling, rehearsal, feedback, and no feedback were implemented when teaching the topography of CPR and when teaching the performance of CPR. Once participants demonstrated the criteria for both form and performance, feedback was removed to assess CPR. Results demonstrated that once BST was implemented, all participants met the mastery criteria for both form and compressions. All participants maintained responding during the post-test. During the extension phase, most participants demonstrated elevated levels of performance across longer durations of CPR. Social validity data were collected from each participant; limitations and extensions of this research will be discussed. |
|
Parents of 0- to 24-Month-Old Children Make High Rates of Dangerous Errors in Choking Hazard Detection Both Before and After Education |
ALISON RUBY (Louisiana State University), Matthew Capriotti (San Jose State University), Erica Lozy (Bridges Behavioral Wellness), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Choking is a leading cause of death in children under the age of 4. We evaluated the impact of two educational interventions on choking hazard detection in a naturalistic food preparation safety task (FPST) in parents of 0-to-24-month-olds. 66 parents completed an FPST, in which they were presented with photos of meals and asked to identify whether foods (a) were safe to feed their child as pictured, (b) could be made safe with modification, or (c) could not be made safe. Participants were randomly assigned to read a choking prevention pamphlet (n=32) or read the pamphlet and watch a brief video of parents modeling choking-safe food preparation (n=34). Afterward, parents repeated the FPST and answered questions. At baseline, parents made dangerous errors on an average of 32.2% of trials (0-33); 97.0% of parents made at least one dangerous error. Post-education, dangerous errors decreased to an average of 21.4% trials (0-29); 95.5% of parents made at least one dangerous error. More improvement was observed for the pamphlet + video group. Educational components involving video modeling appear more effective than text-only approaches, though there is a need for more effective educational approaches. |
|
Assessing the Use of a Shaping Procedure to Implement Tummy Time |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Jadene Eusebio-Ronco (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends placing infants on their tummy during waking periods, known as tummy time. Tummy time is intended to mitigate the increased incidence of positional plagiocephaly, a flattening of the back or side of the infant’s head, and torticollis, which have increased in prevalence since the dissemination of the AAP’s recommendation to place infants on the back for all sleep periods. Many infants may not tolerate tummy time. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a stimulus-shaping procedure to teach infants to tolerate a modified tummy time position. We extended upon a previous demonstration of the chest-to-chest position by evaluating a stimulus shaping procedure to systematically transition from the inclined chest-to-chest position to a fully prone position. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three infant-caregiver dyads to evaluate the effectiveness of a caregiver-led stimulus shaping procedure on infant behavior during tummy time. |
|
On the Effectiveness of Video Prompting With Embedded Safety Checks to Teach Correct Child Passenger Safety Restraint Installation and Harnessing |
NIRUBA RASURATNAM (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: In North America, motor vehicle collisions are the leading cause of unintended injury-related deaths among children under the age of 14. The primary cause of these deaths is the improper use of child passenger safety restraints (CPSR). Correctly installed CPSRs can decrease the risk of fatal injury by 45% to 95%. To date, no studies have used video prompting with embedded safety check to teach correct CPSR installation and harnessing in the absence of researcher implementation. We used a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effectiveness of a video-prompting procedure with embedded safety checks to teach four prospective parents and caregivers CPSR installation and harnessing skills. All participants learned to perform these skills and these effects maintained for 4 weeks. Further, this training produced an improvement on all participants’ performance of an untrained installation position, vehicle, and harnessing skill, and these effects largely maintained for 4 weeks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Family Well-Being and Engagement in Services Through Behavior Analytic Treatments |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya LeAnn Lambert Delp (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
Discussant: Emily Callahan (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Tonya LeAnn Lambert Delp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Families with one or more children diagnosed with autism tend to experience higher levels of stress as compared to families with neurotypical children. It is widely believed that access to services, particularly applied behavior analysis (ABA) caregiver training, aids in decreasing stressors. In fact, caregivers who are highly stressed are less likely to seek services, less able to engage in learning behavioral strategies and, instead, research indicates stress often increases as a result of caregiver training alone. Additionally, this familial stress is not limited to parents and caregivers, but siblings of diagnosed individuals also tend to report decreased life satisfaction and increased likelihood of experiencing feelings of anxiety and engaging aggressive behaviors. Throughout this symposium the presenters will demonstrate the efficacy of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT), two behaviorally based therapeutic strategies, targeting parent engagement and sibling relationships. Results from these studies indicate these interventions may benefit overall family well-being, increase access to services, and improve fidelity with behavioral interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, family supports, PCIT, service engagement |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for graduate students or BCBAs with an interest in expanding their skillsets. ACT and PCIT are reliant on in the moment modifications to practice and, ACT in particular, is most effective when clinicians have a grasp of functional analysis of verbal behavior. Individuals with emerging to fluent skills in these are most likely to benefit from this presentation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the utility of behavior analytic treatments for family members of those with a neurodiverse child. 2) Assess for family stressors and identify targets for intervention. 3) Explain the need for holistic, system-based treatment for improved child outcomes. |
|
Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Increase Parent's Value-Based Behaviors: Mindful Parenting via Group Telehealth |
TONYA LEANN LAMBERT DELP (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Shonnet R. Brand (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
Abstract: A growing body of literature demonstrates the effectiveness of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) for improving parent stress and parent-child relationships. One potential use of ACT is through telehealth groups as a means to build support networks and increase accessibility. While curriculum has been developed and demonstrated effectiveness for individual intervention, in current practice we aim to determine if the same curriculum may also be effective in group intervention meeting via telehealth. To date, participants include 12 parents of neurodiverse children who participated in a 6-week virtual series to increase individually identified value-based behaviors. Outcomes measured include parent stress, mindful engagement, social validity of the intervention, and subsequent access to other evidence-based interventions and supports. Initial findings indicate an overall improvement in stress and mindfulness for most participants. Modifications to the curriculum based on social validity feedback and observed outcomes will be discussed. These results are encouraging that such interventions may aid in decreasing parent stress and ultimately increasing engagement in evidence-based practices to support the needs of themselves and their children. |
|
Exploring Virtual Group Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Format on Participation of Parents of Autistic Children |
ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is particularly suited for parents of children with autism whose children engage in challenging behavior due to poor overall well-being in this population. Virtual ACT groups have been used to reduce accessibility barriers and improve social connectedness; however, the length of intervention time may impact parents’ participation. A preliminary investigation examined the feasibility of a 6-week virtual ACT group intervention. Despite improvements in well-being, 70% of participants did not complete all study components. The current study examines the impact of intervention format on participation by randomizing parents into one of three different virtual ACT group formats: a 6-hour workshop, three 2-hour weekly sessions, or six 1-hour weekly sessions. Participants include 36 parents of autistic children with co-occurring challenging behavior who receive 6 hours of the virtual ACT group intervention and individually participate in two virtual parent training sessions to learn and practice behavioral intervention techniques. Outcomes include retention, format preference, change in well-being, and correct implementation of behavioral intervention techniques. Findings suggesting individual caregiver preferences and needs can inform future intervention models and increase access to this intervention for a wider range of parents, which can ultimately improve outcomes for both parents and children. |
|
Impact of the Opioid Crisis on Parent-Child Interaction Therapy Outcomes: A Mixed-Method Investigation |
JOCELYN STOKES (West Virginia University School of Medicine), Erinn Victory (West Virginia University), Lindsay Druskin (West Virginia University), Sharon Phillips (West Virginia University), Robin Han (West Virginia University), Anishka Jean (West Virginia University), Jennifer Kirby (Marshall University), Cheryl B. McNeil (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Families affected by opioid misuse have demonstrated higher rates of harsh parenting, attachment concerns, abuse, neglect, and exposure to violence. These effects are often compounded by opioid use during pregnancy, potentially leading to detrimental cognitive, psychomotor, and behavioral outcomes for the child. Parenting children with disruptive behaviors often leads to increased parenting stress, which may further exacerbate negative parenting behaviors and hinder caregiver substance use recovery efforts. Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an evidence-based intervention for children ages 2 to 7 years and their caregivers that aims to improve parent-child relationships and child disruptive behaviors. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of PCIT for families impacted by the opioid crisis using a mixed-methods design. Treatment outcomes for 74 families affected by the opioid crisis and 78 families not affected by the opioid crisis were compared. Both groups demonstrated statistically significant improvements in positive parenting behavior, negative parenting behavior, and child disruptive behavior, despite most cases not completing treatment. There were no significant differences in treatment outcomes between groups, suggesting that PCIT is effective for families affected by the opioid crisis. Qualitative findings are presented detailing the experiences of the families affected by the opioid crisis. |
|
Exploring Sibling Interventions and Coaching for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disorders |
AVA SARDONI (James Madison University (alumni)), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University) |
Abstract: One of the most important predictors of success for a child with a Neurodevelopmental Disorder (NDD) is the support from the family system. Siblings of a child with an NDD are often neglected from the conversation of support and treatment; however, challenging behaviors often associated with NDDs can have a significant impact on the sibling relationship, which could result in a compromised quality of life for all siblings. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) have both shown to be efficacious in producing positive outcomes for children with NDDs and their families.The current study expanded PCIT and ABA research to the NDD population, by documenting how siblings can effectively learn and utilize the Child-Directed Interaction (CDI) skills of PCIT to help strengthen the sibling relationship with a child with an NDD. Participants included two sibling dyads in which one sibling was Autistic, and their older sibling was neurotypical. Outcomes include neurotypical sibling’s correct implementation of CDI skills during ten-minute play sessions, and parent and sibling reports of feasibility and relevance of the sibling intervention. Findings suggest that sibling’s participation in treatment, and the impact on the relationship, can inform future sibling interventions for children with NDDs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Intervention for Underserved Youth Populations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Anna Kate Edgemon, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analytic interventions have been demonstrated as effective for assessing and intervening on behavioral excesses and deficits across a variety of populations and contexts. However, many at-risk and marginalized populations, such as youth in foster care and justice-involved youth (JIY) remain underserved. This symposium will cover a variety of assessments and interventions targeting challenging behavior and skills deficits displayed by underserved youth. The first two presentations describe studies of assessment of youth behavior. In the first presentation, researchers evaluated an online training to teach case managers to use an assessment for runaway behavior among youth in foster care. The second presentation evaluates differences among non-JIY and JIY in perceptions of eye contact among peers. The latter two presentations describe group-level interventions targeting skills deficits among JIY. In the third presentation, researchers evaluated the effect of financial literacy intervention on delay discounting among JIY. In the final presentation, researchers evaluated the effect of a nutrition intervention on demand for healthier alternatives among JIY. Implications and future directions for assessment and intervention with underserved youth will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Foster care, Group intervention, Justice-involved youth |
Target Audience: This symposium covers topics many behavior analysts may not have previous experience with such as working with justice-involved youth, evaluating severe behavior that is not directly observable, implementing group interventions, and statistical analysis. Thus, we believe this symposium is advanced instruction level. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the importance of training stakeholders to complete an assessment of runaway behavior; (2) recognize negative outcomes with low eye gaze for underserved youth associated ; (3) evaluate two group interventions targeting skills deficits among justice-involved youth. |
|
Virtual Training for Caseworkers to the Use the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) to Decrease Runaway Behavior in Foster Care |
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida), Emily Ullrich (Specialized Alternatives for Families and Youth (SAFY) of America) |
Abstract: Runaway behavior in child welfare has been associated with negative educational outcomes, a higher risk for future placement disruptions, and a higher risk for crime perpetration and crime victimization. Current interventions for youth who run from their placements repeatedly are either individual or family therapy; however, an individualized approach may better address the function for each youth’s runaway behavior. The Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) is a semi-structured interview that is to be used to develop individualized interventions for runaway behavior for youth in child welfare. The current study virtually trained case managers in two states to use the FAIR and develop individualized interventions to address the function of each youth’s runaway behavior. FAIR results and subsequently developed individualized interventions will be discussed for each youth. Additionally, any instance of runaway behavior following intervention implementation will be reviewed. Furthermore, future directions and potential adaptations to the FAIR will be explored. |
|
Exploring Adolescents’ Social Validity Ratings of Social Profiles: The Impact of Eye Contact |
ASHLEY ANDERSON (Auburn University), Helena Bush (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Attending to the eyes of another person is an adaptive behavior demonstrated early in human life. Such non-verbal transactions facilitate cognitive and social development; however, some individuals experience eye contact deficits. These deficits can lead to detrimental effects as individuals expand their social networks; however, little is known about how others perceive individuals with this deficit. Nuhu and Rapp (2020) identified three profiles during interviews with college students characterized by varying levels of eye contact, vocalizations, and body movement. They found participants typically emitted high levels of eye contact during social interactions. Subsequently, Bush et al. (2022) recreated the three social profiles with an actor and evaluated college students’ ratings of the actor in each profile. Their results indicated profiles with higher levels of eye contact received more favorable ratings than the lower eye contact profile. The current study replicated and extended their research by presenting the same profiles and assessments to two groups of adolescents, those from an urban high school and those from a secure juvenile-justice facility. Findings indicate adolescents can distinguish variations in eye contact and judge speakers differently based on their perceptions. Implications and next steps are discussed. |
|
Money Matters: Teaching Justice-Involved Adolescents Foundational Financial Literacy Skills |
DANIEL JOHN SHERIDAN (Auburn University), Ashley Anderson (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Abigail Baker (Auburn University) |
Abstract: There are approximately 423,000 adjudicated delinquency cases each year in the United States. Previous research has suggested that rates of recidivism tend to be higher among those with decreased financial knowledge. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the impact of a 9-week financial literacy intervention with fifty-two adolescent males who resided in a juvenile residential treatment facility. The intervention included nine modules. For each module, participants (a) completed a pre-and post-test, (b) watched a brief video lecture and completed guided notes, and (c) completed a module-related activity. As a secondary measure, a monetary choice questionnaire (Kirby et al., 1999; Kaplan et al., 2016) task was administered pre- and post-intervention to assess changes in delay discounting. Individual and group analyses indicated that participants’ financial knowledge increased across all nine lessons However, results from the monetary choice questionnaire task were mixed. Implications and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
Comparing and Intervening on Demand for Edibles Across Adolescents and Young Adults: A Preliminary Translational Analysis |
ANNA KATE EDGEMON (Auburn University), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Obesity may be more prevalent among populations who are of low socioeconomic status, have limited access to nutrient-dense foods, or both. One such population is justice-involved youth. This series of translational experiments builds upon previous research on food reinforcement and behavioral demand by: (a) comparing demand for edibles across justice-involved adolescents and young adults and (b) evaluating the effect of a nutrition intervention on justice-involved adolescents’ demand for healthier alternatives. In Experiment 1, participants in two groups completed preference assessments for high- and low-energy density edibles and corresponding hypothetical purchasing tasks (HPTs). Results indicated significant differences in demand both between- and within-groups. In Experiment 2, a sample of justice-involved adolescents, who demonstrated significantly lower demand for healthier alternatives, received nutrition intervention. Following intervention, participants repeated preference assessments and HPTs. Researchers used statistical analysis to evaluate the effect of intervention. Results indicated nutrition intervention had a limited effect on demand for healthier alternatives. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Community Based Participatory Research in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Presentation of the Approach and Examples of Implementation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Natalie Badgett (University of Utah ) |
Discussant: M. Kathleen Kathleen Strickland-Cohen (University of Utah) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Badgett, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Developing, implementing, and evaluating contextually relevant behavioral interventions is paramount for the sustainability of the effects of implementation in applied settings. Using community based participatory methods in behavior analytic research presents opportunities for researchers to center diverse consumer needs and perspectives throughout the research process, promoting contextual relevance and social validity of research and behavioral intervention practices. In this presentation, we will present the need for community-based research through the example of recent research in social validity, we will provide an overview of the approach and implications for applied behavior analysis, and we will present two recent examples of behavior analytic research that used participatory research methods. Incorporating person- and community-centered research approaches into behavior analytic research has potential to help the field address chronic issues of implementation, social validity, and sustainability. Through this presentation of conceptual and methodological underpinnings of community based participatory research, supported by examples of research that has used these methods to address different topics important to behavior analysis, we hope to further the discussion of incorporating participatory research methods into the methodological repertoires of behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Implementation, Participatory Research, Social Validity, Sustainability |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic researchers, behavior analysts with training in research |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current issues in behavior analytic research related to implementation, sustainability, and social validity; (2) describe community engaged and participatory research methods; (3) describe how participatory research methods can be used in behavior analytic research. |
|
Inclusion of Direct Consumers in Social Validity Assessment: A Review of Behavior Analytic Research |
(Theory) |
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Utah), Rachelle Huntington (Northern Arizona University), Roxanne Michel Bristol (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Jakob Laurence McIntosh (Ruby Beach Behavioral Pediatrics), Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington), Alice Bravo (University of Washington), Young Hee Byun (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Social validity, or acceptability of goals, procedures, and outcomes of assessment and intervention strategies, is a core tenet of applied behavior analysis (Baer et al., 1987). Despite this, social validity measurement remains limited in behavior analytic research and concerns remain about representation of direct consumers with disabilities in social validity assessment. This presentation will include findings from a recent review of behavior analytic research, focused on methods of social validity research. Specifically, data will include an overview of the current state of social validity measurement in behavioral research, as well as an exploration of key demographics among consumers with disabilities and/or mental health disorders who are included and excluded from social validity assessment. Importantly, this presentation will provide an example of a major problem in behavior analytic research: the omission of the voice of the consumer in research. This presentation provides the foundation for the need for participatory research that include consumer perspectives throughout research as an indicator of social validity, and proposes participatory research as a methodology to address issues of social validity and implementation. |
|
Common Gaps in Conducting High-Quality Community-Engaged Research From a Diverse and Multidisciplinary Perspective |
(Theory) |
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Community-engaged research (CEnR) presents an opportunity for behavior analytic researchers to engage in research that centers the consumer and their communities at each phase of the research process. Despite a significant amount of literature detailing best practices for community-engaged research (CEnR), there remain gaps and challenges to conducting high-quality CEnR. We conducted a scoping review of the literature on CEnR best practices and convened a group of experts with diverse backgrounds and types of experiences in CEnR, including academic researchers, community-institutional research liaisons, and community members with leadership roles on CEnR projects. Through a combination of literature review and discussion among the group, we identified three major topic areas underrepresented in the literature, which all authors considered important. We then created a set of recommendations for addressing these gaps. This commentary represents a collaborative, iterative process of co-writing across diverse disciplines, research experiences, and identities. We provide an overview of CEnR, and discuss opportunities for structural, educational, and process-related changes that will enhance the quality and impact of CEnR conducted by academic institutions and communities. |
|
Centering Stakeholder Voices in Intervention Planning: Participatory Research to Improve Tier I Behavior Supports in a Public School |
(Applied Research) |
AMANDA M BOROSH (Purdue University), Juliana Aguilar (Purdue University), John Augustine (University of Missouri - Columbia), Elisabeth Lauren Payack (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Contextual fit and implementer buy-in of behavioral interventions in schools is imperative for improving student outcomes. Using a participatory action research approach, researchers collaborated with an elementary school to conduct a program evaluation to identify strengths, needs, and future desires as it relates to use of Tier I behavioral interventions. This mixed-methods study gathered data via direct observations (n = 12), survey (n = 20), and semi-structured interviews with teachers (n = 9). Quantitative data revealed strengths in teaching behavioral expectations and weaknesses in teachers’ use of praise and opportunities to respond. Qualitative data identified several themes: a) there is no school-wide approach for preventing challenging behavior; (b) inconsistency and ineffectiveness of the current school-wide reinforcement system and office disciplinary procedures; (c) teachers perceive their autonomy for using behavioral practices as a strength and weakness. In the future teachers want more teacher involvement in decision-making around behavior planning and support for students with recurring challenging behavior. Results of the evaluation were used to guide a representative team of teachers and administrators to decide on an intervention to address an identified area of need. The importance of program evaluation and meaningful involvement of stakeholders in intervention planning will be discussed. |
|
Using Community-Engaged and Practice-Based Research to Establish Evidence for Assent Procedures in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Therapy |
(Theory) |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Nevada, Reno), Lizbeth Vega Lopez (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: a. Evidence-based practice (EBP) has been introduced as a framework to help reduce the “research to practice gap” by guiding practitioners to use research evidence, combined with client values and context and their own clinical expertise, in making clinical decisions (Contreras et al., 2021; Slocum et al., 2014). Discussions on EBP and the “research-to-practice gap” seem to focus primarily on how practice does not reflect the body of research; however, it is worth considering the extent to which the body of research reflects practice situations and how a “practice-to-research gap” might be important to examine. One area where such a “practice-to-research gap” seems to exist is in the use of assent procedures to ensure client participation in their own services (for those who are unable to give legal consent). That is, many practitioners are talking about and using assent procedures, despite an extremely limited literature base. In this presentation, we will discuss how practitioner expertise can be leveraged through community-engaged and practice-based research as a means to inform a research base on assent procedures that meets the needs of practitioners and clients. We will also discuss how community-engaged and practice-based research can be a means to address the research-to-practice gap (and practice-to-research gap) broadly. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Research on the Incidental Acquisition of Language and Other Advanced Verbal Repertoires |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Georgette Morgan (University of Georgia ) |
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: Georgette Morgan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN), a verbal developmental cusp present when an individual learns language through exposure, has been shown to serve as the foundation for other advanced verbal repertoires (Corwin & Greer, 2017; Frias, 2016; Greer, 2008; Greer & Speckman, 2009; Hranchuk, 2016; Morgan, 2021). The four presentations within this symposium first investigate the conditions under which Inc BiN is demonstrated and second analyze the effects of the presence of Inc BiN on word learning, reading comprehension, and the establishment of derived relations. The first presentation examined the degree of Inc BiN when stimuli were presented during simultaneous and non-simultaneous naming exposures. The second presentation analyzes the rate of learning new words under two instructional conditions for individuals who demonstrate Inc BiN. The third presentation examines the effect of the establishment of Inc BiN on reading comprehension. The fourth presentation analyzes the establishment of Inc BiN and derived relational responding to determine if one repertoire is the precursor for the other or whether both symbiotically affect each other and are thus related to other underlying stimulus control. Collectively, these studies provide further evidence regarding changes in learning that occur for individuals who demonstrate strong stimulus control for Inc BiN. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience members include graduate students pursuing a master's degree and board certification and/or a PhD in behavior analysis. Audience members should have a general understanding of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN) or incidental language acquisition. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the effects of simultaneous versus non-simultaneous naming exposures on the demonstration of Incidental Bidirectional Naming, (2) describe how the demonstration of Incidental Bidirectional Naming changes rate of word learning acquisition and the type of teaching contingencies an individual may contact, and (3) describe advanced verbal repertoires that are correlated with the demonstration of incidental language acquisition. |
|
Simultaneous Versus Non-Simultaneous Stimuli Presentation in Naming Experiences in an Analysis of Derived Responding and Bidirectional Naming |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Fred S. Keller School), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA;), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Georgette Morgan (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Probes for the presence or absence of bidirectional naming was examined under two conditions. In one condition, participants were presented with three sets of stimuli under a naming condition in which both visual and auditory stimuli were presented simultaneously. After two hours following the naming experience, probes were conducted to test for the emergence of listener responses (point to) and speaker responses (tact and intraverbal). Three additional sets of stimuli were presented to participants in a naming experience that presented the auditory stimuli, saying the name of the picture, followed by a brief delay and then the presentation of the visual stimuli. Probes for untaught listener and speaker response were conducted after two hours. The auditory stimuli and then a delay of the visual stimuli was presented also during the probe sessions under this condition. Data were collected for 10 preschoolers with disabilities who demonstrated variability in their bidirectional naming responses but overall showed higher levels of responding under the simultaneous condition. For participants who demonstrated strong stimulus control for bidirectional naming correctly responded to untaught listener and speaker response under both conditions. |
|
Toddlers Demonstrating Incidental Bidirectional Naming Learn Tacts From Exposure Alone |
CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Young children who learn names as listener and speaker without direct instruction demonstrate stimulus control called Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BN), a verbal developmental cusp. After observation(s) of caretakers speaking the names of stimuli, identified as Naming Experiences, these children acquire names. Two experiments, with 11 toddlers demonstrating Inc-BiN, compared learning of names under Tact Instruction (TI) (i.e., baseline) versus NE conditions using alternating treatments designs. In Experiment 1, children mastered at least 100 words across NE and TI conditions. Mastery was two consecutive listener and speaker responses for a single operant. Mastered operants were replaced with new words until at least 100 were mastered. Participants learned verbal operants faster in NE conditions, accuracy maintained at high levels for both conditions with listener maintenance stronger. Given that TI necessitated longer duration of sessions, in Experiment 2 researchers doubled the words presented in the NE condition (16 words per session) compared to the TI sessions (8 words as in conditions in Experiment 1 for both). Children learned faster under NE even after the doubling; duration of sessions remained longer in TI, and maintenance of the stimulus control was strong for both conditions. Results suggest mechanisms for how children typically learn names as a continuum of stimulus control made possible by Inc-BiN which appears key to how children learn thousands of words without instruction. The authors speculate from existing related literature that the learned reinforcement for the phenomenon is parity or relational correspondence. |
|
First Graders With Increased Complexity in Bidirectional Naming Demonstrate Relational Responding Through Reading Comprehension |
LAUREN BALDONADO (SUNY New Paltz), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: More complex forms of Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc. BiN) can join the basic Inc. BiN capability, a continuum of stimulus control for forming word-object relations. With additional interventions or experiences, this increase in complexity sets the occasion for the acquisition of more complex language and repertoires. In a multiple probe design across dyads, this study investigated the effects of the establishment of Inc. BiN for unfamiliar stimuli on multiple measures of reading comprehension. Participants consisted of 3 dyads of first graders who textually responded at or above grade-level and demonstrated the absence of Inc-BiN stimulus control for unfamiliar stimuli. Reading comprehension measures consisted of: (1) experimenter-derived passage comprehension probes, (2) read-do probe consisting of unfamiliar stimuli, and (3) Woodcock Johnson (WJIV®) subtests. Participants acquired Inc. BiN stimulus control for unfamiliar stimuli through a Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) intervention across listener and speaker responses. WJIV® results demonstrated the greatest increases in Passage Comprehension performance, while marginal and educationally significant increases were observed across Reading Vocabulary and Reading Recall subtests. The results suggest a continuum of combinatorially entailed relational responding based on the complexity of Inc. BiN established. |
|
At the Intersection of Incidental Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relational Responding |
GEORGETTE MORGAN (University of Georgia), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Ariela Holanda (Federal Institute of Parana, Brazil), Samantha Wendy Liebowitz (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Garcia (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN) and derived relational responding have been used to explain the accelerated rate of word learning that occurs within the second to third year of life. Research has demonstrated strong correlations between the establishment of arbitrary derived relations and the presence of Inc BiN. However, there remains limited research on whether the establishment of Inc BiN is the source of derived relations, the establishment of derived relations is the source of Inc BiN, or if conditioned reinforcement for observing responses and the correspondence between observing and producing responses are the source of reinforcement for Inc BiN and derived relations. This study examines the effects of the establishment of Inc BiN on the acquisition of derived relational frames as well as the effects of the establishment of derived relational frames on the acquisition of Incidental Bidirectional Naming to determine if one repertoire is the precursor for the other or whether both symbiotically affect each other and are thus related to other underlying stimulus control. Results suggest that conditioned reinforcement and the correspondence between observing and producing responses may serve as the source of reinforcement for both Inc BiN and derived relational responding. |
|
|
|
|
|
Renegades of Choice: Assessing and Changing Preference in Less-Studied Contexts |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Erich K. Grommet (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
CE Instructor: Erich K. Grommet, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is the preference of a smaller sooner (SS) reinforcer over a larger later (LL) reinforcer; the opposite is self-control behavior. Despite major advances in our understanding of factors that influence impulsive preference (e.g., fading, framing, and priming procedures to reduce delay discounting), there is a need to expand the assessment of relevant variables and procedures that affect impulsive choice to less studied contexts. The first presentation will discuss what the author calls a “peculiar” relationship between social distance and affection. Data from studies with college students that found a negative correlation between an affection rating and the positions in a social distance rank are presented. The second presentation discusses the findings of a systematic replication of Berry et al. (2014). Researchers tested if increasing observing responses to images of natural or built environments via a matching-to-sample task could further increase or attenuate the effects on monetary delay discounting. The third presentation discusses the findings of a study that tested a relationship between recently developed behavioral measures of academic procrastination (latency to turn assignments and to start working on assignments and time-to-deadline in hours) and performance during an academic discounting task (replication of Olsen et al., 2018). A fourth presentation discusses data on the relationship between behavioral patterns during an autoshaping procedure (sign-tracking, goal-tracking or indifference), and patterns of delay-discounting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autoshaping, delay discounting, procrastination, self-control |
Target Audience: Audience should be familiar with the behavior analytic approach to self-control and impulsive behavior, procrastination, delay discounting, and social discounting. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Differentiate self-control and impulsive behavior, and the experimental methodologies implemented in behavior analysis to study them. (2) Define different forms of discounting and the methodological approaches to measure them. (3) Define negative values and asymmetries in discounting. (4) Define procrastination from a behavior analytic perspective, focusing on choice behavior. (5) Define autoshaping, and the typical behavioral outcomes, namely sign-tracking and goal-tracking. |
|
Social Distance and Affection: A Peculiar Correlation |
ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: Social distance has been considered an intangible quality of the relationship between an individual performing an altruistic act and possible recipients. As with the other varieties of discounting, namely delay and probabilistic, as the social distance increases, the amount of a commodity the individual is willing to forgo decreases hyperbolically. Though the physical concept of distance is a ratio measure with a zero point and values that increase infinitely in the negative and positive domains as occurs with delay, social distance is an ordinal measure of a multidimensional phenomenon. Affection is one of those dimensions. This presentation shows data from two studies that evaluated the correlation between a vague affection rating and the positions in a social distance rank. The correlation was negative. Furthermore, participants rated affection hyperbolically, as if they would have been forgoing money, and some participants gave negative ratings to distant people. As the social distance task requires that individuals put neutral people at the farther extreme, such as “an acquaintance or someone that they barely recognize,” negative affection ratings indicate that some participants might have been putting people they dislike at the farther extreme, which has implications for the social discounting research. It is also worth examining the role of people the individuals dislike in the social discounting research. |
|
Effects of Matching Images of Built and Natural Environments on Delay Discounting: A Systematic Replication of Berry et al. (2014) |
PABLO ANDRES LEDESMA CASTRO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Ellee Fillmore (Southern Illinois University), FangLei Gao (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Berry et al. (2014, 2015, 2019) found that exposure to images of natural environments reduced impulsive choice during a monetary delay discounting task, as compared to exposure to images of built environments or geometric figures. Berry et al. proposed that attention might be one of the processes responsible for such effect. We tested this hypothesis in a systematic replication of Berry et al.’s (2014) procedure. College students were exposed to a matching-to-sample task aimed at increasing their observing responses to natural and built environments throughout the delay discounting task. Matching was expected to increase the effects reported by Berry et al. As predicted, participants who matched images of built environments (matching built) displayed steeper discount rates as compared to the equivalent non-matching group (replica Berry et al. built). Conversely, matching images of nature did not produce the expected further attenuation of discounting rate. Furthermore, the rate of discounting of participants exposed to a condition that closely replicated Berry et al.’s exposure to images of nature (no matching) was considerably higher, as compared to that of their participants. Lastly, participants’ self-reports regarding the time they spent in natural and built environments weeks before the experiment took place did not predict discounting rate. It is unclear why only matching images of built environments influenced discounting rates. Previous research has shown that aversive contexts increase impulsive choice (Flora et al. 1992, 2003; Hurtado-Parrado et al., 2023). It is possible that matching images during the built condition was more difficult than in the nature condition, and thus participants failed more often to find the correct comparison stimulus. This could have resulted in higher discounting rates. Future research should control correct matching responses to test this interpretation. Lastly, the lack of reproduction of some of Berry et al.’s findings adds to analogous reports from another laboratory (Johnson et al., 2017, 2018, 2019). More research is still needed to understand the mechanisms responsible for the effects of visual stimulation related to natural or built environments on impulsive choice. |
|
Does Performance During an Academic Discounting Task Predict Behavioral Measures of Procrastination? A Systematic Replication of Olsen et al. (2018) |
CONNOR EYRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Most of the research on academic procrastination and its impact on educational outcomes implements indirect measures (questionnaires or self-reports) with conceptual and methodological approaches not entirely cohesive with a behavior analytic approach. The present study aimed to contribute to this gap by testing the relationship between performance in a systematic replication of the academic discounting task (ADT) designed by Olsen et al. (2018) and three different behavioral measures of academic procrastination designed in our lab: (a) latency to turn assignments in hours (LTA), (b) latency of starting to work on assignments in hours (LWA), and (c) time-to-deadline of submitting assignments in hours (TTD). An association between TTD and ADT k values, as well as an association between the three behavioral measures was found. Also, a significant difference in ADT k values between students who reported being employed versus unemployed students was observed. Lastly, a positive association between TTD and ADT k values, and a negative association between TTD and ADT AUC values was found; namely, high rates of discounting during the ADT predicted less postponement of assignment submission. These findings altogether overall provide additional support for the validity of the ADT as a measure of hyperbolic discounting of academic outcomes and the relevance of the three behavioral measures of academic procrastination. However, the somewhat counterintuitive finding that participants who submitted their assignments earlier displayed higher rates of academic discounting during the ADT do not support Olsen et al.’s prediction that delayed academic rewards are the key contributor to student procrastination. Alternatively, it seems that more research is needed to explore the role of aversive factors in procrastination (e.g., effort required to complete the assignment and/or difficulty of the assignment or probability that the hypothetical assignment would produce the related reinforcers, such as a good grade). The ADT shows great potential to that aim via adapting it to be more in line with the notion that academic procrastination entails choosing an immediate appetitive activity and the delay/avoidance of an aversive outcome (i.e., impulsive option), over a more valuable but also delayed reinforcer (i.e., self-controlled option; Zentall, 2021). |
|
Behavioral Patterns of Sign-Trackers and Goal-Trackers in a Delay Discounting Task |
JULIAN CIFUENTES (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Autoshaping procedures in rats typically produce sign-tracking (e.g., lever pressing) and goal-tracking (e.g., nose poking in the feeder) responses. Individual differences in those responses predict addiction-like behaviors. It has been suggested that sign-tracking responses are initially conditioned responses, which later become controlled by operant-reinforcement contingencies. Previous studies have shown that rats with predominant sign-tracking responding show steeper delay discounting than non-sign trackers; however, it is unclear if the same behavioral mechanisms are involved in sign-tracking and impulsive performance during a delay discounting task. The present study explored the behavioral patterns of rats during an autoshaping procedure and a delay discounting task. Results show three distinct patterns of behaviors during autoshaping: (a) sign-trackers predominantly lever-pressed towards the end of the trial, (b) goal-trackers’ predominantly nose-poked towards the end of the trial, and (c) indifferent rats (i.e., no clear preference goal- or sign-tracking) nose-poked and lever-pressed throughout the trial. Response allocation in autoshaping for sign-trackers and goal-trackers resembles fixed-interval schedule performance, were the probability of responding increases near the time of reinforcer availability. During the delay-discounting task, goal-trackers overall had higher preference for delayed reinforcers than sign-trackers and indifferent rats. The fact that behavioral patterns during autoshaping differentiate responding during the delay discounting task suggests that similar behavioral mechanisms might be responsible for individual differences across these tasks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Advances in Relational Frame Theory to Guide Analyses of Rule-Following, Prejudice, and Political Polarisation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil) |
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: RFT can be traced back to a 1984 conference presentation on rule-governed behavior. The study of rule-governed behavior in RFT has tended to be overshadowed by the study of relational frames. However, adequate analyses of rule-governed behavior and related complex phenomena, such as prejudice and political polarisation, arguably require the study of increasingly complex relational networks. A more intense focus in this regard has begun to emerge in recent years. This work has been underpinned, to some extent, by the emergence of a hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework for conceptualising research in RFT generally. Specifically, the HDML has encouraged analyses of increasingly complex relational networks along four dimensions, including coherence and complexity. The four papers in this symposium will consider some of this work. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) the impact of relational coherence vs incoherence in establishing rule-following for speakers from different experimentally established groups; (2) attempts to explore the impact of relative degrees of relational coherence on rule-following and speaker preferences; (3) recent experimental analyses of prejudice as involving transformations of functions through complex hierarchical relational networks; (4) how recently offered concepts within RFT may help advance conceptual analyses of complex social behaviors relevant to political polarisation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Political polarisation, Prejudice, RFT, Rule-governed behavior |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize relatively recent developments in RFT; (2) articulate some ways in which recent developments have led to advances in the study of rule-governed behavior and speaker preference; (3) articulate of how recent developments in RFT may inform empirical and conceptual analyses in the study of prejudice and political polarisation. |
|
Exploring the Effects of Coherence on Rule-Following by Different Speakers: A Gamified Study |
(Basic Research) |
ALCEU REGAÇO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Rule-following has long been recognized as an important area of research in behavior analysis. Several socially relevant behaviors are associated with rule-following, including those related to various psychological disorders and compliance with social rules (e.g., traffic regulations, mask usage). An important variable in this context is the coherence of the learned relations, particularly when deciding whether or not to follow a rule provided by a speaker when the rule is coherent or incoherent with previous relations. This study aimed to investigate the effects of coherence on rule-following when presented by two different speakers within a gamified procedure. The Miner Troubles software was used and adapted for this experiment. Participants were trained and tested on two three-member classes composed of different characters (A1B1C1 and A2B2C2), followed by training and testing on three three-member classes of abstract stimuli. Subsequently, the A1 character was presented with coherent abstract relations, while the A2 character was presented with incoherent abstract relations. The following phase assessed participant rule-following when instructions were provided by the C1 and C2 characters. Data thus far indicate that participants successfully learn and derive relations using the Miner Troubles software. Implications for the study of rule-following and speaker preference will be discussed. |
|
Speaker Relational Coherence and Rule-Following Behaviors: A Replication and Further Parametric Analyses |
(Basic Research) |
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Previous experiments have revealed that different levels of relational coherence can affect rule-following behaviors. In addition, relational coherence may be under the control of conditional discriminations. For example, different speakers may generate different rule-following responses in the same individual with the same rule by manipulating the levels of relational coherence associated with the speaker. This presentation aims to address this research topic by presenting two experiments. Experiment 1 attempts to replicate previous experimental results exploring the impact of speakers established as relatively coherent (100%, 50%, 0% coherent) on participant rule-following. Experiment 2 is designed to perform a parametric analysis of different levels of relational coherence (90%, 80%, 70%, and 60%) in three different speakers and assess how participants’ speaker preference is affected. Overall, the initial results have been replicated, and the parametrical analyses involved in Experiment 2 have so far indicated that variability in rule-following increases as relational coherence decreases. The implications of these findings for developing a more detailed perspective of the variables that affect rule-following are considered, as are some next steps for the analysis of this complex human behavior. |
|
Transformation of Functions in Hierarchical Networks: New Perspectives on the Study of Prejudice |
(Basic Research) |
Joao de Almeida (São Paulo State University), TAHCITA MIZAEL (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Carolina Coury Silveira de Almeida (Inside ABA), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Prejudice often leads to regrettable social effects, such as segregation and mistreatment. Derived verbal events underlie this phenomenon, regulating our interactions in the social environment and establishing functions to stimuli without a history of direct learning. A notable gap exists in the experimental study of more complex derived stimulus relations investigating racial bias. The present study investigated if hierarchical relations could affect biased responses. Twelve undergraduate students were trained to respond according to two contextual cues: “includes” and “belongs to.” These cues were used to form three hierarchical levels (top, middle, and bottom). Then, negative or positive functions were established, pairing adjectives to one of the middle-level category labels. The effects of the functions directly paired were inquired for all arbitrarily derived hierarchical levels, characters, and extra non-arbitrary related stimuli, checking for generalization of the responses. In the first experiment, five participants responded according to hierarchical relations, showing transitive and asymmetrical class containment and unilateral property induction. In a second experiment, with a broader testing phase, all participants responded according to hierarchical relations. Additionally, further undesirable effects of prejudice were observed on generalization based on physical traits or color. |
|
Can Recent Developments in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) Advance Analyses of Political Polarization? |
(Theory) |
JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Cesar Antonio Alves da Rocha (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: There is a growing concern about political polarization in current societies. De Rose and Rocha (in press) suggested that RFT may provide useful elements to analyze the phenomenon of polarization. Political positions may be related in accordance with different patterns of relational responding, such as difference, hierarchy, comparison, or opposition. When positions are related in frames of opposition, transformation of functions result in highly polarized affective functions of the opposing opinions and attitudes, so that if one has positive valence the other will necessarily have negative valence. Recent developments in RFT may contribute to advancing this analysis, taking into account the orienting, evoking, and motivating functions involved in any given act of relating. As such, negative evoking functions may impair the mere contact with the arguments of opposed positions, and thus contribute to confirmation bias and motivated reasoning, to the point that political discussions and search for consensus becomes impossible. This presentation will elaborate on how current RFT developments may lead to refinements in the analysis of political polarization based on frames of opposition as derived relational networks and their differential functional properties. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Translational Research of Variables That Contribute to Resurgence |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previously extinguished target response following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative response following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Laboratory studies of resurgence examine the behavioral processes that contribute to relapse and provide further insight into this phenomenon. This symposium includes four presentations: First, Rodolfo Bernal-Gamboa will present data from a novel study demonstrating resurgence on domestic dogs (Canis lupus familiaris). Next, Julian Velasquez and Matias Avellaneda will present data from two different studies with rats examining the effects of parameters of alternative-response reinforcement on resurgence. These include (1) multiple alternative responses with different topography (Velasquez), and (2) different qualities of alternative reinforcement (Avellaneda). Finally, Carla Martinez-Perez will provide a quantitative examination of the effects of rapid and repeated contingency reversals on resurgence using crowdsourcing. Theoretical and clinical implications will also be discussed throughout the presentations. The symposium will close with a discussion from Dr. Sarah E. Bloom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): human, non-human, relapse, resurgence |
Target Audience: The audience should have basic knowledge of (1) the study of resurgence, and/or (2) quantitative modeling of behavioral data. Researchers and clinicians are welcome. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify variations of resurgence in the lab; (2) describe the methods used to analyze resurgence; and (3) provide explanations of the use of quantitative modeling in resurgence research |
|
Resurgence After Extinction of an Instrumental Behavior in Dogs (Canis Lupus Familiaris) |
RODOLFO BERNAL-GAMBOA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: One well-known example of reoccurrence of extinguished responses is resurgence. Although resurgence has been studied in different laboratory animals (e. g., rats, pigeons), as far as the authors know, it has not been systematically studied with domestic animals. Thus, the main goal of the present experiment was to explore whether resurgence can be found in dogs. An experimental apparatus was built to test domestic dogs in their homes. Therefore, during the initial phase (Phase 1) one response was reinforced (target response). Then, in the following phase (Phase 2) the target response was placed in extinction while simultaneously an alternative response was reinforced. Finally, during the Test Phase no reinforcement was available for either behavior. The number of occurrences of the target response were measured as resurgence. The results of this experiment indicated an increase of the target response during testing, suggesting that resurgence can be observed in domestic dogs. Theoretical and methodological implications are discussed. |
|
Resurgence Following Higher or Lower Quality Alternative Reinforcement |
MATIAS ALEJANDRO AVELLANEDA (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Gabrielle Marie-Anne Sutton (Utah State University), Jack Van Allsburg (Utah State University), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Resurgence is a temporary increase in a previously suppressed target behavior following a worsening in conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Previous studies have examined how higher rates or magnitudes of alternative reinforcement affect suppression of the target behavior and subsequent resurgence. However, there has been no investigation of the effects of higher versus lower qualities of alternative reinforcement on resurgence. Using a three-phase resurgence preparation with rats, the present experiments examined the effects of an alternative reinforcer that was of higher (Experiment 1) or lower (Experiment 2) quality than the reinforcer that had previously maintained the target behavior. Results of both experiments showed greater reductions in target behavior with a higher quality alternative reinforcer and more target responding when a higher quality alternative reinforcer was removed. Along with prior findings with higher rates and magnitudes of alternative reinforcement, these findings suggest that variations in reinforcer dimensions that increase the efficacy of alternative reinforcement also tend to increase resurgence when alternative reinforcement is removed. Results are discussed in terms of the Resurgence as Choice in Context model and in terms of potential clinical implications. |
|
Effects of Multiple Alternative Responses With Different Topographies on Resurgence: An Approach of Expanded-Operant Treatments |
JULIAN CAMILO VELASQUEZ (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previous reinforced behavior by the worsening of current alternative conditions (Lattal, 2017). While some studies have suggested that operant-expanded treatments might reduce resurgence, inconsistent findings warrant further investigation. Mixed results could be explained by attending to the type of training or the response topographies. In this study, we aimed to explore the effect of different types of multiple alternative training on resurgence when each response had different topographies. Following reinforcement of the target response (i.e., chain-pull), three groups of rats were exposed to different alternative-response training procedures. For the within-session training group, two alternating alternative responses (i.e., lever-press and key-push) were reinforced across each session. For the between-conditions training group, each alternative was reinforced across separate conditions. For Single training group, only one alternative was reinforced. Once alternative reinforcement was removed, Single group exhibited greater resurgence, while Between-Conditions group showed reduced resurgence. Within-session training group did not show resurgence. The results of this study shed light of the effects of training multiple alternative responses as an approach to reduce resurgence. These findings might have implications in clinical settings for the design of successful behavioral interventions for the promotion of durable outcomes despite of treatment challenges. |
|
A Quantitative Examination of the Effects of Rapid and Repeated Contingency Reversals on Resurgence |
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida), Jarrod Williams (University of Florida), Jialong Zhen (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral flexibility is a general term referring to adaptations that promote survival under the pressure of changes in the environment. Accordingly, one approach to evaluating behavioral flexibility is to examine operant-choice behavior under shifting consequences, such as when reinforcement contingencies reverse. A related effect demonstrating behavioral flexibility during changes in reinforcement contingencies is the resurgence of a previously reinforced behavior during extinction. We examined whether manipulations of repeated reinforcement-contingency reversals affect resurgence and whether the theoretical framework of Resurgence as Choice can account for the results. Preliminary analyses suggest greater target-response rates in groups arranging no reversals during Phase 1 (Late, Control), and faster decreases in groups arranging extinction of target reinforcement during Phase 2 (Early, Control). Furthermore, resurgence occurs across all groups, with greater resurgence observed for groups Early and Control, and less resurgence in groups that had repeated contingency reversals during Phase 2 (Late, Constant). The results of this study are discussed considering the Resurgence of Choice framework and we provide further insight into both clinical relapse and behavioral flexibility. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Investigations of Operant Renewal |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida) |
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Renewal is a form of relapse wherein a previously reinforced response increases when aspects of the environmental context change. Typically, target behavior is acquired in Context A, extinguished in Context B, and then reemerges in Context A (ABA renewal) or a novel Context C (ABC renewal). Renewal has been demonstrated across many species in the laboratory and is prevalent in clinically relevant behavior. Renewal examinations have highlighted advantages of translating findings from basic research to inform development of behavioral treatment and, conversely, pulling from observations in applied settings to inform laboratory research. This bidirectional, translational approach deepens our understanding of behavioral processes involved in renewal while enhancing and refining clinical practice. The first presentation evaluates the role of discriminative stimuli in extinction processes during a renewal procedure with rats (Dr. Beatriz Arroyo Antúnez). The second presentation examines the effects of multiple-context training on ABA and ABC renewal via crowdsourcing (Kyleigh Montague). The third presentation assesses the role of effort disparity between target and alternative responses in a human-operant arrangement (Haleh Amanieh). The final presentation involves a retrospective analysis, examining renewal of challenging behavior following changes in therapist, setting, and work task (Alex Pauls). Dr. William Sullivan will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Relapse, Renewal, Resurgence, Translational |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe renewal and the implications of renewal as a form of relapse in clinical practice; (2) Discuss the evidence for at least one renewal mitigation strategy; (3) Explain the effects of discrimination training on renewal; (4) Describe the potential impacts of relative response effort of target and alternative responses on renewal. |
|
Discrimination Training Reduces Resistance to Extinction in a Novel Context |
(Basic Research) |
BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kaitlyn Browning (University of Vermont), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: ABC renewal is studied by reinforcing a behavior in one context (Context A) during Phase 1, extinguishing that behavior in a second context (Context B) during Phase 2, and testing for renewal by introducing a novel context (Context C) during Phase 3. Craig et al. (2020) showed that extinction in Context B, alone, during Phase 2 produces more ABC renewal of rats’ lever pressing than does alternating between extinction in Context B and reinforcement in Context A during Phase 2. They hypothesized that Context A-B alternations may have trained rats to discriminate periods of extinction from periods of reinforcement. The current experiment followed up on this hypothesis. Groups of rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule wherein components were signaled by a constant or flashing light above the lever. Rats in the Nondiscriminative group received reinforcement in both components, and rats in the Discriminative group received reinforcement in one component and extinction in the other. Overall reinforcer rates were controlled between groups. Consistent with Craig et al.’s (2020) hypothesis, lever pressing was more resistant to extinction for rats in the Nondiscriminative group than for rats in the Discriminative group when extinction was conducted with no lever-light stimulus. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple-Context Training on ABA and ABC Renewal |
(Basic Research) |
KYLEIGH MONTAGUE (University of Florida), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Alexander Seijo (University of Florida), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Laboratory models of relapse (e.g., renewal, resurgence) offer techniques to assess challenges to behavioral treatments involving differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with extinction. Resurgence emerges as conditions of reinforcement for desired behavior worsen, whereas renewal occurs during transitions away from a treatment context. Traditionally, target behavior is acquired in training Context A, extinguished in treatment Context B, then reemerges in Context A (ABA renewal) or novel Context C (ABC renewal). The current study recruited adult participants through the crowdsourcing platform Prolific to investigate the effect of conducting treatment in multiple contexts on the relapse of operant behaviors. Participants engaged in an online button-pressing task to earn points exchangeable for money, and contextual changes occurred through background image changes. Experiment 1 evaluated differences in relapse among participants who experienced DRA with extinction in three contexts (B, C, D) prior to experiencing extinction for both target and alternative responding in the training context, and Experiment 2 evaluated these differences in a novel context (E). Multiple-context training did not mitigate ABA renewal; however, previous literature suggests multiple-context training does mitigate ABC renewal. Results of the present study provide insight into behavioral techniques that best attenuate relapse of operant behavior following successful treatment. |
|
An Evaluation of a Human-Operant Effort Manipulation and Effects of Effort Disparity on Renewal |
(Basic Research) |
HALEH AMANIEH (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The relative effort of target and alternative responses during treatments using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior may impact the likelihood that a previously reduced target response will reemerge following a context change (i.e., “renewal”). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the role of an effort disparity between target and alternative responses in a human-operant arrangement. Fourteen college students clicked on one (Experiment 1) or two (Experiment 2) circles moving on a computer screen for points. In Experiment 1, the speed of the circle was manipulated as an index of effort such that three circle speeds (i.e., 50, 100, 200 mm/s) were used across conditions. Nearly all participants engaged in differential response rates, depending on the speed of the available circle. In Experiment 2, a three-phase renewal arrangement was executed across three experimental conditions in which the target response was either the same, easier, or more difficult than the alternative response. The effects of the relative effort of the target response to the alternative response on the occurrence and magnitude of renewal were mixed across participants. The clinical and conceptual relevance regarding the relative effort of target and alternative responses will be discussed. |
|
Renewal of Challenging Behavior in an Intensive Outpatient Clinic: A Replication and Extension |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDER PAULS (University of Iowa), Ishita Aggarwal (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida), Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Relapse of challenging behavior previously reduced during behavioral treatment is sometimes caused by changes in treatment contexts. This type of relapse, called renewal, has been studied heavily in basic and translational studies, but has only recently been the focus in applied research. Previous retrospective analyses showed renewal of challenging behavior related to therapist and setting changes occurs in many patient cases in intensive behavior clinics. To replicate and extend these studies, we conducted analyses of renewal across 59 patients in an intensive day treatment clinic for individuals with disabilities who exhibit challenging behavior. We extend the previous studies by analyzing renewal associated with a third context change (i.e., work tasks) and we compared the prevalence of renewal using liberal and stringent definitions (e.g., relapse within three sessions following a context change vs. relapse in the first session following a context change). Additionally, we calculated the prevalence of relapse not associated with one of the three identified context changes. Preliminary analyses suggest relapse frequently occurs outside of identified context changes. We compare our findings to the previously published studies and discuss the implications for future clinical and research practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis’s Application to Group Systems Within the General Education Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Quigley (TCS Education) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses the relevance of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to the general education domain. Oftentimes ABA is thought of as only applicable to those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disorders, yet the application of ABA is appropriate for any socially significant problems such as those that arise daily in the general education setting. Presented in layman’s term and including both small and large group implementation, attendees will learn about ABA applications in education and be presented with clear examples of how to bridge the gap between understanding and application. With a focus on system implementation, this symposium will discuss topics such as Direct Instruction, Precision Teaching, and Equivalence-based Instruction. The symposium will also include applicable examples of implementation within the education setting so attendees will take away applicable strategies for implementing the ABA strategies discussed. The symposium is one of two presentations regarding incorporating Applied Behavior Analysis into the General Education Classroom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, General Education, Generative Learning, School ABA |
Target Audience: An understanding of the general education classroom and the applications of behavior analytic applications outside of autism. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify four behavior analytic strategies that can be applied in the general education classroom; (2) demonstrate an example of each strategy to practice implementing in the classroom; (3) create applicable exercises from shared templates across the four behavior analytic strategies. |
|
Group Contingencies Within the General Education Classroom |
BRITTANY BEAVER (The Chicago School), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Classrooms are structured environments with carefully created rules; however, students may not always follow these rules, indicating the need for additional strategies to be implemented by the classroom teacher.Group contingencies are a type of intervention that can be particularly useful in a classroom setting as one strategy can be applied to multiple members of a group.Group contingencies are a group of strategies to change the behavior of a group and/or individual using specific sets of rules. This strategy ishighly applicablewithin a classroom of students in that only the group contingency must be learned and implemented rather than a variety of individual behavioral contingencies across students. There are three types of group contingencies, dependent, independent, and interdependent group contingencies, each of which has specific guidelines, benefits, and challenges.Overall, all three involve consistent components including organization, management, target behavior, a reinforcement system, criteria for meeting contingency, delivery of reinforcer, measurement, and a strategy to fade the contingency.The characteristics of each are summarized, how to implement each in a classroom is explained, and examples of each are provided. |
|
Teaching Language-Based Relations Within the Classroom Using Equivalence-Based Instruction |
TIM CALDWELL (TCS Education), Laura A. Kruse (First Leap LLC) |
Abstract: Teachers and schools face many challenges as they aim to deliver the most effective instruction to their students. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI; Sidman & Tailby, 1982) provides a way to promote teaching efficiency through instructional sequences that foster the learner’s ability to relate stimuli through language. EBI expands on the concept of stimulus equivalence in which specific language-based relations are taught and then other relations or skills emerge that were not directly trained. Within the classroom, the use of EBI instructional arrangements such as match-to-sample training or teaching through logic puzzles can promote the underlying skill of language-based relating. This discussion will highlight how students may benefit from the increased efficiency gained by utilizing equivalence-based instruction and how teachers can create these instructional experiences. Multiple examples of how EBI can be incorporated within differing subjects and age ranges of students will be provided to demonstrate the value of applying equivalence-based instruction within the classroom. |
|
Finding Direct Instruction's Place in the General Education Classroom |
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) is a research-based teaching system developed in the 1970s by Siegfried Engelmann (1931-2019) that employs well-developed planned courses and high student response rates. The notion of DI, which asserts that “all children can be taught”, has been effectively employed in the instruction of both children and adults throughout the world. DI's applicability to a wide variety of subjects makes it immensely useful in the field of general education, however practitioners in ABA are frequently hesitant to use and teach DI due to the lack of explicit instructions. The current symposium's goal is to explain behavior science in plain language so that ABA practitioners and instructors may both learn.
This presentation offers an overview of the five fundamental concepts of Differentiated Instruction (DI) and guidance on its implementation. Additionally, it gives examples of DI applications to support behavior analysts in effectively utilizing DI within educational settings, such as schools and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service settings. |
|
Precision Teaching’s Application to the Educational Setting |
JARED VAN (Penn State University), Jennifer Quigley (TCS Education) |
Abstract: Precision teaching is a method of data-based decision making used to evaluate current teaching strategies. Precision teaching involves the learner in graphing their own progress using a standard celeration chart so they can see their learning in real time. Precision teaching aims to bridge the gap between behavior analysis and education by helping the teacher adjust teaching based on the learner’s progress. In precision teaching, the learner knows best; if learning is not occurring, teaching should be evaluated and modified. Precision teaching prevents 5 measurement issues commonly seen in educational and behavior analytic practice and literature. These problems are using sessions as a unit of time, using operational definitions instead of pinpoint+, measuring behavioral data in percent correct, measuring behavioral data using absolute change, and using non-standard equal interval graphs. Each measurement issue will be described, followed by how precision teaching methods provide solutions. Standardization is an important part to any science and precision teaching provides standardization to behavior analysis and education in ways that help learners, practitioners, teachers, as well as the fields themselves. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Data Collection, Measurement, and Related Training Practices |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Liam McCabe (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Dorothea C. Lerman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As the behavior analyst relies on accurate and reliable data from sessions conducted with high procedural fidelity, effective training techniques on both data collection and treatment integrity carry high importance across staff and caregivers alike. The purpose of this symposium is to present several refinements to practices such as defining and measuring responses, training treatment procedures, and the durability of these trainings in the face of treatment challenges. Yassa and colleagues examined the relation between skill mastery and durability of these skills under specific challenges to treatment in registered behavior technicians. Najafichaghabouri and Joslyn examined the correspondence between on-task behavior and its effect on the completion of work tasks in middle school students. Sigwanz and colleagues compared undergraduate students’ live collection of discontinuous data to continuous data on sociability assessments. Mery and colleagues surveyed board-certified behavior analysts on questions related to the validity of caregiver-collected data and these data collection practices. The results and further implications of these studies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): education, measurement, training |
Target Audience: Graduate students (masters, doctoral), masters-level licensed clinicians, board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Discuss maintenance of trained skills under challenges to treatment. 2) Identify new methods of data collection for more accurate and better representative data. 3) Use refined methods to train treatment procedures and data collection to staff and caregivers alike. |
|
Does Skill Mastery Predict Durability? Evaluating Trainee Implementation of Functional Communication Training |
RANA YASSA (Children's Specialized Hospital-Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Shannon Angley (Children’s Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Liam McCabe (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Omar Elwasli (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Clinics often operate on the assumption that trainees can extend their training experiences to novel clients and situations. Yet, few studies have examined the extent to which trainee skills remain durable following mastery, particularly when implementing behavior-reduction programs. In the current study, we recruited four trainees who were enrolled in a master’s program in applied behavior analysis or psychology to participate. These trainees learned to implement functional communication training (FCT) with multiple schedules at mastery levels when working with a confederate. Then, we assessed the durability of trainee skills during training challenges with (a) procedural changes to the original protocol, (b) a novel confederate with different discriminative stimuli and reinforcers, and (c) relapsed confederate problem behavior. Training effects degraded at least once for all participants and in 67% of training challenges, producing potentially critical treatment errors. Promisingly, however, brief post-session feedback resolved these issues in most cases. We discuss these findings in relation to their clinical implications and directions for future research. |
|
Toward an Understanding of Caregiver Collected Data |
Jacqueline Mery (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KISSEL GOLDMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts rely on data to assess their clients’ progress and inform their clinical decisions. As such, the accuracy and reliability (i.e., integrity) of data obtained are vital to its utility. Caregivers may be asked to collect data to better monitor the frequency of the behavior and understand environmental causes. Further, a clinician may ask caregivers to continue collecting data to ensure that treatment has continued to be effective outside of the clinical setting. Unfortunately, behavior analysts do not always trust caregiver-reported data. The purpose of the current study was to determine variables that impact the integrity of caregiver collected data. An online survey was completed by Board-Certified Behavior Analysts who answered questions related to caregiver data collection practices and their perceptions of those data. Specifically, participants answered questions about their demographics (e.g., clinician education, populations clinician serves), caregiver data collection training, tactics used to address data collection issues, and concerns related to caregiver collected data. Outcomes and implications will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Product and Observational Measures of Academic Engagement in Middle School Classrooms |
MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Educational researchers frequently target and measure student on-task behavior in academic settings. On-task behavior is typically defined based on the topography of the behavior (i.e., what it looks like to be on task). However, few studies have assessed if students being on task corresponds with students completing more work or responding more accurately. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate and compare the effects of two interdependent group contingencies on work completion, work accuracy, and on-task behavior of two middle school classrooms. On days with an on-task contingency, students were given a reward if the class met predetermined criteria for being on task. On work completion days students were given a reward if the class met a predetermined criteria for completing class assignments. Both group contingencies increased mean percentages of student on-task behavior and work completion relative to baseline. Spearman correlation showed statistically significant, weak to moderate correlation between student on-task behavior and work completion. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Feasibility of Methods of Live Recording for Assessments of Sociability |
GRACE SIGWANZ (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Sociability assessments have elucidated the function of social interaction as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive among children with autism. Data collection has typically involved reviewing video-recorded sessions and recording duration of time allocation on the social or alone side (Call et at., 2013; Morris & Vollmer, 2021). However, scoring videos following assessment sessions may be infeasible in clinical practice because of time and personnel constraints. The purpose of the current study was to compare the accuracy of discontinuous measurement systems in approximating the duration on the social side and to evaluate the feasibility of implementing assessments when collecting no, discontinuous, or continuous data. First, we reanalyzed the data of eight participants using partial interval recording, whole interval recording, and momentary time sampling (MTS). We found that MTS produced the closest approximation to duration data. Second, we taught undergraduate students how to collect data for and conduct sociability assessments and evaluated their procedural integrity and interobserver agreement when collecting no, MTS, and duration data. Overall, sessions in which the participants collected MTS data yielded relatively higher PI and IOA scores when compared to sessions for which they collected duration data. Implications of these findings for future research and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Re-Examining Avoidance: Contextualizing Appetitive and Aversive Functional Relations of Behaviors Typically Characterized as Avoidant |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Rosalie Prendergast (The Happy Medium Approach) |
Abstract: Avoidance is a common target of intervention for the applied behavior analyst in clinical practice (e.g, Dymon & Roche, 2009). Typically characterized as maladaptive, escape and avoidance are described in terms of the negative reinforcement contingency (Hineline, 2022). The present symposium will explore several behavior analytic conceptual analyses of avoidant behavior and reexamine this phenomenon contextually through the lens of appetitive and aversive functional relations. This symposium aims to: (1) to explicate the adaptive roles avoidance can serve in particular contexts (2) to reexamine or reconceptualize common behaviors typically considered avoidant. The first paper will reexamine avoidance through a contextual viewpoint, specifically applying the concepts of appetitive and aversive functional relations. The second paper will discuss preference for solitude, otherwise known as enjoyment in aloneness (Coplan et al., 2019). The third paper will re-evaluate the classic phenomenon of learned helplessness through a modern behavior analytic lens with implications for applied clinical practice. The fourth paper will review misconceptions of what conditions facilitate and inhibit the emergence of a video gaming addiction with emphasis on opportunities video games might offer for broadening learning abilities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Appetitve-Aversive Control,, Avoidance, Learned Helplessness, Video Games |
|
Embracing Avoidance: Appetitive Avoidant Behaviors Through a Contextual Viewpoint |
JON-PATRIC VEAL (University of Louisiana-Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: Avoidance has been defined as an operant behavior resulting from a history of exposure to harmful or unpleasant stimuli, contact with which has lessened as a consequence of the avoidant behavior (Skinner, 1953). Avoidance often develops into a maladaptive behavior through avoidance generalization in aversive contexts (Norbury et al., 2018). Maladaptive avoidance is a common factor in a number of negative mental health outcomes (WHO, 2004; APA, 2013). As a result, clinicians and researchers have focused on avoidance as a problematic behavior (LeDoux et al., 2016; Kawai & Kawai, 2019), and as such, work to reduce avoidance in clients (Lewis, 1972). It may be, however, that there are possible functions for avoidance behavior that appears aversive to the therapist. A functional contextual evaluation of client avoidant behaviors beyond assumed aversive functions could improve outcomes for clients (Hoffman & Hay, 2018). This paper will (1) discuss traditional definitions of avoidance learning and (2) demonstrate how a functional analysis of avoidance behaviors may yield different intervention outcomes. |
|
A Contextual Behavioral Conceptualization of Preference for Solitude |
WESLEY MALVINI (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: Solitude is defined as a lack of social interaction—with or without the presence of others (Burger, 1995). People can demonstrate a preference for solitude, which has been found to have several positive outcomes (e.g., psychological well-being; Nguyen et al., 2018). A common misconception is that preferring solitude is a maladaptive avoidant behavior (Ooi et al., 2018). However, people with a high preference for solitude typically do not have an aversion to social interactions. Rather, they enjoy aloneness (Coplan et al., 2019). The mischaracterization of a preference as aversion, however, puts people with a high preference for solitude at greater risk of social stigma and ostracism (Ren & Evans, 2021). This paper will review the extant literature on solitude behaviors and their functions determined thus far. Following a review of the literature, an analysis of solitude behaviors and the functions they serve for people who demonstrate preference for solitude will be conducted using a contextual behavioral lens. Finally, the current analysis will provide a new perspective for behavior analysts when researching or working with preference for solitude. |
|
Reconceptualizing Learned Helplessness for the Modern Applied Clinician |
CALEB MICHAEL JEAN (University of Louisiana At Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: The phenomenon of learned helplessness (LH) is associated with a number of psycho-social struggles (i.e., PTSD and anxiety; see Bargai et al., 2007; Hammack et al., 2012) and has been further proposed as a laboratory model of naturally occurring depressive behavior (Klein et al., 1976). Current conceptualizations of LH predominantly rely on mentalistic models emphasizing innate cognitive abilities and misattribution error as the source of this important behavioral process (e.g., Abramson et al., 1978). And while behavioral conceptualizations exist, they have not been updated and are rarely applied to the study of LH (see Hunziker & Dos Santos, 2007). The current paradigm of cognitive misattribution offers little in terms of making LH directly actionable as an observable act-in-context. The present paper will propose an updated conceptualization of LH that reflects modern behavior analytic research and emphasizes contextual factors that contribute to LH. Finally, this paper will apply the conceptual analysis offered to the challenge of increased sensitivity and effectiveness for clinicians with an emphasis on the appetitive practitioner-client relationship. |
|
An Examination of Experiential Avoidance in Video Games |
JOSH DELACERDA (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: Video games can be an exceptionally salient and powerful reinforcer. Clinically and socially there tends to be a focus on excessive or otherwise problematic gaming. Inquiries of maladaptive behavior patterns surrounding video games often focus heavily on the frequency and duration of play (García-Oliva & Piqueras, 2016). Recent literature has become more concerned with the etiology of video game addiction -- that is, what contextual factors evoke compulsive use of video games (Plante et al., 2018). Experiential avoidance (Hayes, Wilson, Gifford, Follette, & Strosahl, 1996) describes the dominance of negative reinforcement contingencies in a particular setting or repertoire and has been associated with “addictive use” of information and communication technologies, including video games (García-Oliva & Piqueras, 2016). However, not all instances of gaming behavior function avoidantly (see Gentile, 2009). This presentation will first provide distinctions between aversive and appetitive functions of video games found in the extant literature, then provide examples of how video games may facilitate the broadening of behavioral repertoires in and outside of the clinical setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Examination of the Role of Response-Independent Schedules and Punishment |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Numerous research studies have employed response-independent schedules (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement; NCR) as control conditions or treatment for disruptive behavior. Moreover, stimulus control procedures are often employed in applied research aimed at decreasing disruptive behavior. The current symposium includes three presentations related to response-independent schedules and one examining the role of punishment on discriminated responding. The first presentation provides a brief history of the terms environmental enrichment (EE) and NCR and proposes a new conceptually neutral umbrella term. The second presentation examines the evidence from both laboratory and applied research that response-independent schedules produce adventitious reinforcement. The third presentation summarizes results of an experimental study which evaluated the effects of two procedural variations of NCR, rotating the effective competing stimuli and prompting functional engagement, on levels of automatically reinforced disruptive behavior. Finally, the fourth presentation consists of an experimental study comparing responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of punishment (hypothesized S?p) with responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of reinforcement (S?). The symposium concludes with thoughtful comments from the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): punishment, response-independent schedules |
Target Audience: Doctorate level behavior analysts Masters level behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how an A-CSA can inform treatment of automatically-reinforced SIB. Attendees will understand the history of the terms EE and NCR. Attendees will understand the role of response-independent schedules on superstitious behavior. |
|
On Terms: Environmental Enrichment and Noncontingent Reinforcement |
MARY LLINAS (University of South Florida), Elbert Blakely (Florida Tech), Thomas R. Freeman (ABA Technologies Inc. - Florida Tech) |
Abstract: The term "noncontingent reinforcement" (NCR) has long been used in both research and clinical practice. However, it is a conceptually flawed term as recognized by several authors (e.g., Poling & Normand, 1999). Nonetheless, behavior analysts have continued to use this term and in fact, another terminological issue has arisen. Currently, NCR is now serving as an umbrella term that covers both time-based schedules and response-independent continuous access to stimuli; the latter being sometimes called “environmental enrichment (EE).” That NCR is now used to describe two distinct procedures can lead to confusion and imprecise communication. Therefore, the purpose of this paper is to provide a brief history of these terms, EE and NCR, and explore some of the attendant terminological issues in relation to the mechanisms of action. We will then propose a new conceptually neutral umbrella term for these two procedures and suggest a series of actions to resolve this ongoing problem in our terminology. |
|
Bridging the Gap Between Laboratory and Applied Research on Response-Independent Schedules |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Eduardo Fernandez (The University of Adelaide) |
Abstract: In 1948, Skinner described the behavior of pigeons under response-independent schedules as “superstitious,” and proposed that the responses were reinforced by contiguous, adventitious food deliveries. Subsequently, response-independent schedules have been of interest to both basic and applied researchers, first to understand the mechanisms involved, and later, to use as treatment, known as “noncontingent reinforcement” (NCR), to reduce challenging behavior. However, the potential superstitious effects produced by these schedules have been challenged, with some researchers arguing that antecedent variables play a significant role. This paper examines the evidence for adventitious reinforcement from both laboratory and applied research, the results of which suggest that antecedent, non-operant functions may be important in fully understanding the effects of NCR. An applied-basic research synthesis will be discussed, in which attention to potential non-operant functions could provide a more complete understanding of response-independent schedules. Further, the applied implications of the non-operant functions of NCR schedules will be covered. |
|
Examination of Procedural Variations for Presenting Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Behavior |
KIMBERLY AMBER MORRISON (Behavioral Innovations), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments serve to identify activities to replace or compete with the sensory consequences that maintain the automatically reinforced behavior. The current study evaluated methods for assessing and extending the effectiveness of various procedural modifications in presenting effective competing stimuli (ECS) that were identified through an augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) on automatically maintained problem behavior (AMPB). Two students with autism and other developmental disabilities were recommended by their clinical team to participate in this study. Levels of AMPB and functional engagement were measured and IOA data were collected for at least 33% of sessions and mean total IOA was always above 85%. Items selected for use in the A-CSA were chosen based on a questionnaire completed by the participants’ clinical team. Results for the participants demonstrated that presentation of the leisure items in the free access condition alone was effective in reducing rates in the target response by 80%. A treatment analysis was then conducted and results showed that both treatment conditions (rotating ECS and prompting functional engagement) were effective. Rotating items or prompting functional engagement is likely an effective procedure for promoting engagement with competing stimuli for AMPB. Implications of the results will be discussed. |
|
Experimental Analysis of Stimulus Control by Punishment |
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (TrueNorth Educational Cooperative 804; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: The present study attempted to experimentally compare the responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of punishment (hypothesized SΔp) with the stimulus associated with the absence of reinforcement (SΔ) on the abative effect in human participants by presenting a series of pairs of controlling stimuli on a multiple schedule of reinforcement. Preliminary phases consisted of acquisition, punisher assessment, and baseline. Comparison in the stimulus control phases consisted of two main conditions: establishing stimulus control (ESC) and reversing stimulus control (RSC) conditions. The last phase was the controlling stimulus as a consequence (SaaC). The study measured various dependent variables, including number of responses, latency, interresponse time (IRT), duration to criterion, and response rate. The results suggested that: (a) the controlling effects of the SΔ were different in ESC and RSC phases, (b) the controlling effects of the hypothesized SΔp were different in ESC and RSC phases, (c) the controlling effects of the SΔ and hypothesized SΔp were different in at least two dimensions (i.e., number of responses and latency) of the target behavior, and (d) all controlling stimuli when being delivered as consequences had different effects on the target behavior among participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Use of Technology-Based Training |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jordan DeBrine (UNMC, KKI) |
Discussant: Ellie Kazemi (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & CSUN) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are commonly tasked with training a variety of stakeholders and non-behavioral professionals to implement behavior-change procedures. Given the integral role of technology in our everyday lives, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has begun to integrate advanced technology into practice, specifically in the area of staff, caregiver, and educator training. The presenters will review recent advancements in training using multimedia technology. Presenters will expand upon the use of virtual reality (VR), artificial intelligence (AI), video-based training (VBT), and behavioral skills training (BST) to train a variety of behavior change procedures. Across these studies, participants included caregivers, novice volunteers, experienced professionals, and university psychology students. Across studies, participants were taught to implement Functional Communication Training (FCT), Free Operant Stimulus Preference Assessments, and a Feeding Protocol. The researchers will examine the value, efficacy, and accessibility of innovative training modalities across skills. We will discuss the implications of new and existing technology advances and the implications for research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST |
|
Integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Virtual Reality (VR) to Teach Functional Communication Training: Results From Exploratory Studies |
SETH KING (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective approach to treating challenging behaviors in students with disabilities. Staff involved in behavior intervention often lack access to training in FCT, however. We evaluated behavior skills training (BST) in FCT featuring artificial intelligence (AI) and virtual reality (VR). BST consisted of prerecorded lectures and models followed by AI-delivered systematic prompting and feedback within a VR simulation. Five doctoral-level students in psychology and education participated. Lessons involved behavior maintained by escape from demands (Studies 1 & 2) and access to tangibles (Study 2). Results across studies suggest correspondence between AI-assessment of movement and speech and human observation was high, but varied based on the condition and student facility with English. For Study 1, Weighted baseline corrected Tau (WTaubc) was consistent with a large effect (.81). For Study 2, WTaubc was consistent with a large effect (.67). Participants reported learning the procedure and found the training acceptable. |
|
Training Adults to Implement a Brief Stimulus Preference Assessment: Increasing the Accessibility of Training |
WILLIAM J. HIGGINS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adriano Barboza (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services) |
Abstract: We trained 6 novice adults without prior experience implementing behavior-analytic procedures to conduct a free operant stimulus preference assessment using multimedia content with embedded instructions and modeling. We modified previously published training content to be presented at the seventh-grade level. Also, we translated the training content so people could be recruited and participate in Spanish. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across-participants design to evaluate acquisition and demonstrate experimental control. We scored participants' performance before and after training. After training, participants responded to a social acceptability questionnaire and provided information about the quality of their training experience. The training procedure resulted in robust and immediate improvements in performance, regardless of the language the content was presented in. In addition, participants expressed high satisfaction with the multimedia content and the overall training experience. We discuss the importance of creating training content that is more accessible regardless of education level and directions for future inquiry. |
|
An Evaluation of Training Modalities to Teach Behavior Analysts to Conduct an Intensive Pediatric Feeding Intervention |
CHRISTINA MARIE SHEPPARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: A common focus within behavior-analytic clinical practice is to incorporate training with caregivers to promote a successful transition of clinical services. However, training staff members to conduct specific behavioral interventions has received less attention. In the current study, we implemented three training levels to evaluate the intensity required to train behavior analytic staff (i.e., behavior technicians, Registered Behavior Technicians®, and Board-Certified Behavior Analysts®) to implement a feeding protocol with a role play partner. Only one participant met the mastery criteria following the first training phase, which included written instructions and video modeling. Following seventy-two hours of exposure to the instructional materials, we provided participants an opportunity to ask clarifying questions about the procedure (second training phase). Only one participant met mastery in this phase. Three other participants required in-vivo feedback and modeling (third training phase) to master the protocol. We discuss the clinical implications and future research directions of this study. |
|
Training Parents of Children With Autism to Implement Function-Based Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior |
JOHN ROBERT BUDDE (Children’s Hospital of Orange County), Casey J. Clay (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A potential symptom exhibited by individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is an inability to acquire functional communication skills at a pace comparable to that of typically developing peers of the same age (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). As such, children with ASD may engage in challenging behavior of varying topography and function. Individualized behavior analytic interventions and treatment programs address such challenging behaviors, and a potentially crucial component to ensuring lasting treatment effects is the training of caregivers familiar to the individual of focus. Parents have been successfully trained to implement a variety of behavior reduction and acquisition procedures. The current study seeks to evaluate the effectiveness of Virtual Reality Behavioral Skills Training (VR BST) by conducting FCT training within a VR BST modality. Caregivers were exposed to an immersive virtual reality (VR) simulation in which they were tasked with conducting FCT with a simulated child. After successfully completing training by meeting the predetermined mastery criterion, parents/caregivers were tasked with conducting in-vivo FCT with their own children. We will review and discuss the results obtained and the implications for future research regarding the effectiveness and validity of VR BST in parent/caregiver training of behavioral intervention implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing Relational Frame Theory: Networks and Brains |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Taylor Carroll (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Hayes et al., 2001) proposes that (1) derived relational responding occurs across multiple frame families, (2) derived relations can transform the function of environmental stimuli, and (3) derived relational responding is a generalized operant. These assumptions are tested across a series of translational and applied studies with learners receiving ABA services and translational analyses with college student participants. The first presentation evaluates the interdependency of skills targeted in the LIFE assessment (Dixon, 2020) that incorporates relational learning, and results suggest that skills emerge within interconnected relational networks across for autistic and neurotypical learners. The second presentation isolates the emergence of relational frames using a Relational Density Theory framework embedded within play-based instruction (Dixon, 2014-2016), with results supporting the use of a selection-based multi-dimensional scaling procedure. The third presentation demonstrates the use of an experimental analysis built on Relational Density Theory to isolate relational framing patterns that participate in adaptive behavior repertoires for autistic learners in a series of clinical cases. The final presentation expands the discussion of interdependent learning to neurological activity that co-occurs with derived relational responding, highlighting the role of interdependent neural systems within relational responding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: behavior analysts and practitioners. no prerequisite skills. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the interrelatedness of items in the LIFE Functional Model 2. Discuss the role of relational network in RFT and ACT case conceptualization 3. Discuss the role of neurological action in derived relational responding |
|
The Emergence of Relational Networks Following Play-Based Instruction Using PEAK |
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student), Jenna Huskey (Missouri State University), Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University), Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016) provides a framework to teach complex language skills to autistic learners informed by Relational Frame Theory. Using a Relational Density Theory approach, relational networks of can be graphed in a geometric space to show understanding of complex concepts (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). The first study evaluated the relational network of mastered PEAK symmetry programs compared to the relational network of arbitrary stimuli. Results showed more dense relational networks of responding with the mastered PEAK programs, suggesting a possible avenue to measure acquisition of complex language skills. In the second study, we taught PEAK symmetry programs more flexibly using naturalistic teaching strategies and analyzed relational networks including the stimuli from the symmetry programs before and after training. Results showed a difference in the density of relational networks, suggesting the effectiveness of using naturalistic teaching strategies to teach complex symmetry programs. Moreover, the geometric representation of relational networks for PEAK programming allows for more flexible training of the skills that can be better suited for each individual’s preferences and needs. |
|
Utilizing the Spatial Evaluation of Language Flexibility for Youth (SELF-Y) in Clinical Case Conceptualization |
KATELYN FRAHM (Missouri State University), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: This talk details a series of three case studies conducted over the course of two years that piloted the use of the Spatial Evaluation of Language and Flexibility for Youth (SELF-Y; Paliliunas & Belisle, 2023) as a form of relational experimental functional analysis to inform intervention approaches rooted in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. In each case, the SELF-Y was administered prior-to the intervention and co-occurred with other established behavioral and flexibility assessments. In the first two cases, relations consistent with psychological inflexibility were observed. In the third case, relations consistent with psychological flexibility were observed in the context of school; however, relations consistent with psychological inflexibility were observed in the context of social interaction. Programming combining elements of the AIM curriculum (Dixon & Paliliunas, 2016) and the LIFE Functional Module (Dixon, 2018) was developed and highly individualized to each case. The first two cases were conducted remotely and a film-analysis suggested engagement for one of the participants who also showed greater flexibility on the SELF-Y following intervention. In the third case, programming was devivered in person and targeted social engagement, where results showed improvements in social engagement and flexibile experiencing of social engagement. |
|
Evaluation of the LIFE Skills System and Comparison to Autistic Learners |
KAITLYN HUI (Missouri State University- student), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The LIFE Functional Module (Dixon, 2020) provides a comprehensive assessment and curriculum designed to teach daily living, social, leisure, and other skills to support independence and well-being for neurodivergent learners. LIFE, like the PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016), is a developmental assessment that assumes more complex behavior topographies and functions build on simpler topographies that recombine in novel ways to further develop an individual’s repertoire regarding skills promoting independence. A linear regression of the normative sample should a strong, significant correlation between age and scores on the LIFE assessment, consistent with developmental assumptions and supporting the factor structure of LIFE. The same correlation was not observed for the autistic sample. Scores from both samples were combined to conduct a principal component analysis of LIFE items, revealing a high level of interdependency for individual skills. When graphed in a 3-dimensional geometric model, the emergence of skills ranged from simple to complex on the assessment. Future research should continue to evaluate the validity and reliability of LIFE with autistic learners to support behavior analytic programming that is individualized to each learner. |
|
Relational Training and Neurology: Evidence From Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a contemporary behavior analytic account of human language and cognition. Emerging evidence suggests that relational training procedures can uniquely produce changes in overall cognitive abilities as measured by IQ among both neurodivergent (Dixon et al., 2023) and neurotypical (Cassidy et al., 2011) participants, whereas conventional methods failed to produce such an effect. One potential explanation lies in the underlying neurological correlates and the functional changes produced by relational training procedures. The current study extended prior work on stimulus equivalence and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI; e.g., Hinton et al., 2010; Ogawa et al., 2010) by incorporating non-equivalent relational frames, refining parameters of the behavior task, and investigating the changes in functional connectivity among areas involved in relational responding after exposure to a relational training protocol. In study 1, a group of neurotypical participants completed a relational responding task that consisted of a set of 60 randomly selected questions, distributed across six relational frames and between two levels of difficulty. Results established a baseline of responding and the parameters to be used during the fMRI task. Results also indicated statistically significant differing response time between arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli, and among different relational frames. In study 2, a different group of neurotypical participants initially completed the same relational responding task during fMRI, and subsequently completed a week-long relational training protocol. Participants then completed the same relational responding task during fMRI as a follow-up. Implications on relational training and its neurological correlates will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Artificial Organisms Worked Hard to Create this Symposium: Further Evaluation and Application of the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Hunter King (Department of Behavioral Psychology, Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Nathan Call (Emory University School of Medicine, Children's Health Care of Atlanta, Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavioral dynamics is a computational model of behavior that integrates Darwinian rules of selection and reproduction to study the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the theory. A considerable body of research shows that the behavior of artificial organisms is indistinguishable from the behavior of live organisms under concurrent arrangements, and supports the theory for modeling a wide array of behavioral phenomena. In the past decade, studies have evaluated the degree to which the behavior of artificial organisms corresponds to live organisms under novel conditions. The purpose of this symposium therefore is to discuss several of these novel applications and future research in this area. The first presentation provides an introduction to the evolutionary theory of behavioral dynamics with an overview of supporting evidence. The second presentation discusses the correspondence between the behavior of artificial organisms and live organisms under delay discounting arrangements. The third presentation reviews conceptual and methodological considerations on the application of the theory to clinical phenomena, such as severe behavior in treatment-resistant populations. Finally, the fourth presentation discusses how the theory be applied to investigate patterns of responding during reversal learning tasks in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Collectively, these presentations describe novel applications of the evolutionary theory of behavioral dynamics and how it can be used to investigate issues of social importance. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior dynamics, complexity theory, evolutionary dynamics |
|
The Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
(Basic Research) |
JACK J MCDOWELL (Department of Psychology, Emory University) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics is a complex systems theory, which means that it is stated in the form of simple low-level rules, the repeated operation of which generates high level outcomes that can be compared to data. The low-level rules of the theory implement Darwinian processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. This talk is an introduction to the evolutionary theory of behavioral dynamics for a general audience and illustrates how the theory is used to animate artificial organisms that can behave continuously in any experimental environment. Extensive research has shown that the theory generates behavior in artificial organisms that is indistinguishable in qualitative and quantitative detail from the behavior of live organisms in a wide variety of experimental environments. An overview and summary of this supporting evidence is provided. The theory may be understood to be computationally equivalent to the biological nervous system, which means that the algorithmic operation of the theory and the material operation of the nervous system give the same answers. The applied relevance of the theory is also discussed, including the creation of artificial organisms with various forms of psychopathology that can be used to study clinical problems and their treatment. |
|
Delay Discounting in Artificial Organisms Animated by the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN HIGGINBOTHAM (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (Department of Psychology, University of Florida) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics is a complexity theory that animates artificial organisms whose behavior is indistinguishable from the behavior of live organisms under a number of different experimental arrangements. We investigated whether artificial organisms would display live organism-like delay discounting using two common procedures. We used adjusting delay and adjusting amount procedures to investigate artificial organisms’ delay discounting. The results show that the artificial organisms discount delayed reinforcers hyperbolically, similarly to live organisms. In the adjusting delay procedure, the artificial organisms’ estimated discounting parameters aligned with the theoretical predictions of the equations used to describe the delay discounting of live organisms. This was also true for the adjusting amount procedure. These results further support the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics and suggest that hyperbolic delay discounting is an emergent property of the dynamics of selection by consequences. Additional work inspired by the theory can advance our understanding of delay discounting. |
|
Application of the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics to Clinical Phenomena: Insights and Future Directions |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Department of Behavioral Psychology, Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Department of Behavioral Psychology, Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics is a genetic algorithm that applies the Darwinian principles of evolutionary biology to model how behavior changes dynamically via selection by contingencies of reinforcement. The evolutionary theory of behavioral dynamics is a complexity theory in which low-level rules of selection, reproduction, and mutation operate iteratively to animate artificial organisms that generate emergent outcomes. Numerous studies have demonstrated the theory can accurately model behavior of live animals in the laboratory, and it has been applied recently to model various classes of challenging behavior and clinical procedures. In this presentation we will summarize recent work in this territory, and discuss some conceptual and methodological considerations on the application of the theory to clinical phenomena in future research. Although work is underway seeking to leverage the theory to understand the phenomenology of severe challenging behavior, its potential and limitations are not fully known. Additional efforts to refine extant models of clinical phenomena will likely lead to further refinement of the theory itself and its application by way of the same selectionist processes it models algorithmically. |
|
Do Individualized Reinforcers Exacerbate Inflexibility? Applying the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics to Understand a Replication Failure |
(Applied Research) |
SAMUEL L MORRIS (Louisiana State University), Celeste Tevis (Louisiana State University), Pierce Taylor (Louisiana State University), Alva Elizabeth Allen (Department of Psychology, Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder is characterized by the occurrence of rigid and repetitive patterns of behavior. One way this has been evaluated is using reversal learning tasks in which the behavior of individuals with autism has been found to adapt less quickly to unpredictable changes in the contingencies of reinforcement. We attempted to replicate and extend research in this area by incorporating preferred, individualized reinforcers. We failed to replicate the findings of previous research: our clinical evaluation yielded much more extreme inflexibility than has been previously documented. We applied the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics to investigate potential causes of this replication failure. First, we developed several models and artificial organisms animated according to each model were exposed to a reversal learning task. Second, we identified models that most closely corresponded to the findings of previous research as well as our clinical evaluation. Third, we exposed selected models to reversal learning tasks with varied reinforcer values to model the effects of including generic versus individualized, preferred consequences. Results indicate two distinct patterns of responding during reversal learning tasks, both of which are negatively impacted by the use of higher value reinforcers. Implications for future research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Story of ABAI |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Marcus Marr (Georgia Tech) |
Abstract: This session looks back on the 50-year career of the Association for Behavior Analysis with an eye to its future. The first presentation is focused on the development of ABA as organization, describing the challenges it has faced and overcome throughout its history. The second presentation looks at the mission of ABA and its role in the development and implementation of the organization’s strategic plan. The evolution of the science of behavior analysis, as reflected in ABA conference presentations over its history, is provided in the third presentation. The fourth presentation describes ABA’s longstanding commitment to the preparation of successive generation of behavior analysts as evident in its efforts to develop and sustain quality education programs. Following these presentations, the speakers will participate in a discussion with the audience, focusing on these and related issues as well as the aims and objectives of the Association for Behavior Analysis International going forward. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
An Inside Perspective on ABAI |
MARIA MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: I have had the honor and the privilege of serving ABAI for over 30 years as Executive Director/CEO. Since its inception and especially, during the last three decades, the field of behavior analysis, like other disciplines, has been impacted by significant socio-economic changes. ABAI has successfully adjusted to those constantly evolving vicissitudes, while remaining committed to preserving, developing, and disseminating the science of behavior with the ultimate objective of contributing to the well-being of society. With that vision in mind, ABAI has grown from a small membership association to the largest in our field; from producing a convention and a journal to offering a great variety of products and services; from having no employees to establishing a competent and caring team. This presentation offers an inside perspective of ABAI’s growing pains, conflicts, and successes—an account that only a few members in its leadership have benefited from living firsthand. As well, it offers some reflections for future directions. |
Since 1993, Dr. Malott has served as Executive Director/CEO of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Secretary Treasurer of the Society for the Advancement for Behavior Analysis. Previously, she was vice-president of manufacturing in a Midwest company in the United States. In addition, for more than 12 years, she worked as a consultant for a variety of businesses in service, retail, manufacturing, education, government, and others. She has served as affiliate faculty member at five universities and on five editorial boards. She coauthored a textbook on principles of behavior and authored two editions of a textbook on culturo-behavioral change. She has published dozens of peer reviewed publications and hundreds of presentations in 22 countries. In all applied and theoretical work, she specializes in cultural analysis and the management and improvement of behavioral systems. Dr. Malott is a fellow of ABAI and was the recipient of the 2003 Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, the 2004 Award for Outstanding Achievement in Organizational Behavior Management, and the 2012 Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis. She also received the 2002 Outstanding Alumni Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. |
|
The ABAI Mission |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The mission of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International is “to contribute to the well-being of society by supporting, developing, and enhancing the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis.” Indeed, the statement of our mission has remained a relative constant since ABAI’s inception in 1974, even as the field of behavior analysis has grown in number, diversity of interests, and professional and educational identifications. For this increasingly complex and varied discipline, it is essential to ensure the strength of, and support for, scientific behavior analysis and the philosophy that underlies it. As ABAI has worked to balance the many, and sometimes competing, priorities of its constituencies, our mission has provided the compass. This presentation will: 1) describe ways in which major challenges for ABAI throughout its history have often involved pressures to deviate from its central mission; and 2) review the role of our mission in determining content and implementation of the organization’s strategic plan as well as the decision-making of its Executive Council over the past 50 years. |
Dr. Carol Pilgrim is professor of psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. Dr. Pilgrim has contributed substantially to behavior analysis through her leadership, teaching, and research. She has served as president of its major organizations, including ABAI (as well as its Southeastern ABA chapter), the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. She also served as secretary of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and as a board member of that organization. She has advanced the dissemination of behavior analysis and the vitality of its journals in her roles as chair of the Publication Board of ABAI, editor of The Behavior Analyst, co-editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, and associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She has served on the board of directors of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and other organizations, and chaired numerous committees. Dr. Pilgrim is known, in addition, as a stellar teacher and mentor. She served as associate dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at UNCW for nine years, and has been recognized with numerous awards, including the North Carolina Board of Governors Award for Excellence in Teaching and the ABAI Student Committee Outstanding Mentor of the Year Award. Dr. Pilgrim's research expertise and contributions traverse both basic experimental and applied behavior analysis. Her health related research has brought behavior analysis to the attention of scientists and practitioners in cancer prevention, and she is noted for her innovative work on the development and modification of relational stimulus control in children and adults. |
|
The Program |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A science is identified by the products of its scientists as these are presented at its conferences and appear in its journals. The status of a science at any given time is especially evident in its conference presentations because these ordinarily (and ethically) precede their published appearances. The aim of this address is to examine the identity of the science of behavior analysis as revealed in the conference presentations of its scientists over the past fifty years. A retrospective analysis of these products, categorized in accord with present day program areas, will be presented. Changes to submission procedures, speaker invitations, and other relevant administrative actions will be noted as they occurred. The aims of these actions will be described, and their outcomes assessed to the extent possible. Some comments on the status of behavior analysis as a scientific enterprise at the present time will be offered along with some thoughts about its possible futures. |
Linda J. Parrott Hayes is a distinguished international professor at the University of Nevada, Reno. She received her undergraduate degree from the University of Manitoba and her graduate degrees from Western Michigan University. She was a member of the behavior analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she returned to Canada, taking a position at St. Mary’s University. Dr. Hayes co-founded the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno, on a self-capitalization model and served as its director for more than a decade. She has received numerous awards for her contributions to the training of behavior analysts including the Fred S. Keller Award for Teaching of Behavior Analysis from the American Psychological Association’s Division 25, an Outstanding Teacher Award from the College of Arts and Sciences at West Virginia University, an Outstanding Faculty Award from the Board of Regents of the Nevada System of Colleges and Universities, an Outstanding Alumna Award from Western Michigan University, and for the program she founded a Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis. Dr. Hayes also founded and directs UNR’s Satellite Programs in behavior analysis, aimed at meeting the ever-growing demand for qualified practitioners in regions where appropriate training has been unavailable or inaccessible. Her efforts in this regard have earned her an International Development Award from the Latin Association for Behavior Analysis and Modification, a Global Engagement Award from the University of Nevada, Reno, and a SABA International Development Award. She is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and has served the association in many capacities including coordination of its Practice and Education Boards as well as multiple terms on its Executive Council. Dr. Hayes’ scholarly interests range from the experimental analysis of animal behavior to the logic of science. She is best known for her contributions to behavior theory and philosophy. |
|
Higher Education and the Future of Behavior Analysis |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The vitality, development, and growth of behavior analysis depends on many factors. Perhaps most important is the quality of the educational programs that prepare successive generations of behavior analysts. ABAI’s commitment to education started early in its history with the establishment of the Education and Evaluation Committee in 1977 (just the fourth year of the association’s existence), progressed to the accreditation of graduate and undergraduate programs and, in collaboration with the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, verification of graduate course sequences. This presentation will focus on the development of the accreditation system, the challenges it faces today, and the role that ABAI accreditation plays in securing a future for behavior analysis as a science and profession. |
Dr. Michael Perone is a professor in the Department of Psychology at West Virginia University. He has made substantial contributions to behavior analysis through his research, service, administration, and teaching. He is well known for his programmatic research on conditioned reinforcement, avoidance, and transitions from rich to lean schedules of reinforcement, and more generally for the elegance and ingenuity of his experimental methodology. He has secured support from NICHHD, OSHA, and NSF for much of his research. His investigations with animals and extensions of basic mechanisms to humans serve as a prototype for research translation. Dr. Perone's accomplishments in administration, service to the discipline, and teaching are similarly noteworthy. Dr. Perone served for 12 years as chair of the West Virginia University Department of Psychology, one of the foremost programs in behavior analysis. He has served as president of ABAI, SABA, SEAB, and SEABA. He has been appointed to key editorial positions for major journals in behavior analysis, represented behavior analysis on the Federation of Behavioral, Psychological, and Cognitive Sciences, and served on numerous committees. In each of those roles, his skill and humor have been instrumental in bringing a charge to effective completion. Dr. Perone has received numerous awards for his teaching and mentoring, which, along with the successes of his former students, are testaments to his effectiveness in that arena as well. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social Justice and Compassion in a Queer Context |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Kaitlynn Gokey, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW SKINTA (Roosevelt University) |
Abstract: Through the 1970s and 1980s, behavior therapists slowly transitioned – mostly – from offering interventions intended to alter a client’s sexual orientation or gender identity. Some, with the encouragement of those within the LGBTQ community like the late Dr. Charles Silverstein, realized that continuing research and clinical practice in this direction contributed to a climate of bias. Others failed until much later to recognize that the work was harmful to individuals undergoing it – some clinicians may still be learning this lesson. Conversely, behavioral strategies were slow to be advanced in the service of mitigating the effects of anti-LGBTQ bias. Funding and institutional support in this direction has also appears to have been slow, relative to the support of historic change efforts. How do we reconcile the goals of behavioral science that advocate for social justice and improvement of the human condition with its history of neglecting the perspectives and voices of marginalized people? How must our field continue to grow and change to reduce the likelihood of causing such harm in the future? Particular attention will be paid in this exploration of the relationships between behavior therapy, sexual orientation, and gender toward how ongoing bias in the field creates a context that maintains and supports harm in a global context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, practitioners, researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe harms to LGBTQ people due to behavioral interventions; (2) list current behavioral strategies to mitigate harms against LGBTQ people; (3) demonstrate an awareness of how anti-LGBTQ bias in the behavioral sciences fuels continued sexual orientation and gender identity change efforts in an international context. |
|
MATTHEW SKINTA (Roosevelt University) |
Dr. Matthew D. Skinta is an Assistant Professor of Psychology and affiliated faculty in the Department of Women and Gender Studies at Roosevelt University. He is board certified Clinical Health Psychology by the American Board of Professional Psychology, a peer-reviewed ACT trainer, a certified trainer of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy, and a certified teacher of Compassion Cultivation Training. Dr. Skinta’s work over the past 15 years has been to (1) engage contextual behavioral clinicians to intervene in the functional elements of minority stress experienced by sexual orientation and gender diverse people, (2) to center the relational behavioral repertoires most harmed by bias and interpersonal rejection within LGBTQ communities, and (3) to consider the global impact of anti-LGBTQ animus within the behavioral sciences. His work in these areas, specifically, has led to being made a Fellow of the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and the American Psychological Association (Division 44). Dr. Skinta is currently serving on the APA-SSCP-ABCT Inter-organizational Scientific Task Force on the Iatrogenic Effects of Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity and Expression Change Efforts (SOGIECEs). He co-edited Mindfulness and Acceptance for Gender and Sexual Minorities: A Clinician's Guide to Fostering Compassion, Connection, and Equality Using Contextual Strategies (2016), and wrote Contextual Behavior Therapy for Sexual and Gender Minority Clients: A Practical Guide to Treatment (2020). |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Autistic Individuals Into Adulthood |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Adriano Barboza (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services) |
CE Instructor: Megan Robinson Joy, Ph.D. |
|
Job Supports for Autistic Individuals: Developing Self-Awareness Competencies to Improve Decision-Making Processes |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ADRIANO BARBOZA (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Arlene Kely Alves de Amorim (Grupo Conduzir), Josiane Mariano (Grupo Conduzir), Larissa Aguirre (Grupo Conduzir) |
|
Abstract: Accessing appropriate services and resources for individuals on the autism spectrum can be challenging as they transition into adulthood, leading to limited integration into the job market. Research has consistently shown that employment rates among autistic adults are significantly lower compared to other adults with disabilities. To address this issue, our team developed a vocational support program based on the JobTIPS program. We used videoconferencing sessions to deliver vocational support to participants. The program's initial phase focused on determining career interests and consisted of eight sessions. We evaluated the program by identifying the individual's interests, career goals, strengths, and needs, which helped us identify potential matching and non-matching job opportunities. Additionally, we provided support with job search, attainment, and continuity based on the results of our program. We also discussed the necessary components for assessing interests, career goals, strengths, and needs in individuals on the autism spectrum. Furthermore, we outlined potential future studies that can be conducted to test the external validity of this program to ensure that individuals on the autism spectrum have choices, independence, and opportunities in the job marketplace. |
|
The Development of a College Preparation Program for Autistic High Schoolers |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGAN ROBINSON JOY (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Kaitlin McCombs (Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center) |
|
Abstract: The transition to college can be uniquely difficult for autistic students. In addition to the academic demands of higher education, students are often living on their own for the first time. Autistic students may struggle with interpersonal demands, executive functioning, time management and other skills that independent living at college requires. In the current paper, we will present a description of a two-year college preparation program designed for autistic high school students. Through collaboration with an autistic consultant and current college students, best practices in transition planning were incorporated into a comprehensive curriculum designed to teach high schoolers critical skills to be successful in college. The curriculum arranges targeted skills into 6 pillars of success: self-advocacy, health, wellness and safety, interpersonal skills, community engagement, independent living, and executive functioning. Each pillar includes specific learning objectives and activities designed to enhance engagement and build sustainable skills. We will describe successes and challenges with developing lessons that are authentic, relevant, and evidence-based for autistic adolescents. Preliminary data has indicated that the program is effective and well-liked by both participants and their caregivers. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Origins of Human Cooperation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Psy.D. |
Presenting Author: MICHAEL TOMASELLO (Duke University) |
Abstract: Humans are biologically adapted for cooperation and cultural life in ways that other primates are not. Humans have unique motivations and cognitive skills for sharing emotions, experience, and collaborative actions (shared intentionality) that emerge in human ontogeny at around one year of age. Our nearest primate relatives do not seem to have the motivations and cognitive skills necessary to engage in activities involving collaboration, shared intentionality, and, in general, things cultural. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: For Everyone |
Learning Objectives: TBD |
|
MICHAEL TOMASELLO (Duke University) |
Michael Tomasello is Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience at Duke University, and emeritus director at the Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, Leipzig, Germany. His research interests focus on processes of cooperation, communication, and cultural learning in human children and great apes. His recent books include Origins of Human Communication (MIT Press, 2008); Why We Cooperate (MIT Press, 2009); A Natural History of Human Thinking (Harvard University Press, 2014); A Natural History of Human Morality (Harvard University Press, 2016); Becoming Human: A Theory of Ontogeny (Harvard University Press, 2019); and The Evolution of Agency (MIT Press, 2022). |
|
|
|
|
|
How Instructional Design Can Help Behavior Analysts? |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta) |
Discussant: T. V. Joe Layng (Endicott College & Generategy, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Sella, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are working in a time in which the manualization and protocolization of assessments and intervention procedures is ever intensifying. At the same time, behavior analysis courses seem to be resulting in technical, uncritical repertoires: behavior analysts seem to lack skills to assess data and explanation present in conceptual and empirical studies. The purpose of this symposium is to present how instructional design can support behavior analysts in designing, building, implementing and monitoring teaching and assessment procedures. In the first symposium, learners will describe (a) overlaps between Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis; (b) contingencies that might prevent behavior analysts from looking at procedures from different instructional design approaches and (c) possible consequences of the separation between different niches within behavior analysis. In the second symposium, a specific example on how instructional design might inform teaching procedures for children with autism spectrum disorders will be presented. The differences between concept teaching and multiple exemplar training will be presented and behavior analytic research that aimed at concept teaching for children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Areas Intersections, Behavior Analysis, Concept teaching, Instructional Design |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Pre-requisite skills. Prior to the symposium, the audience should be able to (a) define instructional design; (b) define behavior analysis; (c) define and describe contingencies |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe overlaps between Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis; (2) describe contingencies that might prevent behavior analysts from looking at procedures from different instructional design approaches; (3) describe possible consequences of the separation between different niches within behavior analysis; (4) define concept teaching and how it differs from multiple exemplar training; (5) cite and describe research on teaching concepts for children with autism. |
|
Restricted Behavior Among Applied Behavior Analysts: Why Are We Not Looking at Instructional Design? |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Aprendizagem em Pauta), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Bá Educa e Instituto Par), Elis Maria Tuon Pereia Vaz (Instituto PAR) |
Abstract: Instructional design and behavior analysis have a long history together. Overlaps between these areas include, but are not limited to, setting measurable, observable learning objectives, analyzing what needs to be taught in order to reach the objectives, designing and implementing effective teaching procedures, choosing stimuli, monitoring and assessing results, and making data-based decisions. However, studies that bring together these areas, empirical or theoretical, are sparse. This presentation aims at presenting some of the overlaps between these areas and possible contingencies that might be responsible for a detachment between them. Financial contingencies, professional recognition within behavior analysis, increased probability of publication and funding are contingencies that could be responsible for the separation. In addition, consequences of this separation such as the creation of several verbal communities within behavior analysis, which might result in communication difficulties and probably in the misuse of several intervention packages by those who do not consume technical and scientific behavior analytic knowledge through analytic lenses, based on conceptual consistency will be discussed. Suggestions for future theoretical and empirical research that might bring the fields closer will be presented. |
|
Teaching Concepts to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Why Not Look at Instructional Design? |
ELIS MARIA TUON PEREIA VAZ (Instituto PAR), Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Bá Educa e Instituto Par) |
Abstract: Concepts can be defined as a class of stimuli that share critical, essential or “must-have” features. The members of a class also have varying or “can-have” features that can vary across the members. It is important to highlight that concepts cannot be aprioristically defined; they are dependent on the verbal community. For example, some exemplars of a class might belong to other stimulus classes in another verbal community. The boundaries of a given concept might be difficult to teach through discrimination procedures, so not only multiple exemplars are necessary; the features of each exemplar must be carefully selected to improve chances of boundary discrimination. And members of one class cannot belong to another class being taught. Based on this XXX, the purpose of this presentation is to present a literature review of behavior analytic studies that taught concepts to children with autism. Criteria for inclusion were: a) studies with people with autism spectrum disorders; b) applied empirical studies; c) that aimed at teaching concepts; d) instructional design had to be mentioned in the title or in the abstract. Six studies were found. Their analysis is presented and suggestions for future theoretical and empirical research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Parents, Educators, and Staff to Implement Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment: Advancements in Hybrid and Distance-Learning Approaches |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Taryn Traylor (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center) |
CE Instructor: Taryn Goodwin Traylor, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A rapidly growing literature supports training models with remote components, given their potential cost-effectiveness, convenience, and accessibility; however, most studies target relatively simple procedures (Gerencser et al., 2020). This symposium includes three presentations focused on remote or hybrid training, each featuring distinct methods and aims, for a more complex repertoire: implementing practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment (PFA/SBT; Hanley et al., 2014). The first presentation reports the findings of a randomized controlled component analysis of an asynchronous computer-based instruction program on the skill-based treatment integrity of behavioral service providers serving in diverse roles and contexts (n = 78), informing conclusions about efficacy at the group level, or for the “average” trainee. The second presentation features a large-scale hybrid training model for school staff implementing PFA/SBT and includes social validity and student outcomes as reported by school staff, facilitating examination of training effectiveness at the group level. The final presentation examines effectiveness at the individual level, featuring parent treatment integrity and child outcomes in a series of three applications of teleconsultation to support in-home, parent implemented PFA/SBT. Collectively, presentations demonstrate the potential of remote technology for preparing and supporting individuals responsible for implementing complex behavior intervention packages such as PFA/SBT. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): computer-based instruction, function-based intervention, Hybrid training, telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the critical features of multiple exemplar training and treatment integrity evaluation as programmed in computer-based instruction for skill-based treatment implementation. 2. Attendees will be able to describe coaching and behavioral skills training tactics that can be implemented via telehealth to support parent implementation of PFA/SBT. 3. Attendees will be able to describe the Customized Behavior Training Application Model for training school staff to use positive behavior technologies, including PFA/SBT. |
|
Interactive Activities Programmed Within Computer-Based Instruction: Impact on Skill-Based Treatment Integrity |
(Applied Research) |
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (UConn Health), Kristen Granger (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Using computer-based instruction to train intervention implementers may require substituting alternative interactive activities for direct skill rehearsal, although little is known about what activities are most efficacious (Gerencser et al., 2020). In this study, an underpowered randomized controlled trial was used to evaluate the relative impacts of two alternative activities on behavioral service providers’ integrity to and mastery of skill-based treatment procedures (Hanley et al., 2014). Implementation was assessed at two time points for a total of 78 total participants randomly assigned to a no-training control, complete computer-based instruction, or one of two partial computer-based instruction groups each characterized by a missing interactive activity (i.e., multiple exemplar training or treatment integrity evaluation) to facilitate component analysis. Mann-Whitney U and Chi-Square tests revealed significant effects on treatment integrity and mastery, respectively, for all training groups relative to the control group. Differences among training groups were not statistically significant, however descriptive data indicated greater changes in treatment integrity for the treatment integrity evaluation, complete, and multiple exemplar training groups, respectively. Findings suggest a variety of interactive activities may support treatment, warranting further research. Future directions include further examination of the contributions of interactive activities, training efficiency, and potential moderators of response. |
|
Teaching Parents to Implement Practical Functional Assessments and Skill-Based Treatments via Telehealth |
(Service Delivery) |
RACHEL METRAS (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Matthew Carbone (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Telehealth-based service provision may be the most resource-effective way for some families to access functional analytic services. If families do not live near service providers, caregivers can implement interventions themselves instead traveling long distances to a clinic. However, telehealth-based functional analyses and treatments may also increase risk to families, as caregivers have no in-person support if treatment sessions become unsafe. Extensive implementation supports, such as real-time coaching and behavioral skills training, are necessary to maintain safety and ensure accurate implementation of treatment procedures from a distance. One such example of this treatment model is Metras et al. (2023). The authors used teleconferencing technologies to coach three parents of children with autism spectrum disorder through implementing interview-informed synthesized contingency analyses (Hanley et al., 2014) and resulting skill-based treatment processes. All parents achieved differentiated functional analyses, taught their children functional replacement skills, and reduced challenging behavior relative to baseline. Treatment integrity remained at 75% or higher across all sessions despite behavioral skills training and real-time implementation support occurring entirely at a distance. The purposes of this presentation are to describe the telehealth-based training and real-time coaching parents received during Metras et al. (2023) and present descriptive treatment integrity data. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of a Model for Training Public School Practitioners in Positive Behavior Technologies |
(Service Delivery) |
SUSAN M PALKO (Virginia Commonwealth University's Autism Center for Education), Taryn Traylor (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center) |
Abstract: Public school practitioners are often untrained in using intensive, evidence-based behavioral assessments and interventions to remedy students' challenging behavior (Jury et al., 2021). The Customized Behavior Application Training model, a university and public school collaboration, is currently being implemented across 40 school divisions with positive receptivity as a useful training in increasing school staff confidence and independence in addressing problem behavior of students with disabilities in comprehensive classroom settings. This presentation will describe the preliminary investigation of the coaching and consultation model for increasing staff’s ability to reduce problem behavior effectively using student-centered, positive behavior technologies, including practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment (Hanley et al., 2012). There remains a need to examine how the model enables school practitioners to train other staff within their division without direct support from university behavior analysts. Further development and refinement of the coaching and consultation model are necessary to understand implementation fidelity for more comprehensive training packages in rural school divisions |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Technology to Promote Behavior Change in Simulated Workplaces |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Eliza Goben (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Eliza Goben, M.S. |
Abstract: Over the last decade, advances in technology have begun to change the way that we learn and work. Understanding how various technologies can be effectively used in the workplace is important to ensure that we are using these technologies to increase efficiency and reduce the use of valuable resources. This symposium will outline recent uses of technology-based interventions in simulated workplace settings. Goben will review the results of an experiment that used video-based behavioral skills training and virtual reality training to train behavior analysis graduate students in conference presentation skills. Flynn will present experimental data comparing the use of a vibratory stimulus in a tactile TAGteach™ procedure and video modeling to train medical skills to undergraduate participants. Finally, Espericueta Luna will discuss the results of an experiment that used artificial intelligence to measure ergonomic behavior and provide video feedback to improve the posture of undergraduate participants while completing an analog task. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Technology, technology-based interventions |
Target Audience: Presentations in this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should have education in behavioral interventions to maximize learning during this symposium |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) discuss how technology can be used in interventions to change behavior, (2) describe how behavioral skills training and virtual reality training can be used to train conference presentation skills, (3) describe how vibratory TAGteach can be used to teach medical skills, and (4) summarize the benefits of using artificial intelligence can be used to measure behavior. |
|
The Efficacy of Virtual Reality and Video-Based Training on Professional Conference Presenting |
(Applied Research) |
ELIZA GOBEN (University of Kansas), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas), Hanna Vance (University of Florida), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Previous public speaking research has evaluated remote video-based behavioral skills training (BST) to train targeted public speaking behaviors, and awareness training to decrease the rate of speech disfluencies. The current study evaluated the efficacy of video-based BST) and virtual reality training in teaching conference presentation skills to four graduate student participants. A concurrent multiple baseline design across presentation behaviors was used to evaluate training effects. Video-based BST and virtual reality training improved conference presentation behaviors for all participants in the virtual reality setting. Moreover, performance generalized to a live audience. Participants reported satisfaction with video-based behavioral skills training and virtual reality training and reported greater comfort, ability, and confidence during public speaking. Participants were asked to rate what target behaviors they were likely to use in future conference presentations, with most participants reporting they would likely use all behaviors. Our findings indicate that conference presentation skills can be trained using a video-based BST and virtual reality package. |
|
A Comparison of Tactile TAGteach® to Video Modeling to Train Medical Skills |
(Applied Research) |
KIRA ELIZABETH FLYNN (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelcie E McCafferty (Univerisity of Florida), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Letitia Bible (University of Florida), Rachael Ferguson (Kalamazoo Valley Community College) |
Abstract: Modern medical training largely consists of lecture-based instruction and in-vivo or video modeling of specific skills. Other instructional methods, such as teaching with acoustical guidance or TAGteach®, have rarely been evaluated. In this study, we compared tactile TAGteach®, in which a vibratory stimulus is delivered to indicate a correct response, to video modeling and self-evaluative video feedback to teach four participants two medical skills: simple interrupted suture and endotracheal intubation. We also counterbalanced the order in which the skills were taught. Typically, TAGteach® incorporates auditory stimuli; we used vibratory stimuli to reduce disruption. The results show that both instructional methods improved performance over baseline. However, three of the four participants met the mastery criterion in the tactile TAGteach® condition first. Tactile TAGteach® required more time to train the skills. We discuss the implications of these findings for training skills to medical practitioners. Based on these results, medical practitioners might consider using TAGteach for some skills. |
|
Ergonomics and Artificial Intelligence: An Analog Study |
(Basic Research) |
WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA LUNA (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Approximately 1.7 billion people across the world suffer from musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs). A musculoskeletal disorder is an injury of the muscles, nerves, tendons, joints, cartilage, or spinal disks that result from the performance of work. Previous interventions (e.g., recommendations in scientific literature, microbreaks) have been used to alleviate pain and promote better ergonomic positioning; however, the results have minimally effective and rely on self-reports of pain alleviation. A potential solution is to use an artificial intelligence powered app called SoterTask™ (SoterAnalytics™) to measure and analyze ergonomic behavior across six different body parts. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of video feedback on a non-neutral body part using an analog task (i.e., building lego sets). Ten undergraduate students served as participants for this study. A multiple-baseline design across participants with an embedded ABCD design was used to evaluate the effects of instructions, video feedback after every session, and then faded to every third, and fifth. The results showed improvement in all ten participants’ neck posture. Future research should evaluate the effects of VFB on a simulated surgery setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Derived Relational Responding |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Elle Kirsten (Compassionate Behavior Analysis, PLLC) |
Abstract: Relational skills training interventions are increasingly popular among basic and applied relational frame theory (RFT) practitioners. In particular, RFT has shown that arbitrarily derived relational responding (ADRR) is operant behavior and that the operant acquisition of various patterns of relational framing is crucial to cognitive and linguistic development. This symposium will present two applied research and one theoretical paper exploring the applications of RFT: Paper 1 describes a series of ongoing studies aimed at using relational skills training to improve cognitive performance in children, healthy young adults, and older adults with self-reported cognitive complaints. Previous research using such relational skills training has been criticized for the absence of active control conditions, small sample sizes, and lack of preregistration; these studies are aimed at ameliorating these issues and providing the most rigorous test of relational skills training to date. Paper 2 will discuss an RFT-based protocol for training analogical and metaphorical relations to autistic children in order to increase emotion regulation. Paper 3 will also discuss the ramifications of understanding the connections between RFT and ACT in clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, deriving relations, relational skills, RFT |
|
Training Analogical Relations, Metaphor, and Emotion Regulation in Autistic Children |
ELLE KIRSTEN (Compassionate Behavior Analysis, PLLC) |
Abstract: Analogical (A:B::C:D) relational responding is a critical skill in the development of verbal and intellectual repertoires, and is key to understanding metaphor, an experiential tool often used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to increase emotion regulation. Common pediatric complaints, such as emotion regulation, have been the province of cognitive psychology and have therefore been examined and explained with mentalistic terms. From a contextual behavioral perspective, a fundamental weakness with mentalistic terms is a lack of functional definitions to help identify and explain the core relational component skills necessary for emotion regulation. ACT is a behavioral approach that has shown success in improving youth mental health. However, despite the advantages of ACT and RFT-informed practices, many clinicians and practitioners struggle to understand and/or implement ACT and RFT-based interventions in their work with autistic children. Furthermore, it has been argued that autistic children face significant language comprehension challenges due to their difficulty in understanding figurative language. However, the acquisition of analogical language in autistic children has received little attention. Three autistic children with language delays were trained in analogical and metaphorical relations using an RFT-based protocol. All participants successfully generated analogical relational responses and demonstrated increased emotion regulation. |
|
Implications of Relational Frame Therapy (RFT) on the Clinical Practice of Relational Frame Theory |
EVAN MARKS (True North Therapy and Training) |
Abstract: The road to the application of relational frame theory (RFT) to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can be steep, particularly if you are not coming from a behavioral analytic background. The connections between ACT and RFT are not readily apparent until you are deep into the material, and only then do the true ramifications of RFT begin to shape your practice as an ACT practitioner. In this paper, I will discuss the role of shared attention in developing empathy in the therapeutic relationship; explain the challenges that transitioning between arbitrary and non-arbitrary relations pose to ACT interventions; and, describe the implications of reinforcement density on metaphor development and the construction of ACT interventions. My hope is that I can share some insights from this journey, so that you are either inspired to take the journey yourself or can borrow some of the hard-won insight for the benefit of your clients. |
|
|
|
|
|
5 Steps to Supercharge Results in Any Organization |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Lori Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: LORI LUDWIG (Performance Ally) |
Abstract: Vital Behaviors are the select powerhouse actions that propel groups to astonishing success when consistently practiced together. When a core percentage of a population collectively adopts the critical few Vital Behaviors, a tipping point is reached, and the culture shifts – the new habits become "just the way we do things around here." Do you need that to happen for your project, initiative, or organization? Do you want to establish Vital Behaviors as habits on a large scale across your organization or work unit, or maybe even in the populations you serve? This presentation will walk through the foundations for building a Vital Behavior Network and real life stories of how this approach has transformed organizations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Leaders and influencers in an organization who want to increase behavioral consistency on a large scale. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the value of identifying Vital Behaviors; (2) Describe why behavioral consistency can improve organizational results; and (3) Describe the 5 steps for building a Vital Behavior Network |
|
LORI LUDWIG (Performance Ally) |
Dr. Lori Ludwig is renowned for her extraordinary skill in guiding organizations to align strategy with processes, roles, behaviors, and results. With 20+ years of consulting experience spanning diverse sectors, from Fortune 500 titans to nonprofits and local startups, Lori’s work has had a transformative impact globally. Her projects—from pioneering performance-based learning strategies to fostering collaborations around shared goals—have elevated countless organizations. Serving as Chief Performance Architect at Performance Ally, her mission is to disseminate the science of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to create large-scale positive change. Lori simplifies its application, empowering organizations to unleash human potential, amplify impact, and navigate complexity effectively. Lori also currently serves as a Board member of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and Executive Director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparing Human Video Modeling to Cartoon Video Modeling for Learners With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:25 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Christopher Bloh (Kutztown University) |
|
Comparing Human Video Modeling to Cartoon Video Modeling for Learners With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER BLOH (Kutztown University), Lynn Bacon (Allentown School District), Barbara Begel (Allentown School District), Katherine Madara (Kutztown University), Brianna Koller (Kutztown University) |
|
Abstract: People with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty interacting both vocally and physically during conversations. Not responding with an appropriate word coupled with an absence of body language could compromise social opportunities. The literature lists scores of studies implementing human video modeling to increase skills of people with ASD but not much research has been conducted using cartoon video modeling. This study compared human video modeling to cartoon videos to teach vocal responding, facial expression, and body language to eight children with ASD. Seven of the eight participants acquired the target behaviors with one or both methods to some degree. Two participants demonstrated more of the target behaviors with the human video, three demonstrated more with the cartoon, and little difference in learning was observed for three participants. One participant only demonstrated behaviors targeted by the human video and another only demonstrated behaviors target by the cartoon video, suggesting that both methods could be effective and neither was conclusively superior. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Stop Lab Shop: Institutional Labs on a Budget |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Experimental analysis of behavior paved the way for concept formation and behavioral theory that comprise the foundation of applied work. However, there has been ongoing concern about the growing divide between basic and applied branches of our field (Marr, 2017; Rider, 1991). As the divide between many facets of applied and experimental work continues to grow, basic laboratories are becoming harder to find and fund, forcing the development of clever and adaptive solutions. Specifically, the price of operant chambers is between $2,000 and $5,000 which limits opportunities for institutions to foster student engagement in work that is the basis of our field (Devarakonda et al., 2016). Despite minimal funding, educators can create and expand their research opportunities using the methods presented in this symposium. This presentation will focus on: (1) the benefits of creating a lab in an applied program and how to do so with limited to no funding; (2) the use of open-source coding to develop data collection systems; and (3) the use of a low cost 3D printed operant chamber that can be used to promote Generative Learning, in the game of “Rasketball”. This *One Stop Lab Shop* will demonstrate how to advance your student’s learning, how your educational experience can be enhanced through lab work, and how to reduce costs in existing labs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): animal behavior, data collection, lab, teaching |
|
Ratsketball: Using Low-Cost 3D-Printed Operant Chambers to Probe for Generative Learning |
ERYKAH SPRIGGS (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Michaeil Woodcock (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: The cost of operant chambers used to teach students basic concept and principles of behavior analysis and learning has increased across time, adding a barrier for instructors who wish to incorporate animal models within their laboratory courses, instead using virtual and analog models. Recent researchers have begun to investigate the use of 3D-printed operant chambers in laboratory classes as a low-cost alternative to traditional operant chambers. The current paper extends the literature on low-cost alternatives and provides an overview of the methodology to create and use 3D-printed operant chambers designed to function as basketball courts. In addition to specific instructions to assemble these boxes, we present a rationale as to how instructors can use these chambers in assignments designed to teach concepts and principles of operant conditioning, while establishing novel topographies of behavior not commonly seen in rats (i.e., placing basketball in hoop). We present sample data from the course assignment to highlight the utility of these chambers. It is our hope that researchers and instructors can use these methods to replicate this novel extension of traditional operant conditioning procedures to behaviors not commonly established in operant conditioning laboratories. |
|
From Roach Royalty to Butterfly Ballet: Tales of an Invertebrate Lab |
MEGAN K VALESEY (Board Certified Behavior Analysis), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: The current landscape of behavior analysis is shifting as applied practitioners, in coordination with the communities they support, are seeking ways to increase compassionate care and assent-based procedures within their clinical programing (Morris et al. 2021). Opportunities to apply compassionate practices are difficult to socially contrive for both human and non-human learners. The Respondent and Operant Animal Research (ROAR) lab is an invertebrate research lab operating within the Behavior Analysis program at The Chicago School’s Chicago Campus. The ROAR lab uses compassionate care practices in every aspect, including learner handling, student involvement, and environmental enrichment. In a brief period, and with exceedingly little budgetary support, researchers within the ROAR lab have gone from lab setup to integrating the lab work into master's level courses and theses. Student participation in the lab provides an opportunity to include conversations that are often missing from basic research including assent-based and compassionate practices for both invertebrate animals and the students. Please join our presentation about the value of invertebrate lab research, lessons learned while working with invertebrates, and establishing lab work as course assignments that build strong foundational skills for master’s level students. |
|
Coding in Behavior Analysis? An Introduction to Arduino Software and the Developmentof Cost-Effective Measurement Systems for Operant Chambers |
DANIEL SCHMIDT (The Chicago School), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: B.F. Skinner (1956) documented the importance of utilizing available resources during his time at Harvard, especially the opportunity to collaborate with other science departments to develop operant chambers and devices to discover basic principles of behavior. At a graduate school in Chicago, whose primary focus is on educating students across various psychological disciplines, the Respondent and Operant Animal Research (ROAR) lab was not as equipped with engineers to support in building operant chambers and data collection devices. However, with the power of the internet along with software and open-source coding that allows us to access the creativity of millions, the ROAR lab has developed sensors to measure responding of Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (i.e., an invertebrate species) at an inexpensive and accessible cost to the lab with the use of Arduino boards and associated sensors. As a result, the growth of automated ways of observing, recording, and data collecting can occur with limited precursor skills related to technology for building out stimulus context and measurement systems within operant chambers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Family Involvement is Key: Navigating Effective Collaboration Between Family Members and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Providers |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Julie Robyn Russell, M.S. |
Chair: Julie Robyn Russell (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
ANDREA DELGADO (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
JULIET GRILLO (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
FERNANDE DEGUENON (Verbal Beginnings) |
Abstract: It is clear that collaboration between family members and ABA providers is essential as it can help maximize the effectiveness of treatment and improve client outcomes. Without meaningful family collaboration, intervention plans may be more difficult to implement effectively. This panel presentation will outline best practices in building strong family involvement and use of compassionate care to best support all family members. Panelists will share strategies about how to effectively build trust and rapport. Strategies will also be shared on how to increase family buy in of ABA strategies to facilitate greater generality of practices outside of ABA sessions. Topics related to the navigation of dealing with more difficult family concerns and how to support family members struggling to support their child will be discussed. This presentation is applicable and beneficial for any providers in collaboration with families. Family collaboration across home service and center based programming will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the most effective strategies in building collaboration between family members and ABA providers (2) Explain how to navigate parent preferences and requests while keeping the program client centered (3) Describe how to lead with compassion when supporting families who are struggling to support their child |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Compassionate Care, Family Involvement, Parent Support |
|
|
|
|
|
Foundational Skills Throughout the Lifespan of Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University) |
CE Instructor: Randi A. Sarokoff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities display deficits in social, academic, and other functional skills throughout their lifespan. Participants included in this symposium had developmental disabilities and ranged in age from preschooler to adult. Skills targeted across the three studies included attending and accuracy during academic tasks, identifying sensations that could be indicative of a medical problem, and memorizing a script for a theatrical performance. To increase eye contact and accuracy during academic skills, a high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence was compared to presentations of only low-probability (low-p) tasks. To mimic potential medical problems, stimuli were applied with verbal prompting and a time-delay procedure to teach reporting of those sensations. A script fading procedure was used to teach memorization of a theatrical script. Experimental control was demonstrated. Two studies used a multiple-baseline design and one study used an alternating-treatments design. Graphs will be presented to demonstrate that the procedures used were responsible for teaching the target behaviors. These studies extended the literature by providing novel applications of procedures previously shown to be effective. Given the success of these teaching procedures, the impact of presenting these data will be relevant to service providers who may want to incorporate them for individuals with similar needs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Attending, Autism, Developmental Disabilities, Social Skills |
Target Audience: Pre-requisite skills and competencies: Distinguish between dependent and independent variables. Identify and distinguish among single-case experimental designs (e.g., multiple-baseline, and alternating-treatments design) Critique and interpret data from single-case experimental designs (i.e., graphs) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. To identify and distinguish between high-probability and low-probability tasks 2. Identify and describe the procedure used in the presentation for teaching expressive identification and reporting of sensations 3. Identify and describe the script fading procedure and the target behavior addressed in the study |
|
High-Probability Instructional Sequence: Is It Just Effective for Compliance? |
MEGAN MAHONEY (Kean University), Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University), Daphna El-Roy (Kean University), Jilian Planer (Kean University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulty with attending skills such as making or sustaining eye contact (Chukoskie et al., 2018). Poor eye contact may adversely affect the educational gains of children with autism, due to the relationship between eye contact and attending to the teacher, and instructional demands (Greer & Ross, 2007). The purpose of this study was to investigate whether a high-probability (high-p) request sequence can be an effective procedure for increasing attending skills, such as eye contact, during discrete trial teaching. Additionally, this study investigated if increases in attending would result in higher accuracy in responding. To date, no study has investigated the use of the high-p instructional sequence to increase attending in individuals with autism. An alternating-treatments design was used to compare the effects of a high-p instructional sequence to the presentation of only low-probability (low-p) tasks on attending, defined as eye contact, of a 3-year-old with autism. In the high-p condition, eye contact was measured when three high-p tasks were presented, prior to delivery of a low-p instruction. In the low-p condition, eye contact was measured with only low-p tasks presented. Results showed that the high-p condition increased eye contact and accuracy more than the low-p condition. |
|
Teaching an Adult With Disabilities to Self-Report Potential Health Concerns |
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Kean University), Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University), Regina Murphy (Lakeview School) |
Abstract: Teaching individuals with disabilities to express private events is important for independence and safety (Devine et al., 2021). Perceptions of health-related issues may vary, therefore teaching descriptions of sensations may be more accurate. This study aimed to enhance the expressive repertoire of reporting sensations that could be indicative of a medical problem. A 20-year-old woman with multiple disabilities participated. A multiple-baseline-across-sensations design was used to evaluate the effects of applying sensations, and verbally prompting using a time-delay procedure. She was taught to expressively label, and then verbally initiate the labels for three novel sensations. Initiations also included expressive labeling of body parts to which the sensations were applied, using multiple stimuli. The target sensations were mastered. Two of the sensations generalized across a novel stimulus and a novel setting, and were maintained. For the third sensation, responding to a novel stimulus and in a novel setting needed to be taught. Responding to a novel body part did not generalize, and needed to be taught for all three sensations. This research extends the private events literature teaching children to report arbitrary private events. |
|
Script Fading to Teach an Adult With Autism to Memorize Dramatic Scripts |
RANDI A. SAROKOFF (Kean University), Jason K. Gillis (Kean University) |
Abstract: A script fading procedure (SFP) was used to teach a performing arts social/leisure skill to an adult woman with autism. The participant had previously demonstrated a skill deficit for memorizing lines of a theatrical script. Although the SFP has been effectively used to teach a variety of skills, previous research did not use dramatic scripts, defined in this study as contrived conversational exchanges between two or more individuals that are performed for an audience. Using a multiple-baseline-across-scripts design, the words of three scripts were taught and systematically faded. Following the SFP, the physical scripts were faded entirely. The participant maintained her ability to recite her lines in all three scripts after the SFP was concluded. She was also able to generalize her performance to novel settings and theatrical partners. Through all steps of script fading, generalization, and maintenance, the participant successfully recited the script correctly with nearly 100% accuracy. This suggests that the SFP was effective in teaching the skill of memorizing lines. This study was the first to examine the effect of a behavior analytic approach on teaching a performing arts skill. |
|
|
|
|
|
Functional and Practical Applications of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System- PECS- protocol has been described in the behavioral literature for over 30 years. A variety of review bodies has viewed the protocol as an evidence-based strategy. Early research involved highly training practitioners in controlled setting. Research continues to demonstrate the range of settings in which the protocol can be faithfully implemented by a wide range of trainers, including caregivers and special educators. Research on PECS also continues to reflect its international appeal. The first talk will describe a brief- one week- introduction of PECS in a camp setting by caregivers in Canada, indicating both temporal and setting generalization. The second talk, using a multiple baseline across learners, examines the introduction of the first 4 Phases of PECS within home settings, measuring fidelity of implementation and generalization. The final talk will describe expansions of PECS use beyond common mands, including attributes, tacts, and a variety of sentence starters within a school program in Delaware as well as a preschool program in Poland. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Language Expansion, PECS |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to 1) Describe how brief training can lead to fidelity implementation of PECS in a Camp environment 2) Describe how parents can be taught to implement PECS in a home environment with fidelity 3) Describe a variety of sentence starters and attributes used by learners with ASD using PECS |
|
Exploring Child and Caregiver Outcomes Following Participation in a Picture Exchange Communication System Summer Camp |
QUINLAN STAMP (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Melissa Ann Elliott (Bethesda Services), Taylor Elizabeth McNeely (Brock University) |
Abstract: Although substantial evidence supports child PECS use, and emerging evidence supports caregiver PECS training, no research specifically explores brief PECS training models. Therefore, little is known about how to effectively train caregivers and children in a time and cost-efficient manner. Similarly, few published studies explore PECS use within recreational settings, such as camp. The present study explored child PECS accuracy and caregiver PECS treatment integrity following participation in a brief, one-week PECS camp that included structured caregiver training and direct child coaching. Eight autistic children and their caregivers participated. A pre-post group design was implemented to assess caregiver and child performance. Results of non-parametric statistical analyses indicate that average caregiver PECS treatment fidelity and child PECS accuracy significantly increased post-intervention. Improvements were observed in both training and generalization settings. Results were maintained at one week, one month, and three-month follow-ups. Common caregiver and child error patterns were identified, as well as caregiver approaches to setting and reinforcer generalization. |
|
Examining the Effectiveness of Caregiver Implementation on Phases 1-4 of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
CAITLIN GALE MCLAIN (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: One of the three diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) includes delayed or disordered development in the areas of social communication and social interaction. Children with ASD often have deficits with functional communication, behavior that is directed towards another individual who provides direct or social rewards. One widely used communication system for children with communication deficits is the Picture Exchange Communication System. PECS is a communication system that utilizes the power of picture exchange for a child to communicate what they want, what they feel, or add descriptions. The purpose of this study was to expand on previous research and assess whether caregivers can learn to effectively implement phases 1-4 of PECS to their child with ASD in their home environment. This study used a multiple baseline design across participants and a changing criterion design across PECS phases within each caregiver. Results indicated that the caregivers were able to efficiently and effectively learn and teach their children the first four phases of PECS with their child demonstrating high levels of PECS acquisition. Results were discussed in terms of effectiveness of home-based training and the extent which generalization occurs with picture exchange systems. |
|
Using the Pyramid Approach to Education to Teach and Expand Functional Communication in the School Setting |
MOLLY LINGO (Pyramid Educational Consultants), Magdalena Kazmierczak (Pyramid Ed. Consultants, Poland), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common concern in the public-school settings for children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental delays involves challenges in the development of communication. This presentation will describe and show evidence of the effectiveness of the Pyramid Approach to Education (PAE), specifically the base element of functional communication and social skills, in assisting with the teaching and expansion of communication. Communication training and expansion was implemented throughout the school environment and in community-based settings. Data were collected on daily use of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) phases. Two elementary aged students used PECS alone, two other elementary students used PECS to augment their spoken repertoire, and one student began the school year ineffectively using a Speech Generating Device (SGD). Results included that of the 13450 exchanges, 18.3% involved tacts, and 11.6% use of attributes for all sentences.. Data on PECS use of attributes and distinct sentence starters (I want, I see, I see, I have, etc.) within a private preschool program in Poland were collected for 14 preschool children with ASD. Results indicted that of the average 157 pictures per student, 11% involved attributes across an average of 7.9 different sentence starters per learner. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing and Refining Skill Acquisition Procedures for Young Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology ) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The proposed symposium will include three empirical papers to refine skill acquisition outcomes for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis. In the first paper, Kacie McGarry will first describe a method to assess prerequisite skills (i.e., scanning, auditory conditional discrimination) and then present a comparison of differential observing responses (DOR) on skill acquisition of receptive identification tasks for three participants. Results showed differences in effectiveness between the DOR types and that the pre-assessment can be used to inform the most effective DOR. In the second paper, Skye Nelson will present a study on the effects of automated speech output on the acquisition of listener and speaker skills. Results showed faster acquisition when speech output was provided. In the third paper, Jennifer Stracquadanio will present a study on the effects of a novel representation and modeling error correction procedure on the acquisition of matching skills in children with ASD. All participants acquired the matching task using the novel error correction procedure. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Error Correction, Observing Response, Skill Acquisition, Speech Output |
Target Audience: BCBAs who program skill acquisition for learners with autism and other developmental disabilities |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the unique contributions of automated speech output on skill acquisition including effects on listener and speaker trained and untrained targets. 2) Participants will be able to differentiate between general and differential observing responses (DORs) as well as describe pre-requisite skills for using specific DORs 3) Participants will describe advantages and disadvantages of different error correction procedures as well as the effects of re-presentation and model as error correction in skill acquisition. |
|
Effects of Speech Output Technology on Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AMELIA SKYE NELSON (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Mariana Torres-Viso (Yale University), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that speech output technology is beneficial at increasing communication skills in individuals with developmental disabilities (Chavers et al., 2022). Fewer studies have evaluated the role of speech output technology on acquisition of receptive identification skills, specifically in individuals with ASD. In a preliminary investigation, we employed a single-case, multielement design with multiple baseline probes to evaluate differences in teaching receptive identification with a speech output (SO) versus no speech output (NSO) condition across three sets of stimuli for two participants. Results showed faster acquisition and maintenance for the SO condition. Additionally, we conducted pre and post tact probes and found that more untrained tacts were observed in the SO condition. Furthermore, we conducted a treatment preference assessment and both participants preferred to SO condition. Next, we will compare synthesize SO to therapist feedback to better isolate the unique contributions of the SO condition. Results will be discussed in terms of potential consequent effects of the SO condition. |
|
Correspondence Between Prerequisite Assessments and Effective Differential Observing Responses in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
KACIE MCGARRY (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Observing responses have been used in skill acquisition programs to promote attending to relevant aspects of a task. For example, in receptive identification (e.g., matching a vocal stimulus to a picture), an instructor may prompt an individual to engage in general observing responses (orienting) or differential observing responses (DOR) to highlight a specific stimulus or instruction. Two types of DORs are identity matching and repeating instructions. While both types of DORs may be effective, responding may be idiosyncratic. To date, no assessment exists to guide selection of DORs. The purpose of the present investigation is to conduct an assessment to identify prerequisite skills for certain DORs. Three individuals with autism participated. We assessed participants’ ability to scan and track visual stimuli as well as conditionally respond to auditory stimuli. Next, we compared the effectiveness of two different DORs using a multi element design on acquisition of receptive identification tasks. Overall, results showed correspondence between the prerequisite assessment and effective DOR for all participants. That is, participants who engaged in correct responses in the visual assessment acquired the skill fastest in the visual DOR condition. |
|
Increasing Matching Using Re-Presentation and Model-Based Error Correction With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
JENNIFER STRACQUADANIO (Millburn Public School District), Mary Gabrielle Saydah (Millburn Township Public Schools), Daphna El-Roy (Kean University) |
Abstract: In the current study, we analyzed the effects of re-presentation and model-based error correction with differential reinforcement across blocked trials in a matching task. The study included three students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) aged 7 to 11 years old in a self-contained Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) classroom in a public school setting. Each student had a history of slow progress on individualized programming as well as inconsistent maintenance and generalization of skills. Students were taught to match three different stimuli to sample using an error correction procedure where upon incorrectly touching the matching stimuli, the materials were re-presented up to three times or until the student selected the correct answer independently, whichever came first. When the student did not correctly select the matching stimuli, the correct answer was modeled for the student. Responses were differentially reinforced. The sessions were run in nine blocked trials. All three participants acquired the match-to-sample task in the intervention set. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wearable Biosensing to Predict Imminent Aggressive Behavior in Psychiatric Inpatient Youths With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW S GOODWIN (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: Aggressive behavior is a prevalent and challenging issue in individuals with autism, especially for those who have limited verbal ability or intellectual challenges. This presentation investigates whether changes in peripheral physiology recorded by a wearable biosensor and machine learning can be used to predict imminent aggressive behavior before it occurs in inpatient youths with autism from 4 primary care psychiatric inpatient hospitals. Research staff performed live behavioral coding of aggressive behavior while 70 inpatient study participants wore a commercially available biosensor that recorded peripheral physiological signals (cardiovascular activity, electrodermal activity, and motion). Logistic regression, support vector machines, neural networks, and domain adaptation were used to analyze time-series features extracted from biosensor data. Area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AUROC) values were used to evaluate the performance of population- and person-dependent models. A total of 429 naturalistic observational coding sessions were recorded, totaling 497 hours, wherein 6665 aggressive behaviors were documented, including self-injury (3983 behaviors [59.8%]), emotion dysregulation (2063 behaviors [31.0%]), and aggression toward others (619 behaviors [9.3%]). Logistic regression was the best-performing overall classifier across all experiments; for example, it predicted aggressive behavior 3 minutes before onset with a mean AUROC of 0.80 (95% CI, 0.79-0.81). Further research will explore clinical implications and the potential for personalized interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Individuals with autism, caregivers of individuals with autism, health care providers, researchers, insurers, and policymakers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) decscribe profound autism; (2) discuss aggressive behavior in autism; (3) discuss the ways wearable autonomic nervous system sensing technology may be used to assess physiological indicators of stress and arousal in individuals with autism; (4) discuss machine learning classifiers to predict aggressive behavior in individuals with autism. |
|
MATTHEW S GOODWIN (Northeastern University) |
Dr. Matthew S. Goodwin is an Interdisciplinary Professor with tenure at Northeastern University, jointly appointed in the Bouvé College of Health Sciences and the Khoury College of Computer Sciences, where he is a founding member of a new doctoral program in Personal Health Informatics and Directs the Computational Behavioral Science Laboratory. Goodwin has held appointments at Harvard Medical School as a Visiting Associate Professor in the Department of Biomedical Informatics (2018-2020), Brown University as an Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior (2008-2018), and the MIT Media Lab as Director of Clinical Research (2008-2011). He has served on the Executive Board of the International Society for Autism Research (2005-2008), the Scientific Advisory Board for Autism Speaks (2014-2017), and helped write the bill establishing the Advanced Research Projects Agency for Health (ARPA-H) – a congressionally adopted research funding agency that supports transformative biomedical and health breakthroughs. He has over 25 years of research and clinical experience working with children and adults on the autism spectrum and developing and evaluating innovative behavioral assessment and intervention technologies, including video and audio capture, telemetric physiological monitors, accelerometry sensors, and digital video/facial recognition systems. Goodwin has received several honors, including a dissertation award from the Society of Multivariate Experimental Psychology, Peter Merenda Prize in Statistics and Research Methodology, Hariri Award for Transformative Computational Science, a career contribution award from the Princeton Autism Lecture Series, and named an Aspen Ideas Scholar by the Aspen Institute and Matilda White Riley Early-Stage Investigator by the National Institutes of Health. He has obtained research funding from various sources, including the National Institutes of Health, National Science Foundation, National Endowment for the Arts, Defense Advanced Research Project Agency, Department of Defense, Simons Foundation, Nancy Lurie Marks Family Foundation, and Autism Speaks. Goodwin received his B.A. in psychology from St. Clare’s in Oxford and Wheaton College and his MA and Ph.D. in experimental psychology and behavioral science from the University of Rhode Island. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in Affective Computing at the MIT Media Lab in 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
What Skinner Could Have Learned From Freud: Psychology Essentials for the Practicing Behavior Analyst |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lauryn Toby (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town; University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Patrick C. Friman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent criticisms of those providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy have shed light on areas where behavior analysts may be lacking when it comes to training and service delivery. For example, there has been an increased focus on the development of a “compassionate care” repertoire of skills for behavior analysts working with patients and families (e.g., Taylor et al., 2018). Survey data has suggested that behavior analysts may not be receiving adequate training in essential relationship-building skills that may enhance the level of care they are providing (i.e., Leblanc, Taylor, & Marchese, 2020). Similarly, behavior analysts are often criticized for poor collaborative and consultative skills, particularly when working with those in other professions (e.g., Critchfield et al., 2017). While these skills have not historically been emphasized in behavior analysis, they are prominent in the field of psychology. Thus, this symposium will acknowledge our historical and theoretical roots in the field of psychology and discuss the relevant and necessary skills from psychology that can serve to enhance our practice as behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Consultation, Psychology, Therapeutic techniques |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the common criticisms of behavior analytic practice that can be remedied with increased knowledge of psychological techniques; (2) Outline 2-3 therapeutic strategies that can increase rapport building and treatment adherence with patients and families; (3) List 2 ways to promote more effective communication among various professional with whom behavior analysts might collaborate |
|
Behavior Analytic Bedside Manner: What Behavior Analysts Can Learn From Psychological Therapeutic Techniques |
ERICA RANADE (University of Louisville), Lauryn Toby (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often required to work with a variety of individuals: clients, caregivers, and relevant stakeholders; however, very few behavior analysts receive training in basic therapeutic techniques from the field of psychology. According to the 2022 Annual Accreditation Report conducted by ABAI, only two of the nine accredited PhD programs in Behavior Analysis included practical training opportunities in mental health (ABAI, 2022). Similarly, of the 30 accredited Masters programs, only two included practical training opportunities in mental health or psychology. Therapeutic techniques can be used to establish and maintain therapeutic relationships and improve patient outcomes (Bachelor et al., 2010). These techniques can supplement and elevate traditional behavior analytic techniques, allowing practitioners to better conceptualize and plan for client intervention. A brief historical review of therapeutic techniques and their evidence base, including person-centered therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy, solution focused therapy, motivational interviewing, transtheoretical model of behavioral change, group therapy, and family therapy will be discussed. Finally, specific psychological therapeutic techniques that behavior analysts can use that combine the psychological and behavior analytic perspective will be provided, including methods for establishing therapeutic alliance, basic cognitive behavioral therapy skills, solution-focused therapy questions, motivational interviewing, and behavioral family therapy will be provided. |
|
Better Together: Socially Valid Consultation and Collaboration Within Behavior Analysis |
LAUREN LESTREMAU ALLEN (SUNY Empire State), Katherine Bellone (UT Southwestern Medical Center/Children's Health) |
Abstract: The dimension of “applied” requires behavior analysts to utilize the principles of behavior to effect socially important behavior change (Baer et al., 1968; 1987) that improve client quality of life. Effective dissemination of ABA is limited less by our ability in the field to assess or intervene using the principles of behavior and more by our difficulty in effectively involving others to promote a socially valid assessment and intervention process. Collaboration and consultation represent the bridge between our science of behavior analysis and its socially valid application with consumers – we are better when we work together. Yet, behavior analytic training and supervision often fail to adequately prepare behavior analysts to develop and sustain therapeutic relationships, engage collaboratively with others (Taylor et al., 2018), and explicitly teach consultation repertoires, and disciplinary centrism (Kirby et al., 2022) often alienates us from our prospective collaborators and partners within service delivery. Barriers relevant to effective consultation and collaboration including power and historical harms will be discussed. Guidance to foster relationships, promote effective communication, and engage in reflective, culturally humble behavior analysis will be discussed and Models of collaboration and consultation that can be applied with our clients, consultees, and other professionals will be outlined. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training: Effects of Interventions Across Various Populations, Skills, and Process Measures |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David Legaspi (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) and Mindfulness Acceptance Commitment (MAC; a branch of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training) have been successfully used across a variety of populations to address many different types of behaviors at both the overt and covert level. The first study in this symposium evaluated the use of the MAC protocol on expecting mothers learning to breastfeed. Resultant effects on breastfeeding self-efficacy, mindfulness skills, and emotional regulation will be discussed. The second study will review the effects of a seven-week ACT-based guided self-help intervention delivered via telehealth on weight self-stigma, values aligned behavior, experiential avoidance and weight in overweight or obese adults. The third study evaluated the effects of a brief mindfulness parent training and Muse meditation package as an intervention to decrease parental screen time and maladaptive behaviors and increase socially appropriate behaviors that may enhance parent-child bonds and increase happiness indices. Across the three studies, functional relationships were found across the dependent and independent variables, with desired effects for many of the participants. Discussions will include results of ACT and MAC interventions across a variety of populations, limitations of these studies, and suggest areas for future research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ACT, Expectant Mothers, Parent Training, Telehealth |
|
Mindful Parenting and Its Role in the Parental Engagement of Socially Important Behaviors |
JESSICA LIZETH FULLER (Dominicus International Academy), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Don Togade (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada) |
Abstract: While the topic of mindfulness-based interventions has surfaced in fields such as psychology over the last few decades, it is now also garnering more interest and attention in behavioral-analytic research. Mindfulness-based parent/caregiver training has gained traction in the current literature and preliminary results appear promising for decreasing maladaptive behaviors and increasing socially important ones. Parent/caregiver training is a crucial component for the success of behavioral-analytic services and this training could potentially benefit from brief mindfulness trainings to help parents/caregivers alleviate some of the negative behaviors that may arise as a result of parenting/caregiving. Accordingly, this study assesses a brief mindfulness parent training and Muse meditation package as an intervention to decrease parental screen time and maladaptive parental behaviors and increase socially appropriate behaviors that may enhance parent-child bonds and increase happiness indices. Three parents participated in this study. The results of this study suggest that the IV and DV is approaching a functional relationship but will need further assessment of the components involved in the study. However, no functional relationship was determined concerning screentime and the intervention. Future studies could further hone the procedures to expose the connections between mindfulness training and overt parental behavioral changes. |
|
Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Weight Self-Stigma, Valued Living, and Weight Loss |
THERESA STRATTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: The focus on individuals needing to be a certain weight can result in discrimination and stigma towards the overweight and obese population. In turn, individuals who are overweight or obese may begin to internalize these stigmas (weight self-stigma). Weight inclusive approaches are an alternative to weight normative approaches and Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is one such treatment that teaches individuals to accept who they are while engaging in values-aligned behaviors. ACT has been delivered in workshop models, one-on-one, and most recently via guided self-help. Conducting guided self-help within a telehealth model allows individuals to remain in the comfort of their own home, while practitioners can reach more individuals. The aim of this study was to determine how a seven-week ACT based guided self-help intervention delivered via telehealth effected weight self-stigma, values-aligned behavior, experiential avoidance, and weight in overweight or obese individuals. Results showed a functional relationship between the independent and dependent variables in the desired direction across most participants. Most participants lost a small amount of weight and maintained that loss at the one-year follow-up. Future research should evaluate the effectiveness of an ACT based guided self-help intervention with a more diverse population and across different treatment delivery modalities. |
|
Impact of the Mindfulness Acceptance Commitment Protocol on the Breastfeeding Experiences of Expecting Mothers |
ILLYSA RIVERA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School), Lindsey McCormick (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The process of learning to breastfeed can be anxiety-provoking for new parents. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a tool used to increase psychological flexibility across many situations, including performance-based activities, such as breastfeeding. A multiple baseline across three participants design was used to evaluate whether the seven-module mindfulness acceptance commitment (MAC) protocol decreases anxiety for expecting mothers when learning to breastfeed with simulation breasts and baby. As the participants progressed through the MAC protocol, galvanic skin response (GSR), (Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7) GAD-7, and water volume outcomes were unstable. These were not the authors’ hypothesized results, though confounding variables, such as different emotionally charged events occurring outside of the study or increased comfort with the researcher, may have impacted the results. At the end of intervention, all participants reported increased breastfeeding self-efficacy (social validity questionnaire), Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Skills (KIMS), and Cognitive Emotion Regulation Questionnaire (CERQ). These results were expected. Though GSR was expected to decrease, results from the self-report questionnaires indicate social validity and expected generalization to other aspects of parenthood. Notable limitations include practice effect, environmental variability, and unreliability of self-report measures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Healthcare |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: J. Chris McGinnis (Institute for Behavioral Pediatrics) |
CE Instructor: J. Chris McGinnis, Ph.D. |
|
Behavior Analysis as a Healthcare Discipline: Evolving Our Profession Innovatively to Engage a Broader Audience |
Domain: Theory |
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (UNIFI Autism Care) |
|
Abstract: Considering behavior analysis as a healthcare discipline will be a critical factor for the success of our profession. Although our science has contributed tremendously to the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities, it is imperative to embrace the role of behavior analysis in the healthcare ecosystem in order to achieve genuine behavioral health integration and to establish models of care that lead to positive patient outcomes. Categorizing behavior analysis as a healthcare discipline will innovate our practices and evolve our profession into one that is more widely known and respected by the public. Public health authorities attribute almost half of an individual’s quality of health to behavioral determinants. However, mainstream medicine does not have a true basic science foundation upon which to rest an integrated approach to understanding and treating behavioral conditions. As professionals who work within the profession of behavior analysis, it is our obligation to partner with our healthcare colleagues in a collaborative way and to productively engage with one another with the interest in those we serve at the forefront. |
|
Overview of Primary Care Behavioral Pediatrics: A Nontraditional Career Path for Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Service Delivery |
J. CHRIS MCGINNIS (Institute for Behavioral Pediatrics) |
|
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis subspecialty of primary care behavioral pediatrics, despite being well-established scientifically, currently represents but a nascent career path for behavior analysts. This presentation offers an introduction and overview of this exciting area of practice serving predominantly neurotypical children and their families, covering its early development, its current niche within the helping professions, the clinical problems typically addressed, and pathways to training and practice. Dr. Chris McGinnis will also describe his treatment model outlined in his new book, Introduction to Primary Care Behavioral Pediatrics: A Guide for Behavior Analysts, geared to making outpatient behavioral treatment of common problem behaviors of childhood effective, efficient, durable, and socially valid. This model features behavior-analytic problem conceptualization and a case formulation process based on the prioritized treatment of sleep problems, behavioral noncompliance, poor toleration of denial and delay, and weak functional communication skills. Treatment adherence considerations and multidisciplinary collaboration will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Black Female Behavior Analyst and a White Female Behavior Analyst Walk Into a Conference |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Theory |
DANA MELLER (Pass the Big ABA Exam) |
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi) |
Abstract: In this panel, Nasiah Cirincione Ulezi, BCBA, Ed.D and Dana Meller, MA, BCBA have been consistently meeting for a Saturday morning Zoom coffee date. In this panel, the two women will come together to share the realizations and lessons from those intimate coffee dates. They will reflect on how they have navigated a friendship in this complicated time. The conversation will include a discussion on race, intersectionality, and the importance of a partnership between black and white women. As two friends and colleagues, Nasiah and Dana have watched each other navigate predominately black and white spaces, and they have built a relationship based on honesty, compassion, self-awareness and mutual respect. In this panel they will approach tough topics with the necessary honesty, complexity and empathy, while sharing their unique perspectives: Nasiah, as a thought leader on compassion and inclusivity; Dana, as an ally and advocate. This conversation aims to create a brave space for women to learn from and empower one another, with the ultimate aim of addressing the difficult barriers of a truly inclusive world. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: no necessary prerequisite skills needed. professionals, stakeholders and students at any level |
Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will learn effective allied communication skills (2) Participants will learn how to put their differences aside to listen compassionately (3) Participants will experience the strength of women banding together to evoke systemic change |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Discussion of New Books on Science Denial, Matching Risks with Rewards, and Ultra-Processed Food |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working to address systemic social-cultural problems need a thorough understanding of the multi-level context in which the issue is embedded, knowledge that almost always is found in disciplines other than behavior analysis. This PDS panel, sponsored by Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG, brings to the attention of behavior analysts three new books of social importance, with the goal to both inform and prompt further interest in the target social problems. Each panelist will offer commentary on one book. Mark Alavosius will reflect on “The Parrot and the Igloo: Climate and the Science of Denial” by David Lipsky. Jonathan Krispin will discuss "Skin in the Game: Hidden Asymmetries in Daily Life” by Nassim Nicholas Taleb. Rich Rakos will comment on “Ultra-Processed People: The Science Behind Food That Isn't Food” by Chris van Tulleken. Each of the panelists will present a brief overview or summary of the book’s main thesis, identify its strengths, offer critiques, and suggest links with or relevance for behavior analysis and Culturo-Behavior Science. Panelists will limit their commentary to 10-12 minutes each, leaving time for panelist interaction and audience participation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavior science, multidisciplinarity, sustainability |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Tele-Delivered Parent Coaching Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School) |
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Parents of children with developmental disabilities often require support to teach critical skills, including communication, social interaction, and daily living skills. However, barriers to service often leave many parents without adequate support to teach their children foundational skills. Telehealth has emerged as a promising mode for providing training and coaching to parents of children with developmental disabilities across various skill domains. Previous research has shown that tele-delivered parent coaching can lead to improvements in both parent and child behavior. This symposium will present data related to two single-case experimental studies that examined telehealth parent coaching programs to teach parents to enhance their children's communication and daily living skills. Both studies showed that tele-parent coaching positively affected parent and child behavior. The results provide additional support for telehealth as an effective mode for providing training and coaching to parents and caregivers. Major findings and implications for research and practice are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parents, telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Prerequisite skills include: knowledge of applied behavior analysis intervention across populations, knowledge of single-case experimental design and methodology, knowledge of conducting or consuming clinical research |
Learning Objectives:
-
- At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
- Identify 2 or more approaches to recruiting diverse participants in research. For example:
- Recruitment through social media
- Diversifying research team
- List key components in SCED using MBL to analyze behavior change. For example:
- Minimum baseline data points
- Use of Tau-U
- Importance of visual analysis
- Define at least 5 intervention approaches. For example:
- Modeling
- Prompting
- Time Delay
- Response Interruption and Redirection
- Reinforcement
|
|
Promoting Reciprocal Relationships With Flexibility, Coaching, and Teaching (PRRFCT Match): A Virtual Parent-Mediated Intervention Package for Young Children With Developmental Disabilities |
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon), Qi Wei (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater
) |
Abstract: Despite a wealth of evidence-based intervention research, many families do not receive any support for their children with and at-risk for developmental disabilities (DD). When services are available, they can be limited by lengthy wait-lists, require high effort on the part of the family, or be ignorant of cultural adaptations. Promoting Reciprocal Relationships with Flexibility, Coaching and Teaching (PRRFCT Match) intervention package incorporates a virtual coaching protocol to teach parents how to implement evidence-based, applied behavior analytic (ABA) techniques to increase engagement with their child experiencing DD. Using a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants, parent-child dyads (N=10), were paired with graduate student clinicians and coached to use ABA technologies to increase child engagement during play. Results include visual analysis, with Tau-U, distal and non-experimental (pre-, post-test) outcomes for parents (stress, parent self-efficacy) and children (inflexible behaviors, adaptive behavior). Implications for science and practice in early intervention will be discussed. |
|
Parent-Developed and Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Daily Living Skills in the Home |
JULIA M HRABAL (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Daily living skills (DLS) are a critical domain of adaptive behavior necessary for age-appropriate independent functioning and transitioning into adulthood (Baker et al., 2021; Smith et al., 2012). Many individuals with IDD continue to live at home after high school, making parents the primary individuals teaching independent living skills. The purpose of the current study is to examine the effects of parent-created and parent-implemented video prompting instruction with error correction on DLS with adolescents and adults with IDD. Two individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and ID and their mothers participated in the study. The mother-child dyads parents selected three DLS goals (e.g., wash laundry). The researchers created an online tutorial to teach mothers how to develop video models on an iPad application. Pre- and post-evaluation demonstrated the online tutorial was successful in teaching both mothers how to create video models for their children. After developing the video models, a BCBA provided ongoing coaching to support mothers in implementing the teaching package in their homes. The teaching package included the use of video modeling and subsequent least-to-most prompting, when necessary. Results indicate that parent-created and parent-delivered video modeling is a viable model for teaching DLS to increase independence. Limitations and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
In Remembrance of Peter Urcuioli |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Heloisa Cursi Campos (University of Central Oklahoma) |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University) |
MELISSA J. SWISHER (Purdue University) |
MARCO VASCONCELOS (University of Aveiro) |
Abstract: This panel is a memorial event honoring the life and career of Dr. Peter J. Urcuioli, who passed away on November 27, 2022. Peter was a distinguished scholar who made influential contributions to the literature on stimulus control, the differential outcomes effect, relational learning, and stimulus equivalence. His enthusiasm for science and the basic principles of learning and behavior was inspiring to his students and was instrumental in shaping their love of scientific inquiry. The panel will feature Peter’s mentees. Each panelist will highlight their perspective on Peter’s many accomplishments, his contributions to multiple areas of behavior analysis, and his approach to research, teaching, and mentoring. The panel will also explore the unique impact Peter had on each of their careers. Audience members will also have the opportunity to share their personal anecdotes and perspectives on Peter’s contributions. Please join us in honoring Peter’s memory and contributions to behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, memorial, relational learning, stimulus control |
|
|
|
|
|
Relational Responding and Artificial Agents |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Martin Finn (Ghent University) |
Abstract: There is increasing recognition that the ability to respond arbitrarily according to various kinds of stimulus relations (Penn et al., 2008) and to derive new stimulus relations based on previously learned stimulus relations is central to human cognitive abilities (McLoughlin et al., 2020). Simultaneously, there is extraordinary growth in research on artificial intelligence and producing machines that learn and think like humans (Lake et al., 2017). However, little work has brought these ideas and aims together. This symposium presents efforts at producing relational responding with artificial agents that draw heavily on behavior-analytic work on equivalence relations (Sidman, 1994) and arbitrarily applicable relational responding (Hayes et al., 2001). Paper 1 describes a reinforcement learning agent capable of completing the procedures described in Steele & Hayes (1991) in a manner highly comparable to humans exposed to the same procedure. Paper 2 introduces the Non-axiomatic reasoning system (NARS; Wang, 2013) and demonstrates its capacity for learning relations in a variety of environments and compares NARS and reinforcement learning and performance of agents based on these systems. Paper 3 demonstrates that when given training of the kind suggested by relational frame theory the NARS demonstrates relational responding in accordance with symmetry. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, relational responding |
|
A Reinforcement Learning Model of Arbitrarily Applicable Relational Responding in the Seminal Steele & Hayes (1991) Procedure |
MATTHIAS RAEMAEKERS (Ghent University), Martin Finn (Ghent University), Jan De Houwer (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory is but one of many theoretical perspectives that consider relational reasoning a central aspect of human higher cognition. Despite spectacular advances in recent years, state-of-the-art artificial intelligence is still challenged by the uniquely human capacity for arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARR), responding to relations between event not defined by their physical properties, but by the context. Furthermore, the mainstream reliance on a (big) data-driven approach to train such models highlights differences with the speed and flexibility by which humans develop this ability. In a seminal publication, Steele & Hayes (1991) demonstrated the arbitrary, flexible and generative nature of AARR. We present simulations of an artificial agent exposed to this procedure, and show that its hardcoded relational learning mechanisms are sufficient to reliably solve derived relational responding test problems. Furthermore, we fit the model to behavioral data from human participants (N = 175), showing the model’s capacity to predict participants responses. This represents the first step towards the development of a computational model of AARR. Such a model would allow us to simulate study the development of AARR with less practical limitations, and could be used to test the effects of relational training interventions. |
|
Reasoning-Learning Systems for Adaptive Autonomous Agents Based on Non-Axiomatic Reasoning System Theory |
PATRICK HAMMER (Stockholm University), Tony Lofthouse (Stockholm University), Robert Johansson (Stockholm University) |
Abstract: We will present Non-Axiomatic Reasoning System (NARS) for advanced reasoning and decision making in adaptive intelligent agents. We present this reasoning system particularly as an alternative formal model to Reinforcement Learning. The system works under the Assumption of Insufficient Knowledge and Resources which demands both open-ended adaptation and real-time operating capabilities under strict computational resource constraints, which imposes strong constraints on both its memory and inference control mechanism which we will briefly describe. Then, we show data-efficient adaptation of a NARS-controlled agent in a Non-Markovian domain, where we demonstrate inherent advantages over a Q-Learner, in addition to being significantly less dependent on hyperparameter tuning. Furthermore, we present the system’s ability to plan ahead sequences of actions which have previously not been experienced in that particular order, which is particularly important when novel outcomes should be accomplished by the agent. This capability is particularly useful in combination with learning cause-effect and other relations directly from streams of input events, as it can make agents more autonomous and less dependent on human-provided knowledge, while at the same time being able to utilize it effectively when available. |
|
Symmetry With the Non-Axiomatic Reasoning System |
ROBERT JOHANSSON (Stockholm University), Tony Lofthouse (Stockholm University), Patrick Hammer (Stockholm University) |
Abstract: In this talk, we will demonstrate how the Non-Axiomatic Reasoning System (NARS; Wang, 2013) can learn symmetry within the context of matching-to-sample via multiple-exemplar training. NARS is a adaptive reasoning system that can operate with insufficient knowledge and resources. This exemplifies our research approach where we focus on evaluating psychological abilities of NARS, with increasing complexity, using methods from behavioral psychology. Our previous research has involved demonstrating that NARS can learn through classical and operant conditioning, and also that it can learn generalized identity matching. This particular research aims to demonstrate how NARS could learnin symmetry. First, we show how the matching-to-sample is encoded with NARS and how NARS is able to learn from repeated interactions with the procedure. Then, we will explain how the different mechanisms of NARS combine to enable the system to learn symmetry through multiple-exemplar training. Future directions of this work, and the implications of a system like NARS for behavioral psychology research will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Broad Applications of Artificial Intelligence (AI) Technology to the Recording of Animal and Human Social Behavior and Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Mary Katherine Carey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Computer technology, artificial intelligence, and machine-learning are not new tools to behavior analysis, especially in the experimental realm. However, there is incredible untapped potential for these tools to aid both basic and applied scientists in their understanding and treatment of behavior. One primary area of interest to incorporate computers and artificial-intelligence is in data-recording. In the basic realm, programming technology to provide continuous streams of data allows for a finer-grain analysis of the impact of different schedules of reinforcement on animal and human behavior. In the applied realm, relinquishing data recording of problem behavior to a computer or artificial intelligence allows for direct-support staff to focus more on treatment implementation. This symposium describes three studies that either create or extend computer programming and artificial-intelligence as tools to record animal or human behavior. The first two studies describe the creation and application of computer programming to investigate human relational behavior during a transposition task and interindividual spatial behavior with rats. The second study attempts to reverse engineer existing technology (anomaly-detection cameras) and extend it to the detection and recording of problem behavior in children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members who are interested in artificial-intelligence applications to the science of behavior will benefit from a basic understanding of computer-related terminology. Audience members with a basic understanding of transposition tasks and methods to study relational behavior will enjoy this talk. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the role of inspection patters when studying relational behavior; (2) describe the impact of interindividual spatial dynamics to establish interindividual behavior; (3) discuss the potential motion-detection software can have in recording instances of self-injury |
|
Studying Interindividual Spatial Dynamics of Behavior Through Schedules of Reinforcement Based on Continuous Tracking of Organisms |
(Basic Research) |
FRYDA ABRIL DIAZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz) |
Abstract: Operant studies of interactions between individuals have focused on evaluating the effects of reinforcement schedules based on discrete responses, with little attention to the impacts on interindividual spatial dynamics or the use of spatial responses relevant to establishing interindividual behavior. Using real time recording of organisms’ movement, our lab has reported that individual spatial dynamics are sensitive to reinforcement schedules based on spatial features, such as travel distance, which suggests that interindividual spatial dynamics may also be affected by reinforcement schedules based on spatial features, such as distance between subjects. The purpose of this experiment was to determine if a schedule of reinforcement, based on distance between conspecifics, would affect interindividual spatial behavior. Using a real-time sensing system, water reinforcement was delivered under a Fixed Distance (FD) 15 cm between subjects schedule, for six Wistar water-deprived rats. The results indicated an increase in approach responses between subjects during the FD15cm schedule, whereas it decreased when food was absent or presented independently of distance. We discuss our findings in terms of their contributions to advancing the study of inter-individual behavior, the utilization of new technologies for continuous sensing and response recording, and the translational implications for the field of social behavior. |
|
Analyzing Inspection Patterns in a Multidimensional Transposition Task for Studying Human Relational Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
JOAO ALEXIS SANTIBÁÑEZ ARMENTA (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana), Esteban Escamilla (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The standard transposition task has been widely used for studying relational behaviour, typically involving discrete responses (mouse clicks) and response latencies within a unidimensional stimuli array displayed on a computer screen. However, little attention has been given to the role of inspection patterns (´scanning´ movement patterns on the screen) and the use of multidimensional stimuli arrays. Our previous work with such arrays revealed that tracking and recording mouse movements led to distinct inspection patterns under different conditions, particularly for saturation and size dimensions. The present study delves into the emergence of inspection patterns in a multidimensional array scenario, featuring one irrelevant dimension (circle saturation) and two key relational criteria: 'bigger than/farther than' and 'darker than/farther than,' with continuous mouse movement recording. Two groups, each comprising eight participants, were trained on one of these relational criteria, involving six sessions of 18 trials followed by a test session of 18 trials. Correct responses, latencies, corrections made, travelled distance, entropy, and straightness index showed robust differences under the two experimental conditions. The relevance of the dimensional intersection and the inspection patterns in the establishing of relational behaviour, as well as their translational implications for the field of complex behavior, are discussed. |
|
Programing Discrimination of Movements by an Artificial-Intelligence Camera to Facilitate Automated Behavior-Data Collection |
(Applied Research) |
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc) |
Abstract: Behavior frequency data is collected for individuals with autism to monitor progress and inform decision making by behavior analysts. This data impacts important life decisions, such as restrictive procedures fading, psychotropic medication prescribing, and residential placement (Vollmer et al. 2008). Studies have demonstrated exorbitant training and monitoring hours are required from a behavior analyst to ensure this data collected by direct care staff is accurate (Mozingo et al. 2006; Reis et al. 2013). If an artificial intelligence (AI) camera software can be programmed to detect the rate of target behaviors from individuals served, this will likely increase the accuracy of behavior data and inform better treatment, while also reducing the workload of direct care staff. This project will extend Lesser, Luczynski, & Hood’s 2019 study which used an AI camera to detect sleep disturbances in learners with autism. In that study, all movements exhibited by the participants were recorded by the camera. This extension aims to program the camera to discriminate successive approximations of analog topographies of gross motor movements such that the camera will calculate instances of head directed self-injury but will ignore other topographically similar movements, such as hand waving. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Considerations for Operant Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Description and Validation of a Novel Human-Operant Research Software |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BRADEN J TOLER (West Virginia University), David Legaspi (Utah State University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
|
Abstract: In recent years, computer models have become an indispensable tool for conducting basic human-operant research. However, one’s ability to conclude meaningful relations between independent and dependent variables relies on the assumption that the computer software is reliable and operates as intended. This technical report delves into the features and validation process of a novel software entitled VirtuOperant; built using the Python programming language to support human-operant research. Our software validation procedure draws inspiration from the methodology developed by Smith and Greer (2022). This structured approach not only affirms the software's efficacy but also emphasizes its potential for replicability across varied research scenarios (e.g., simulations of discrimination learning, treatment relapse). The focus of this report revolves around the validation of the software and underscores the software's potential for future human-operant research. We found VirtuOperant to be reliable at programming various reinforcement schedules and phenomena. Given its reliability and ability to generate data automatically, we anticipate this software becoming a useful tool for future research. |
|
Using Livecode Authoring Environment for Inexpensive Operant Laboratory Control and Data Collection |
Domain: Theory |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Operant laboratory control and data collection is typically done with computers running either expensive commercial software connected to proprietary electronic interfaces or employing user-developed implementations constructed from whatever might be at hand. In both instances, high costs, the need to learn difficult computer syntax, and technical issue inherent in matching disparate electronic peripherals to main systems can create a high barrier to entry for the researcher. I describe the use of the inexpensive Livecode authoring system, standard computers, and off-the-self interface devices to create low- to moderate-cost systems for laboratory control and data collection. Livecode, a descendent of Apple's Hypercard, provides an graphical rapid development environment programmed in plain-language scripts rather than obscure (for most) computer syntax. Livecode can be used to create stand-alone applications for MacOS, Windows, Linux, iOS, and Android systems. These may be used natively (on screen), even on phones, or in conjunction with inexpensive off-the-self input-output devices to control experiments, collect data, create graphics, and communicate results directly to experimenters in real time. The Apple operating system's enhanced ability to communicate with and directly control other applications (e.g. Excel, graphing programs, databases) via AppleScript makes it a good choice for automated laboratory control and data collection. Other systems have other advantages, and much of the information in this paper applies to them as well. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credentialing and Accreditation in the Field of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas Philip McCool (TMC Educational Consulting) |
VICKY MOELLER (MeasurePM) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego Inc.) |
MICHAEL REID (MeasurePM) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), has witnessed significant changes in the licensure and credentialing of professionals. This transformation is crucial for being able to address the growing demand for effective, evidence-based behavioral services for individuals affected by autism and related disorders. How can we be certain that a behavioral services provider possesses the knowledge and experience required for effective, evidence-based services? The historical development of behavior analysis credentials reflects the need for standardized qualifications. Credentialing emerges as a critical process that verifies these qualifications and establishes a standard against which professionals in the field can be evaluated. Accreditation provides a third-party verification that specific, relevant standards have been met. This shift in the field has led to some confusion regarding credential and job title, which has significant consequences, impacting legislators, insurance funders, service providers, and the individuals and families affected by autism. In conclusion, accreditation plays a crucial role in ensuring that qualified professionals can provide ABA services to those in need. Access to these services is a right that families deserve, and by addressing these challenges, we can work towards a more inclusive and effective system of care for individuals affected by autism and related disorders. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: ABA therapists ABA service organization leaders |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the process for devleoping an ABA credential 2. Describe the process of having ABA credentials receive national and/or international accreditation. Explain the need to promote all appropriately accredited ABA credentials |
|
|
|
|
|
Functional Concepts of Applied Behavior Analysis Within the General Education Classroom |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy) |
Abstract: This symposium addresses the relevance of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to the general education domain. Oftentimes ABA is thought of as only applicable to those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disorders, yet the application of ABA is appropriate for any socially significant problems such as those that arise daily in the general education setting. General education teachers don’t always have the tools or resources to work with children with behavioral needs. As ABA tends to be used with more “classified” students, this symposium shows that ABA methodologies can be used with any student. Though functional behavior assessments are an important part of targeting socially significant behaviors, the field of ABA has much more to offer than only a reduction of maladaptive behavior. This symposium will highlight three chapters from the book, Incorporating Applied Behavior Analysis into the General Education Classroom, to further discuss ABA’s impact within the educational setting. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavior assessment, differential reinforcement, FBA, general education |
|
Functional Behavior Assessment in General Education Classrooms |
JAIR YEPEZ TORRES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School), Jennifer Quigley (The Chicago School), Tricia Clement-James (LaBAA) |
Abstract: The basis for successful behavior change and management is to determine why a behavior is occurring. This is known as the behavioral function. Without knowing the function of a behavior, a teacher may implement an intervention that does not target the environmental events that are maintaining a behavior, therefore using an intervention that will not create a change in the targeted behavior. The most common functions that maintain a behavior include attention, tangible, escape, and automatic reinforcement. A functional behavior assessment is often conducted with an aim to determine the function and then pair a function-based intervention to the behavior. The components of a functional behavior assessment usually include indirect (e.g., interviews and surveys) and direct assessments (e.g., direct observations). This chapter will introduce you to the steps of conducting a functional behavior assessment, the four functions of behavior, and important resources that can help school staff conduct effective assessments. |
|
Differential Reinforcement in the Education Setting |
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy), Mindy Cassano (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: This symposium explores how differential reinforcement can be applied in a general education classroom. Often, it may be difficult to identify the initial steps in developing an effective differential reinforcement system to implement in a classroom setting. In this symposium, attendees will learn how to get the behavior they want using reinforcement. Attendees will learn about varying schedules of reinforcement. With a focus on differential reinforcement implemented in a classroom setting, this symposium will discuss different types of applications including selecting a “worthy” reinforcer, using attention as a reinforcer, and the strengths of reinforcers. Attendees will also learn about the difference between preference versus reinforcement when implementing a differential reinforcement system in a classroom. Information will include both small and large group applications. In this symposium, attendees will learn about designing an effective differential reinforcement schedule to get the desired behavior change in the classroom. Attendees will also learn how to systematically implement differential reinforcement schedules to increase student’s targeted positive behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Public School Students: Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment for Advanced Repertoires and Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mara Vanderzell (Upstate Caring Partners) |
CE Instructor: Mara Vanderzell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium comprises a series of presentations offering a comprehensive exploration of the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) model. These interventions are discussed within the context of public schools that face limitations in behavior analytic services. While existing literature predominantly supports the application of this assessment and treatment model for individuals with developmental disabilities, this symposium underscores its adaptability for students both with and without formal diagnoses, including those with Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), Oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), and neurobehavioral disorders associated with prenatal alcohol exposure (FASD) who exhibit challenging and potentially hazardous behaviors within the public school system. Central to this approach is a commitment to safety, televisibility, dignity, and rapport, with a focus on skill enhancement in communication, toleration of denials, and cooperation with adult-led instruction, particularly in contexts historically linked with severe problem behavior. The presenters will not only illuminate the theoretical underpinnings of the PFA-SBT process but also provide real-world insights into its practical application in public school settings, showcasing how it effectively mitigates problem behavior and fosters cooperation within the educational environment. This symposium offers valuable knowledge for educators, practitioners, and professionals seeking to empower students and enhance their educational experiences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Problem behavior, Public schools |
|
Improving Classroom Safety and Student Well-Being: Applying Functional Assessment and Skills-Based Treatment for Challenging Behaviors |
KELLY MCCLOSKEY (Hawai'i Department of Education), Dodi Pritchett (Hawaiʻi Department of Education) |
Abstract: This presentation provides an in-depth examination of the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) Model. The focus is on a 5-year-old male student diagnosed with Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and Neurobehavioral disorder associated with prenatal alcohol exposure (FASD) who exhibits challenging and potentially hazardous behaviors within the public school environment. This approach places a premium on the safety, televisibility, dignity and rapport building in the therapeutic process. The fundamental principle of this approach is to mitigate problem behavior by explicitly teaching essential skills to students, including communication, tolerance, and contextually appropriate behaviors. The treatment was administered by two Behavior Analyst Teachers, involving over 550 trials conducted over a 13-week period. The acquired skills were then generalized across different instructors and settings, resulting in the student consistently demonstrating success in the general education classroom. Throughout this presentation, experts in this functional model will illustrate how the PFA-SBT framework can be effectively implemented in public school settings to provide support for all students grappling with challenging behavioral issues. This innovative approach holds the potential to enhance classroom safety, foster student well-being, and offer valuable insights to educators and professionals seeking effective strategies for behavior management and skill development. |
|
Fostering Cooperative Play and Task Tolerance: Skill-Based Teaching for Neurotypical Learners Without Developmental or Psychiatric Diagnoses |
EMILY TIEMANN (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: Hanley et al. (2014) described a skill-based treatment to treat challenging behavior in learners with autism spectrum disorder. Since then, there have been several studies focused on skill-based treatment applications with learners with developmental disabilities; however, individuals without formal diagnoses are less represented in the literature (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Jessel, Ingvarsson, Metras, Kirk, & Whipple, 2018). The current study replicates the treatment model described in Hanley et al. (2014) for a learner placed in a general education, first grade classroom within a public school, without any formal developmental disability or an individualized education plan. The learner was referred to treatment due to unsafe and disruptive behaviors that were reported to occur when demands were placed and when the student was faced with perceived social injustices. This hypothesis was confirmed with a functional analysis. The contextually appropriate behaviors targeted in treatment included completion of academic tasks, tolerating correction, and cooperative play (e.g., losing a game). Treatment was conducted by a BCBA consultant, and lasted a little over one-month. Throughout the 220 trials of treatment, the student engaged in low levels of challenging behaviors and was able to participate in contextually appropriate behaviors for 10 minutes. |
|
Implementing Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) for Non-Autism-Spectrum-Disorder (ASD) Individuals in Public Schools |
TABITHA KANE (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: There is a breadth of research describing the effectiveness of the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill based treatment (SBT) to assess and treat challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and related disorders (Hanley et al., 2014). This study extends the research by examining the application of the PFA and SBT within a public school setting and with a student without a formal diagnosis. This student was referred for assessment due to significant rates of unsafe behavior that disrupted the learning environment. A PFA was conducted and following the analysis, SBT was immediately implemented. Treatment included teaching appropriate communication, acceptance of delays or denials, and engaging in contextually appropriate behavior. This student worked on taking turns while playing a game, engaging in independent activities, and following an adult’s instructions within an academic context. Treatment consisted of 225 trials across seven months. This student exhibited zero instances of unsafe behavior and low rates of warning signs in the form of a raised voice, resistance to an instruction, and/or complaints. At the conclusion of the school year this student appropriately took turns during a game, quietly engaged in independent work and followed academic instructions for up to 5 minutes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using a Behavior-Analytic Lens to Identify and Address Workplace Systems That Maintain and Perpetuate Provider Burnout |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Summer Bottini, Ph.D. |
Chair: Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center) |
BECCA TAGG (Delmar Behavioral Health) |
MICHAEL KRANAK (Oakland University) |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts demonstrate some of the highest rates of employee burnout within clinical settings (up to 72%; Slowiak & DeLongChamp, 2022). This is problematic as burnout negatively affects provider well being, reduces the quality of services, and can harm organizational health (e.g., via provider absenteeism, tardiness). Other fields take a syndromal approach wherein mentalistic burnout symptoms are measured on an individual basis and then person-centered approaches are applied (e.g., stress management training; therapy). A behavioral framework, informed by OBM, has promise for informing novel ways to identify and mitigate burnout in a manner that addresses the actual workplace variables maintaining burnout. In this panel, we discuss burnout across the perspectives of experts in OBM, supervision within clinical care, and burnout research. Panelists will discuss how burnout may be understood through a behavioral framework and how supervisors and administrators may modify the workplace environment to optimally support highly engaged staff and high quality service delivery. This panel will also provide opportunities for the audience to engage with panelists to drive meaningful conversations surrounding how to combat burnout in clinical settings. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) State how burnout may be conceptualized from a behavioral (OBM) perspective (2) Identify at least three environmental events that may evoke burnout consistent behavior (3) List at least two actionable ways supervisors and/or administrators may alter the workplace environment to minimize burnout-related behavior |
Keyword(s): Burnout, OBM, staff training, supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research from the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Laboratory |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management involves the application of behavioral principles in the workplace in order to change employee behavior and achieve sustained improved business outcomes. This symposium focusses on research aimed at advancing our knowledge and understanding of the basic behavioral principles involved when implementing interventions commonly used in the workplace, such as feedback, incentives, and group contingencies. Toussaint Bernard-Pantin will present the results from a study that assessed the efficacy of and preference for corrective feedback and a combination of positive and corrective feedback. Wine will detail a study that was conducted to determine effective magnitudes of incentives when administrative staff completed a filing task. Newcomb will describe research that involved comparing the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations of dependent group contingencies when applied to direct care staff responsible for graphing data at the end of the workday. The results from each study allows for preliminary recommendations regarding best practice within organizational settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feedback, Group contingencies, Incentive magnitudes, Preference |
Target Audience: Intermediate (Background and/or education in ABA/OBM, familiar with single-subject research methodology, understanding of group contingencies and incentive magnitudes) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe procedures for assessing preference for different types of feedback; (2); describe the role of incentive magnitudes with respect to improving performance; and (3) describe the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations when using dependent group contingencies. |
|
Determining the Efficacy of and Preference for Corrective Versus Positive Plus Corrective Feedback |
(Basic Research) |
TWIXT TOUSSAINT BERNARD-PANTIN (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Worker preferences are of interest to researchers in the field of Organizational Behavior Management since access to preferred stimuli and activities may increase intervention effectiveness. Delivering preferred feedback (i.e., information about performance) is an example of this. One characteristic of feedback is its nature, which can be either positive or corrective. Previous studies comparing preferences for positive and corrective feedback using direct-choice measures showed that participants preferred corrective feedback when learning new tasks. However, current best-practice indicates the use mixed feedback (positive and corrective) in applied settings. The purpose of this study was to assess the efficacy of and preference for corrective versus mixed feedback on a direct-choice measure. College students learned to play novel computerized dice games associated with either corrective, positive plus corrective, or no feedback. Some participants completed a preference phase in which they chose the type of feedback they wanted to receive immediately following each trial, while others completed a best-treatment phase. Our initial results indicate preference for mixed feedback. The best-treatment phase data show that all stimuli sets were mastered once the most efficacious form of feedback was given. Suggestions and recommendation for practice are included. |
|
An Evaluation of Magnitude in Monetary Incentives |
(Basic Research) |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: The present studies were conducted to determine effective magnitudes of incentives for administrative employees. In study 1, five employees were exposed first to a baseline condition where no incentives were available for completing a filing task. Then, each participant was exposed to a magnitude evaluation condition where work completed in each session resulted in a systematically decreasing amount of money earned until the employees declined to continue responding. In the evaluation condition, the performance goals required to earn the incentives were set by increasing baseline responding by 10%. Results of the first study suggested that participants did not reliably meet filing goals when offered less than $2.11. The results of study 1 were then used to create a second study where, using a multiple baseline across participants design, three participants from the same organization were exposed to an incentive condition where $2.11 was available for meeting goals set at 20% above mean baseline responding. Results indicated that $2.11 consistently increased responding relative to a non-incentive baseline. |
|
Variations of the Dependent Group Contingency and Effects on Direct Care Staff Meeting Weekly Goals |
(Basic Research) |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Shantel Pugliese (The Faison Center), Gina Graf (The Faison Center), Jody E. Liesfeld (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Dependent Group Contingencies (DGC) have been applied to address multiple acquisition and performance problems and across several segments of the population, however, little work has been carried out with employees (see Page, Zimmerman, & Pinkelman, 2023). To date, only one prior study (Speltz, Shimamura, & McReynolds, 1982) arranged experimental conditions to examine potential differences in DGCs within which the target responder was identified versus kept anonymous. The purpose of this study was two-fold: (1) test the effects of a DGC with direct care staff working with adolescents with autism and who were responsible for graphing specific data at the end of each workday; and (2) compare the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations of the DGC. Results indicated that the group’s completion of daily graphing assignments nearly doubled in the identified preparation as compared to baseline, and approximately tripled in the anonymous preparation of the DGC. Results will also be discussed in the context of social validity measures, including recommendations on how to couple this approach with appropriate target behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Biodiversity Measures to the Analysis of Human Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System) |
CE Instructor: Lee Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While the parallels between the science of life and the science of behavior are abundant, each field has developed unique systems for observing and recording data. Whereas ecologists focus on the richness and evenness of taxonomic relations, behavior analysts examine the frequency and duration of functional relations. Yet the scientific underpinnings and similarity in subject matter may allow for metrics to be applied across fields. Here we utilize common measures from the field of community ecology for the analysis of human behavior. Different environments support a range of distinct biological communities, and quantifying such biodiversity provides an understanding of how and why different biological communities are distributed. Ecologists define beta diversity as a measure of the degree of community differentiation in relation to environment gradients. The ratio between gamma and alpha diversities, beta diversity quantifies the effective number of distinct ecological communities within a region. In this symposium, we extend the concept of beta diversity to the field of behavior-analytic intervention for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Across three papers, we show how beta diversity can be used to sample the frequency and variety of destructive behavior, stimulus preference, and verbal behavior. We demonstrate the utility of beta diversity for measuring behavior change over time, and discuss the implications of calculating beta diversity as a measure of efficacy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): beta diversity, preference assessment, problem behavior, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (Doctoral) and researchers who are interested in studying complex behavior-environment interactions. Attendees should have working knowledge of different types of functional analyses and stimulus preference assessments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Name common measures of biodiversity; (2) Explain how biodiversity measures can be applied to human behavior; and, (3) Describe the advantages and limitations of using biodiversity measure for behavior analysis. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Problem Behavior |
MELINDA ROBISON (Cook Children's- Child Study Center) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder demonstrate challenging behavior, for which reinforcement is either automatic or socially mediated. In lieu of a more socially acceptable, functionally equivalent alternative, individuals with autism may engage in a broad range of functionally and topographically diverse problem behavior. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of the complex interaction between the form and function, and illustrate how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s challenging behavior repertoire. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of stability. It can be used to quantify environmental changes and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the overall repertoire of challenging behavior. Beta diversity of problem behavior can also be used to evaluate the impact of a behavior reduction program. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of challenging behavior. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Stimulus Preference |
GABRIEL LUKE ARMSHAW (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or activities are a core deficit of autism spectrum disorder. Stimulus overselectivity has been observed across all exteroceptors, and may result in a lack of sufficient reinforcers to maintain socially valid skills. For example, stereotypic behavior may prohibit the development of other play skills, and impedes the opportunity for social interactions with other children. Yet heretofore we have not had a rigorous methodology for quantifying circumscribed behavior. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of restricted interests, and demonstrate how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s stimulus preference. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of resistance to extinction and other disturbances. It can be used to quantify environmental changes, and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the overall array of preferred stimuli. Beta diversity of stimulus preference can also be used to evaluate the impact of interventions designed to increase functional play. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of stimulus preference. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Verbal Behavior |
MARIA JOSE OTERO (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital, University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder has been described as a contingency-shaped disorder of verbal behavior. Many individuals with autism exhibit a disproportionate speaking repertoire in which certain operants (e.g., echoic and tact) are significantly stronger than others (e.g., mand and intraverbal). The ability to identify different environmental variables that control the verbal repertoire of a speaker with autism lends itself to measurements of biodiversity. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of verbal behavior, and show how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s verbal repertoire. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of productivity. It can be used to quantify environmental changes and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the verbal repertoire. Beta diversity of verbal behavior can also be used to evaluate the impact of interventions designed to increase language skills. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Living on the Edge: Respondent-Operant Distinctions, Interactions, and Analyses |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Abbey Warren, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Learning processes, behaviors, and contingencies have all been functionally distinguished in terms of whether they are respondent or operant. For example, learning processes are described in terms of respondent or operant conditioning, behaviors are characterized as respondent or operant behaviors, and respondent contingencies are contrasted with operant contingencies. These respondent-operant distinctions are typically presented as fundamental to behaviorism as a theoretical orientation. In addition, they are rarely questioned. This has significant implications for behavior analytic research and practice, where analysis, assessment, and intervention typically focus on either respondent or operant contingencies (typically operant), and almost never both. When a behavioral analysis includes both respondent and operant contingencies, however, unique effects emerge. This symposium will explore the conceptual and practical distinctions between operant and respondent processes, behaviors, and contingencies. The first paper will provide an overview of respondent-operant distinctions, with a special emphasis on contexts in which they dissolve and contexts in which they add utility. The second paper will question the frequent categorization of cognition as operant behavior, and unpack it as respondent. The third paper will explore the importance of operant-respondent interactions in the analysis of complex behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cognition, Functional analysis, Operant, Respondent |
Target Audience: Prerequisite competencies: Understanding of the application of behavioral principles of operant and respondent learning, the distinction between operant and respondent behavior, and the processes involved in operant and respondent contingencies.
Target Audience: Students, Behavior analysts in training, Clinical behavior analysts, Applied behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe conditions under which respondent-operant distinctions fall apart
(2) Identify one practical implication of treating thinking as respondent behavior
(3)Explain the role of respondent-operant interactions in applied practice |
|
The Blurry Edges: Contextualizing Respondent-Operant Distinctions and Interactions |
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Respondent and operant behavior are distinguished functionally in terms of what aspects of context they are sensitive to. Respondent behaviors are primarily sensitive to antecedent stimuli. This functional relationship between context and behavior (i.e., process) is specifically referred to as elicitation, and the change in that relationship as respondent conditioning. Operant behaviors are sensitive to both consequential and antecedent stimuli. These functional relationships between context and behavior (i.e., processes) are specifically referred to as motivation, discrimination, and consequation. The change in these relationships are all considered under the umbrella of operant conditioning. These distinctions are trained as fundamental to behavior analysis. And yet, their distinctions may be in part an artifact of our conceptual analyses and assessment practices, particularly to the extent that behaviors participate in multiple functional relationships with different aspects of context and with one another. This paper will (1) review conditions under which the respondent-operant distinctions fall away and the relationships among these processes become apparent, (2) explore conceptual analyses that account for these observations, and (3) discuss the conditions under which these distinctions remain useful. |
|
Elicitation of Mind: A Conceptual Analysis of Cognition as Respondent Behavior |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; University of Louisiana Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Thinking is an odd behavior. In every moment, of every day, we are thinking. And yet - thinking has long presented a conceptual and practical challenge for behavior analysts. While explicitly rejecting mentalism, our alternative behavioral approach to understanding thinking is unclear at best, and often - problematic. First, classifying thinking as private behavior suggests that thinking is unobservable to anyone except the thinking person, and thus, difficult to assess or intervene upon. Second, thinking has been analyzed inconsistently as both private behavior (i.e., the act of thinking) and private physiological stimuli (i.e., thoughts as stimulus products) - at times, in the same analysis. Applications of these analyses are similarly inconsistent. Third, thinking behavior is typically assumed to be operant, and thus sensitive to consequential control, which requires characterizing either thoughts or other behaviors as the consequences for thinking, landing us squarely in mentalism. This presentation will explore thinking as subtle, elicited behavior, emphasizing the practical power of this account. |
|
Applying Respondent-Operant Analyses to Further Contextualize Complex Behaviors |
VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services), Mary McCarley (Irby Psychological Services) |
Abstract: While operant and respondent conditioning have been described as distinctive mechanisms, operant-respondent interactions have been theorized throughout behavior analytic history, and research has demonstrated the evidence of these interactions in nonhuman and human examples (Brewer, et al., 2018). Some research includes the use of respondent conditioning in aversive control of stimuli that can impede operant learning in the same context. Further research and conceptualization of the interactions has yielded the consideration of human language and cognition as additional controlling factors related to responding to stimuli with avoidance behaviors, thus no longer contacting the operant contingencies of the environment (Schlund, et al., 2017). This creates a problem in the clinical context in which primarily operant procedures are being used to teach new skills and responses. The current presentation describes factors of operant-respondent interactions in analyzing complex behaviors with dual or multiple functions. Clinically relevant examples are provided and functionally assessed with potential strategies outlined to address functional relationships within context. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Present and Future of Do-It-Yourself Instrumentation for Operant Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Presenting Authors: : ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The availability of inexpensive do-it-yourself electronics and 3D printing has been the catalyst for the maker movement, often defined as the involvement of individuals in the construction of objects, tools, and electronic devices that include a variety of sensors and actuators. This tutorial will describe how, for over a decade, my research group has focused on using and teaching how to use these new technologies to build inexpensive equipment to record and control behavior in operant research. One of our first objectives was to construct an operant conditioning chamber for rats that could be controlled with an inexpensive but reliable interface capable of recording responses with high accuracy under different schedules of reinforcement. Over the years, we have improved the designs and created new devices to include fixed and retractable levers, nose-poke sensors, food and water dispensers, as well as light and tone generators. Adhering to an open-source policy, we have made our designs, files, and programs freely available to those interested in building custom-made operant chambers. The possibility of building custom equipment could inspire researchers to ask questions involving complex settings and eliminate the restrictions frequently stimulated by available commercial equipment. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The tutorial is intended for graduate students and new researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the components that are used in a fully automatic operant-conditioning chamber; (2) explain the rationale of replacing the components with do-it-yourself electronic components and 3D printing; (3) explain how to utilize the diagrams, instructions, and programs to build custom-made equipment for operant research. |
|
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
I earned a degree in Psychology in 2001 and a doctoral
degree in behavior analysis in 2007 at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. I
was a postdoctoral fellow at West Virginia University from 2008 to 2010. I am a
Professor in the School of Psychology at the National Autonomous University of México
(UNAM), where I have been teaching graduate and undergraduate courses since 2010.
I served as the Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis and have served in
the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and
Perspectives on Behavior Science. Additionally, I have acted as an ad hoc reviewer for
multiple behavior analysis and psychology journals. I have an interest in applying new
technologies, such as DIY electronics and 3D printing, to develop custom-made
operant-conditioning chambers. My research topics include response variability,
conditioned reinforcement, and response recurrence. I have also dedicated my efforts to
exploring and documenting the history of precision instruments in experimental
psychology and have been the curator for early XX-century precision instruments that
are part of the collection at the School of Psychology at UNAM. In 2012, I received the
SABA International Development Grant for a project aimed at teaching how to use new
technologies to construct inexpensive equipment for operant research and classroom
demonstrations. In 2014, I coedited a Special Issue of the Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis on Behavior Analysis and Technology. I served as chair of the Cognitive and
Behavioral Sciences department from 2019 to 2023 and recently achieved recognition
as National Researcher Level 2 by the Mexican Council of Humanities, Science, and
Technology. |
Keyword(s): 3D printing, electronics, instrumentation, technology |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Science in Higher Education: Empirical Investigations on Teaching at the University Level |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral science investigates the variables that influence behavior. Our field has positively impacted many areas of human endeavor, including clinical treatment, behavioral pediatrics, health, and counseling. In addition, our conceptualization of education has benefited that field. Behavioral science has positively impacted the field of education. From Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) to Lindsley's Precision Teaching, to Englemann and Carnine's Direct Instruction, and including Boyce and Hineline's InterTeach system, our field has defined many variables that positively influence learning at all levels, from early childhood through adulthood. The presentations in this proposed symposium continual empirical investigations into the creation of learning environments to promote student learning. All 3 presentations in this symposium focus on higher education and some aspect of teaching evaluations. One will review the extent to which InterTeach has been replicated across various college classes and content. Another presentation will compare the influence of InterTeach and Discussion boards in online university classes. A third presentation will examine the influence of SAFMEDS in a university course. The application of behavioral science to education is the best way to understand the most effective way of educating higher education learners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): higher education, teaching |
Target Audience: behavior analysts who are teachers at the university. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) orally describe at least 3 behaviorally oriented teaching strategies;
(2) describe the extent to which InterTeach has been replicated in higher education classrooms;
(3) Describe the impact that SAFMEDS instruction had on learning behavior analytic terminology. |
|
Comparing Interteaching and Discussion Forums in an Asynchronous Online Classroom |
Sacha Shaw (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Boyce and Hineline created an in-classroom methodology called “InterTeaching,” originally for the purpose of getting students to interact more in class. Since then, it has been investigated across many different settings, learners, and content areas. Since Interteaching is an educational intervention derived from behavior analytic technologies, it is important to continue to evaluate not only its impact on learning, but to learn what components of the InterTeach methodology is most impactful. The current study compared the effects of interteaching and discussion forum activities on quiz performance in an asynchronous master's level course using an alternating treatments design. Six participants engaged in interteaching in half of the weeks and contacted the discussion forum in the alternate weeks. Participants generally scored higher on quizzes in the interteaching condition (M = 96.9%) than in the discussion forum condition (M = 75.95%). The mean difference between conditions was -20.95 ± 3.4. Results of this analysis indicate statistically significant differences between the two conditions at P < .0003. The efficacy of various instructional strategies in online learning environments is discussed. |
|
Interteaching in Higher Education: A Review of the Fidelity to the Original Boyce and Hineline Procedure |
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral science has revealed the principles and strategies that are causally related to effective instruction. One behavioral instructional package is Interteach, a set of procedures employed to promote student interaction, exposure to the material, and cooperative learning. This strategy has been used at the undergraduate and graduate level, and across content areas. Robust research literature exists showing Interteach causally related to improved learning outcomes. The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature published using Interteach in face to face and remote college-level courses to evaluate the extent to which the application of Interteach met the components of the Interteach method originally described by Boyce and Hineline (2002). A literature search was conducted to identify studies in peer reviewed journals. Only experimental studies were reviewed and rated against the list of components of the original Interteach method. Results showed that the original Interteach methodology in its entirety has rarely been used by researchers evaluating the Interteach approach. Results will be discussed in terms of the validity of the Interteach method, the potential flexibility of this approach, and recommendations for researching Interteach in the future. Without fidelity to the original components, the effectiveness of Interteach as a procedure cannot be truly known. |
|
Evaluation of a Multiple Exemplar SAFMEDS Procedure to Promote Generalization and Accessibility of Behavior Analytic Terms |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon), Menaka Kumari De Alwis (University of Oregon), David William Cosottile (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: While standard procedures for SAFMEDS are widely accepted for improving fluency, procedural variations have emerged over time. For example, multiple practice drills per day have been shown to improve fluency and multiple exemplar training has emerged as a potentially advantageous variation for improving generalization. The purpose of the present study was twofold. First, an alternating treatments design was used to replicate previous studies evaluating the impact of multiple exemplar training within a SAFMEDS procedure on graduate students’ fluency, retention, and generalization of behavior analysis terms. Second, the study extended from the previous literature by including technical and precise everyday language definitions within the multiple exemplar procedure and evaluating participants generalization by asking students to create novel, everyday definitions that could be used to explain behavior analysis terms to stakeholders. Findings will be discussed in reference to best practices for training future behavior analysts to fluently identify behavior analysis terms and to translate those terms into user friendly explanations accessible to clients and stakeholders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Optimal Procedures to Learn a Foreign Language |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: Mirela Cengher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Forty-three percent of the world’s population is bilingual, and yet research focused on the identification of optimal procedures to teach one or more foreign languages is limited. Such research can benefit children with developmental disabilities, who generally have language deficits that require effective and efficient teaching procedures. This symposium describes research aimed to determine (a) whether learning tacts in one language is better than learning tacts in two languages, (b) whether learning tacts and listener responses in two languages simultaneously is better than sequentially, and (c) what role preference plays in the acquisition of tacts in a foreign language. Across studies, we examined and compared multiple learning outcomes (e.g., effectiveness, efficiency, and the emergence of other verbal operants). Child participants learned tacts in one language more efficiently than in two languages. Child participants learned tacts simultaneously more efficiently than sequentially; the sequential condition was more efficient for adults learning listener responses. The simultaneous procedures produced higher levels of emergent bidirectional intraverbal compared to sequential procedures. Finally, child participants learned tacts of preferred items more efficiently than tacts of nonpreferred items. The preferred condition also produced higher levels of emergent bidirectional intraverbals. These findings can inform foreign language instructional design. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): bilingualism, foreign language, preference, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Basic knowledge of verbal behavior and stimulus control. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe optimal procedures to teach a foreign language. 2. Determine the optimal order of teaching languages. 3. Determine how to use child preferences when designing interventions to teach a foreign language. |
|
The Use of the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedure to Compare Sequential and Simultaneous Bilingualism |
(Basic Research) |
ARMANDO ANGULO (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University) |
Abstract: Despite the growing literature on second language acquisition, there has not been a focus on the difference between simultaneous and the sequential acquisition of a second language. In typically developing children, bilingualism can emerge concurrently when they are exposed to multiple languages within a verbal community (i.e., simultaneous bilingualism). Or they can learn one language first, then learn a second language later in life, typically when entering school (i.e., sequential bilingualism; Lund et al., 2017). To compare simultaneous and sequential bilingualism, researchers taught words from two languages (Korean and Mandarin Chinese) to college students from a large public university using the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedures developed by Zhelezoglo et al. (2021). To simulate simultaneous bilingualism, AC and BC relations were taught simultaneously through AC/BC mixed training to simulate the bilingual who learns both languages at the same time. For sequential bilingualism AC and BC relations were taught separately to simulate the bilingual who learns one language to mastery first and then learns a second language. The results may provide more information on which order is more efficient and produces the most emergent behavior. |
|
Identifying the Optimal Procedures to Teach Two Languages to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
XUEHUA ZHAO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Tianjiao Li (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The population of the United States is becoming more diversified culturally and linguistically. Bilingualism has been shown to have positive effects in neurotypical children’s development (e.g., Bialystok, 2010). However, there are little known on how to best teach and support children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to learn a second language and if teaching a second language might hinder and confuse their language acquisition. Previous studies examined the effect of tact and listener responses on the emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations with six neurotypical Brazilian children and found that tact training was more effective in producing bidirectional intraverbal responding. The present study examined the optimal procedures for teaching two languages using tact training to children with ASD. We compare the effectiveness of acquiring a small set of tacts when (a) teaching two languages simultaneously, (b) teaching two languages sequentially, and (c) teaching one language only (i.e., control). Results showed that simultaneous procedures were more efficient in teaching two languages and effective in promoting conditional discrimination. All participants acquired one language much more efficiently than two languages. However, all participants acquired a small tact vocabulary in two languages. Overall, simultaneous procedures produced higher levels of emergent intraverbal compared to sequential procedures. |
|
Effects of the Order of Exposure to High and Low Preferred Stimulus Sets on Learning a Small Vocabulary in a Second Language |
(Applied Research) |
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Paola Martins Pedroso de Lima (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study evaluated whether the order of exposure to high and low preferred stimulus sets during tact instruction in a foreign language would affect the acceleration of the tact learning curve and the emergence and of native-to-foreign and foreign-to-native intraverbals. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design with intermittent probes. Six Brazilian children aged seven to eight years old were taught to tact in a foreign language using a progressive prompt delay with differential reinforcement. Before tact instruction, a preference assessment was conducted to select the stimuli assigned to the high and low preferred sets. Three children were first taught to tact in a foreign language the high preferred stimulus set and then the low preferred stimulus set. The remaining children were exposed to the opposite order. Results showed that four out of six participants met the mastery and emergence criteria for the high-preferred stimulus set in fewer trial blocks than for the low-preferred stimulus set regardless the order of exposure. For both stimulus sets, tact instruction consistently produced high levels of emergent intraverbal responding, replicating previous studies. Our data suggest that stimulus preference as an important variable to ensure optimal foreign language learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Author Signing |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!
- Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt
- Dr. Erin Rasmussen
- Dr. Traci Cihon
- Dr. Abigail Calkin
- Dr. Juda Axe
- Dr. John M. Guercio
- Dr. Darlene Crone-Todd
- Dr. Andresa De Souza
- Mr. Mark Gil Caparros
- Dr. Monica Gilbert
- Mrs. Jamie Salter
- Dr. Katharine Croce
|
|
|
|
|
|
Presenter Meet and Greet |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Come to the lounge area and meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Authors:
- Nipa Bhuptini
- Matthew Skinta
- Jessica Jackson
- Lisa Toenigges
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
|
|
1. The Cat's in the Bag: Training Cats to Ride in Strollers |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
YASMEEN GOMEZ (Virginia Tech), Yhakira Gray (Virginia Tech), Allison Andrukonis (Virginia Tech), Julianna Scardina (Virginia Maryland College of Veterinary Medicine), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
Discussant: Claire Norris (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Cat strollers offer new avenues for cat owners to interact with their cats, and for shelters to provide enrichment to their cats and publicize their adoptable cats. However, to date, no research exists on cats’ behavior in strollers. It is possible that training cats to approach and hop in the stroller might result in them showing fewer stress-related behaviors when in the stroller. In this study, we trained 10 adult cats and 20 kittens from a local shelter to approach and hop in a stroller. After training they were taken on stroller rides (three 15-minute rides for adult cats; one 10-min ride for kittens). We divided our training into 33 criteria and recorded highest criterion reached on each trial. We observed acquisition of the behaviors for approaching and/or hopping into the stroller, however there was substantial individual variation in highest criterion reached. We also saw variation in performance within a cat across training sessions, which is not surprising given the unpredictable environment in which they lived. We compared trained cats’ and kittens’ behavior in the stroller to equivalent groups of cats/kittens that did not receive training and discuss our results in terms of the impact training had on stroller behavior. |
|
|
|
2. Requisite Behavior Change of the Owner and Family of a New Puppy |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey) |
Discussant: Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
Abstract: Previous presentations on addressing behaviors to be taught when training a dog have highlighted that key behaviors that must be addressed, are actually those of the dog's OWNER, and other humans interacting with the dog. The dog's behaviors tend to follow in line consistent with the degree to which the OWNERs behaviors are adaptive. While other presentations have addressed the wider breadth of human behaviors (overt observed behaviors as well as "private" behaviors of knowledge, attidudes, opionions, etc). this presentation is instead focused in depth on the behaviors of the owner specifically related to the aquistion and intial year of a newly aquired puppy. The unique nature of the puppy's new presence, and the pattenrs of behaviors inherent in xxxx the puppy change, have highlighed enough human behavior change specific to training and nurturing a puppy to warrant a separate presentation. systejmatically identifying and Highlighting specific Behavioral pr9incples and highlighting BEhaiovr approaches to addressing the consistency of the human behavior change required to then effect the training behavior change of the puppy, affords the opportunity to not only improve the quaility of training and life for both the puppy and the owner, but also allows for the dissemijnation of the information and the value of the understanding and applications of the principles of behavrior, and the discipline called Applied Behavior Analysis, to the mainstream psychological and dog owning world. |
|
|
|
|
|
BPN Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
|
3. Anxiolytic Effects of Buspirone Within a Rich-to-Lean Transition Procedure |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
ALANNA FERGUSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Chris Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Rich-to-lean transitions have been shown to function aversively for several species, including humans, rats, and pigeons (e.g., Perone & Courtney, 1992). In the current study, pigeons pecked under a multiple fixed-ratio fixed-ratio schedule in which ratios ended in a large/rich or small/lean amount of grain, creating four types of transitions that were each signaled by a different key light color. Pigeons paused approximately twice as long as or longer during rich-to-lean transitions than during other transitions, consistent with previous literature suggesting that pausing functions as a way to escape an aversive situation. As an extension of Langford et al., (2021) that found that chlordiazepoxide differentially decreased rich-to-lean pauses, buspirone, an anxiolytic, was administered acutely (0.3-10.0 mg/kg). At least one dose decreased pauses during rich-to-lean transitions for three out of four pigeons. In contrast, at least one dose of morphine (0.3-1.0 mg/kg) increased rich-to-lean pauses for all pigeons. Finally, results were also compared to those found with chlordiazepoxide for pigeons that were involved in both studies. The current study adds to the rich-to-lean literature and further characterizes the functions of these transitions and their associated stimuli. |
|
|
|
4. Neurofeedback in School: Reinforcing Brainwaves to Think, Feel, and Behave Better |
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery |
GARY AMES (Behavior Analysis & Therapy Partners), Diamond Blenman (Behavior Analysis & Therapy Partners), Theologia Dukes (Behavior Analysis & Therapy Partners), Joseph D. Cautilli (Behavior Analysis & Therapy Partners) |
Discussant: Diana Mejía Cruz (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora) |
Abstract: Report of neurofeedback program in one Philadelphia school. Description of biofeedback as a form of Applied Behavior Analysis! Neurofeedback is biofeedback with brainwaves. Image of morphing fractal images reflecting brainwave characteristics. Training protocols are derived using Artificial Intelligence. Ease of use. Behavioral growth areas of 4 students. Self-report of degree of resolution on quantitative descriptors of personally salient issues such as attention, anxiety, obsessionality, behavior, etc. Graphs will summarize subjective data collected through client report throughout participation in biofeedback sessions conducted between February and June 2022. This program was provided free of charge to participants. Data collected for 4 participants will be summarized as: - Percentage score provided based on client report. Client report was recorded after participation in 10 sessions, 20 sessions, and 30 sessions. A total of 4 clients participated in all 30 sessions. - Ratings are based on scale ranging between -100 to +100 relating to frequency, intensity or duration of issues most impacting the quality of life. |
|
|
|
5. The Effects of Naltrexone on Self-Injury: A Consecutive Controlled Case Series |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN LEASK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hunter King (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The endogenous opioid hypothesis sheds light on plausible biochemical bases for self-injurious behavior (SIB), lending to its perceived clinical applications. However, few studies exist on the relationship between endogenous opioid antagonists and changes in self-injurious behavior (SIB) Endogenous opioids have chemical structure similar to opium derivatives, indicating they can produce a similar property dependence to that of narcotics. Importantly, consistent release of these peptides can heighten one’s pain threshold overtime, resulting in decreased pain perception. Additionally, for patients who engage in SIB, pain responses may be elicited more frequently, thus triggering an endogenous opioid response. Opioid antagonists such as Naloxone andNaltrexone Hydrochloride, block endogenous opioid transmission, and some prior studies suggest that acute administration of Naloxone may reduce SIB. These findings suggest that opioid antagonists may represent a viable treatment for certain populations that engage in SIB. Thus, the current study was conducted via a retrospective consecutive case series of 17 patients with SIB who were prescribed Naltrexone Hydrochloride during their inpatient admission. Our study aims to highlight consecutive demonstrations of the behavior-altering effects of Naltrexone Hydrochloride on behavior in treatment-resistant populations. |
|
|
|
6. Some Effects of Acute and Sub-Chronic Glyphosate on Schedule-Controlled Responding in the Rat |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
RODNEY D. CLARK (Allegheny College), Olivia Kraus (Allegheny College), Katherine J. Elmquist (Allegheny College), Maria A. Lounder (Allegheny College), Braislee D. Byrne (Allegheny College), Athena R. Drollas (Allegheny College) |
Discussant: Diana Mejía Cruz (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora) |
Abstract: The common herbicide glyphosate, available for home and garden use, has attracted much recent attention as a carcinogen. However, the behavioral toxicology of glyphosate is currently lacking. The purpose of the present study was to examine the acute and sub chronic effects of glyphosate in adult male and female rats responding under a Fixed Interval 60 second (FI-60”) schedule of water presentation. Acute oral gavage administrations of glyphosate reduced the rate of responding at the lowest concentration tested (0.56 mg/kg). Intermediate to high concentrations (1.0 – 3.0 mg/kg) generally elevated response rates relative to vehicle and non-chemical controls. Sub chronic oral administrations of glyphosate (3.0 mg/ml) administered in the rats post experimental ration of water prior to the deprivation period. Sub chronic administrations marginally suppressed response-rates only after the second day of exposure. On the third day the response rates returned to control values. These current data suggest that minimal exposure to glyphosate may engender previously undetected behavioral disruptions. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
|
|
7. Boiling the Frog: Transitions Between Fixed and Variable Ratio Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL BELLOW (May Institute), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: While much is known about patterns of responding on basic schedules of reinforcement, less is known about the transitions from one kind of schedule to another. Fixed-interval schedules lead to a scalloped pattern of responding with a relatively long post-reinforcement pause, while variable-interval schedules produce a shorter pause and a constant rate of responding. In the current experiment, pecking of four pigeons was maintained on a baseline of either a fixed-interval or variable-interval schedule. Across conditions, an increasing or decreasing number of reinforcers were delivered following a variable interval. These conditions included 0%, 10%, 30%, 60% and 100% variable-interval reinforcers. Over the course of the experiment, the programmed schedules transitioned from entirely fixed-interval to entirely variable-interval, or vice versa. Post-reinforcement pauses were shortest when all reinforcers were delivered following variable intervals, longest following fixed intervals, and intermediary when a combination of fixed and variable intervals resulted in reinforcement. Implications about the nature of responding on fixed- and variable-interval schedules will be discussed. |
|
|
|
8. Effects of Reinforcement and Punishment Magnitudes on Equivalence Class Formation and Maintenance |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALCEU REGAÇO DOS SANTOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Paradigma - Centro de Ciências e Tecnologia do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The establishment of discriminative responses occurs more rapidly when punishment contingencies are employed, as compared to the exclusive use of reinforcement contingencies. However, to our knowledge, the use of punishment contingencies has not yet been investigated in the context of a conditional discrimination training program. This study aimed to assess the effects of different magnitudes of reinforcement and punishment on the formation and maintenance of equivalence classes. Fifty-six participants were assigned to three groups: More Reinforcement (MR), Balanced (B), and More Punishment (MP), differing in the number of points earned or lost for choosing the correct or incorrect comparison stimulus. Participants underwent relational training using a gamified Matching-to-Sample software. They were, then, tested for the emergence of three three-member classes of abstract stimuli. After seven days, they received another test, to verify maintenance of the classes. The results revealed that a higher magnitude of punitive stimulus disrupted the learning of conditional discriminations and the emergence of equivalence relations. Conversely, the magnitude of the reinforcing stimulus did not affect the outcomes. This study highlights the necessity for a systematic experimental analysis of the effects of reinforcement and punishment on the formation and maintenance of equivalence classes. |
|
|
|
9. Value Transfer Using Different Probabilistic Values: A Preliminary Study |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HÉCTOR OCTAVIO CAMARENA (University of Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: Previous research in transitive inference (TI) has suggested that the expect preference B>D could be explained by regarding the indirect value acquired by B stimulus in comparison to the indirect value acquired by stimulus D. This hypothesis holds under de assumption that A (from A+ B-) was always reinforced, whereas C was partially reinforced (regarding B+C- and C+D- pairs). Under this rationale, Zentall and Sherburne (1994), employed a series A+B-, C±D- during training and testing the BD with continuous reinforcement. Zentall and Sherburne obtained a preference 64.6% for B stimulus and a 78% of preference for B during their second experiment. Nevertheless, it remains unclear if a reinforcement probability of .5 prevents value transfer or just reduces value transfer. The aim of the present study is to determine the effect of probabilistic reinforcement with probability values above and below the chance level (e. g., .3 and .7). With this manipulation it would be possible to evaluate a S+ with high value transfer values (p = .7) versus a S+ with low value transfer values (p = .3). If a C+ with high transfer value is paired with D-, it would be expected a lower B>D preference or indifference during test. |
|
|
|
10. Analyzing Delay Discounting Using a Custom Adjusting Choice Procedure Across Laboratory and Remote Learning Environments |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Western University of Applied Sciences), Yngve Herikstad (Østfold University College) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The study explores if discount rates is affected by context. This is important to test for if delayed discounting procedures are going to be used in a clinical setting as a dependent measure before and after treatment – for example in drug treatment. The delayed discounting procedure used had randomized smaller sooner hypothetical money values and larger later values which increased or decreased gradually. Data were collected through a web-based software. The study was a group design with students as participants. Two conditions were used – the first condition was a lab condition were the participants conducted the delay discounting task alone in a small classroom, and in the remote condition participants conducted the task on their own computer in a break during a remote learning session. Out of 44 participants, 26 completed tests under the remote learning condition, and 19 out of 20 completed tests under the lab condition. Thus, more participants dropped out of the study in the remote condition. Also, the results indicate that discount rate is higher under the remote condition. The results indicate that context affected the results, and thus context should be stable if delayed discounting is used as a dependent measurement in treatment. |
|
|
|
11. Comparing Delay Discounting Using an Adjusting Choice Procedure Across Laboratory and Classroom Environments: Insights Into Decision-Making |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YNGVE HERIKSTAD (Østfold University College), Aleksander Vie (Western University of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: Measuring delay discounting may have important implications in clinical settings for substance use disorders and may function as a dependent measure in assessing various treatment interventions. In the current study we investigate whether contextual differences influence participants choices on a delay discounting task. A group design (N=42) assigning participants to one of two different groups, either completing the task in a traditional lab condition (n=20), or in a classroom condition (n=24), was conducted. Delay discounting data were assessed using the adjusting amount procedure presented in Dixon (2006), collecting data through a web-based software. Indifference points and delay discounting measures were extracted from participants scores on the task. All participants in the lab condition completed the task, whereas two participants did not complete in the classroom condition. In addition, three participants in the lab condition and ten participants in the classroom condition were excluded due to predetermined exclusion criteria. Results indicate that contextual arrangements influence participants scores, yielding elevated reaction times and more reliable task completion in lab conditions, though delay discounting measures did not differ between groups. Hence, measuring delay discounting in clinical settings should emphasize stable conditions when assessing clients degree of delay discounting. |
|
|
|
12. Complex Learning: Stimulus Relations Can Serve Distinct Behavioral Functions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MATTHIAS RAEMAEKERS (Ghent University) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The physical properties of stimuli may bear particular kinds of relations (e.g., same size, different size). When we consider such stimulus relations as elements of the environment just like we do individual stimuli, we can study the functions of these stimuli empirically. However, despite a long tradition of learning psychological research on the various behavioral functions stimuli in the environment have and the moderators thereof, comparatively little effort has been invested in providing empirical demonstrations of those function being fulfilled by relations. We describe three preregistered experiments in human participants studies (N = 204) taking a first step in that direction. By means of topographically distinct, but functionally similar, stimulus pairing procedures, we demonstrated that non-arbitrary stimulus relations (identity match or mismatch) can be established as a conditioned reinforcer, increasing the frequency of subsequent responding to produce said relation; as a conditioned stimulus, with participants reliably expecting the US to follow presentation of a relation; and that ‘symbolic’ relations (pairs of synonyms vs. antonyms) can function as an unconditioned stimulus, with the same vs. different meaning transferring to pairs of novel non-words. Implications for future research, theoretical development and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
13. Efficiently Establishing Contextual Control Over Transformations of Functions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARTIN FINN (Ghent University) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: According to relational frame theory transformations of functions are contextually controlled by stimuli defining the kind of stimulus relation involved (i.e., Crels) and stimuli specifying the function that is transformed (i.e., Cfuncs). The transformation of the functions of particular stimuli is a prerequisite to consistently fulfilling a reinforcement contingency within function transformation tasks (e.g., Finn & De Houwer, 2021). These tasks present Crel and Cfunc stimuli to specify transformations of functions and provide a means for investigating the establishment of contextual control of transformations of functions by particular stimuli. This poster presents the results of experiments with human adults in which various parameters influencing the establishment of Crel and Cfunc control were manipulated. Specifically, the experiments manipulated whether the Cfunc stimuli were presented in pre-training designed to establish Crel control, whether one or two stimuli served exerted Crel and Cfunc control, and size of the inter-trial differences in the properties of the stimulus serving as the source of the transformations of functions. Results indicate that these parameters have a significant impact on how readily contextual control over transformations of stimulus functions was established. |
|
|
|
14. Progressive Learning and Derivation of Arbitrary Relation With Brazilian Undergraduate Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAMON MARIN (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Maria Alvarez (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, UFSCar), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence researchers usually seek to isolate critical variables to enhance the probability of equivalence class establishment. However, this highly controlled environment diverges from the contingencies of daily life. The present experiment assessed whether participants learn and derive arbitrary stimulus relations under a less stringent experimental arrangement. Furthermore, we assessed how familiar stimuli affect the learning process under this condition. Sixteen undergraduate/graduate students were assigned to one of two experimental conditions and performed successive Matching-to-Sample training-testing cycles. A 27-trial training block taught nine baseline relations (AB, BC, CD, for Classes 1, 2, 3). Regardless of participants’ performances in training, they advanced to a 54-trial testing block that assessed 15 emergent relations (BA, CB, CA, DB, DA) and the maintenance of baseline relations. In Condition 1, all stimuli were abstract pictures; in Condition 2, Set A included familiar pictures (a bee, an airplane, a house). Participants repeated the training-testing cycles until they achieved 100% accuracy in testing, or up to two hours of experiment. 3/8 participants in Condition 1 and 5/8 in Condition 2 achieved the mastery criterion. Participants’ accuracy improved across the cycles. Familiar stimuli seemed to facilitate the acquisition of baseline relations and, consequently, the emergence of stimulus relations. |
|
|
|
15. An Experimental Arrangement to Study Spatial Dynamics of Behavior in Domestic Dogs Under Pavlovian Contingencies: A Proof of Concept |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSÉ ABRAHAM RIVERA URIBE (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Fryda Abril Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: In most Pavlovian conditioning studies, the spatial dimension of behavior is often overlooked, with experimental subjects typically being immobilized. However, it has been reported that freely locomoting organisms exposed to Pavlovian contingencies form a Conditional Response that incorporates their spatial behavioral patterns, such as displacement and orientation toward sources of stimulation. This study presents an experimental setup and recording system designed to observe domestic dogs with unrestricted movement under Pavlovian contingencies. In one condition, we paired tones with food delivery using a FT 60-second schedule using an automated dispenser equipped with an integrated buzzer, while in a second condition, food was not presented. We continuously recorded locomotion patterns, orientation toward food, the owner, and other locations, as well as contacts with the stimulation source. Our results revealed distinct behavioral patterns in each condition. This research discusses the importance of including continuous spatial behavior recording in Pavlovian contingencies and demonstrates the feasibility of using domestic dogs as experimental subjects. |
|
|
|
16. No Evidence for Acquisition nor Transfer of Conditional Discirminations in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SANDINO ALEJANDRO PERALTA VILLAFAÑA (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana), Jorge A. Ruiz (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Rats were exposed to a two-choice conditional discirmination procedure in order to explore transposition. Conditional signals were pairs of lights flickering at differet rates (.25 s, .30 s and .35 s) and between groups reinforcement was contingent upon pressing the lever below the light with the higher or the lower flickering rate. After 60 traning sessions, flickering rates of each pair of lights per trial were increased (.05 s, .10 s y .15 s) or decreased (.45 s, .50 s y .55 s) during additional three sessions. For all rats accuracy of the performance remained at the chance level across the experiment despite: a) contigency criterion; b) increases in lenght and variability of the intertrial interval; and c) increases and decreases in flickering rates during test sessions. The results were the same in additional two experiments in which signals during training were .20 s, .30 s y .40 s or 20 s, .25 s, .30 s, .35 s and .40 s. These results suggest that flickering is a poor dimension for conditional stimulus control as well as for transposition. |
|
|
|
17. Delay and Social Discounting in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHIKO SORAMA (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Masato Ito (Osaka Metropolitan University), Richard Yi (University of Kansas), Yota Nakashima (Osaka University; Rakuwakai Otowa Hospital), Shinji Maeda (Rakuwakai Otowa Hospital) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is a quantitative measure of self-control, whereas social discounting is that of altruism. Steeper delay and social discounting are related to various maladaptive behaviors. Previous research reported that children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) discount delayed rewards more steeply than typically developing children, while children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) discount delayed rewards at the same level as typically developing children. Several delay discounting tasks have been developed to measure children's delay discounting. However, previous efforts to study social discounting in children have used a task that is developed for adults. The present study aimed to measure delay and social discounting in children ages 9-12 years with ASD and ADHD using new tasks specifically developed for children. In the delay discounting task, the children chose between immediate or delayed rewards across 11 trials. In the social discounting task, the children chose between sharing or not sharing rewards across eight trials. These tasks had less trials and smaller amounts of rewards than tasks for adults. Hypothetical food and money were used as rewards. The applicability of the tasks and the effects of the reward condition are discussed. |
|
|
|
18. Comprehensive Learning: Relevant Behavioral Changes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Griselda Jacqueline Morales Alarcón (Veracruz University), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez (University of Veracruz) |
Discussant: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The term comprehension refers to the act of grasping the meaning of something. This notion explains why this term has been traditionally studied as a series of processes internal to the organism. The purpose of the present study, from a different conceptualization, is to analyze socially relevant behavioral changes based on the functional contact of complementary modes with objects or events in the environment. Psychological reactive systems constitute forms of behavior occurrence organized in three generic behavioral modes: sensory, motor, and linguistic. First-year students from a secondary school in the Educational System of the State of Veracruz, Mexico, participated in the study. A within-subject design was used to analyze the facilitation of performance in three active linguistic modes – pointing out, speaking, and writing – based on exposure to the reactive reading mode on an emigration text. The results suggest that the functional level achieved by the participants is related, mainly, to life experiences regarding the topic of emigration, exposure to the reactive mode of reading and its simultaneous enablement of the three active modes and to the morphological characteristics and means of occurrence of the different modes of language. |
|
|
|
19. Discounting Delayed Losses: Do Different Procedures and Measures Assess the Same Construct? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAORAN WAN (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis) |
Discussant: Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: The present study compared two reliable procedures for assessing the discounting of delayed losses, the Adjusting-Amount procedure (AA; Du et al., 2002) and a Delayed Losses Monetary Choice Questionnaire (DLQ; Myerson et al., 2017) that was modeled after that of Kirby’s (1999) delayed reward Monetary Choice Questionnaire. Of interest was whether the two procedures for studying the discounting of delayed losses assess the same underlying construct, as was found in a previous study that evaluated the discounting of delayed gains (Wan et al., 2023). Participants recruited from two online platforms, MTurk and Prolific, completed both discounting procedures. Results revealed that within each procedure, the correlations among discounting measures for the three amounts were all high in both samples (all rs > .62). Importantly, regardless of the procedure (AA or DLQ), the sample (MTurk or Prolific), the delayed amount ($90 or $240), and whether the discounting measure used was atheoretical (area under the curve and proportion of immediate choices) or was theoretically based (log k), discounting on the Adjusting-Amount procedure was highly correlated with that on the Delayed Losses Questionnaire (see Table; all rs > .72). This finding is consistent with the hypothesis that both discounting procedures measure the same construct. |
|
|
|
20. Reinforcement for Conforming and Not Conforming in a Single-Subject Design |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HENRIQUE ANGELO (Mackenzie Presbyterian University), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Conformity can be understood as an increased probability of adjusting to a social norm. Some behavior analysts point that conformity is the result of extensive reinforcement for conforming and punishment for not conforming. Even discussed theoretically, few empirical data can be found in behavior analysis. The present study investigated the effects of feedback on a task as a reinforcement for conforming or not to a group standard in a single-subject design. Eight undergraduates participated in the study. Each were grouped with four confederates in a task of analyzing the prevalence of black or white in images, but all the images had the same proportion of black and white. An ABACA design was programed for four participants and an ACABA design for the other four, in which A is a baseline, B is reinforcement of nonconformity (the experimenter announced the same color announced by the participant as correct when she has not conformed) C is reinforcement of conformity (the correct answer announced was the same when the participant conformed). The results showed that contingencies for conformity were more effective than contingencies for nonconformity and that after a history of reinforcement for conformity participants didn’t adjust to contingencies for nonconformity. |
|
|
|
21. Brief Signal Controlled Levels of Responding Maintained by Delay of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FIRDAVS KHAYDAROV (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: The purpose of the investigation was to examine the effects of fixed ratio (FR), differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL), and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) scheduled brief signal on responding maintained by the delay of reinforcement. A tandem variable time (VT) 60-s fixed interval (FI) 10-s schedule was used as a baseline condition of an immediate reinforcement against which three delay conditions were examined. For the delay conditions, a chain/tandem variable interval (VI) 60-s (non-delay period) fixed time (FT) 10-s (delay period) schedule was used, and the imposition of a brief signal (1-s blackout) during the delay period was manipulated. In the FR condition, a blackout was presented contingent on a keypeck once the delay period commenced. In the DRL condition, the first keypeck after a 2 s pause results in the blackout presentation once the delay period commenced. Lastly, in the DRO condition, a blackout was presented when no keypeck occurred for 2 s once the delay period commenced. Responding was maintained at a higher level in the FR condition in comparison to the DRL or DRO conditions. When comparing DRL and DRO conditions, the responding was maintained at a higher level in the former condition. |
|
|
|
22. Comparing the Latency-Based and Rate-Based Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) for Assessing the Problem Behavior of Nine Autistic Children in Brazil |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
FELIPE MAGALHÃES LEMOS (Luna ABA), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: The Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) is a functional analysis format that comprises five main components: a single test condition, informed procedures, synthesized contingencies, matched control, and an open-contingency class. Although the IISCA has been supported as an efficacious functional analysis format for identifying contingencies and informing function-based treatments (Layman et al., 2023), some modifications have been made for other practical considerations (Metras & Jessel, 2021). One such modification is the latency-based IISCA, which changes the measure of the problem behavior from rate (i.e., count per specific period of time) to latency (i.e., time from initial stimulus to first response). We conducted 18 IISCAs (9 latency-based and 9 rate-based) to assess the problem behavior exhibited by nine autistic children. All IISCAs were conducted by Brazilian professionals, and each child experienced both formats. All IISCAs, regardless of measure (rate or latency), were differentiated and identified a socially mediated function for problem behavior. The results show that the latency-based IISCA can demonstrate control over problem behavior as effectively as the rate-based IISCA. The research concludes that it is possible to identify socially mediated contingencies using the latency-based IISCA, similar to the rate-based IISCA. |
|
|
|
23. A Parametric Manipulation of Timeout Duration as a Negative Reinforcer |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LILLIAN LOUISE SKIBA-THAYER (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: Research has been concerned with the conditions that make timeout from reinforcing contexts most effective as a negative reinforcer. Toegel et al. (2022) found that the quality and rate of food delivery during time-in affected the aversiveness of timeout, as measured by avoidance response rates. The present study assessed the role of timeout duration on the efficacy of timeout as a negative reinforcer using four rats. During discrimination training, a two-component multiple schedule was arranged. In one component (“time-in”), food pellets accompanied by a tone and onset of a cue light were delivered on a VT 30-s schedule. In the other component (“timeout”), food was never delivered. The time-in and timeout components were signaled by the presence or absence of white noise, respectively. In the test phase, timeouts were scheduled every 30 s. A lever was inserted into the chamber during time-in, and a response on the lever postponed the onset of timeout by 30 s. The duration of timeout was manipulated across conditions and the aversiveness of timeout was assessed by avoidance response rates. Understanding this relation has practical implications in both research and application. Identifying short but effective timeout durations will reduce the time-consuming nature of these procedures. |
|
|
|
24. Behavioral Effects of Adding Sequential Stimuli to Variable Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CORY TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Taylor Bartley (Northern Michigan University), Kay Hintze (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Under ratio schedules of reinforcement, reinforcing events are produced after the emission of a specified number of responses (i.e., a ratio requirement). After sufficient exposure to fixed-ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement, behavior conforms to reliable and predictable pause-and-run patterns between reinforcer deliveries, whereas variable-ratio (VR) schedules produce steady rates of responding. A prevailing explanation for these patterns suggests that the reinforcer deliveries come to signal the number of responses required to produce the next reinforcer under FR schedules, but not under VR schedules. The present study evaluates this possibility by assessing effects of signaling the distance, in responses, to the next reinforcer under VR schedules. Across three conditions (FR, VR, and Signaled VR), rats’ lever presses produced food under FR and VR schedules with equivalent average ratio requirements. In all conditions, reinforcers were accompanied by a 2500-Hz tone. In the FR and VR conditions, white noise was played while the schedule was in effect. In the Signaled VR conditions, a tone that was correlated with the number of responses remaining in the current ratio (2500-Hz – [n*10-Hz]) replaced the white noise while the schedule was in effect. Behavioral effects will be presented, and theoretical and practical implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
25. Evaluating Response Effort and Session Motivation in a Human-Operant Arrangement of Timeout From Money-Loss Avoidance |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAILLIE MCDONOUGH (Northern Michigan University), Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: This study evaluated effects of response effort on acquisition and maintenance of avoidance and escape using a human-operant arrangement. Participants attended three laboratory sessions. Each session was divided into three 30-min periods. In each period, participants played a computer game in which they defended a small sum of real or in-game money. Money losses occurred on a free-operant Sidman avoidance schedule unless participants made avoidance responses on one of three moving targets (the active target). Alternatively, participants could make separate escape responses to produce 10-s timeouts from the avoidance schedule on a progressive-ratio schedule. Avoidance response effort was manipulated by (a) changing the size of the moving target (diameter = 150, 100, and 50 px) across the three periods of each session and (b) changing the response-loss interval (2, 8, and 16 s) of the avoidance schedule across sessions. Results suggest that response effort manipulations were successful: Avoidance occurred primarily on the active target, avoidance was sensitive to the response-loss interval, and behavior was allocated to the targets as an inverse function of target size. Progressive-ratio breakpoints suggest that reinforcing effects of timeout were unchanged by manipulations to response effort. Possible implications and limitations of the results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
26. Walking Into the Future: An Economic Demand Framework for Sustainable Urban Planning and Development |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LINDSAY OUELLETTE (Temple University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Designing environments that promote walkability supports societal objectives such as improving public health and having successful public transport systems. This study measured the likelihood of completing a hypothetical walking task to a grocery store and restaurant based on distance and weather by using a novel approach of an economic demand framework to analyze demand, choice, and consumption. Undergraduate participants were given six hypothetical walking tasks, varying by weather condition and destination setting, and asked to rate on a scale of zero to ten of how willing they were to complete the walking task as distance increased by one block. We were able to apply the demand framework to a new topography of socially conscious behavior. It also looked like a number of factors moderated the demand framework. This study could further impact the development of sustainable cities and accessible environments using novel and effective analysis to increase walking as a fundamental mode of transport. |
|
|
|
27. Evaluating Problem Behavior Associated With Transitions Following Disruption to Upcoming Activities |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIATU FORNAH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhibo Rong (UF; UMBC; KKI), Evan Loadholtz (KKI; UCF), Sean Conor Madden (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret E.W. Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: Transitions can be a major source of problem behavior for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Schmidt et al., 2000). Research on transitions suggests that problem behavior may occur more frequently when transitioning away from a preferred activity to a lesser preferred activity (Schreibman et al., 2000). A less well studied area within the context of transitions is disruptions to planned, upcoming activities. This study reports on an assessment designed to evaluate problem behavior to transitions that were disrupted by unplanned activity for two boys who were admitted to an inpatient facility for assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. In some cases, the unplanned activity was relatively higher preferred, and, in some cases, they were relatively lesser preferred. For both participants, problem behavior occurred when the unplanned activity was relatively lesser preferred but did not occur when the unplanned transitions were to a relatively more highly preferred activity. These data suggest that intervening on a transition that is lesser preferred can reduce problem behavior for individuals with intellectual disabilities. The clinical application and considerations for treatments are discussed. |
|
|
|
28. Evaluating the Effects of Absolute Conditioned Reinforcement Rate on Sensitivity to Relative Reinforcement Rate |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EDWARD T BLAKEMORE (LSU School of Psychology), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Clinical application of behavior analysis heavily utilizes conditioned reinforcers (i.e. praise, points, tokens, etc.). Despite heavy implementation, conditioned reinforcers’ effect on human behavior remains inconclusive. Recent research (Morris et al. 2023) improved methods for achieving the highest sensitivity to relative rates of conditioned reinforcement, but sensitivity remains lower than non-human participants in similar, previous measures (Shahan et al. 2006). The current study intends to understand how absolute rates of conditioned reinforcement affect sensitivity to relative rates of reinforcement using the same measures from Morris et al. 2023. Undergraduate students were randomly assigned to groups in which rates of absolute conditioned reinforcement varied. Participants were then exposed to five conditions, each with a varied relative rate of conditioned reinforcement. Results indicate higher sensitivity on average for the groups with higher absolute rate of conditioned reinforcement; however, the highest sensitivity was discovered in the early stages of each condition. Certain forms of conditioned reinforcers as described above may lose their influence on behavior as clinical sessions draw out. Since the clinical application of behavior analysis heavily relies on conditioned reinforcers, understanding the influence of these conditioned reinforcers can increase the efficacy of treatment provided in a clinical setting. |
|
|
|
29. Scoring of Adult Rat Ultrasonic Vocalizations: A Preliminary Evaluation of Three Approaches |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSEPH MILTON (University of Alaska Anchorage), Abigail Smith (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: Wright et al. (2010) proposed a set of operational definitions human observers could apply to spectrograms when attempting to visually discriminate the ultrasonic vocalizations (USVs) produced by rats. However, the degree to which human observers can accurately apply these definitions is unknown. In response, we evaluated three common techniques for teaching visual discriminations. Study 1 used a multiple baseline design to assess the effects of multiple-exemplar training, simplified definitions, and live training on the accuracy of three observers’ categorizations of randomly selected USV spectrograms. Sessions involved scoring 10 spectrograms with varying instructional approaches. Participants in BL (Wr) and BL (New) sessions used the Wright et al. and simplified definitions, respectively. ME (Wr) and ME (Wr+Ppt) sessions included printed and digital visual examples of the Wright et al. definitions, respectively, with post-session feedback. ME (New) sessions mirrored ME (Wr+Ppt) sessions except examples matched the simplified definitions. Live training sessions were like ME (New) sessions but included trial-by-trial feedback. Accuracy scores were lowest when participants used the Wright et al. definitions and highest following live training. Study 2 replicated these findings with three additional observers, emphasizing the efficacy of simplified definitions and live training in enhancing USV scoring accuracy. |
|
|
|
30. Application of a Computerized Curriculum for Individualized Teaching on a Large Scale: Learning to Read and Write in Small Steps |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCELO SALVADOR CAETANO (Universidade Federal do ABC (UFABC); INCT-ECCE), Raquel Melo Golfeto (INCT-ECCE), Lidia Maria Marson Postalli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia; INCT-ECCE), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; INCT-ECCE) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Results from the Elementary Education Assessment System, a nationwide educational probe, have shown that only 49.4% of children in Brazil were literate in 2021. The current scenario is probably worst given that students were kept away from schools, in some cases until mid-2022, as a result of the recent SARS-CoV-2 pandemic. In order to mitigate these literacy deficits, the Learning to Read and Write in Small Steps curriculum (ALEPP) - a scientific-based computerized tool developed over decades of basic research in behavior analysis, cognitive psychology, linguistics, and others - has been successfully used over the last years by researchers and educators in Brazil. Here we briefly present the ALEPP curriculum; describe how its application escalated from applications in small groups to hundreds of students; and present some results of this expanded application, such as performance improvement from 53.3% to 99.1% in word reading tests, from 37.1% to 90.8% in tasks involving the correct selection and ordering of letters to form a dictated word, and from 27.6% to 94.2% in tasks involving writing a dictated word. This work highlights the importance of developing educational products based on scientific evidence and encourages knowledge transfer practices from research laboratories to society. |
|
|
|
31. The Effects of a Pre-Training Package to Teach Note-Taking on the Formation of Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KY JACKSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Discussant: Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México) |
Abstract: Effective note-taking may enhance learning outcomes for students. Note-taking may also serve as a directly observable form of mediation within a test context. Frampton et al. (2023) applied an intervention package including stimulus fading to teach note-taking in the form of a graphic organizer (GO) during matching-to-sample baseline relations training (MTS-BRT). Moderately high yields were observed with young adults despite use of linear series training, abstract stimuli, and five-member classes. The present study utilized a pre-training intervention package to teach eight college students to construct a GO during MTS-BRT. The package included video illustration, voice-over instructions, and feedback when practiced with three three-member classes made up of familiar stimuli. Following pre-training, the effects of MTS-BRT alone with abstract stimuli in three five-member classes was evaluated. The participants efficiently completed pre-training and engaged in GO construction during MTS-BRT with the abstract stimuli. The six participants that demonstrated high levels of fidelity to the trained note-taking strategy passed the posttest on the first attempt (yield of 75%). These results replicate findings from Frampton et al. while using a more efficient intervention package. Benefits of teaching overt mediation responses are discussed as well as future directions for translation to applied contexts.
Keywords: equivalence, graphic organizer, note-taking, problem solving, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
32. Effects of Differential History of Stimuli Pairing With Alternative Reinforcement on Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS JAVIER FLORES AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara), Julian Camilo Velasquez (University of Guadalajara), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously extinguished response with the worsening of alternative conditions. Some studies indicate that the presentation of stimuli related to alternative reinforcement during the test phase may reduce the resurgence of the target response and increase the persistence of the alternative respondent. The aim of this work was to evaluate the effects of alternative reinforcement-related stimuli in groups of Wistar rats when delivered contingently, but with differential pairing histories. In phase 1, press target lever was reinforced. In phase 2, target response was in extinction and press to an alternative lever was reinforced, accompanied by a stimulus (i.e., light) depending on a probability (0, 0.5, and 1). In phase 3, the alternative reinforcer was discontinued, and the stimulus was presented contingently to alternative response . Differential levels of resurgence were noted across groups, with more resurgence being showed for subjects without a history of association with the stimuli. Alternative responding was not maintained with the stimuli presentation for neither group. Expanding the investigation of this manipulation would allow us to understand the conditions under which the effect reported in the literature becomes robust. |
|
|
|
|
|
PCH Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
|
|
33. A Pedagogical Guide for Teaching the Behaviorisms |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Bryan Alan Simmons (University of Kansas), Mallory Eddy (University of Kansas), Zi Wang (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Abstract: Teaching behaviorism’s historical and conceptual foundations is a daunting task because behaviorism is not one point of view. It is many. The poster presents a table that describes five of them. It includes their (a) philosophical varieties (e.g., methodological dualism; metaphysical monism), (b) behaviorisms (e.g., 1, 2, 3), (c) types (e.g., classical, interbehavioral, radical, mediational), (d) subject matters (e.g., behavior, interbehavior, mediators), (e) units of analysis (e.g., two- and three-term contingencies, an integrated field, S-O-R relations), (f) founders (e.g., Watson-1, Watson-2, Kantor, Skinner, Hull, Tolman), and (g) when they flourished (e.g., 1903-1913, 1913-1930, 1930-present, 1930-1970). The table does not, of course, incorporate every behaviorism -- earlier or later. These are included, one each, in six additional versions of the table. The former are proto-behaviorisms: Thorndike’s connectionism and Pavlov’s neurophysiology. The latter are behaviorology, molar behaviorism, contextual behaviorism, and a methodological form of behavior analysis. The discussion addresses the behaviorisms’ common point of view (i.e., they study behavior), what constitutes behavior (e.g., movement, function, field), still other behaviorisms (e.g., general physiology, paradigmatic behaviorism, teleological behaviorism), cognitivism as a methodological behaviorism, and the table’s use as a pedagogical guide for teaching the historical and conceptual foundations of behaviorism. |
|
|
|
34. Communicating Complex Causal Relations: A Simpler Approach |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
FREDRIK ANDERSEN (Østfold University College, Norway), Jon Arne Løkke (Østfold University College) |
Discussant: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Causal relationships associated with behavior are rarely simple. Typically, any isolated cause generates a potential for multiple effects, and any isolated effect follows from a set of interacting causes. Donahoe and Palmer (1989), Strømgren (2014) and Michael et al (2011) are examples of behavior analysts who address this issue. However, when causally complex behaviours are represented, they are typically represented as either tables or neural network models. These types of models are needlessly complicated to read and difficult to interpret. We suggest adopting Mumford and Anjums (2011) vector modelling of causal complexities. With minor additions, vector models can be made more intuitive and available to readers who wish to understand causal complexities in behavior. The vector models have been shown useful in modelling complex issues such as pain (see Low 2016) and has additional pragmatic benefits concerning groupings of causes in relation to possible interventions. Examples of intervention related groups are manageable/unmanageable, cheap/expensive, invasive/non-invasive. A simplification in the modelling of complex behavior has the potential for increasing the number of behaviourists addressing the challenges causal complexity presents. |
|
|
|
35. Relational Frame Tarot: A Conceptual Explanation of Tarot, Astrology, and Other Divination Techniques |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
ERIC ANDERSON (Bowling Green State University) |
Discussant: Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Abstract: The popularity of Tarot cards and astrology have increased over recent years (Pulliam Bailey, 2021; Page, 2023). This increase brings up two interesting points for behavioral scientists. First, expressing philosophic doubt and looking for parsimonious explanations of phenomena would suggest that neither Tarot nor astrology explain changes in the lives of those who practice them. Second, the increase in popularity indicates that something about these activities is reinforcing. One possible explanation for the popularity is the usefulness of Tarot and other divination techniques as tools for self-reflection (Hofer, 2009). This presentation suggests one possible behavioral explanation of the mechanism supporting this self-reflection, specifically relational frame theory. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) suggests that symbolic thinking connections between stimuli can be explained as equivalence and non-equivalence relations between verbal behavior (Cooper et al., 2020). The poster will describe the possible relationships between specific Tarot cards (e.g., Death, the Lovers, the Moon) and brief vignettes, as well as provide an opportunity for attendees to practice self-reflection using Tarot cards. |
|
|
|
36. A Closer Look at the Perspective of Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) Working in the Home Setting With Latino Families |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELINA ESPAILLAT (Amigo Care ABA), Nicole Marie Burke (Amigo Care ABA), Melissa Theodore (May Institute), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been an interest to examine the viewpoints of behavior technicians within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) (Bukszpan et al., 2023). This exploration of perspectives comes at a crucial juncture, coinciding with pressing concerns of burnout and high turnover rates in the ABA field (Deling et al., 2023). A notable gap exists in our understanding of the predictors of turnover for behavior technicians (Kazemi et al., 2015). Existing research that does delve into this area indicates that retention is influenced by various factors such as supervisor support (Gibson et al., 2009), personal wellbeing (Griffith et al., 2014), personality traits (Hurt et al., 2013), training and supervision (Kazemi et al., 2015), and implicit attitudes (Kelly & Barnes-Holmes, 2013). It's worth noting that the majority of these studies have focused on registered behavior technicians in school and clinic environments, leaving the in-home environment relatively understudied. Hence, the primary objective of this study was to identify consistent factors via survey that could function as predictors of dissatisfaction as well as satisfaction among therapists, particularly those working in the home environment. The aim is to intervene promptly and effectively, fostering the development of effective clinicians. |
|
|
|
37. Unveiling Unity: Exploring Factors That Foster a Strong Sense of Community in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Home-Based Setting |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALLEN FLYNN (Mt St Mary's University and Amigo Care), Nicole Marie Burke (Amigo Care ABA), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Melissa Theodore (May Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport) |
Abstract: In the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) home-based setting, behavior technicians play a crucial role, facing dynamic challenges in adapting to clients' evolving behavioral needs (Bukszpan et al., 2023; Leaf et al., 2016). This demanding role contributes to a significant risk of burnout and staff turnover, a concern echoed by parents of children receiving ABA services (Grindle et al., 2009). To address this concern, fostering a sense of community and a supportive organizational culture is crucial, yet it proves challenging in solitary in-home conditions. We placed and adapted community-building strategies to the unique needs of ABA professionals working in the home environment. We utilized surveys -modified and adapted from the Sense of Community Index (SCI)- to explore and measure factors conducive to building a sense of community within the in-home setting. By understanding the challenges faced by employees (i.e., BCBAs and Behavior Technicians) and measuring strategies' effectiveness, we aim to contribute insights to enhance the overall well-being and job satisfaction of ABA professionals. Our poster seeks to address the pressing issue of burnout and turnover, ultimately shaping a positive perception of ABA services within the industry. |
|
|
|
38. The Importance of Scientific Philosophy and an Analysis of Universalism |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
CHANGZHI WU (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: According to Kantor (1958, p. 64), science is a cultural institution located in a cultural matrix. Scientists are obliged to distinguish science from other cultural institutions and to keep science immune to the influence of other cultural institutions. In order to do so, Kantor (1958, p. 64) constructs a philosophical system of science, which is a hierarchical matrix composed of cultural matrices, logic of science (protopostulates), metasystems (metapostulates) and specific scientific systems (postulates). However, despite his thorough description of this philosophical system and his guidance as to how scientists can use this system to minimize the influence of cultural traditions, many cultural concepts are still influential and demonstrated by scientists' behaviors in modern sciences, especially psychology. Universalism is one of the cultural traditions that is still active today. This poster aims to reveal the presence of universalism in modern psychology and show how it negatively impacts the progress of psychology. |
|
|
|
203. An Evolutionary Approach to Verbal Behavior: Unraveling (Ontogenetic) Selection Processes in Conversational Dynamics |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
CARSTA SIMON (University of Agder, Norway) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The behavior of organisms is shaped by a blend of environmental factors spanning a species' evolutionary timeline and individual lifetimes. Natural selection elucidates how physiological and behavioral traits are changed across generations to suit the prevailing environment. Within each generation, ontogenetic selection processes further refine organismal behavior in response to the environment. This poster delves into the impact of ontogenetic selection processes driven by environmental events on verbal behavior and explores their connection to natural selection. It also underscores the significance of this link. The poster bridges these conceptual analyses with empirical studies on verbal interactions, particularly in conversations. These studies employ experimental procedures to probe variables influencing topic (word) choice, talk duration, and the distribution of talk and gaze among conversational partners. The latter is investigated in a study on matching in conversations, which looks into attempts to expand on the (molar) multiscale approach to an analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
EDC Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
|
|
39. Interteaching: Timing of the Clarifying Lecture on Student Retention |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University), Juliana Butz (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Interteaching is a strategy that shifts the emphasis from passive student learning to active engagement through the use of prep guides, small group discussions, clarifying lectures, and frequent testing. Several classroom studies have demonstrated that interteaching leads to better student comprehension and higher test scores. However, the specific strategy used in these studies vary slightly. The goal of the present study was to compare the timing of the clarifying lecture to determine which led to higher academic success. A group design was used in one Psychology of Learning course over two semesters. One group experienced the standard interteaching method, where students experienced the clarifying lecture after the group discussion. The second group experienced a modified version where the clarifying lecture occurred before the group discussion. Although there were no significant differences in exam scores across groups, students who experienced standard interteaching rated the methodology as more preferable than the students who experienced the modified version of interteaching. Results from this study should allow for more effective implementation of interteaching. |
|
|
|
40. A Single-Case Meta Analysis on Performance Feedback for Teacher Effectiveness |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHANA LEVI-NIELSEN (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Renée Tobin (Temple University), W. Joel Schneider (Temple University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is widely used in single-case literature to train teachers to implement classroom strategies. This study examined collective single-case effects of performance feedback on teacher skills that promote teacher effectiveness. A literature search and qualitative coding process yielded 52 single-case studies examining the influence of performance feedback on teacher implementation of 13 categories of generalizable skills. Included studies used multiple baseline and multiple probe designs and were coded for a variety of characteristics. Studies were rated for quality using adapted two-level standards from Ganz and Ayers (2018) and the What Works Clearinghouse standards. Log response ratios were calculated for effect size estimates. Effect sizes were synthesized in three sets of multi-level models with random effects for studies and cases within studies. Overall, teacher performance feedback was found to result in a 227% change in teacher skill implementation in classrooms. When multi-level models were subset by skill, seven of the 13 dependent variable groups demonstrated significant results. Twelve predictors included in an overall model revealed non-significant moderating effects, including publication status and study quality. This meta-analysis supports performance feedback as an evidence-based professional development practice in the context of single-case research, although results may vary depending on teacher target behavior. characteristics. All studies were rated for quality using adapted two-level standards from Ganz and Ayers (2018) and the What Works Clearinghouse standards. Log response ratios were calculated for effect size estimates. These effect sizes were then synthesized in three sets of multi-level models with random effects for studies and cases within studies. Overall, teacher performance feedback was found to result in a 227% change in teacher implementation of skills or strategies in the classroom. When multi-level models were subset by teacher skill, seven of the 13 dependent variable groups demonstrated significant results. Twelve predictors included in an overall model revealed non-significant moderating effects, including publication status and study quality. The present meta-analysis supports teacher coaching with performance feedback as an evidence-based professional development practice in the context of single-case research, although results may vary depending on teacher target behavior. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
41. Special Educators’ Training and Preparedness to Write Individualized Education Programs |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
ALYSSA BLASKO (Lehigh University), Kristi Morin (Lehigh University), Grace Murphy (Lehigh University) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Over the last decade, there has been ample evidence reporting the lack of high-quality and compliant Individualized Education Programs (IEP) in the United States. This problem has many consequences, including poor student outcomes and failure to follow legal due process. Despite these consequences, research has not thoroughly examined the perspectives and needs of special educators on IEP development or the role of pre-service training on special educators’ ability to write high-quality, compliant IEPs. To address this gap, we surveyed 218 Pennsylvania special educators to examine their perspectives on the sufficiency of their pre-service training to write high-quality IEPs. We also gathered data on the types of training and support special educators need to successfully write IEPs. Results provide information on needed teacher preparation program components, supports for in-service special educators when writing IEPs, and areas for future professional development. Implications and future directions for training on writing IEPs are discussed. |
|
|
|
42. Burnout in Board-Certified Behavior Analysts |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
CASEY KANE (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine; Saint Josephs University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Burnout is a pervasive phenomenon that affects individuals across various professions and industries. However, in the field of behavior analysis, the issue of burnout is particularly salient given the high demands and intense nature of the work. Board-certified behavior analysts are required to provide evidence-based interventions to individuals with a wide range of developmental disabilities, often within complex environments. The stress and pressure associated with behavior analytic work can have significant negative consequences on the well-being and job performance of board-certified behavior analysts. This poster aims to explore the concept of burnout in the context of board-certified behavior analysts. Specifically, it seeks to understand the prevalence, risk factors, and impacts of burnout on board-certified behavior analysts, as well as the strategies and interventions that may help mitigate burnout in this population. By examining these issues, this review will contribute to a better understanding of the unique challenges faced by board-certified behavior analysts, and help identify effective ways to support their well-being and job satisfaction. |
|
|
|
43. Introducing Precision Teaching by Peer Tutoring in Schools in Norway |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARTIN RASMI KRIPPENDORF (Oslo Metropolitan College) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Precision Teaching is not widely used in Norwegian schools, and when it is, it is typically used only in special needs classrooms or in one to one sessions between a special education trainer and a student with learning difficulties.
This study combined Precision Teaching with Peer Tutoring, in order to make Precision Teaching more readily available to normally functioning students in ordinary mainstream classrooms in Norwegian schools. After a 3 months introductory training period, where teachers and students were familiarized with the methods, a number of participating classrooms were randomly assigned to intervention versus control groups, and students were tested on subject matters before and after a 3 month period of intervention with Precision Teaching, delivered through Peer Tutoring. Intervention groups used these two new methods to learn measurable skills in chosen subjects, while the control groups used standard teaching methods in the same subjects.
Results within and between groups are presented for each subject matter, thus comparing the effect of using Precision Teaching with Peer Tutoring versus standard methods of teaching in ordinary mainstream classrooms in Norway. |
|
|
|
44. The Effects of Heritage-Language Instruction on Decreasing Rates of Challenging Behaviors for Children With Disabilities: A Review of Current Literature |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
BHABIKA JOSHI (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: As of 2021, around seven million children in the United States have been diagnosed with a disability. Of these children, almost 12% of these students are also categorized as an English Learner (EL). Although research in the area advocates for bilingual education to accommodate the evolving student body, the language of instruction in schools across the United States remains primarily English, and parents are advised to speak only in English at home to their children. Further, while many children with disabilities display challenging behaviors, breadth of research on heritage-language instruction and challenging behaviors for children with disabilities remains narrow. Few studies examine this relationship, and no formal critique of these interventions exist. In this literature review, I review and critique four articles for the following research question: Is there evidence to suggest that heritage-language instruction decreases rates of challenging behaviors in early elementary-aged children with disabilities? In the review, selected single case research studies are described and evaluated in terms of internal and external validity, and recommendations for future research and current practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
45. The Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingency on Reading Performance and On-Task Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY MAZZELLA-SCHOENER (Mount Pleasant Central School District), Holly Barszcz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior in a classroom setting has the potential to interrupt the learning for all the students and s the volume of behavior increases, teachers are required to spend more time managing behaviors instead of implementing quality instructional practices. Interdependent group contingencies are an evidence-based intervention that can be implemented within classrooms to improve student behavior. Despite the expansive literature on the effectiveness of using interdependent group contingencies to improve student behavior, there has been limited research conducted on the impact on student academic performance. This study used a combined design to evaluate the effects of an interdependent group contingency on academic performance and on-task behavior by implementing a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants of kindergarten, first, or second-grade students. The results indicate that the interdependent group contingency was effective at improving on task behavior in each classroom. Assessments of academic performance indicated that many students made gains in their performance on curriculum-based measures and on teacher rating scales. Early Literacy components of the assessment were measured overtime as the intervention was implemented during the literacy instruction period of the school day. Additionally, students showed generalization effects to improved math performance on the Early Numeracy subtest. |
|
|
|
46. Improving the Intervention Fidelity of Students Conducting Latency Functional Analyses via Remote Behavioral Skills Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENDON NYLEN (Joybridge Kids), Seth King (University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Lexy Walgren (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Telehealth, the provision of services via information technologies such as computers, may increase the reach of applied behavior analytic services to underserved populations living in remote areas. An important applied behavior analytic service is performing a functional analysis, which aids in determining the variables that evoke and maintain dangerous behavior. To be proficient in any applied behavior analytic procedure, one must be trained to a criterion deemed acceptable, and behavioral skills training is a training procedure that can sufficiently train individuals to reach proficiency in multiple behavior analytic interventions. A participant underwent behavioral skills training via telehealth to improve their intervention fidelity in conducting a latency functional analysis in a study using a concurrent multiple probe design across behaviors design. Following behavioral skills training, the participant improved in intervention fidelity for each condition of the latency functional analysis. Implications for practice and directions for future research are discussed following a presentation of results. |
|
|
|
47. ParaImpact: Professional Development With Teacher-as-Coach to Increase Paraeducator Implemented Treatment Fidelity |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN AUGUSTINE (University of Missouri - Columbia), Rose A. Mason (University of Missouri), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Virginia), Charissa Donn Richards (University of Missouri- Columbia), Amanda M Borosh (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Special education teachers and paraeducators have reported barriers to effective training for training and coaching paraeducators. Built-in time for teacher-paraeducator collaboration with specific training and feedback have been requested by key stakeholders. Practice-based coaching (PBC) is a job-embedded coaching model and incorporates a non-hierarchical and collaborative relationship between the coach and coachee. ParaImpact is a multi-component professional development (PD) package. The package includes online instructional modules and PBC framework with teacher-as-coach to increase implementation fidelity of evidence-based practices by paraeducators. ParaImpact is designed to support the ongoing training of special education teachers to coach paraeducators to implement systematic instruction with high fidelity. We evaluated the effectiveness and accessibility of the ParaImpact PD package in a randomized controlled trial (RCT) with a treatment and control condition. We utilized pre-post measures for teacher and paraeducator cohesion and improvement of IEP. Additionally, we measured 4 waves of outcome data for paraeducator and target student behavior. Two-level multilevel modeling (MLM) was used to analyze repeated data. Multiple regression model was used to analyze pre-post measures with the pre-test scores as a covariate. We measured the social validity of ParaImpact from treatment teachers and paraeducators. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
48. Literature Review: Training Matters: The Impact of E-Learning Training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Training opportunities allow the workforce to enhance career growth, develop skills and knowledge, and deliver excellent service for individuals they serve. Traditional training such as lecture, group discussion, and role playing have typically been the most widely used formats (Grampesheh, et. al., 2010). ELearning training has become more mainstreamed which can be both challenging (Bughun, et.al., 2018) and innovative. Online training allows trainees to customize their trainings based on individual time and location. Due to the development of information technology and the Internet, people are replacing traditional training with eLearning to better manage their workforce (Lim, et.al., 2007). If planned appropriately training programs can provide important benefits to organizations which can include an increase in job satisfaction, better morale among the employees, increased motivation, better understanding of concepts, reduce turnover, and enhance company image (Gutterman, 2023). The focus of this research is to provide a literature review on the impact of eLearning trainings within applied behavior analysis programs. |
|
|
|
49. Effect of Teachers' Feedback on Students' On-Task Behavior: Examination in One New School in Iceland |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Erla Sif Sveinsdottir (University of Iceland) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Research has shown that positive feedback can increase students' on-task behavior and reduce problem behavior in the classroom. The aim of this study was to examine the rate of teachers' verbal feedback in one school in Iceland and measure its association with students' on-task behavior. The participants in this study were 31 teachers and approximately 650 students of theirs, aged five to 16 years. Direct observations were carried out three times during the school year. Ninety-two measurements took place in classes from the first to the tenth grades. The main results were that students received more negative feedback than positive. Most of the negative feedback was on social behavior and positive on academic performance. Positive feedback on social behavior was rarely given. The students' on-task behavior was 83%, a higher proportion than in the previous study in Iceland. Peer distraction was the most common reason for students being off-task. The study results showed a significant positive correlation between positive feedback on academic performance and students' on-task behavior and instructions, explanations, expositions, and on-task behavior. A significant negative correlation was between negative feedback on social behavior and students' on-task behavior. |
|
|
|
50. Typing as a Differential Observing Response |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE MILLER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alexandria Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taylor Lewis (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: A differential observing response (DOR) is a response that requires a participant to respond to all relevant features of a stimulus and can be utilized to increase stimulus control and improve efficiency of teaching procedures. Recent research has described several DOR types, although no comparison of the efficacy or efficiency of DORs has been conducted in the extant research. The present study compared the efficiency of a touching and typing DOR during sight word instruction for four elementary-age participants exhibiting reading deficits. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to assess the effects of the touching and typing DORs on the number of words read correctly and the number of correct independent DORs. The typing DOR required fewer sessions to mastery for three out of four participants; however, the touching DOR required fewer minutes to mastery for all participants. Participants’ preference for DOR type was assessed using a concurrent chains procedure. Participants preferred the touching DOR or showed no preference. Implications for individualizing reading interventions are discussed. |
|
|
|
51. Influence of Face-to-Face and Online Lectures on University Students' Note-Taking |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAKO YOSHIOKA (Aichi University), Ken'ichi Fuji (Ritsumeikan University) |
Discussant: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to investigate the influence of face-to-face and online lectures on university students' note-taking. The participants included 38 university students. The same lecture was conducted three times, consisting of a practice trial and two main trials. Two conditions were implemented: face-to-face instruction and simultaneous online delivery in a separate classroom. Participants were randomly assigned to one of the lectures. The participants' note-taking responses were recorded using a device created by the authors, capable of detecting note-taking responses in terms of stroke count. Cumulative records were then plotted based on this data. Overall, online participation generally exhibited a higher response rate compared to face-to-face, with many participants maintaining a consistent response rate without a decline in the latter part of the lectures. Based on responses from a post-survey, considering the higher note-taking response rates online, it was suggested that in the online condition where participants' field of vision is constrained to the computer screen and information is limited, making judgments about when to stop note-taking and allocate time to listening, thinking, or engaging in other responses might be challenging. This difficulty could lead to a tendency to continue writing. |
|
|
|
52. Self-Management for Young Children Using a Digital Activity Schedule |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College; Kinneret Academic College) |
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Regulation and self-management are two essential factors for young children's readiness for the expectations and demands they face in kindergarten and school, and for coping with the world. Self-management is a cluster of learned skills that are mediated, modified and encouraged in early childhood through parents. An activity schedule is an intervention strategy developed to promote children's self-management, and to increase independent engagement in completing activities. The aim of the current study was to evaluate the effect of the use of an electronic activity schedule on the independent completion of a morning routine. The participants were two sisters, aged 4.5 and 6.5 years. The dependent variable, independent completion of the morning routine, was directly observed and measured using event recording and graphically presented as percentage of steps of the morning routine completed independently. Social validity data were collected from the participants and their mother. The findings showed that independent completion steps of the participants were low and variable during baseline and immediately improved to 100% during intervention. The participants were satisfied with the intervention's procedures and findings. The study concluded that an electronic activity schedule may improve the quality of the morning routine. |
|
|
|
|
|
TBA Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22) |
|
|
53. Welcome to Manhattanville College's Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
LEIF ALBRIGHT (Manhattanville College) |
Discussant: Kimberly Rehak (Dr. Kim LIVE) |
Abstract: According to the US Employment Demand for Behavior Analysts: 2010- 2018 (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2022) the annual number of job postings requiring or preferring a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst has increased 1942% between 2010-2018. That number is likely even higher today. As the need for behavior analysts grow, behavior analysis educational programs have also increased to meet that need. A review of the Board-Certified Behavior Analyst Examination Pass Rates for Verified Course Sequences hints at that growth. In addition to the inception of these programs themselves, the mode of instruction has also evolved. A review of only those programs that possessed an ABA course sequence outside of its first four years of operation resulted in a total of 165 educational programs globally (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2019). Out of those eligible programs, 37 (22%) of them offered some type of instruction remotely in 2014. By 2018, that number increased to 80 (48%). It is hypothesized that that number is substantially higher today. At Manhattanville College, our NY-state approved and verified course sequence offers all classes in person and fully online. Stop by and say hi. |
|
|
|
54. A Starting Guide for Interdisciplinary Research Collaborations |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
JACK FRANCIS BLAKE (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocío Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Elissa Johnson-Green (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Discussant: Melissa Olive (Adapt for Life ABA; The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Recently, applied behavior analysts have invested greater resources in promoting interdisciplinary collaboration in clinical practice (Boivin et al., 2021; Bowman & Weiss, 2023; Slim & Reuter-Yuill, 2021), particularly through decision-making models (Brodhead, 2015; Newhouse-Oisten et al., 2017). However, no such model currently exists to guide the inception and development of interdisciplinary research collaborations in applied behavior analysis. We address this gap in the present paper by proposing a six-step decision-making model informed by the authors’ experiences in collaborating with music educators to disseminate an immersive learning curriculum to children with autism and other educators. Conceptual analysis of effective interdisciplinary collaboration is supplemented with four pre-requisite skills to consider prior to pursuing this type of work. Discussion includes barriers to interdisciplinary applied behavior analytic research, implications of deficient collaboration for the future of the field, and considerations for expanding the impact of behavior analysis to novel contexts, behaviors, and social problems. |
|
|
|
55. Teaching Compassionate-Based Behaviors Across Communication Partners to Students of Behavior Analysis: A Preliminary Investigation of Comparative Effectiveness Using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) in a Brief Experimental Analys |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
REVA L. MATHIEU-SHER (Duquesne Univeristy), Duaa Alzahrani (Umm Al-Qura University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Rehak (Dr. Kim LIVE) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has evolved significantly since its inception (Baer, Wolf, and Risley, 1968). Considerable re-focus on ethical standards in the field of ABA have occurred recently based on targeted analysis and feedback from inside and outside the field. This feedback indicated a need to understand the role compassionate behavioral-based skills influence practitioners and how to teach these skills explicitly. Previous research used BST to teach compassionate care skills such as basic skills when interacting with parents (Rohrer et al., 2022) and cultural responsiveness in the content of conducting assessments (Gatzunis et al., 2023). This research extended the findings of teaching compassionate care skills by exploring the effectiveness of teaching the compassionate care-based skill related to receiving feedback from clients, caregivers and colleagues through using modified versions of behavioral skills training (BST) in an effort to analyze if all components of BST are required in order to successfully teach a the compassionate care skill, or modifications to the trainings can be made without sacrificing efficacy of skill development to improve the rate of skill acquisition. The research used a Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA). Results indicated increases in all skills from baseline measures. |
|
|
|
56. Peer-Mediated Intervention to Teach Social Interaction to People With Autism: A Systematic Review |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
SARA KEUFFER (Federal University of Pará), Carlos Souza (Universidade Federal do Pará) |
Discussant: Melissa Olive (Adapt for Life ABA; The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: This systematic review sought to update and expand knowledge about the relevant variables for the effectiveness of peer-mediated intervention (PMI) in teaching social skills to people with Autism Spectrum Disorders. A comprehensive search was conducted across the Scopus, Web of Science, and PubMed databases using the term "autism*" in combination with the terms "peer mediated*", "peer interaction*", "peer training*", and "peer mentoring". This search strategy yielded a total of 70 relevant articles for further analysis. In each article, various aspects were analyzed, including but not limited to: characteristics of participants and peers, experimental environment, PMI procedures implemented, integrity measures of teaching procedures, and acquisition, generalization, and maintenance results. It was found that most studies 1) were conducted in schools, with children with typically developing peers; 2) implemented the PMI using teaching packages consisting of Instructions, modeling, prompt, role-play and feedback; 3) showed effective or partially effective acquisition results, especially when measures of the integrity of the procedure implementation were performed. It was suggested the need for further studies to evaluate the effect of PMI on generalization and maintenance of social behaviors and its effect to establish or increase these behaviors in adolescents and adults with ASD. Additionally, some limitations to be addressed in future reviews on this topic are discussed. |
|
|
|
57. A Systematic Replication: An Evaluation of the Prep-Guide Component of Interteaching in an Asynchronous Online Class |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Jennifer Herron (Troy University) |
Discussant: Kimberly Rehak (Dr. Kim LIVE) |
Abstract: The present study is a systematic replication of a study that evaluated the use of optional prep guides added to lecture-centered teaching (Gayman, Rost & Jimenez, 2020). That study found that the addition of ungraded prep guides did not increase exam scores in the absence of other components of interteaching. The present study evaluated the effects of adding graded prep guides to lecture-centered teaching. Participants were undergraduate students (N=126) enrolled across three sections of a nine-week asynchronous online psychology of learning course. The study used an alternating treatments design. A Latin-square counterbalance was used to determine the order (ABCABC; BCABCA; CABCAB) of the three lecture conditions across weeks in the three course sections: (a) interteaching; (b) lecture-centered teaching; and (c) lecture-centered teaching with a graded prep guide. Total average weekly exam scores were lowest under the lecture-centered teaching condition (M = 72.16), and highest under the interteaching (M = 75.63) and lecture-centered teaching plus graded prep guide condition (M =75.64). This same pattern is observed on the total final exam scores taught under each condition (M = 72.78, M = 75.63, M = 73.57). Our findings suggest that adding graded prep guides to lecture-centered teaching positively impacted exam scores. |
|
|
|
58. Bridging the Gap Through Training: Taking Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) From the Lecture Room to the Child, Professionals, and Parents at Home |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BOSEDE ASIKHIA (Association for Behavior Analysis in Nigeria), Rodney Asikhia (Association of Behavior Anaylsis in Nigeria), Eugenia Onwuchuruba (Association for Behavior Analysis Nigeria [ABAN]), Ohimai Ifijen Asikhia (Association for Behavior Analysis Nigeria [ABAN]) |
Discussant: Melissa Olive (Adapt for Life ABA; The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: INTRODUCTION: The competent practice of ABA requires legal and ethical knowledge, skill, thoroughness, and preparation reasonably necessary for a person to present himself as a behavior analysis professional. Such a professional is required to possess and demonstrate Knowledge, Skills, and Application Ability in the context of presenting behavioral challenges in an age appropriate and functional way. BODY: In recent times, the practice of the Science of Behavior Analysis has come under attacks in terms of its efficacy from different professional bodies, service consumers in the community, the insurance, and the government. This development has necessitated the need to examine areas of practice deficits with a view to ensuring the utilization and effective transfer of the practice skills required by the professionals to match up with service demands. CONCLUSION: At the end of this presentation, the participants will learn to match classroom knowledge with the practical ability to conduct intervention to strengthen the quality of services being provided to the community. |
|
|
|
59. Behavioral Skills Training for Teachers, Staff, and Other Professionals: A Systematic Review |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
COLLIN GLAZEK (University of Iowa), May Kannika Ross (The University of Iowa), Maria Green (University of Iowa), Seth King (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Kimberly Rehak (Dr. Kim LIVE) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an evidence-based intervention commonly used for challenging behaviors. This intervention involves teaching an alternative response (e.g., touching a card) that provides access to the same reinforcement as a challenging behavior. Reinforcement is then only provided by alternative behavior. FCT is commonly implemented with children with developmental disabilities, including autism. However, professionals that work with these individuals are often not adequately trained on the procedures. The current study aims to analyze the effects of behavioral skills training (BST), an evidence-based training strategy, on staff implementation of FCT. An electronic search on the usage of BST, or trainings using the four components of BST, to teach staff FCT was conducted using multiple databases. Two independent reviewers conducted an abstract and full-text review to identify studies that met criteria for inclusion. All disagreements were resolved via discussion. Forward and ancestral searches were done on all articles found through the full-text review. Identified studies (n = 16) show promise for the use of BST to teach staff FCT. The lack of large-scale research and reliance on unstandardized measures may limit the dissemination of an apparently effective technique. Implications for practice follow a description of the findings. |
|
|
|
205. The Impacts of Teacher's PRIDE (Praise, Reflection, Imitation, Description, Enjoy) Skill Acquisition on Student Challenging Behavior |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
HALEY GARDNER (James Madison University), Trevor Stokes (James Madison University) |
Discussant: Eric Anderson |
Abstract: PRIDE skills (praise, reflection, imitation, description (behavior), and enjoy) originate from parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT). A PCIT intervention targets improving the parent-child dyad and utilizing positive attention skills (PRIDE) in response to the child’s behavior. PRIDE skills are involved in the child-directed interaction (CDI) phase of PCIT in which the child takes lead during play. Since the development of PCIT, teacher-child interaction training (TCIT) has been created to target the teacher-student dyad. TCIT also utilizes PRIDE skills on a class wide and individualized level. The present study will include an intervention on PRIDE skills with two public school teachers. The intervention will follow a behavioral skills training (BST) model, in which the primary researcher will instruct, model, rehearse, and provide feedback on each skill. Teachers will utilize the PRIDE skills in a group-based play time in which student behavior will also be monitored utilized partial interval recording. The present study will use a multiple baseline across behaviors design, in which the PRIDE skills will be implemented sequentially in pairs. The hypothesis of the primary researcher is that as teacher PRIDE skill acquisition increases, student challenging behavior will decrease. |
|
|
|
|
|
CSS Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University ) |
|
|
60. Evaluating Intimate Partner Violence (IPV)-Related Bias Evidenced by Child Welfare Professionals: Application of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE SERENO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Child welfare professionals are tasked with protecting and supporting children and families experiencing abuse. Problematic biases related to Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) impact this work to deleterious effect. The literature evinces malleability of IPV-related biases. This research is limited by reliance on self-report measures, which are suspectable to response manipulation and may not reliably capture more inceptive responding. We measured IPV-related bias evidenced by child welfare professionals using a multi-method protocol. Participants completed a topic-specific version of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP-IPV), a validated explicit measure, and an IRAP-IPV analog. We administered measures before and after exposing participants to a brief mindfulness intervention. At baseline, the IRAP-IPV reflected moderate pro-healthy parent bias and neutral anti-abused parent bias. Post intervention, the experimental group showed moderate pro-healthy and neutral anti-abused parent biases. The control group showed weak pro-healthy and neutral pro-abused parent bias. Implicit and explicit measures diverged across Abused Parent sub-scales. We discuss findings in terms of interactions between pre-experimental history, contextual variables related to child welfare and IPV, and characteristics of the measurement tools. Our results enhance a functional-contextual understanding of IPV-related biases within child welfare. |
|
|
|
61. Industrial Hindrance to Moral Failing: Shifting Drug Addiction Narratives |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
HELEN ALEXANDER (Berry College), Thom Ratkos (Berry College) |
Discussant: Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: The United States has undergone a significant societal transformation, shifting from perceiving substances as hindrances to industrial productivity to morally demonizing drug users, often neglecting the underlying causes of addiction (Fong, 2023). In this paper, we utilize the intersection of cultural materialism and radical behaviorism to explore the foundational factors driving this transformation. We emphasize the impact of historical events, policies, and the pharmaceutical industry’s influence on this societal shift (Fong, 2023). Moreover, we challenge sensationalized drug portrayals, highlighting the pivotal role of environmental conditions and societal structures in shaping addictive behaviors (Hart, 2013). By dissecting the intricate interplay between societal structures, economic disparities, and substance abuse, this paper emphasizes the urgency to address these underlying factors, advocating for an end to the stigmatization and marginalization of individuals. By redirecting the focus from moral blame to systemic issues, society can pave the way for holistic solutions that empower individuals and foster social equity. |
|
|
|
62. The Contingencies and Metacontingencies of American and Norwegian Prisons |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
LAURA VINING (Berry College), Thom Ratkos (Berry College) |
Discussant: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: The United States contains roughly 5% of the world population, but around 20% of the world’s prison population. We investigated the individual (operant) and societal (metacontingencies or superstructure) factors that contribute to this astonishing statistic. To attempt to better understand why this is, we compared the American correctional system to Norway’s correctional system. Norway has a very low recidivism rate and its rehabilitative model of correction is very different than the retributive model in the United States. We can use a radical behaviorist lens to see why prisons-as-punishment is not an effective behavior change technique, and a cultural materialist lens to understand why systems persist that do not actually make society safer. Contrary to the American system, Norway uses prisons to create a system of learning opportunities for those who have committed crimes, while reinforcing behaviors that will create more successful communities. Norway also has many welfare systems that allow for safe and comfortable prisons beyond those available in the US. Therefore, there is an imposed ceiling on prison reform that cannot exceed the services available outside the prison walls, lest they be used as an escape from the coercive structures present in American society. |
|
|
|
63. Stability and Correspondence of Measures for Identifying Racial Bias: A Study Using Repeated Measures |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
DENISE APARECIDA PASSARELLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Tahcita Medrado Mizael (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: Researchers have employed explicit and implicit evaluative measures to detect anti-Black bias and assess the effectiveness of interventions. However, within the context of behavior analysis, few studies have focused on identifying and intervening in racial prejudice. Furthermore, no studies have utilized repeated implicit behavioral measures to confirm the effectiveness of interventions. Therefore, this study aims to identify implicit and explicit anti-Black racial prejudice in a sample of children and examine the stability of these measures over three repeated trials. Thirty-four children (mean age = 8.60 years, 24 female) evaluated images of Black and White faces using a five-point Likert scale. The Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST), an implicit measure, assessed how fluently participants categorized Black and White faces with positive and negative images. Results indicated the absence of explicit racial bias in the examined sample. However, findings regarding implicit bias revealed a slight anti-Black bias. Concerning the repetition of measures, there were no significant differences in group performance on the implicit and explicit measures across the three repetitions. These findings suggest the absence of mere exposure effects, supporting the feasibility of utilizing these measures repetitively. |
|
|
|
64. Using CLEAN (Checklist of Living Environments to Assess Neglect) and a Behavioral Intervention to Assess and Increase Cleanliness and Tidiness in the Homes of Two Families in Iceland |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Perla Young (University of Iceland), ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland) |
Discussant: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: The most common type of child maltreatment is neglect. Children who are neglected are at a health and developmental risk, therefore they are in great need of help and protection. It is no less important to assist parents to acquire the skills that will make it possible for them to care for their children appropriately and provide a home and environment that will allow them to grow and develop normally. The aim of this study was to use the CLEAN checklist (Greene, 2017; Watson-Perczel et. al, 1988) developed in Project 12-Ways (Lutzker et. al, 1984; Lutzker & Rice, 1984; Lutzker, 1990) with two families receiving services from Child Protection in Reykjavík. This was only the second time that the list was used in Iceland. A behavioral intervention was used to help both participant families to make progress in cleanliness and tidiness as measured by the CLEAN list. The intervention included modelling, clear instructions, goal setting and assignment of tasks, performance feedback, and positive reinforcement for progress and achievement of goals. The intervention effects were evaluated with a multiple baseline across areas in the home with each participant. Unprecedented progress was made with both participants. Social validity scores were high. |
|
|
|
65. Exploring Macrobehavior Experimentally: Reinforcement of Being Part of the Majority or Being Part of the Minority in an Experimental Group |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
HENRIQUE ANGELO (Mackenzie Presbyterian University), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Discussant: Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University) |
Abstract: Macrobehavior is the topographical similarities of behaviors by many people within a group. The present study investigated the effects of feedback on a task as a reinforcement for being part of the minority or being part of the majority in a single-subject design. Forty undergraduates were divided in 5-person to analyze the prevalence of black or white in images, but all the images had the same proportion of black and white. An ABACA design was programed for four groups and an ACABA design for the other four, in which A is a baseline, B is reinforcement for the minority (the experimenter announced the same color announced by those who announce colors opposite to the majority) and C is reinforcement for the majority (the correct answer announced was the same of the majority). Only one group showed more frequency consensus when the reinforcement was contingent to being part of the majority and no consensus within a group were observed in higher frequency for all conditions, but analyzing individual performance, in general, most participants were more part of the majority then part of minority. |
|
|
|
66. Reducing Racial Bias Using a Conflicting Relations Paradigm: A Systematic Replication of Mizael et al. (2016) |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
DENISE APARECIDA PASSARELLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Tahcita Medrado Mizael (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: A study conducted by Mizael et al. (2016) successfully reduced negative evaluations of Black faces and minimized the valence differences between ratings of Black and White faces by establishing equivalent relations that conflicted with racial bias. We replicated this procedure in a Repeated Measures design, and included the Doll Test and an Implicit Test to investigate generalization. Nine children who demonstrated negative evaluations of Black faces were trained to relate a positive symbol (A1) to an abstract stimulus (B1), and B1 with images of Black faces (C1). Racial bias measures were repeated twice a week and 15 days after the intervention. Eight participants formed an equivalence relation between Black faces and the positive symbol that maintained two weeks after intervention. Before the intervention, there was a significant difference between the evaluations of White and Black faces; after the intervention, there was no significant difference. Two out of three participants with implicit racial bias showed reduced bias post-intervention, and one of the four participants with racial bias in the doll test displayed intervention generalization. Overall, our findings replicated the results of Mizael et al. (2016). However, the lack of correspondence between the selection and generalization measures posed challenges in understanding the generalizability of the intervention. Further research is necessary to explore the potential for broader generalization and address the limitations of our study. |
|
|
|
|
|
OBM Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Tyler Re (The Chicago School) |
|
|
67. Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Behavior Skills Training to Enhance Therapeutic Relationship Skills |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), SAMANTHA DENEGRI (The Chicago School - Chicago Campus) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: Pairing, sometimes called rapport building, is a recommended procedure in behavior analytic practice to build therapeutic relationships and help establish instructional control with clients. Pairing has been described as mutual consumption of the reinforcing activity (e.g., enthusiastically narrating the activity; Sundberg and Partington, 1998). However, until recently, pairing skills have not been explicitly described or empirically trained. Lugo et al. (2017) operationally defined therapist behaviors to promote rapport building and examined a procedure to increase therapist use of those skills. Other studies (e.g., Gormley et al., 2020) replicated this procedure to assess its impact on different client skill outcomes. One area that has not been examined is optimizing this procedure for the implementing staff. Given that ABA service environments are often regarded as inherently stressful in ways that may impede performance, Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been used to bolster training and other performance management interventions (e.g., Little et al., 2020). Training in rapport building could be enhanced similarly and result in beneficial outcomes for staff performance. Also, the benefits of ACT have been rarely examined outside of an intervention package. Thus, the present study examined the enhancing effects of ACT on therapeutic relationship building skills and, if needed, behavioral skills training (BST). A multiple probe design across participants was used to evaluate the impact on three of the rapport building skills across two clients per therapist. Results suggest that ACT alone may result in temporary performance boosts, but most participants required additional support through formal BST. Limitations and future suggestions are also described. |
|
|
|
68. Effects of Presentation of Multi-Examples and Feedback on Multifaceted Inference of Subordinate Intentions by Supervisors |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGUMI CHIKANO (Fujitsu Limited), Masahiro Shiraishi (Fujitsu Limited), Kenta Ide (Fujitsu Limited), Takeshi Konno (Fujitsu Limited), Soichiro Matsuda (University of Tsukuba), Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Discussant: Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In the enterprise, it is required for superiors to grasp and improve problems and real needs of subordinates in order to reduce the turnover rate of subordinates and improve their performance. However, the problem is that the superiors’ communication skills are not good enough. The purpose of this research is to develop a program to train supervisors to infer the background and intention of their subordinates' questions and statements in a multifaceted manner. Multi-examples presentation and feedback, which have been suggested to promote multi-faceted speculation, were introduced with the passage of time to verify the effect. As a result, the intervention improved the number and categories of inferred responses. The result that the behavior which is difficult to be formed in the teaching can be formed by the multi-examples presentation and feedback was obtained. In the future, the aim is to realize a support system for supervisors communicate skills by utilizing these methods. |
|
|
|
69. Increasing Employee Wellness Program Participation for a Remote Organization |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Kristyn Peterson (Zendicoded), SARAH JEAN BRANDT (Zendicoded, The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: The goal of this study was to determine whether a treatment package would produce differential impacts on three types of participation in a corporate wellness program. The study was comprised of 13 participants employed by a remote company. The dependent variables for this study were behavior-based wellness submissions, comments, and reactions into Zen Garden. The independent variable was the inclusion of a treatment package which included goal setting, differential reinforcement, and incentives.
Results show the treatment package was effective at increasing all dependent variables at the organizational level. Patterns of response indicated that response effort may have moderated occurrence of the dependent variables, with the lowest response effort variable being engaged in at the highest rates. Commensurately, the highest response effort dependent variable (submissions) occurred at the lowest rate, though still increased when the treatment package was introduced. Limitations of the current study include the lack of component analysis to determine the relative contribution of each intervention in the treatment package. Future studies should aim to study parametric analysis of incentive schedules to maximize budgetary resources, and component analyses to create the most parsimonious treatment package needed to meet the organization’s goals. |
|
|
|
70. MEBS for Managers: Multi-Element Behavior Support for Problem Behaviors in the Workplace |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
LORI ANN DOTSON (Institute for Applied Behavior Analysis; IABA Research and Education Foundation) |
Discussant: Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Through its utilization of ecological, teaching, reinforcement and reactive strategies, the multi-element behavior support (MEBS) paradigm has been shown to decrease the frequency and severity of problem behavior for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The aim of this poster is to provide a framework for the utilization of the MEBS paradigm in human service employment settings where employees’ challenging behavior serves as a barrier to their competence, confidence and credibility. Utilizing environmental, educational and compensation strategies, solutions to common performance problems for direct support workers will be discussed. Further, using a culturally attuned approach, recommendations will be made for functional, effective and non-aversive reactive strategies for safe rapid control over workplace problems, aimed at decreasing the episodic severity and increasing the dignity of workers and management when such episodes arise. Employee wellbeing will also be discussed within the context of quality of life as both an outcome variable and support strategy for direct staff and management. |
|
|
|
71. Do Pajama Days and Potlucks Matter? Evaluation of Morale-Boosting Activities on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Clinic Employee's Reported Burn Out |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
COLIN WEHR (UNMC), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Briana Jean Lucke (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: Burnout is reported to be an issue in many fields, and applied behavior analysis (ABA) is no exception (Jimenez-Gomez et al., 2021). Some ABA clinics have reported attempts to decrease burnout and increase morale and productivity by having fun work events such as pajama days, amongst other things (Tagg, 2022). However, it is unclear whether these attempts to decrease burnout and increase morale are effective. Said another way, “are morale-boosting activities effective?” The purpose of our study was to assess the effects of pajama days, potlucks, and other “morale-boosting” activities on reported burn-out (Kristensen, Borritz, Villadsen, & Christensen, 2005) of employees in a Severe Behavior and an Early Intervention clinic using a multiple-baseline across clinics design. During baseline, we conducted “business as usual,” with no planned “morale boosting” activities. During the intervention, 2-5 “morale boosting” activities were conducted throughout the week, ranging from pajama days to spirit week. Implications of the results and future research directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
72. Do Employee of the Month Awards Make Registered Behavior Technicians Quit? |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY TRUONG (Simmons University, Holding Hands Inc.) |
Discussant: Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Employee of the month awards are often believed to decrease employee turnover and increase employee job satisfaction. However, several managers at Holding Hands Inc. in Los Angeles County, California have hypothesized the opposite: that their employee of the month award is making staff quit after they win. They have cited anecdotal evidence that some behavior technicians were quitting shortly after winning the award. We argue that this must be an evidence-based practice. The author did an observational study, using existing data on employee tenure for award winners and non-winners, and dates of awards to evaluate this hypothesis. Overall, statistical analysis of the data did not show evidence for a causal relation between winning the employee of the month award and resigning from the company. However, there was also no evidence shown that the award decreases staff turnover or improves staff retention. Future studies within and outside of Holding Hands Inc. can further evaluate aspects of the award that affect staff retention. |
|
|
|
73. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Technology-Supported Training to Improve the Accuracy of Descriptive Assessment Data Collection by School-Based Staff |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN PAPACCIOLI (Hunter College, CUNY), Salvador Ruiz (Hunter College, CUNY) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: When functional behavior assessments (FBAs) are conducted in school-based settings, teachers and paraprofessionals working with the student are often responsible for collecting descriptive assessment (DA) data. This indicates a need for FBA training procedures that are efficient and require limited personnel, specifically in educational environments where these resources are often limited. The present study evaluated the use of technology-supported behavioral skills training (BST) to train school-based staff to accurately collect DA data, specifically identifying single and simultaneously occurring antecedent and consequent events related to target behavior(s). The present study extends previous research by Scott et al. (2018) by providing more opportunities to program for and assess generalization, providing more detailed feedback during practice sessions, modifying the response measure to determine a more accurate measure of overall correct responding for participants, and disseminating training materials more aligned with an asynchronous model. Results of the study demonstrated that the intervention resulted in an increase in accurate responding and that the learned skills generalized to natural environment conditions. |
|
|
|
74. A Preliminary Preference Assessment to Identify Potential Reinforcers for Employees |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
GIANLUCA ALDO GHEZZI (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Luca Giani (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Davide Mazzola (BEHAVIOR FACTORY), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida) |
Discussant: Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: According to latest research (Simonian et al., 2020), the use of preference assessment methodology in workplace settings has been scarce, with only a dozen significant studies (i.e. met minimum criteria selected by the review authors) in the last 25 years. We know that studies were conducted only by a small number of researchers, that an average of 18 participants was involved in each study, and that demographic information were reported to be quite inconsistent. Considering how important is to know more about potential reinforcers for workers, to design effective incentive system in OBM interventions, we decided to replicate for the first time a similar study in Europe. Aware that employees’ preference changes over time (Wine & Axelrod, 2014; Wine et al., 2012), we will gather data from employees of big-sized Italian companies so to expand current knowledge about how to better motivate behavior change in organizations, thanks to a single-time survey that will be launched between 1st December 2023 and 15th January 2024. |
|
|
|
75. Global Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Using the Competent Learner Model System™ |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Cathy Scutta (CLM Center of Excellence), VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Cristin Leahy (Penn West University), Kristina Zaccaria (CLM Center of Excellence, division of Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Discussant: Mary Llinas |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model (CLM) System of Team-Based Professional Development Tools addresses four complex, interrelated realities faced by most educators in most schools anywhere in the world. 1) Increasing numbers of students with autism and other significantly complex learning and behavioral challenges related to neurodiversity are included in general education settings. 2) Complex student needs require school-based multi-disciplinary teams (MDTs) to work together to design and deliver evidence-based behavioral interventions and instruction with consistency. 3) Insufficient training and support to use empirically validated interventions with fidelity. 4) Lack of tools and training to implement programs to achieve and sustain intended effects. As we know, an evidence-based program is never enough to ensure effective use, implementation, and sustainability in practice. Along with the interest to adopt behavioral interventions in various systems across the world, there has been increased interest in utilizing a behavioral package of instructional tools. To meet that need, the Competent Learner Model System™ is built on the principles of Organizational Behavior and Change Management as the foundation of a dissemination infrastructure that includes university certificate programs, licensing, standardized instructor, coach and coordinator training processes, ongoing continuing education requirements and a quality assurance integrity check system to go along with the Competent Learner Model™ instructional tools for learners. |
|
|
|
|
|
CBM Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
|
|
76. Caregiver Behavioral Skills Training: A Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior Protocol Aimed to Increase Child Electroencephalogram Cap Tolerance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
VALERIE MONICA COLANTUONO (A.J. Drexel Autism Institute, St. Christopher's Hospital for Children), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), Annie Resnikoff (Drexel University), Andrea Wieckowski (Drexel University), Hannah Register (Drexel University), Rebecca Sragow (Yale School) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Tolerating wearable medical devices, such as electroencephalogram (EEG) caps, may be challenging for autistic children or children with sensory sensitivities. It may be necessary for caregivers to teach their children to tolerate medical devices or procedures before appointments. The present study delivered a remote behavior skills training (BST) package to teach caregivers to implement a differential negative reinforcement of other behavior (DNRO) procedure to teach their child to wear a simulated EEG cap prior to an EEG appointment. This study examined 1) the effects of a BST package on caregiver’s DNRO procedure skill acquisition and 2) the effect of the DNRO procedure on the duration of EEG cap wearing tolerance for a subset of children enrolled in a research study on facial expressivity for which EEG data is collected. A multiple baseline across participants design was conducted for three caregiver-child dyads. All caregiver BST sessions were conducted with a stuffed animal or doll until the parent reached the BST mastery criterion. Caregiver implementation of DNRO generalized from the stuffed animal/doll to their actual child within the remote session, duration of child cap wear increased from baseline, and generalization data on duration of cap wear was collected during an in-clinic appointment. |
|
|
|
77. Examining the Acceptability of a Novel Sensory-Friendly Dental Program: A Collaboration Between Behavioral Health and Dental Providers |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
VALERIE MONICA COLANTUONO (A.J. Drexel Autism Institute, St. Christopher's Hospital for Children), Brigid Garvin (Drexel College of Medicine, St. Christopher's Hospital for Children), Tamara Rosen (St. Christopher's Hospital for Children) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Dentists report difficulty in completing routine dental examinations for neurodiverse patients due to behavioral differences (Chandrashekhar & Bommangoudar, 2018). Many dental clinics therefore rely on the use of sedation and/or restraint to complete exams, despite the increased risk of adverse health outcomes for neurodiverse patients using sedation (Soldani et al., 2010), and negative associations with medical providers, lack of bodily autonomy, and trauma for neurodiverse individuals with repeated use of restraint. St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children (SCHC) established a collaboration between the behavioral health and dental clinic to create a sensory-friendly dental program (SFDP), aimed to reduce the use of sedation and restraint for neurodiverse patients by integrating behavioral health practitioners (psychologist and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapist) to teach cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and ABA-based techniques in-vivo to dental residents. This study examined the acceptability, feasibility, and appropriateness of the novel SFDP as reported by patients n=7, caregivers n=18, and dental residents n=9. Surveys included Likert scale and open-ended responses. Feedback from respondents was analyzed, then used to inform the development of a formal behavior skills training program that will teach dental residents at SCHC to independently engage in sensory-friendly, CBT, and ABA-based exam practices with fidelity. |
|
|
|
78. Parental Sense of Efficacy With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Literature Review |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
CLARA THORN (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Difficulties associated with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder can have a significant impact on family systems. The relationship between parents and children with autism spectrum disorder is complex and is likely to vary per child. As behavioral therapists have an important role in supporting the learning and well-being of children with autism spectrum disorder, a better understanding of the role parents can play in implementation of services can be helpful in tailoring and implementing individualized treatment and behavior plans. Given these premises, the purpose of this poster was to explore the extant literature on parental stress and parental efficacy in families with children with diagnosed autism spectrum disorder. The thematic literature search identified 30 papers that will be presented in a poster format as a resource that interventionists and psychologists can use to increase their understanding of family system factors involved within parenting an individual with an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis. |
|
|
|
79. Effects of Programed Consequences on Rule-Following in Adults With High and Low Levels of Depressive Symptomatology |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
HELOISA RIBEIRO ZAPPAROLI (UFSCar/UNR), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Rule-based insensitivity to contingencies has been suggested to form the basis of psychopathologies, although conclusive evidence is lacking in clinical population studies. This study investigated how programmed consequences influence rule-following in 51 university students with different levels of depressive symptomatology. Participants were assigned to one of two conditions (i.e., point gain or point loss) and instructed to perform a matching-to-sample task, comprising four blocks with 20 trials each. In Gain Groups, the objective was to gain points, while in Loss Groups participants should avoid losing points. In Blocks 1 and 3, contingencies were correspondent to the presented rule, in Blocks 2 and 4, contingencies were reversed and became inconsistent with the rule. Median correct responses were measured. Results showed that all participants followed the rule in Blocks 1 and 3. In Blocks 2 and 4, participants in the Loss Groups presented significantly more correct responses than those in the Gain Groups, indicating that rule-following is more likely to be abandoned when it produces loss of reinforcement compared to extinction conditions. Importantly, there were no differences between high and low depressive symptom participants, suggesting that depressive symptomatology did not exacerbate rule-based insensitivity to contingencies in this context. |
|
|
|
80. Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Weight Self-Stigma, Valued Living, and Weight Loss |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
THERESA STRATTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The focus on individuals needing to be a certain weight can result in discrimination and stigma towards the overweight and obese population. In turn, individuals who are overweight or obese may begin to internalize these stigmas (weight self-stigma). Weight inclusive approaches are an alternative to weight normative approaches and Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is one such treatment that teaches individuals to accept who they are while engaging in values-aligned behaviors. ACT has been delivered in workshop models, one-on-one, and most recently via guided self-help. Conducting guided self-help within a telehealth model allows individuals to remain in the comfort of their own home, while practitioners can reach more individuals. The aim of this study was to determine how a seven-week ACT based guided self-help intervention delivered via telehealth effected weight self-stigma, values-aligned behavior, experiential avoidance, and weight in overweight or obese individuals. Results showed a functional relationship between the independent and dependent variables in the desired direction across most participants. Most participants lost a small amount of weight and maintained that loss at the one-year follow-up. Future research should evaluate the effectiveness of an ACT based guided self-help intervention with a more diverse population and across different treatment delivery modalities. |
|
|
|
81. A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Vaccine Acceptance in the United States |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PROMISE TEWOGBOLA (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Although the rate of new HIV infections in the US has declined from its peak in the mid-1980s, HIV still remains a serious public health challenge in the US. A safe and effective HIV vaccine will be particularly vital in reducing the incidence of HIV infections locally in the US and globally. As exemplified with smallpox, polio, and more recently, COVID-19, the development of a preventive HIV vaccine can provide long-lasting protection and community immunity for a wide range of people, while also eliminating many of the problems currently associated with HIV treatment including high costs, delayed onset of treatment, drug resistance, adverse side effects, poor adherence, and stigma. However, as we have learned from the COVID-19 pandemic, vaccine efficacy is not the only constraint on vaccine acceptance behavior. Personal, interpersonal, contextual, and vaccine-dependent factors can also impact people’s valuations of a vaccine, as well as their intentions to accept them. To better understand how these factors can influence and interact with each other to affect vaccine acceptance, my research project aims at using simulated markets to safely model and rapidly evaluate demand for HIV vaccines among at-risk population groups in the US. By exploring the factors facilitating or hindering HIV vaccine acceptance in the US, the proposed research endeavor has the potential to inform public health interventions and public policies on HIV vaccines when they eventually become widely available in the US. |
|
|
|
82. Evaluation of De-Escalation Strategies With the Use of Biofeedback |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The current study examined the use de-escalation techniques with the availability of physiological data by employees in an analogue work environment on work related task with six employees at a congregate care facility. The participants were taught how to read the physiological data obtained through the EliteHRVTM device and how changes in those data may impact their performance at work. During the training, the participants were taught to perform two different de-escalation strategies (i.e., diaphragmatic breathing and applied muscle relaxation). Following the acquisition of these skills, participants were exposed to an agitating task (i.e., Stroop effect test) and a sequencing task (i.e., SimonTM). The dependent variables were the number of correct responses on the sequencing task, a self-report survey during each condition, and their physiological data (i.e., heart rate and heart rate variability). The participants demonstrated differential performance and differential physiological data on the sequencing task following one or both de-escalation techniques, and provided initial evidence to support that spending time to train staff on personal de-escalation techniques was beneficial in an analogue setting. Limitations, confounding variables, future research, and contributions to the field were discussed. |
|
|
|
83. Comparative Decision-Making in Binge Drinkers and Healthy Controls |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Laurent Avila-Chauvet (Technological Institute of Sonora), Jose Oswaldo Leyva Vizcarra (Sonora Institute of Technology
) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Decision-making is a dynamic cognitive-emotional process, often influenced by the presence of risks like excessive alcohol consumption, a behavior marked by the pursuit of pleasure despite potential negative consequences such as aggression, drunk driving, and sexual risk-taking. The study's objective is to identify key distinctions in risk decision-making between a control group and a group engaged in risky alcohol consumption. The sample comprised 43 controls (mean age = 21.55, SD = 3.09) and 25 consumers (mean age = 22.4, SD = 4.68). Various cognitive tasks, including the Balloon Analog Risk Task (BART), Iowa Gambling Task (IGT), delay discounting, and cold and hot versions of the Columbia Card Task (CCT), were employed to compare their performances. Significant differences emerged in the BART (t = 2.34, p = .022) and the cold version of the CCT tasks (t = 2.04, p = .045), consistent with previous research. Pearson's correlation analysis highlighted significant associations between alcohol consumption and BART (r = -.261, p < .05), hot-CCT (r = -.297, p < .05), and cold-CCT (r = -.248, p < .05). Factor analysis grouped tasks into categories: risk-taking, uncertainty risk-tasking, and dual process. Discrimination analysis identified the BART and CCT cold tasks as the most reliable predictors of excessive alcohol consumption. This study underscores performance disparities between groups in decision-making tasks, offering valuable insights for future research and social prevention programs targeting risk behavior. |
|
|
|
84. Attachment and Executive Functioning in Infants: The Role of Parenting Styles |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Laurent Avila-Chauvet (Technological Institute of Sonora), Joselinn Murataya Gutierrez (Sonora Institute of Technology
) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Studies with institutionalized children have found attachment problems in infants and poor parenting practices by caregivers, which impact their socialization and executive functioning. The sample included 11 institutionalized and 11 non-institutionalized infants aged 4-6 years, assessed using various measures. The findings revealed notable differences in attachment behavior towards caregivers. Non-institutionalized infants exhibited greater distance from their primary caregiver and faced challenges identifying them (U = 23.5, p = .015; ƞ² = -0.732). In terms of executive functioning, the institutionalized group displayed significantly lower performance than their non-institutionalized counterparts in tasks related to orientation (U = 3.50, p = .000; ƞ² = -1.17), attention (U = 15.0, p = .001; ƞ² = -1.003), academic skills (U = 13.0, p = .001; ƞ² = -1.033), memory (U = 13.0, p = .001; ƞ² = -0.961), identification of emotions (U = 3.50, p = .000; ƞ² = -1.170), inhibition (U = 33.0, p = .013; ƞ² = -0.749), and abstraction (U = 15.5, p = .003; ƞ² = -0.911). Furthermore, parenting practices revealed that caregivers of non-institutionalized children exhibited shortcomings in positive reinforcement (U = 10.500, p = .001, ƞ² = -0.993). These findings underscore the imperative need for intervention to address attachment issues among institutionalized infants and to rehabilitate areas of executive functioning that are adversely affected. Additionally, improving parenting practices among caregivers is essential for promoting the overall well-being of these children. |
|
|
|
85. Teaching Independence Related Numbers to an 80-Year-Old Man With Vascular Dementia Through Forward Chaining |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Data Driven ABA), Vielmi Ilenia (Independent Professional), Nicola Cefalo (Data Driven ABA), Satia Riva (Data Driven ABA), Francesca Siciliano (Data Driven ABA), Gaia Pilotto (Data Driven ABA) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Vascular Dementia (VaD) is the second most common cause of dementia worldwide. It involves cognitive impairment and it usually causes impossibility to have gainful employment, to drive safely and to live independently. Behavioral gerontology, namely the implementation of behavioral principles and procedures to treat various geriatric problems, has been an emerging field in the last 40 years. The present study proposes the use of forward chaining with errorless learning procedure to teach an 80-year-old man with VaD some independence related numbers. All the sessions were conducted at the participant's home. The percentage of correct responses was measured for each one of the target behaviors. A multiple probe design combined with changing criterion design was implemented to test the effectiveness of the procedure. The intervention was effective in teaching independence related numbers to the participant. The study showed strong internal validity. The results may be important to develop future support services for people with VaD. |
|
|
|
86. Utilizing a Parent Training Model to Treat Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) via Telehealth in an Adolescent Female With Comorbid Social Anxiety |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DENA KELLY (Focused Approach) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Many individuals struggle with feeding difficulties. Most of those families have a difficult time gaining access to appropriate treatment. This case study aims to look at a behavior-based feeding program treatment package that is delivered completely via telemedicine and primarily parent delivered. Preliminary results show an increased consumption of both variety and volume of non-preferred foods and more flexible eating behavior. In this case study exploring the effectiveness of a parent-delivered behavior-based feeding program, significant improvements were observed in the child’s dietary habits and eating behavior. The intervention focused on parents as the primary agents of change and aimed to enhance their child’s consumption of non-preferred foods, as well as promote greater flexibility in eating behavior. The results of the treatment, so far, show a notable increase in the consumption of both a wider variety and greater volume of non-preferred foods. Additionally, the child is exhibiting more flexible eating behavior, indicating a positive shift in her food preferences and attitudes towards food. This study hopes to highlight the potential benefits of both telemedicine and parent-delivered behavior-based feeding programs as an effective tool for improving a child’s eating habits and enabling a more diverse and balanced diet. These findings have practical implications for clinicians, educators, and parents seeking strategies, as well as more flexible treatment options to address selective eating and food-related challenges in children. |
|
|
|
87. The Barriers and Facilitators to Accessing Dental Care for Individuals With Intellectual Disability |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LLIO ANGHARAD JONES (Skybound Therapies), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Dental disease is more common in people with intellectual disability (ID) than in the general population (Newton, 2009). Receiving a dental examination and engaging in daily oral hygiene are known to improve oral health (Newton, 2009), however, they are often invasive, aversive and may be more challenging for someone with an ID. There is evidence for using behaviour analysis in supporting individuals with intellectual disabilities for dental procedures e.g. dental cleaning (Allen and Stokes, 1987., Altabet, 2002), dental treatment (Neumann et al., 2000) and dental assessment (Cuvo et al., 2010a, Hine et al., 2009). However behaviour analytic interventions are not consistently implemented by healthcare workers in Wales and England. This research aimed to study the barriers and facilitators to accessing medical care for individuals with ID by interviewing parents or carers of individuals with ID and medical professionals on their experiences treating individuals with ID. The results highlighted the specific issues for accessing quality care from both carers and medical professional perspectives and were categorised into 6 themes; 4 barriers and 2 facilitators. We hope to use the results to improve access to medical care for individuals with ID, enabling better diagnoses, and improving quality of life. |
|
|
|
88. Comparing the Efficacy and Social Validity of Two Re-Presentation Formats for Expulsion |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIANNA GROCH (Transitional Student), Sarah D. Haney McDevitt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Previous research has identified re-presentation an effective treatment for expulsion (i.e., spitting out food/liquid) when used alone or in combination with other treatments (e.g., chin prompt; escape extinction; Coe et al., 1997; Girolami et al., 2007; Ibañez et al., 2021; Sevin et al., 2002). Researchers have described re-presentation as being implemented in two distinct formats: re-presenting the expelled bite/drink or re-presenting a new bite/drink of the same food/liquid that was expelled. However, the re-presentation format may vary across clinicians and contexts. For example, clinicians may present a new bite/drink only under certain conditions such as following expulsion onto the floor or other unsanitary surface; Ibañez et al., 2021; Shalev et al., 2018). There is no existing literature that explores which re-presentation format is more effective at decreasing expulsions. In the current study, we used a multielement and reversal design to compare the efficacy of both re-presentation formats. Caregivers completed a satisfaction questionnaire measuring the acceptability of each re-presentation format. Results revealed that both re-presentation formats were similarly effective at reducing expulsion. Additionally, caregivers preferred the re-presentation format with a new bite of food. We discuss the application of these results to the treatment of expulsion for children with feeding disorders. |
|
|
|
89. Application of Self-Monitoring Verbal Feedback and Goal Setting to Improve Tumble-Turns in Swimming |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College; Kinneret Academic College), Mey-Elle Naveh (Kinneret Academic College), Gal Gross (Kinneret Academic College) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring and goal setting procedures have been implemented in various sports and performance levels and have shown promising results. Applications of these procedures in swimming in the last two decades are rare. Using an ABAC design, this study aimed to investigate the effects of a self-management package including self-monitoring, verbal feedback, and goal setting on the swimming performance of four competitive athletes aged 10-13. The dependent variable was a complete freestyle tumble turn consisting of five phases: approach, rotation, push-off, underwater swimming, and stroke resumption, and presented as a percentage of tumble turns completed of the turns assigned. Social validity was also assessed. The first intervention application included immediate self-monitoring of the behavior on dry-erase boards and vocal feedback for performance. The second application (i.e., C condition) was boosted by a daily goal setting procedure. Participants' mean performance data was 38% under baseline, 74% under the B condition, and 81% under the C condition. The self-monitoring intervention successfully increased the number of complete tumble-turns from baseline to intervention, with greater performance when goal setting was added. The swimmers were in favor of the intervention's goals and procedures and particularly of the goal setting procedure. |
|
|
|
90. Using a Multiple-Baseline Design Across Food Rankings During Treatment of Food Refusal With a 13-Year-Old |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANN JEANETTE SANTOS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sarah D. Haney McDevitt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Clinicians may consider children’s preference while increasing food intake and variety during treatment by conducting repeated edible preference assessments (Kozlowski et al., 2016), offering choices (Crowley et al., 2020; Taylor et al., 2020), and using reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., levels systems; Ripple et al., 2022). Current research is mixed regarding whether food preferences change (e.g., in favor of target foods) following treatment for children with feeding disorders (Penrod & VanDalen, 2010; Zeleny et al., 2020). Another dimension of preference may include evaluating the perceived level of difficulty with trying a food pre- and post-treatment. In the current study, we asked a 13-year-old female with gastrostomy-tube dependence and eosinophilic gastroenteritis to rate the difficulty level of trying various foods using a 10-point Likert scale (i.e., 1=easiest to try, 10=hardest to try). We used a multiple baseline design across food-rank categories (i.e., easy, medium, and hard) to evaluate a treatment package consisting of noncontingent attention, demand fading, and post-meal reinforcement for increasing percentage of bites taken. Overall, percentage of bites taken increased across all food-rank categories and bite-volume increases. Additionally, most food rankings changed across treatment. We discuss the potentially important applications of utilizing food rankings during treatment of feeding disorders. |
|
|
|
91. A Retrospective Analysis of Repeated Function Analyses for Patients in an Intensive Outpatient Clinic |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LIQUN FENG (The University of Iowa
), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA; Iwata et al., 1982) has been continuously referred to as the “gold standard” of behavior assessment as it is the only assessment methodology that shows a causal relationship between environmental events and an individual’s behaviors. When a functional analysis produces differentiated results, treatments are developed based on those results and the FA is unlikely to be repeated. However, little research has explored the degree to which FA outcomes are stable over. Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the concordance of FA results for patients in an intensive outpatient clinic who had repeated FAs with at least 12 months in between. In addition to assessing any changes in topographies and frequencies of challenging behaviors, we compared the outcomes of the repeated FAs in terms of function and classified them as full concordance, partial concordance, or zero concordance. In addition to sharing the outcomes of these comparisons, this poster will discuss the implications for both assessment and treatment of challenging behavior over time. |
|
|
|
92. Motor Learning Through Virtual Reality System Including Prompt-Fading Procedure: A New Technology of Behavioral Rehabilitation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NAOKI ISO (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Takuhiro Okabe (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Nanaka Arihara (Graduate School of Humanities and Life Sciences Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Objective: A new virtual reality system for upper limb rehabilitation (VRactce) has been developed to measure arm movements, immediately reduce prompt stimuli based on movement mastery, and generate spontaneous reaching movements. This study investigated the effects of visual prompt-fading on motor learning and self-efficacy during behavioral practice using VRactice. Methods: Participants, healthy adults, received feedback by varying the transparency of the model avatar image in two dimensions, the distance (strict or latent) from the subject's avatar, and the number of task cycles (two or five cycles) to be judged. As a verbal behavior measure, self-efficacy was assessed five times in the experimental sessions. Results: Under the conditions of strictness and two cycle conditions, the distance between the avatar and the actual movement was smaller, indicating that more accurate reaching movement occur in this condition. Self-efficacy did not necessarily correspond to the degree of motor learning. Conclusion: We suggest that the degree of learning of the reaching movement differs depending on the prompt fading conditions, and that motor learning is performed more smoothly when appropriate information is fed back at an appropriate frequency. The virtual reality system may serve as an effective tool to improve the behavior of patients with movement disorders. |
|
|
|
93. Can Virtual Reality Teach Novice Therapists Expert Skills? Quantitative Analysis of Teaching Method Efficacy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAZUO SAITO (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; 3Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Makoto Suzuki (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University; Faculty of Systems Design, Tokyo Metropolitan University), Naoki Iso (Faculty of Health Sciences, Tokyo Kasei University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Sheena M Piehota (QABA Credentialing Board) |
Abstract: Objective: Even with accurate behavioral interventions based on careful observation of client behavior, the process of how expert therapists transfer their observation skills to novice therapists remains unclear. Therefore, we conducted a quantitative analysis of expert therapists' eye movements while observing client behavior and assessed the development of novice therapists' observation skills under observation skill instruction based on expert therapists' eye movements. Methods: Expert and novice therapists wore head-mounted displays while observing videos of clients' movements in a virtual reality (VR) system while their eye movements were recorded. Differences in eye movement characteristics during observation were analyzed. Subsequently, novice therapists received instructional training based on observation skills inferred from expert therapists' eye movements. After training, novices re-viewed the same videos for a comparative analysis of their eye movements. Results: The eye movement patterns of expert and novice therapists were significantly different: expert therapists shifted their gaze over different parts of the client's body more quickly than novices. However, after training, the eye movement characteristics of novice therapists closely resembled those of expert therapists. Conclusions: Quantitative analysis of expert and novice therapists' eye movements during client behaviors supports an effective teaching method for transferring expert therapists' observational skills to novice therapists. |
|
|
|
|
|
DEV Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University) |
|
|
95. Blocked Procedure for Teaching Conditional Discriminations: A Literature Review |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
ROBERTA DIAS (Clínica Terapia ABA), Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta) |
Discussant: Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental delays and/or intellectual disability (ID) fail to acquire complex verbal behavior. Given the difficulty in teaching conditional discriminations to this population and the results that have already been obtained with the blocked procedure, the purpose of this article was to review the literature on the use of this procedure for teaching conditional discriminations to this population. Articles that met three criteria were included: (a) human participants with developmental delays and/or ID, (b) the goal was to teach conditional discriminations, (c) using the blocked procedure. Specific criteria were used to analyze the studies’ methods and results of the nine articles included in the review. There were variations in the blocked procedure used and the target discriminations in each study. Regarding effectiveness, most studies results did not meet the criteria for stability, level, trend, and non-overlapping data. Future studies should consider conducting a review of other procedures for teaching this repertoire and how other repertoires might influence learning. |
|
|
|
96. Preference and Stability of Social Interactions Across Researchers and Time |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELICA J PEEPER (The Chicago School), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy) |
Discussant: Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the reinforcing efficacy of using social interaction as a reinforcer. Use of social interaction as a reinforcer offers several advantages. Social interactions are a commonly delivered consequence and a naturally occurring consequence. Relative to other categories of stimuli, social interactions require minimal preparation and are cost-effective. It can also be delivered in a non-intrusive manner across a multitude of settings. Although stability of preferences for social interactions have been observed across a 12-month period, month to month period, and across a 2-week period, little research has evaluated the stability of preferences for social interactions across researchers. It is possible that there may be deviations in preference for different types of social interaction across some individuals, particularly over an extended period of time. The purpose of the current study is to extend previous research on stability of preferences for social interactions across three researchers with varying levels of familiarity with each participant across weekly, monthly, and a 3-month period. |
|
|
|
|
|
VRB Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Jane Button (Linggo) |
|
|
97. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP): Reflections From Türkiye |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
YESIM GULEC-ASLAN (Istanbul Medeniyet University), Onur Kurt (Anadolu University), Hasan GÜRGÜR (Anadolu University) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: In the last 20 years in Turkey, promising developments have been observed in the use of application and evaluation programs based on B. F. Skinner's radical behavioral approach and applied behavior analysis (ABA) for the intervention of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, efforts are still needed to increase the number and dissemination of such programs and evaluation systems. In particular, there are not enough studies on applications based on verbal behavior. Based on this need, based on B. F. Skinner's studies of verbal behavior, in recent years, there have been various attempts to use VB MAPP (Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program), developed by Dr. Mark L. Sundberg, in Turkey. In this poster presentation, the process of introducing VB-MAPP into the Turkish language and studies on its use in Turkey, which aims to evaluate the skills of children with ASD and other developmental disabilities and plan intervention and transition based on the evaluation results, will be presented with case examples. It is expected that the poster will shed light on studies and research on the use of verbal behavior-based information in different cultures, and also contribute to the international UDA literature. |
|
|
|
98. Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Telehealth Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)-Based Intervention in Special Education Across Two Cases |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAYNE STEMPLE (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Taylor Carroll (Missouri State University), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is a contemporary behavior-analytic approach that seeks to alter an individual’s pattern of relational behavior to support psychological flexibility processes (Belisle & Dixon, 2022). Despite the significant evidence for the use of ACT-based interventions, there are limited functional assessment measures available for behavior analysts to use when attempting to assess an individual’s relational behavior. The Spatial Evaluation of Language and Flexibility for Youth (SELF-Y; Paliliunas & Belisle, 2023) was developed as a form of relational experimental functional analysis to help inform the development of individualized ACT-based interventions. In the current study, the SELF-Y was conducted for two participants pre- and post-intervention. During the intervention phase, individuals were provided with weekly lessons from the Accept, Identify, and Move Curriculum (AIM; Dixon, Paliliunas, & Critchfield (2018), a behavior analytic curriculum for social-emotional development in children. Prior to intervention, both participants exhibited patterns of relational responding inconducive to psychological flexibility. After intervention, the SELF-Y was re-administered, revealing patterns of responding supportive of psychological flexibility in one participant. Participant engagement during therapy sessions was also monitored as an additional dependent variable. The participant demonstrating improved patterns of responding supportive of psychological flexibility exhibited significantly higher rates of engagement compared to the other participant. This study highlights the need for additional research on functional assessment measures that behavior analysts can use when targeting psychological flexibility processes. Additionally, future research is needed on the prerequisite skills an individual needs to meaningfully access ACT-based interventions. |
|
|
|
99. Teaching Traveling to Speech-Generating Device: A Replication |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KENNEDY CLOE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Karli Anne Wright (Southern Illinois University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Communication using speech-generating devices (SGD) for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is becoming increasingly more common (Lorah & Griffen, 2023). An expanding body of research has highlighted the importance of these devices for individuals with limited vocal-verbal behavior. However, most modalities do not incorporate systematic methods to promote generalization. In one example, Lorah and Griffen (2023) systematically taught children to travel to their SGD, bring it to the listener, and mand. Being able to travel to the device is an important skill, as sometimes the individual may be in a noisy environment, may not always carry the device, and they require charging. The current study taught a child with ASD to travel to their SGD using errorless learning and least-to-most prompting in a multiple-probe design across three distances. Mand trials were contrived based on client motivation for an item with the tablet beginning at 4ft, before systematically increasing it to 8ft, and then out of the room. This study aimed to expand the current research on interventions used to teach children to travel to their SGD and provide clinicians with a systematic procedure to teach traveling. |
|
|
|
100. Enhancing Manding Repertoire in Kuwaiti Children: A Behavior Skills Training (BST) Approach for Parents |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK GIL MASCARINA CAPARROS (Little Prince SNS Kuwait) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: In Kuwait, significant strides have been made in establishing schools and therapy centers for children with autism over the past decade. However, a crucial gap persists - the need for parents to acquire the skills necessary to support their children's development within home and community settings.
A center-based parent training program was initiated to address this gap, focusing on the proper implementation of manding programs. Five Kuwaiti parents participated the program which incorporated Behavior Skills Training (BST) strategies. The effectiveness of parents in implementing manding programs was measured using a task analysis. Each parent participated in the training intervention using Instruction, Modeling, Rehearsal and Feedback which are the main components of BST.
Baseline data was collected, and then treatment was introduced to parents using BST along with follow-up data to assess its sustainability. Multiple baseline design across participants was used for data analysis. Encouragingly, all participating parents successfully demonstrated the correct manding procedure through BST, and these skills remained sustainable during the follow-up assessment. |
|
|
|
101. Analysis of Verbal Behavior Related to Sports Performance of Runners of Different Categories |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
EMANUEL MERAZ MEZA (Universidad Veracruzana), Mitzi Quiroz (Universidad Veracruzana), Abdiel Florentino Campos Gil (Universidad Veracruzana), Camilo García (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed Obed De la Sancha Villa Villa (Universidad de Guanajuato) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: Despite the extensive literature on verbal control of nonverbal behavior (Baer, 1990), studies on say-do correspondence training procedures have yielded mixed results, so the functional relationship between verbal and nonverbal behavior remains unclear (Callicott & Park, 2003). An alternative analysis involves recognizing bidirectional relationships between verbal and non-verbal behavior (Ribes, 2018). In the field of sports psychology, it is possible to study the relationship between sports performance and behavioral styles (non-verbal behavior) and verbal behavior (related to compliance with criteria) of runners of different sports categories. Four runners of different categories participated (Beginner, Intermediate, and Advanced) in the training test called High-Intensity Interval Training (HIIT) with which persistence to achievement, running pace, and types of verbalizations were evaluated, before, during and after training. The results showed differences between the types of verbalizations: Participants with a higher athletic category emitted more verbalizations related to successful completion of the task, showed greater do-say correspondence, and a behavioral style of greater persistence toward achievement. Future studies may explore the mutual influence between successful performance and verbalizations compatible with task success. |
|
|
|
102. The Effects of Parent-Mediated Matrix Training to Teach Children With Autism to Match to Sample (Picture-Based) or Tact (Text-Based) Noun-Verb Combinations Using a Speech Generating Device (SGD) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE BUTTON (Linggo), Ling Ly Tan (Linggo) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: Teaching children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to acquire new language through generative teaching strategies is a critical aspect of applied behavior analysis (ABA) programs. While numerous studies have evaluated the effectiveness of this instructional strategy, few have demonstrated its use for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) users. A parent-mediated matrix training program was implemented to teach two children with autism to match to sample (picture-based) and tact (text-based) noun-verb combinations using a speech-generating device (SGD) across both taxonomic (grid-based) and schematic (topic-based) system displays. The participants' mothers were trained to fidelity via TeleHealth by aBoard Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Both participants used a combination of picture-based and text-based tiles to communicate. The first participant was directly taught 6 noun-verb combinations and acquired (through recombinative generalization) 12 noun-verb combinations. The second participant was directly taught 3 noun-verb combinations and acquired (through recombinative generalization) 6 noun-verb combinations. A third participant is currently undergoing the acquisition phase of this study. The positive results indicate that further research should be conducted on the use of matrix training to expand the match to sample and tact repertoires of children who use SGDs. |
|
|
|
103. A Preliminary Review of Behavior Analysis Literature on Establishing Developmentally Appropriate Mand Repertoires in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SALONI RAZDAN (UMASS), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior outlines a verbal taxonomy that both Speaker and Listener’s verbal behavior are influenced by the same environmental variables as any other behavior. The functional account of verbal behavior is often disregarded in the conventional account of language. Nonetheless, this functional approach is instrumental in understanding the role of motivation in teaching mand repertoire. Several studies in behavior analysis literature have illustrated the importance of motivating operation in establishing mand repertoire. However, there are still inconsistencies within the field when it comes to selecting and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets for children diagnosed with ASD. Thus, the primary purpose of this paper is to conduct a preliminary review of studies on mand training from 1980 to 2022, and categorize these studies based on developmental hierarchy of language progression demonstrated in the VB-MAPP. Overall review suggests that there is sparcity of literature focusing on building foundation for mand repertoire before advancing to CMO-T mands. Thus, there is a need for further research on selection and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets. |
|
|
|
105. The Effects of Covert Echoic on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Tact in Foreign Language |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
MASAYA YAMAGUCHI (University of Tsukuba), Daichi Yusunoki (University of Tsukuba), Soichiro Matsuda (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effect of covert echoic and vocal blocking during foreign tact teaching sessions on acquiring and maintaining foreign language vocabulary. During teaching sessions, the Japanese university students vocalized the antecedent stimulus in Spanish followed by the presentation of the correct textual response, Spanish word. The participants experienced both two conditions with different stimulus sets; they pronounced and repeatedly echoed the correct Spanish word at the covert level in the covert echoic condition, and they read the alphabet aloud in the vocal blocking condition. An adapted alternating treatments design across stimulus sets was used, and two types of maintenance probes (foreign tact and matching-to-sample) were conducted. Participants met the criterion during teaching phase with fewer sessions in the covert echoic condition than in the vocal blocking condition. They showed better maintenance of foreign tact response in the covert echoic condition compared to the vocal blocking condition, although no difference between the conditions was observed in the maintenance of matching-to-sample response. The findings suggested that the covert echoic during foreign tact teaching enhances the efficiency of the acquisition of foreign tact response and its maintenance. |
|
|
|
106. The Effects of Teacher Training and Coaching on the Acquiring Vocal Mands of a 4-Year Old Female With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
STASIA M DELIKAT (Collierville Schools) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism, and related disorders often require specialized programs to meet their academic, functional, and social emotional needs. Communication is one of the most impactful deficits in those with autism spectrum disorder. Because of this, it is essential that programs, for students with special needs be rich in language-based lessons and use evidence-based teaching strategies to teach individuals with language impairments how to communicate their basic needs. Mand training, using naturalistic teaching methods and the principles of applied behavior analysis, is an evidence-based teaching strategy that is used to teach individuals how to communicate. This study used a delayed multiple baseline single-case design in order to determine the effects of teacher training and coaching on the vocal mands of a four-year old female with autism. The findings of this study indicate there is a strong correlation between teacher training and coaching and an increase of student vocal manding across three different settings. |
|
|
|
107. Equivalence-Based Instruction, Reading and Naming in Deaf and Hard of Hearing With Cochlear Implant |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA CLAUDIA MOREIRA ALMEIDA-VERDU (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: This work analyzed reading and writing Equivalence Based Instruction (EBI) research in children who are deaf and hard of hearing (DHH) and/or wear cochlear implants and that resulted in improvements of speech accuracy in picture naming tasks. The selection criteria were: experimental studies, teaching procedures of conditional discriminations among dictated and written words or sentences (and their minimal units), and their representative pictures; sample as node as teaching structure, and repeated reading and picture naming tests. Studies were analyzed according to methodological quality, Percentage Nonoverlapping Data (PND) as effect size, and other evidence indicators. Seventeen studies were identified totaling 50 participants. Before EBI, the difference between the percentage points for reading and picture naming was greater, evidence of the functional independence of operants from the same topography. After EBI this difference was lower, showing the potential of EBI to integrate verbal operants. The average data were representative of individual data and PND analysis was deemed 'very effective' for 82% of participants. No study was assessed as methodologically weak and the overall results support good practices for using reading and writing EBI on speech accuracy in children with DHH and CI. |
|
|
|
108. Discrimination of “Wh” Questions - "Who," "Where," and "What" in Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEERA RAMANI (ABA India/uae), Rajashree Balasubramanian (ABA India, ABA UAE), vani kumar (ABA India, ABA UAE), Vasanthi Sunder (ABA UAE), Maira Saeed (ABA UAE), Stephy Varughese (ABA India, ABA UAE) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: Many students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) struggle with discriminating between various “Wh” questions. Approximately half of children with autism never develop functional expressive language (Lord and Rutter 1994, Prizant 1983, Rutter 1978). This study involved teaching three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (all assessed to be around VB-MAPP Level 2) to discriminate between three types of “Wh” questions (specifically, “Who”, “Where” and “What” questions) by first receptively categorizing them, and then improving their answering skills using visual cues. The visual cues were then faded to text-based prompts. We employed a multiple baseline design in a clinical setting that provided Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The results demonstrated that, after sorting and comprehending visual cues, children could answer all three types of “Wh” questions. Each type of “Wh” question was individually trained in a specific sequence. The dependent variable measured the percentage of responses to novel questions within each category during the initial trial. |
|
|
|
109. Effectiveness of Music-Infused Vocal Teaching Trials in Strengthening Recall and Retention of Intra-Verbal Responses in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEERA RAMANI (ABA India/uae), Shyni Gopal (ABA India, ABA UAE), Rajashree Balasubramanian (ABA India, ABA UAE), Arooj Omer (ABA UAE) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: Intraverbal repertoire for children with ASD is considered vital to promote skill acquisition and social interaction skills. In addition, retention or recall plays an imperative role in maintaining and strengthening intraverbal repertoire. However, children and adults with ASD often struggle to recall information. As per studies conducted earlier, children and adults with ASD have enhanced ability to process simple auditory stimuli such as musical tones in contrast with a generally diminished ability to process social and more complex sounds such as speech. (Chowdhury et al., 2017; Just, Cherkassky, Keller, Kana, & Minshew, 2007; Mottron, Dawson, Soulières, Hubert, & Burack, 2006; Mottron et al., 2000; Ouimet, Foster, Tryfon, & Hyde, 2012).?This study explored how music-infused vocal teaching trials impacted retention and recall of intraverbal responses (particularly relating to personal information) in children with ASD. In addition, considering social validity, programming for generalisation showed that the musicality in the responses could be faded as well. |
|
|
|
110. Reinforcing Mands and Challenging Behavior During Competing Stimulus Assessments: A Comparison of Outcomes |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIK BUSTAMANTE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret E.W. Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chimsomaga Ozuzu (Kennedy Krieger Instititute), Hannah Roth (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Guillermo Santamaria (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants) |
Abstract: During competing stimulus assessments (CSA) for socially maintained behavior, the functional reinforcer is provided during the control and test sessions following each instance of challenging behavior. This can result in high levels of potentially dangerous behaviors. Mands for the functional reinforcer may be a safer alternative to reinforcing challenging behavior during the CSA. Samantha was an 8-year-old-female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder whose challenging behavior was maintained by access to attention. Samantha was taught to request attention by saying “play please” in the presence of an attention icon when it was placed on the green side of a red/green board and to refrain from mands when it was on the red side. Following this training, we evaluated 11 stimuli across three CSA conditions to determine which stimuli consistently resulted in the lowest rates of mands and of challenging behavior. The conditions included: Mands FR1/Challenging Behavior EXT, Mands EXT/Challenging Behavior EXT, and Mands EXT/Challenging Behavior FR1. The fewest competing stimuli (CS) were identified when mands were reinforced and only one stimulus was consistently identified as a CS. Six stimuli were identified as CS for at least two of three conditions. Limitations and future directions to the assessment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
111. The Effects of an Accelerated Auditory Matching Protocol on Echoic Clarity, Listener Responses and Speech Intelligibility |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA MILLER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Loomis (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mint Sethbhakdi (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jane Button |
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of an accelerated auditory matching protocol on four preschoolers' accurate echoic, advanced listener responses and speech intelligibility. The researchers systematically replicated the intervention used by Sun et al. (2023) and the dependent variables studied by Du et al. (2017). The intervention targets auditory discrimination using an iPad app with numerous phases to target different sound discriminations with increasing complexity. We used a combined concurrent multiple probe design across participants (for echoic and listener responses) and a pre-post test design (for speech intelligibility). The four participants ranged from 3 to 4 years old and were all classified as preschoolers with a disability. Using an accelerated auditory matching protocol, the participants demonstrated increases in their accuracy of articulation, measured by their echoics and certain participants demonstrated increases in their advanced listener responses. Additionally, there was slight changes in their speech intelligibility as measured by percentage of correct sounds, transcribed by the participant's speech language pathologists. |
|
|
|
|
|
DDA Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
|
|
113. Retrospective Analyses of the Application of Transitivity to Preferences |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
PRERANA ATREYA (University of the Pacific), Tracy Argueta (University of the Pacific), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A common method for identifying potential reinforcers is conducting a paired stimuli preference assessment (PSPA; Fisher et al., 1992). Although PSPAs produce more consistent results and clear hierarchies than other preference assessments, they are time consuming (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) and, therefore, might not always be feasible. One way to potentially reduce the duration of PSPAs might be to decrease the total number of trials by applying the logic of transitivity (i.e., if a > b and b >c, then a > c) to preferences and excluding trials that test a > c relations. Thus, the current study is a retrospective analysis of PSPA datasets to determine the extent to which participants’ selections demonstrated transitivity. Specifically, we evaluated how often stimulus “a” was selected over stimulus “c” when: (a) stimulus “a” was selected over stimulus “b” and (b) stimulus “b” was selected over “c” during other trials. Preliminary data suggest that relative stimulus preferences can be transitive; however, the relation is imperfect and somewhat variable. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
114. Visualize Success! The Effects of First-Person Point-of-View Video Modeling on Job-Related Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYVIA ANAPLE (Western Michigan University), Kayla Jenssen (University of North Alabama), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities are underrepresented in the employment field (US Department of Labor, 2022). Video modeling is a strategy that can be used to teach job-related skills to this population (LeBlanc & Coates, 2003; Scott et al., 2019). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of first-person point-of-view (FPPOV) video models on job-related skills. A 25-year-old man diagnosed with Down syndrome was recruited from an employment training program to participate. Initial interviews were conducted with the participant and their primary caregiver to identify five target skills related to the participant’s goal of working in the food service industry. A multiple probe across skills design was used to examine the effects the FPPOV video models as a stand-alone intervention on the percentage of steps correctly completed. Skills were selected based on interviews with the participant, his caregiver, and his job skills coach and the ability to be seen from the first-person perspective. Sessions involved showing the video model and providing the participant with an opportunity to demonstrate the skill. No additional instruction or programmed feedback were provided. Results suggest video models alone were not effective. However, video prompting and antecedent instruction were promising alternatives. |
|
|
|
115. Play Skills in Children With Prader-Willi Syndrome: A Survey of Caregivers |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY KRUKOWSKI (The Chicago School), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Holly Barszcz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) is a rare neurodevelopmental genetic disorder that is characterized by complex physical features, developmental and cognitive impairments, and various behavioral challenges (Cassidy et al., 2012; Schwartz et al., 2021). While literature on play skills in children with PWS is limited, there is preliminary evidence that children with PWS demonstrate deficits in play (Dimitropolous et al., 2019; Zyga et al., 2015). Engagement in play is associated with many areas of a child’s development (Ashiabi, 2007; Holmes et al., 2022). Seventy-one caregivers of children diagnosed with PWS completed a survey to examine caregiver perspectives on play abilities and the impact of challenges experienced by children with PWS on play skills. Data were analyzed using descriptive statistics. The findings indicated that there is not one overarching deficit in play skills in children with PWS, but rather various difficulties with some children experiencing many and some experiencing few or none. Additionally, many caregivers reported that challenges associated with PWS including gross motor challenges, communication deficits, fine motor challenges, and getting easily tired impact engagement in play. These results denote the need for development and evaluation of play skills interventions that address the unique needs and of children with PWS. |
|
|
|
116. Using Virtual and Augmented Reality to Teach Children on the Autism Spectrum With Intellectual Disabilities: A Scoping Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Emily Erb (Western University), GABRIELLE T. LEE (Western University) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: In recent years, both Virtual Reality (VR) and Augmented Reality (AR) technology have shown great promise for the instruction of people on the autism spectrum by simulating real-world experiences in a safe and controlled environment. However, there are many reports of the failure of such research to include people on the autism spectrum who also have Intellectual Disability (ID). The present scoping review consists of 20 studies which utilized VR/AR to teach various skills to children and youth with comorbid autism and ID. Findings show that within the small number of eligible studies, a great deal of variation exists in essentially every intervention element (e.g., identification of ID, VR/AR equipment, target skills). Beyond increasing the quantity of VR/AR intervention research conducted on this population, the current review suggests the need for greater uniformity and consistency to improve research, practice, and the lives of those on the autism spectrum with ID who may benefit from such interventions. |
|
|
|
117. Measuring the Feeling of Inclusion With Adults With Disabilities: A Mixed-Methods Approach |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE CANTRELL HOLLOWAY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Felicia Castro-Villarreal (University of Texas at San Antonio), Sara Patton (Morgan's Multi-Assistance Center (The MAC)), ME Cormier (Morgan's Multi-Assistance Center (The MAC)) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Recent organizational and policy efforts have been directed at increasing the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion within our practices as behavior analysts. Specifically, our assessments and interventions are often designed to increase the opportunity for our clients to be included in their educational, vocational, and community settings. As such, the concept of inclusion serves as a key measure of social validity for behavior-analytic interventions. However, the feeling of inclusion experienced by our clients is not employed by our field to evaluate the impact of our programming. This research aimed to evaluate the feelings of inclusion experienced by adults with disabilities engaging in a pre-vocational service setting. No single measure of inclusion has been found to adequately measure all inclusion domains so researchers employed both a quantitative survey and a semi-structured interview to capture all aspects of inclusion. Eleven adults with disabilities have enrolled in the program and have completed The Social and Community Opportunities Profile (SCOPE), and the Brief Sense of Community Scale. Participants will complete a qualitative interview focused on experiences, feelings, and perceptions of social inclusion. Future research can further investigate the construct of inclusion as it applies to individuals with disabilities and the long-term impacts of “inclusive practices”. |
|
|
|
118. Using Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training (BST) to Teach Self-Care Skills to Parents of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALANNA MORRISSEY (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities are more likely to show delays in completing daily living skills independently (Chen et al., 2022). Having access to more trainings that focus on promoting children’s independence in self-care skills is socially significant for both children and caregivers as it improves their quality of life long-term, and reductions of parent stress (Zyga et al., 2019). The study will evaluate the effects of using remote pyramidal behavior skills training (PBST) to teach caregivers to teach, shape, and reinforce their child’s skill development on a self-care skill identified by parents. Data will be collected on caregiver skill acquisition, treatment integrity, and child skill acquisition. Full results of this study are pending December 2023 completion. Current baseline data indicates that Caregiver 1 maintained a low percentage of correct steps on task analysis development and both caregivers demonstrated less than 30% of correct steps in BST implementation. The child participant also could not demonstrate the self-care skill. Existing research supports PBST being used to train a variety of skills. As PBST uses a train the trainer format, this type of remote training opens the door to extend support networks for families without sacrificing training efficacy and fidelity. |
|
|
|
119. Positive Interactions Rating Scales |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALANNA MORRISSEY (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Positive Interactions Rating Scales (PIRS) are a set of structured questions intended to be delivered in interview form that can be used to evaluate the quality and quantity of interactions between staff and clients with developmental disabilities. Positive staff to client interactions are imperative because not only do they reduce the likelihood that behaviors of concerns will occur, but they also allow staff valuable opportunities to get to know the specific needs of each client and allow them to respond in a person-centered and individualized way to those needs (Reinders et al., 2010). The PIRS was developed to evaluate the quality of staff to client interaction based on the following domains: communication, behavior, and support, each containing a series of sub-domains. Additionally, PIRS includes interviews across all domains from both the supervisor and client’s perspective. The PIRS was initially developed based on domains identified as important in existing literature (e.g. Simons et al., 2020, Vanono et al.,2013), followed by expert and practitioner review in a series of nominal focus groups. While a further examination of reliability and validity are needed, the PIRS presents a preliminary means of evaluating positive interactions to identify where further staff training may be needed. |
|
|
|
120. Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities/Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities in the United States are living longer in recent decades. People 65 and older are in better health than previous decades due to more awareness of the beneficial effects of a healthy diet, preventative medical care, and physical exercise. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are living longer as well. However, this presents challenges in meeting the needs of this population. This paper details the results of a survey developed to assess several areas of services, including social engagement, health-related services, group home environment, and staff training and development, were evaluated to identify areas in need of improvement. Participants consisted of 95 direct care staff working for a not-for-profit agency providing residential services to adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities. The results of the survey indicate that need for improving social engagement opportunities for older adults residing in the community and more training on working with older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities for direct care staff in a residential setting. The goal of the current study was to examine residential services through the eyes of direct care staff to see if the increasing needs of older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities are being met. |
|
|
|
121. Brief Functional Analysis and Augmented Competitive Stimulus Assessment in Outpatient Treatment for Pica and Stereotypes: Preliminary Findings |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICCOLÒ USL VARRUCCIU (Public Local Health, Bologna), Guido D'Angelo (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Maria Teresa Tolu (Public Local Health, Bologna), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Giulia Papa (Public Local Health, Bologna), Sara Del Grosso (Public Local Health, Bologna), Anna Di Santantonio (Public Local Health, Bologna), Rita Di sarro (Public Local Health, Bologna) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Pica is a dangerous form of self-injurious behavior consisting in eating nonedible stimuli and can cause serious damages to the individual wellbeing; at the same time, perversive forms of stereotypy can hinder individuals’ skill acquisition and the ability to interact with peers and adults.
Pica and motor stereotypies are often observed in people with intellectual disability, interfering with the overall quality of life.
Stereotypes and PICA assessment and treatment is well documented in US private settings; however, to our knowledge, there are no studies reporting effective treatments in the Italian Public Health System.
The participant with severe autism and intellectual disability that took part in the study was referred to the service for pervasive stereotypes and PICA.
A brief functional analysis with an extended no interaction condition was implemented according to the Slanzi et al. model (2022); afterwards, an augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment (A-CSA) was conducted.
The A-CSA protocol included conditions where stimuli were made freely available, conditions where engagement with stimuli was prompted, conditions where engagement was prompted concurrently with response blocking of the stereotypes. The intervention consisted of weekly 90-minute individual sessions.
Significant outcomes were reported for the participants in terms of reduction of Stereotypes, PICA and engagement with competitive stimuli, when a RIRD and prompted engagement were implemented with respect to a free access condition.
These preliminary findings suggest that an outpatient model can be feasible and effective in the realm of public services, under specific conditions. |
|
|
|
122. Jargon- and Non-Jargon-Based Treatment Acceptability Research Using Vignettes: A Potential Confound in Presentation Order |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Taylor Payne (National University), Ashley Mineau (St. Cloud State University), Andrea Sandoval (St. Cloud State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: Over the decades, behaviorists have occasionally attended to the potential role word choice plays in getting consumers to value and accept behavior-analytic interventions. Much of this work rests on vignette creation, a skillset that is not readily taught to behavior analysts. We set out to first analyze existing vignettes to uncover commonalities and disparities that might contribute to any observed effects. We found several imbalances between jargon and non-jargon comparison vignettes. A follow-up study experimentally manipulated two variables on a randomly selected vignette from the published literature; degree of jargon (or non-jargon) and whether the vignette contained a justification for the intervention. Eighty mothers of school-age children were presented with two vignettes (one jargon and one non-jargon, counterbalanced in presentation order). Results suggest that presentation order might create an order effect that can further drive results one way or the other, suggesting a possible route to engineering results to match expectations. |
|
|
|
123. The Use of Alternative and Augmented Functional Communication in a Medically Complex Teen With Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LeighAnn Milinich (Ochsner Hospital for Children Michael R. Boh Center), EMILY MATHIS (Micheal R. Boh Center at Ochsner Hospital for Children), Sara Elisabeth Richardson (Ochsner Hospital for Children Michael R. Boh Center) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Autism is a complex diagnosis marked by deficits in communication, which can place individuals at a higher risk for engaging in challenging behaviors. Features of autism can be exacerbated by other medical complexities, such as visual/hearing impairments, chronic pain, mobility issues, and more increasing that risk of developing maladaptive behaviors. A vast amount of literature supports the use of Functional Communication Training (FCT) to reduce challenging behaviors by providing functional alternatives to problem behaviors. The present study evaluated the effects of FCT using a speech generating augmented communication device to decrease problematic behaviors (i.e., aggression, self-injury, and disruptive behaviors) and increase functional communication in a teen with various complexities, including a visual impairment, Cardiofaciocutaneous Syndrome (CFC) and Autism. Using a multiple baseline design, treatment was evaluated across tangible, demand, and divided attention contexts. Though the study is ongoing, FCT has demonstrated effectiveness in reducing challenging behaviors and increasing functional communication across all contexts. Further, this study provides support for navigating challenges in identifying the most appropriate modality of communication in medically complex teens who engage in high levels of challenging behaviors. This would suggest that the use of alternative augmented communication devices can serve individuals with various complexities. |
|
|
|
124. Increasing On-Task Behavior & Academic Engagement With Students With Attention Decifit Hyperactivity Disorder Using Self-Management Approaches in a General Education Classroom |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Kelsi Burfeindt (Kinnunen) (University of South Dakota) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: With the increased prevalence of ADHD and concerns about students’ academic performance, intervention is necessary to increase students’ success in secondary school (Fried et al., 2016; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, DHHS, n.d.). Otero and Haut (2015) discuss the correlation between on-task behavior and academic achievement. Academic achievement is a predictor of high school completion; therefore, on-task behavior positively contributes to a student’s ability to finish high school. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a self-management strategy to increase on-task behavior in students diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in a general education classroom at the secondary education level. The interventions, including self-monitoring and self-evaluation, were expected to increase student on-task behavior in a language arts classroom with three students diagnosed with ADHD. The experimental design used for this study was ABAB reversal design. The implications were also discussed and indicated that the intervention was successful in increasing on-task behavior and academic engagement. Results of the study indicated the use of a self-management intervention is effective for improving on task behavior with individuals enrolled in special education with co-morbid ADHD in secondary general education classrooms. |
|
|
|
125. Protective Procedures in Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior: A Scoping Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ZHIBO RONG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erik Bustamante (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard assessment to determine causes of self-injurious behavior (SIB). Despite its efficacy, less than 17% of surveyed clinicians reported conducting FAs for more than half of their clients, sometimes discouraged by safety concerns (Roscoe et al., 2015). However, FAs can be safe when conducted under proper precautions (Kahng et al., 2015). Unfortunately, such precautions are often omitted in the literature. Between 1994–2008, only
19.8% of published studies that included FAs on SIB reported participant safeguards (Weeden et al., 2010). However, omission is not necessarily negligence. Since then, several FA safety modifications have been proposed (e.g., latency FA). To determine whether reporting practices have improved, we replicated Weeden et al. (2010) by reviewing (a) peer-reviewed studies
published between 2009–2022, if (b) at least one FA targeted SIB of an individual with an intellectual or developmental disability, and if (c) the FA was original to the study. Of the nine specific protections reviewed by Weeden et al., we observed notable improvement in reporting for seven. We also extended Weeden et al. by expanding and categorizing the protective procedures. In total, 69.6% of included studies reported using at least one category of protection. |
|
|
|
126. Correspondence Between Rate-Based and Latency-Based Competing Stimulus Assessments for Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SABRINA OLIVERA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhibo Rong (UF; UMBC; KKI), Lauren Leask (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sean Conor Madden (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: A competing stimulus assessment (CSA) is an assessment designed to identify stimuli associated with clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior, presumably through reinforcer competition or substitution. Highly competitive stimuli are frequently used in the treatment of both automatically and socially maintained challenging behavior. Regardless of function, some topographies of behavior targeted in a CSA, particularly self-injurious behavior (SIB), may be dangerous and place an individual at risk for injury if they occur repeatedly throughout a session. Within functional analysis, modifications have been made to prioritize efficiency and safety. For example, in a latency-based functional analysis, session is terminated following the first instance of challenging behavior. One logical extension of this line of research may be to evaluate latency as the dependent variable in CSAs. Thus, the purpose of this study was to compare the findings of rate-based and latency-based CSAs in the treatment of automatically maintained SIB for two individuals. We completed two CSAs and then ranked the efficacy of stimuli according to the mean rate of SIB (rate-based CSA) and mean latency to the first instance of SIB (latency-based CSA). Rank-order correlation coefficients were moderate (0.47) to high (0.81). Brief treatment evaluations validated the outcomes of the CSAs. |
|
|
|
127. Further Analysis of Problem Behavior Occasioned by Interruption of Free-Operant Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER EDWARDS (Kennedy Krieger), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Guillermo Santamaria (Kennedy Krieger), Hannah Roth (University of Maryland Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger) |
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Interruptions to ongoing activities are an inevitable fact of life that may present a particular challenge for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). The present study replicates and extends prior work from Hagopian et al. (2007) involving the assessment and treatment of the problem behavior occasioned by interruptions of free-operant behavior in a 15-year-old female (Rose) with IDD in an inpatient setting. Our functional analysis (FA) results suggested that severe challenging behavior was maintained, in part, by negative reinforcement contingency associated with the termination of incompatible demands that interrupted free-operant activity. Based on these FA outcomes, treatment involved differential reinforcement for compliance with interruptive demands, as well as noncontingent access to periods of activity without interruption. To make the treatment more sustainable in the natural environment, a two-component multiple schedule was used to progressively increase the period of time in which ongoing activities would be interrupted with concomitant increases in the number of compliance responses required to earn reinforcement. We achieved clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior with relatively lean schedules of reinforcement required for long-term implementation in the community. |
|
|
|
128. Increasing Tolerance for Medical Procedures: Graduated Exposure With Synchronous Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
EVAN BRIAN LOADHOLTZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret E.W. Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhibo Rong (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mariatu Fornah (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
Abstract: Antihypertensive medications are used as an alternative to stimulants for many individuals with autism. The side effects of these medications include hypotension and bradycardia, necessitating routine blood pressure monitoring. Individuals with developmental disabilities may engage in avoidant behaviors during medical procedures, including the measurement of blood pressure. We implemented graduated exposure for a client diagnosed with autism and prescribed antihypertensive medication. We first identified seven steps to successfully complete measurement of his blood pressure. During baseline, the placement of a monitoring cuff (Step 5) occasioned avoidant behavior that interfered with measuring blood pressure. Differential reinforcement for completing all seven steps and synchronous reinforcement were both unsuccessful in improving performance. During gradated exposure with synchronous reinforcement, we increased tolerance by gradually introducing him to each step of the standard monitoring process while providing access to preferred food. At the conclusion of treatment, the participant tolerated routine blood pressure monitoring, even as the treatment components were faded. Moreover, an 11-month follow-up demonstrated sustained treatment effects, even in historically challenging contexts (i.e., medical room). The clinical implications for treatments targeting avoidance of medical procedures will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
AUT Saturday Poster Session |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Chair: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
|
|
129. The Effect of Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training on Values-Based Behaviors of Japanese Parents |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARI URAMOTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Children Center, Inc), Yors A. Garcia (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Colleen Moore (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: There is a rapidly growing awareness of parent-focused treatment strategies to help parents of children with autism who are experiencing an enormous amount of stress (Andrews et al., 2022; Garcia et al., 2022). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of brief acceptance and commitment training (ACT) on overt values-based behaviors, psychological flexibility, psychological well-being, and parental adherence of four Japanese mothers of children with autism. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with pre- and post-measures was used in this study. All four participants received five 45-60 minutes of online ACT sessions. The level of psychological flexibility and psychological well-being were assessed using a 6-PAQ and PWBS-42, respectively. In addition, a social validity questionnaire assessed the feasibility and acceptability of the ACT. To establish clinically significant change, between-case standardized mean differences and non-overlap of all pairs (NAP) were calculated for overt values-based behaviors. The NAP analysis demonstrated that three out of four participants showed moderate to strong improvement in overt values-based behaviors. The results suggest that ACT was effective and acceptable for the Japanese population. The importance of cultural variables in designing, implementing, and analyzing data and providing direction for future studies are discussed. |
|
|
|
130. Offsetting the Demand for School-District Board Certified Behavior Analysts by Supporting Teachers Interested in Registered Behavior Technician Certification |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTINE TURKO (University of Mount Union) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: There is a growing need for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in school districts nationwide. Many districts do not hire full-time BCBAs, but rather contract with service providers who plan, develop, and monitor behavior support service delivery options to meet the needs of students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and/or students with other behavioral and social/communication challenges. While contracted support is helpful, it tends to be utilized in a reactive manner and the need for support often exceeds the contracted BCBAs availability. In an effort to become more proactive, school districts can support teachers who are interested in learning to use ABA to improve student behavior. RBT certified teachers can implement behavior plans with the goal of achieving outcomes that direct future intervention and improve students’ quality of life. In addition, certified teachers can work under the direction of a BCBA to prioritize goals, conduct preference assessments, and implement behavior plans that involve modeling, schedules, and self-management. Teachers have the advantage of being aware of individual student’s strengths and weaknesses. Certified teachers can support colleagues and offset the administrative burden of recruiting contractors. |
|
|
|
131. Parent-Implemented Functional Communication Training (FCT) to Reduce Challenging Behavior in Nonvocal Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CLD) Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
MONERAH N. AL-DUBAYAN (University of Maryland), Gulnoza Yakubova (University of Maryland, College Park) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Parent-implemented interventions have become more common in the last few decades and many studies looked at their effectiveness with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). However, there is still a need to evaluate the literature on parent-implemented interventions with children who display challenging behavior, are nonvocal or minimally vocal, and come from culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) backgrounds. In this review, we identified eight peer-reviewed studies and dissertations focusing on parent-implemented functional communication training (FCT) with nonvocal and minimally vocal children with ASD and IDD who display challenging behavior and come from CLD backgrounds. Across all studies, child participants’ challenging behavior decreased as a result of the parent-implemented FCT and some studies also reported an increase in appropriate replacement behavior (i.e., independent communication). Both procedural fidelity and social validity were reported in all studies, indicating parents implemented the intervention with high fidelity and had mostly high acceptability of the coaching and intervention outcomes. The findings from this review suggest future research should continue focusing on sustainable and effective parent coaching, while taking into account culturally responsive practices and extending coaching procedures to other non-researchers, such as teachers, paraprofessionals, and other caregivers. |
|
|
|
132. Establishing Concurrent Mand From Peers in Japanese Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SATOKO NITADORI (Children Center Inc.), Ren Murata (Children・Center), Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Typically, developing children learn mand at an early stage of their development. However, children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may require structured instruction to acquire a diverse range of mand words. Although mand training has been studied for decades, there is a need for specific interventions to establish peer-manding in children with ASD due to the absence of generalization of mand from adult to peer listeners. The purpose of the current study was to combine these lines of research to teach Japanese children with ASD to use mands "I want (item)(XX ????)" toward their peers instead of adults. The participants were two elementary school-aged children with ASD who used a tablet-based speech-generating device or vocalizations to communicate with their caretakers. Using a multiple baselines across-subjects design, the participants were instructed to spend leisure time with a peer listener with an item required to complete the activity. Both participants acquired the skills to mand to their peers, which were maintained over time. According to the social validity evaluation findings, caretakers reported the procedures as highly acceptable. |
|
|
|
133. Enhancing Functional Communication Skills in Chinese-Speaking Children Through a Speech Generating Device (SGD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
XIAOFAN ZHANG (University of Pittsburgh; Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center), Rachel E. Robertson (University of Pittsburgh), DAN LI (Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center), Wei Shen (Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center), Qing Li (Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: This study tested the effect of a speech generating device application on Chinese-speaking children with autism spectrum disorder to enhance their functional communication skills. Given that a significant percentage of individuals with autism struggle to communicate effectively using verbal language, alternative methods for expressing their needs are necessary. The speech generating device employed speech synthesis technology to provide visual cues and vocal sounds for selected items. A multiple baseline design was implemented across participants, consisting of four phases. The speech generating device was introduced across all phases to enable participants to mand items of interest. A most-to-least prompting procedure was used during the intervention phase. Following the intervention, all participants demonstrated a significant increase in both the frequency and variety of items they manded using the speech generating device. Although each participant demonstrated unique characteristics during the experiment, they all successfully generalized and maintained their skills in using the speech generating device for manding items. |
|
|
|
134. Teaching a Caregiver to Implement a Feeding Protocol via a Telehealth Training Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jason Travers (Temple University), RACHEL ELIZABETH BECK (Elevated Kids) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions can effectively broaden food consumption and reduce inappropriate mealtime behaviors in children with autism spectrum disorder and Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake disorder (ARFID) (Piazza et al., 2003; Volkert & Piazza, 2012), some of which focus on training caregivers (Anderson & McMillan, 2001; Galensky et al., 2001; Gentry & Luiselli, 2007; Mueller et al., 2003; Najdowski et al., 2010; Peterson et al., 202; Penrod et al., 2010). The purpose of this study was to train caregivers of a child with ARFID via a telehealth training program to follow a mealtime protocol to increase the child’s food acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behaviors. A caregiver attended telehealth trainings where the investigators implemented didactic lessons (verbal and written descriptions treatment procedures), video models, real-time performance feedback, and written performance feedback. Caregiver adherence three treatment procedures was measured during mealtime with the child. Visual analysis supports the conclusion that the telehealth training program had a positive effect on the caregiver’s adherence to the three treatment procedures. The findings from this study are consistent with the limited albeit positive prior research, and further demonstrate the beneficial effects of telehealth training to improve parent-implemented feeding intervention protocols. |
|
|
|
135. The Evidence-Base of Antecedent Exercise for Autistic Individuals: A Multilevel Meta-Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Saehee An (Temple University), Fernando Roldan (Temple University), ART DOWDY (Temple University) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Antecedent exercise (AE) is a behavior intervention that leverages the benefits of exercise or physical activity to reduce problem behavior of an individual in a non-exercise environment (e.g., classroom; Allison et al., 1995). AE has been shown to increase adaptive behavior (Fox et al., 2010) and reduce problem behavior (Chazin et al., 2018). Exercises commonly included in AE are jogging (Allison et al., 1991), walking (Levinson, 1993), roller skating (Powers et al., 1992), team sports (Riker, 2019; Richards, 2019), and aerobic exercise (Bachman & Sluyter, 1998). Copious empirical research on AE has been conducted over the past 35 years with Autistic individuals. Given the breadth of research, we aimed to meta-analyze the empirical base of AE to understand the research quality, perceived acceptability, and effectiveness. We also evaluated the extent to which moderating variables impacted AE outcomes (e.g., age, sex, interventionist, context, exercise type). Findings related to quality, acceptability, and effectiveness will be shared along with suggested best practices for clinicians and educators. |
|
|
|
136. Connecting the Dots Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
RACHEL HOFFMAN-SENSAT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer Carrera (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amber Groat (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Megan E Vosters (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Allison N. Radomski (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: The University of Houston-Clear Lake (UHCL) Center for Autism and Developmental Disabilities (CADD) established the Connecting the Dots (CTD) program to provide free caregiver training to families of children with an autism spectrum disorder. The CTD was managed by Board Certified Behavior Analysts® and overseen by UHCL professors Dr. Jennifer Fritz and Dr. Sarah Lechago. From 2016-2022 this program served a total of 473 families and their children, and of these families, 69% completed the program for a total of 326 families served. The program included 12-weeks of 2-hour on site or virtual services in which a target behavior to decrease and/or a target behavior to increase was identified, as well as a lecture series geared towards increasing the caregiver’s general knowledge of both verbal behavior and target behaviors for reduction. Caregiver participation was evaluated through procedural integrity checks. Procedural integrity across 326 families was 96%, with 98% of their child’s responding meeting the targeted goals of either increase or reduction. A significant barrier of note occurred between the years 2020-2021 when the country was affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. All services were no longer given face-to-face and instead transitioned to telehealth. From the years 2016-2020 the clinic met 100% of the projected goal to serve 348 families. During the pandemic, the clinic met 43% of the projected goal serving 125 of the desired 368 families. The families that completed the program during 2020-2021 met their goals for procedural integrity and client responding; therefore, telehealth is a viable method of providing services when technological or other barriers do not preclude service provision. However, with the additional barriers presented, such as presence of other family members (e.g., siblings), caregivers working from home, and potential lack of resources, it was difficult for families to commit to the services and complete the program. Based on this information, in-person services seem to be a more efficient method of service provision. |
|
|
|
137. Participant Preference of Challenging Behavior Interventions: A Systematic Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Monserrat Austin (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: When selecting a treatment for a client, practitioners often consider a variety of factors including treatment efficacy, contextual fit, and stakeholder preferences. In the past two decades, there has been an increased emphasis on considering the client’s preference for treatment, particularly treatment aimed to reduce challenging behavior. The purpose of the purpose of this review was to synthesize the studies that evaluated the participant’s relative preference for challenging behavior reduction intervention. To be included in the review, the study must have included a participant with a developmental disability and evaluated participant’s relative preference for two or more challenging behavior interventions or one or more challenging behavior intervention and a no-intervention condition. We identified 25 studies including 69 participants who participated in 99 preference assessments. The most common mode of assessing preference was using a concurrent-chain arrangement, followed by a free-operant arrangement. Only 13 preference assessments evaluated participant preference between intervention and a no intervention condition. All 13 participants preferred the intervention over the no intervention condition. |
|
|
|
138. Stimulus Pairing to Condition Novel Reinforcers for Bermudian Participants With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAHNAE HARVEY (Tomorrow's Voices Bermuda Autism Early Intervention Centre; Walden University; Bermuda Association of Behavior Analysis (BABA)), Steven G. Little (Walden University) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Reinforcement is crucial to an individual’s quality of life and acquisition/maintenance of skills, but a limited bank of reinforcers could lead to a reduction in engagement with pre-established reinforcers, reducing motivational strength to contrive teaching opportunities, and increase maladaptive behaviors, self-stimulatory behaviors, or idle time. Though the stimulus-stimulus paring (SSP) method has been effective in establishing novel reinforcers for individuals diagnosed with autism, there is a gap in the literature on cross-cultural variations seen among responses when using SSP. This study was conducted to determine the generalizability of the effect when using the method of SSP with Bermudian participants, as Bermuda’s culture is influenced by several cultures. This study used secondary data collected at a local intervention center that utilizes applied behavior analysis. The results for all three participants demonstrated (a) an increase in engagement with the targeted stimuli, (b) ascending data trends within their overall SSP intervention, and (c) a percentage of nonoverlapping data points between the pre-intervention baseline and post-intervention baseline were 80% or greater. These findings can assist therapists by equipping them with culture-specific evidence-based strategies, which can be socially significant for their clients, their client’s families, and the community as a whole. |
|
|
|
139. Functional Communication Training for Toddlers At-Risk for Autism With Tangibly Maintained Early Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHA YONG PATTERSON (UTSA), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), Katherine Cantrell Holloway (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Problem behavior tends to manifest in early childhood as a natural part of human development. In the case of children who are at risk for autism, there may be a necessity to intervene during this early phase to prevent the exacerbation of problematic behavior and encourage effective communication. Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a well-supported intervention strategy that involves identifying the function of problem behavior and then teaching the child a functional communication response (FCR) that serves the same purpose as the problematic behavior. This study aimed to assess the effectiveness of FCT in teaching toddlers at risk of autism to appropriately request for access to tangibles instead of resorting to early problem behavior (EPB) when access is restricted or removed. Methods Six children participated in this study. Researchers used a non-concurrent multiple baseline design to evaluate the effects of FCT on participants. Results EPB decreased for all participants from baseline to intervention. Functional communication increased in all participants from baseline to intervention. EBP was observed to increase in the reversal phases. Conclusion This study builds upon prior FCT research to include younger children who exhibit characteristics that classify them as being at risk for autism. |
|
|
|
140. Evaluation of Language Preference Within Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA MAGALY PENA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Thu Le (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Prior studies have demonstrated the efficacy of Functional Communication Training (FCT) in reducing challenging behaviors while fostering communication. However, there has been a shortage of research investigating whether FCT can influence the language preference of bilingual individuals with autism. This study aims to assess whether language preference undergoes changes as a consequence of FCT, specifically focusing on a single case involving a 6-year-old boy with autism from a bilingual Vietnamese-English family. To investigate this, the researcher administered language preference assessments before, during, and after the implementation of FCT. During the FCT sessions, the participant was instructed in both languages to acquire functional communication responses (FCRs) that would replace challenging behaviors. The findings indicate a shift in the participant's language preference, with a quicker acquisition of English FCRs compared to Vietnamese. Additionally, the frequency of challenging behaviors decreased significantly to zero rates in both Vietnamese and English settings. The study concludes by acknowledging its limitations and offering suggestions for future research endeavors. |
|
|
|
141. Finding the Right Job Using a Multi-Dimensional Preference Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KYLE VISITACION (Western Michigan University), Paige Lee Sherlund-Pelfrey (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities are known to have lower employment rates than those without (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2023). Increasing job satisfaction by aligning employment opportunities with individual preferences can enhance performance in general (Morgan & Horrocks, 2011). It may also make it more likely employees will be motivated to improve their performance, thereby possibly enhancing the social validity and effectiveness of interventions designed to promote desired work outcomes. The current poster displays information about a paired-stimulus preference assessment used to evaluate preferences across multiple job dimensions for a young adult with autism seeking employment. Evaluated job dimensions included prospective job tasks, compensation statuses (i.e., paid v. volunteer), and scheduling types (i.e., part- v. full-time). Job tasks were selected based on previously expressed preferences and potential job opportunities feasible at the time of the assessment. Prior to the assessment, the person was exposed to stock videos of someone else completing job tasks as well as contingencies related to compensation status and scheduling type. Results of the preference assessment across each job dimension will be shared, implications, and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
142. Social Communication Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in School Settings: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FAHAD ALRESHEED (Easterseals Southern California), Faisal Alnemary (Autism Center of Excellence, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (Easterseals Southern California) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Poor social communication skills are one of the many barriers that hinder the ability of students with ASD to learn and interact with peers in school settings. Therefore, this systematic literature review evaluates peer-reviewed single-subject research targeting social communication skills for students with ASD in school settings. 105 studies located in ERIC, PschINFO, and MEDLINE were published from 1995 to 2022 and met the inclusion criteria. The following variables were examined in each study: the number and the characteristics of participants, diagnosis, settings, dependent variables, independent variables, type of single-subject design, documentation of generalization and maintenance, the person delivering the intervention, rigor of the study, and non-overlap indice (Tau-U score). Findings from this review suggest the availability of a wide range of specific interventions (and intervention packages) to improve different social communication skills for students with ASD in school settings. Suggestions for practical implications will be provided and directions for future research are proposed. |
|
|
|
143. Evaluating the Effects of Therapist Behavior on Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment Outcomes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
NICOLE SCHWARTZ (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Kelly Owen (Bancroft), Deanna Gross (Bancroft), Anna Sulpizio (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Studies have demonstrated preference assessment outcomes can be influenced by several different variables. Kanaman and colleagues (2022) found that preference for toys in a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) was influenced by social interaction provided during the engagement period. It is also possible that unplanned or inadvertent attention delivery may influence preference assessment outcomes. In the current study, we examined the impact of treatment integrity failures, in the form of differential attention toward specific items, on the preference assessment outcomes. Participants were 3 children in a residential treatment facility receiving treatment for challenging behavior. Following a baseline PSPA, the therapist delivered high quality attention during pre-session access and contingent upon item selection for one predetermined target stimulus in each of three subsequent PSPAs. The impact of the altered attention on stimulus selection was evaluated in a variation of a parallel treatment design. Specifically, one stimulus was pre-selected to receive altered attention during each session, while attention delivery toward the other stimuli remained unchanged. Across all participants, results showed that stimulus selection never shifted significantly following altered attention delivery. Selection of stimuli was variable in the 4 assessments completed for each participant, consistent with previous studies on preference stability. |
|
|
|
144. Implementation of a Compassionate Care Based Framework in Nigerian Counties: Barriers and Potential Supports |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
REVA MATHIEU-SHER (Duquesne Univeristy), Olajumoke Oshokoya (Duquesne University) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Autism is a widely studied neurodevelopmental disability across the globe. However, there is a dearth of information about autism in Nigeria, yet the disorder is prevalent (Bakare et al., 2019; Ojo, 2015). Although there is a growing recognition of the importance of autism awareness and inclusion, autistic individuals in Nigeria have continued to experience mistreatment and at times elements of mistreatment from the community and even family members in some cases (Ajanwachukwu, 2017). This poster explores the application of a systematic framework of compassionate care as it related to utilization of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to support autistic clients and their caregivers. Various definitions of compassionate care are explored, along with cultural implications and barriers in an effort to consider how implementation of a compassionate care approach could reduce barriers and increase supports for autistic children and caregiver in Nigerian countries. Discussion provides a cultural overview, possible barriers, and targeted supports of ABA implementation using a compassionate care ABA approach. |
|
|
|
145. Using a Concurrent Feeding Mat to Increase Acceptance of Low-Probability Foods in a Child With Autism and Food Selectivity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HAYLEY JOHNSON (Tennessee Tech University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University) |
Discussant: Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: This single case study employed a multiple baseline design with an embedded changing criterion design to determine the effectiveness of using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement to decrease latency in responding following the presentation of low-probability foods and increase acceptance of novel or previously rejected foods and in a child with autism and identified food selectivity. This study applied the concurrent schedule to increase acceptance of low-probability foods by presenting two or more foods with differing bite requirements on a concurrent feeding mat (CFM). Access to a preferred reinforcer was delivered following one of the schedules being met. A functional relation between the concurrent schedule of reinforcement and acceptance of low-probability foods was demonstrated through the replication of increased bite acceptance and decreased latency over five criterion changes and across five low-probability foods, with maintenance and generalization probes. The findings from this study support the consideration of using a concurrent feeding mat (CFM) approach to increase food acceptance. |
|
|
|
146. Bridging Communications Gaps: Co-Development of a Mobile Application and Web-Based Platform for Care Coordination and Communication Between Professional Caregivers and Families of Adults on the Autism Spectrum in Residential Care |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CAMELLIA BÙI (Penn Medicine, Center for Mental Health), Heather Joy Nuske (University of Pennsylvania), Marius Mathisen (Pletly), Frode Werner Kjersem (Pletly), Garrett Ellwood (Bancroft), Dominique Fioravanti (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Effective and consistent collaboration between professional caregivers and families are fundamental to treatment gains for individuals on the autism spectrum. However, in residential care programs where families are removed from the care setting, maintaining communication and care coordination is a frequent challenge and often creates additional burden on professional caregivers. Our Pletly web-based platform and phone application is designed to streamline communication and care coordination between professional caregiving teams and families of individuals with autism receiving care. Through three key features, 1) social feed, 2) care recipient’s information library, and 3) direct messaging feature, Pletly Care (interface for professional caregivers) and Pletly Pal (interface for families) will support the transfer of soft information, e.g. information about daily routines and social activities of individuals in care programs, and centralizes all communications between families and care teams. Secondary outcomes include increased family’s engagement and collaboration with care team, increased family’s awareness of their family member’s experience in the program, higher family satisfaction with services, less family dependence on care team, and others. |
|
|
|
147. Honoring Individual Strengths: Customizing Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Interventions Using a Functional [Dynamic] Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LILITH REUTER YUILL YUILL (Comprehensive Speech and Therapy Center), Tamara S. Kasper (Kasper Enterprises/Caravel Autism Health) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Emergent communicators and their families present with a unique constellation of strengths and communication priorities. Clinicians that embrace evidence-based practice are tasked with big decisions to individualize augmentative and alternative interventions to meet the unique of each learner. Research-informed guidance is lacking, leading to an increase in adoption of one-size-fits-all approaches with low quality evidence. There is an unfortunate trend in practice that has kept the conversation in augmentative and alternative communication on finding “the right” high-tech device, application, vocabulary, symbols, and display with less emphasis and “HOW” we teach. Results demonstrate how results from a functional [dynamic assessment] assessment can be used to guide the data-based selection of teaching strategies in augmentative and alternative communication. The work represents an extension of mand topography assessment which emphasize the modality or topography of the response. These data also serve to remind BCBAs that functional behavior assessment is not just for problem behavior. |
|
|
|
148. Adults With Autism Using Self-Management to Decrease Problem Behavior: A Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MCHUGH (Eden Autism services), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In the field of autism treatment, the gold standard is ‘evidenced-based treatments.” This means that the treatment being considered has quality evidence that supports its positive impact of the target behaviors for which the treatment is designed to change. The purpose of this literature review was to examine the state of research on the use of self-management procedures in reducing problem behaviors in adults diagnosed with an intellectual disability. Studies were located by conducting a systematic search of literature across various journals. Seven- teen studies were included in the review and were evaluated along the dimensions of adherence to quality research design and outcomes. Results showed that self-management techniques were associated with decreased levels of challenging behaviors across adults with intellectual disability and autism spectrum disorder. However, the quality of research design was inconsistent, decreasing confidence in a causal relationship between self-management and reduction in challenging behaviors. This review should encourage more research in using self-management procedures with individuals having intellectual disability, especially with adults. |
|
|
|
150. I Choose When I Script: A Multiple Treatment Phase Program for an Autistic Teen’s Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SAMANTHA HEINRICHS (Kerry's Place Autism Services), Melanie Willis (Kerry's Place Autism Services), Colleen Moore (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The intervention examined the effectiveness of a combination of treatment phases for the management of an autistic teen’s vocal stereotypy. During the context-appropriate scripting phase, the participant was taught how to identify expected and unexpected stereotypy and appropriate and inappropriate times for engaging in stereotypy behaviours. During the self-recording phase, the participant was taught how to self-record occurrences and non-occurrences of both a model response and his own stereotypy behaviour. During the discrimination training phase, stimulus control (i.e., a sports wristband) and a differential reinforcement of other behaviour (DRO) procedures were introduced. The participant’s ability to identify context-appropriate scripting and self-record occurrences and non-occurrences of stereotypy increased from baseline conditions. Stimulus control was established during discrimination training, with the participant refraining from vocal stereotypy for 30 minutes in the presence of the sports wristband. This intervention extends the current knowledge of interventions available for vocal stereotypy by demonstrating the efficacy of a combination of treatment phases. |
|
|
|
151. Interventions of Facial Emotion Expression and Facial Emotion Recognition in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
TINGTING ZHOU (Duquesne University), Ann Huang (Duquesne University) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Facial Emotion Expression (FEE) and Facial Emotion Recognition (FER) are pivotal components of social interaction as they underpin nonverbal communication. Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often exhibit deficits in FEE and FER, which can negatively impact their social interactions with others. In recent years, numerous studies have explored various facial emotional interventions, including behavior-based, picture-based, and computer-based approaches, aiming at enhancing facial emotion recognition and expression in individuals with ASD. However, more research needs to be done to validate the effectiveness of these interventions. This current study systematically reviews 20 articles published in the past decade to analyze the effects of these FEE and FER training. The results reveal significant improvements were noted in FEE and FER in individuals who received such training. However, some limitations noted from this review of existing literature included small sample sizes and lack of a comprehensive documentation of the generalization and long-term effects of these interventions. In conclusion, this systematic review suggests that facial and emotional training can improve FEE and FER in most participating individuals with autism spectrum disorders, but more research is needed to determine the best approach in this area. |
|
|
|
152. Stimulus Fading and Transfer in the Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXANDRA M DEMEO (May Institute), Jacob Andrew Richardson (May Institute) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Protective equipment, while generally effective at mitigating the risk of severe self-injury, pose well-documented adverse effects. These effects range from social stigmatization to loss of time on learning, restricted use of limbs, and muscular atrophy, if breaks from equipment are not adequately provided (Powers et al, 2007). In some individuals, access to such equipment may also function as a variable maintaining self-injury (Favell et al, 1978). We implemented a treatment package of stimulus fading, stimulus transfer, and skill acquisition to maintain low rates of dangerous behavior while fading the use of protective equipment, in a manner similar to Pace et al. (1986) and Lerman et al. (1994). Fading and transfer of protective equipment occurred based on an assessment of matched stimulation (Rapp, 2013) in collaboration with an occupational therapist. The matched stimulation was the provision of equipment that was less restrictive while still providing sensory input to areas receiving similar input from the previous equipment. For example, we were able to fade leather arm limiters with metal stays to a combination of fabric elbow splints and wrist bands. Preliminary results suggest a possible framework for protective equipment fading with a focus on matched stimulation. |
|
|
|
153. The Effects of the Video Modeling Product GemIIni© On Verbal Response Production of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder Who Are Nonverbal or Minimally Verbal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Miranda Galvin (Sioux City Community Schools & University of South Dakota) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current study evaluates the effectiveness of the commercial video modeling program GemIIni© (GemIIni© Educational Systems, 2012) for increasing expressive spoken language production in individuals who exhibit characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorders (i.e., ASD) with concurrent severe intellectual disabilities and are considered nonspeaking or minimally speaking. Based upon the principles of Applied Behavioral Analysis, video modeling has been identified as an evidence-based practice in teaching skills to students with disabilities. In this study, the criteria for using a single-case alternating treatment design embedded within an AB experimental design was implemented to evaluate the effect of the video modeling system on the number of responses produced. No appreciable differences were found related to the effectiveness of the GemIIni© self-management system when comparing baseline performance to the intervention performance. Discussion of potential limitations and the difficulty of conducting consistent, ongoing, behavioral research during the Covid-19 pandemic appeared as important considerations related to the implementation of this research. Additonal implications for practice and future research related to the implementation of self-management interventions for students with severe intellectual disabilities, other health impairments, and autism were discussed. |
|
|
|
154. Adventures in Assessing Restricted and Repetitive Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RILEY FERGUS (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Engagement in restricted and repetitive behavior (RRB) is part of the diagnostic criteria for an autism spectrum disorder (DSM-5-TR). Topographies of RRBs include stereotypy, repetitive language, perseveration, object attachment, specific interests, repetitive manipulation of objects and automatically maintained self-injurious behavior. To date, only one study has used functional analysis methodology to examine arranging and ordering, which is a “higher-level” RRB (Rodriguez et al., 2012). Hagopian and colleagues (2015; 2017; 2023) evaluated a model for subtyping and predicting effective treatment methods for automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) based on level of differentiation between conditions of a functional analysis. It is possible that this subtyping model could be extended to treatment of other topographies of automatically maintained challenging behavior, including RRB.
The current study applied the foundational functional analysis methodology (Iwata et al. 1982/1994) to several different topographies of RRBs across multiple participants. Modifications to functional analysis procedures were necessary to consistently evoke the target response. These procedures produced idiosyncratic response patterns across participants that indicated both automatically maintained and socially maintained RRB, as well as some inconclusive results. This poster will concentrate on the FA outcomes for 3 participants that did not suggest automatic reinforcement as the maintaining variable. |
|
|
|
155. Differences in Medication and Behavioral Treatment Among Male and Female Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: 2022 National Survey of Children's Health (NSCH) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
WILLIE LEUNG (The University of Tampa), Gracie Bent (The University of Tampa), Rachel Frias (The University of Tampa), Kim Vo (The University of Tampa) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a disorder characterized by difficulty with social and communication skills. However, ASD presents differently among males and females, which could lead to different treatments. Currently, there is limited research examining the associations between treatment types prescribed and sex among children with ASD. Therefore, the purpose of this secondary data analysis is to determine the associations between sex and treatment types among children with ASD. This secondary data analysis used data from the 2022 National Survey of Children’s Health with a total sample size of 1719 children with ASD (23.7% female). Multiple and separate unadjusted and adjusted logistic regression was performed to examine the association between sex and treatment types (medication, behavioral treatment, and both medication and behavioral treatment). The results found males were more likely to receive behavioral treatment than females (OR=1.37, p=.006). The adjusted logistic regression found males were more likely to receive medication than females (aOR= 1.34, p=.048). Acknowledging differences between treatment types for children with ASD of different sexes can help healthcare professionals be more cognizant of the treatments prescribed. Healthcare professionals should be educated on the differences between male and female children with ASD so that they can provide appropriate treatment. |
|
|
|
156. Comparison of Caregivers' and Children's Preference for Mand Preference Hierarchy Topography During Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GRACE LAFO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brinea Charles (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective approach to treat and reduce problem behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). When conducting FCT, a functional communication response modality must first be selected and there are a number of variables that may influence selection. These variables include reinforcement history (Ringdahl et al., 2023), response effort (Bailey et al., 2002), proficiency (Ringdhal et al., 2009), and preference for the FCR topography (Kunnavatana et al., 2018; Winborn-Kemmerer et al., 2009; Ringdahl et al., 2018). All of which have been shown to influence the FCT treatment outcomes. Given this, clinicians should be intentional and consider these variables when selecting an FCR topography to optimize the generality of effects and resistance to treatment challenges (Ringdahl et al., 2018). Moreover, the incorporation of preference into functional communication training can lead to more efficacious treatment outcomes. Mand Preference Assessments (MPA) can be used to determine client FCR preferences during FCT (Ringdhal et al., 2009), however, few research has explored a procedure to identify both client and caregiver FCR preferences. The purpose of this study was to Comparison of caregiver preference hierarchy to child preference hierarchy for FCR topographies. Additionally, we sought to establish an FCR hierarchy for both participants and caregivers. Although the results found that no participant-caregiver dyad preferences matched, this information may be useful for clinical decision making and treatment considerations. |
|
|
|
157. Analysis of Demand Difficulty and Error Correction on Aggression Emitted by a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MIA MCGOWAN (REED Intensive Behavior Services), Nicole Marks (REED Autism Services), Keyshla Melendez (REED Autism Services), Caroline O'Boyle (REED Autism Services), Alissa Velarde (REED Autism Services), David M. Wilson (REED Autism Services) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Response latency has been shown to be a useful measure during functional analyses (e.g., Thomason-Sassi et al., 2011). In an earlier study, Call, Pabico, and Lomas (2009) used latency to the first occurrence of challenging behavior to determine the aversiveness of demands. Demands ranked as highly aversive were associated with higher response rates during subsequent functional analyses for two participants. The current case study describes the assessment process for an 11-year-old girl with autism who engaged in high-intensity aggression. The initial functional analysis was inconclusive and the aggression that did occur resulted in therapist injury. A second analysis was designed to assess demand difficulty and the presence or absence of error correction as influential variables related to the occurrence of aggression. A latency measure was used to minimize the risk of injury. The results of the modified analysis, using latency as a measure, showed that difficult demands and the presence of error correction reliably evoked aggressive behavior. These results are limited in that errors vs non-errors were not recorded and treatment data are not reported. |
|
|
|
158. Choose the Best and Mute the Rest for Autism Treatments: The Sequel |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN LYON (Penn State University), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Samara Wilson (Penn State Harrisburg), Julia Leslie (Penn State University) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: This project replicated and extend Schreck & Ramirez (2016). In the 2016 study, we evaluated news transcripts providing information and sometimes recommendations about treatments for behaviors associated with autism. The results indicated that news networks (i.e., CBS, ABC, NBC) often reported and sometimes implicitly recommended pseudoscientific and sometimes harmful treatments for autistic individuals. The current project replicated and extended this study by evaluating treatment recommendations across additional news networks (e.g., CNN, FOX) and to explicitly record the words used to describe and recommend the treatments (optimistic/contrast rhetoric words-see below). Transcripts for more than the last decade (i.e., 2010-2022) were evaluated for treatment mentions across news networks and analyzed across treatments’ levels of scientific support. The results indicated that keyword mentions of evidence-based treatments have decreased with reporting concentrating on more non-science-based treatments. Trends for positive journalistic comments about non-science significantly trended upwards while negative based comments had more variability until the last 6 years, where non-evidence-based treatments received 100% of the negative comments. Support for non-science used a variety of words meant to persuade. Due to these results, consumers of television must investigate treatments thoroughly and carefully to evaluate source trustworthiness to avoid harm to autistic individuals. |
|
|
|
159. Joke is Not a Joke! Helping Children With Autism About Losing in a Game |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISA NICCOLAI (Strabiliaba), Chantal Hening (Strabiliaba-Clinics for developmental disability) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Some children with autism may find it very difficult to control their emotions when they don’t win in a game or a quiz or when they don’t get the highest score in their class. This can lead to emotional outbursts, much to the dismay of those in charge and their fellow students. This is connected with tthe difficulties with Theory of Mind, rigid thinking as inflexibility of thinking and focusing on the single aspect of the activity, in our case winning in the game. or lack of Experience. Some children may not have experienced losing at games, because parents or caregivers may have protected them from getting upset by allowing them to win during competitive activities. They simply didn’t have any practice in developing the skill of graciously coping when losing. Lorenzo is a 9 year old boy that exhibits important problem behavior such as crying, screaming, swearing every time he lose at a game. This study assess the efficacy of a procedure of DRO, teaching skills with a DRA ("what I can do if I lose at a game?" I lost, that was fun, let’s play again"), reinforce for staying calm and accepting not being a winner in a child with autism. |
|
|
|
160. An Extention of a Break-to-Choice Intervention With Tests of Generalization in Isolated Conditions for Children With Multiply Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MCKENNA REILLY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Amanda Mae Morris (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Functional communication training has been shown to be a highly effective treatment for socially maintained problem behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). For problem behavior maintained by multiple social variables, a package of isolated treatments is often utilized to address each variable which is effective but time-consuming (Tasami & Lerman, 2020). A more efficient option of a synthesized treatment utilizing FCT with chained schedules of reinforcement, break-to-choice, has been shown to be effective in decreasing multiply maintained problem behavior (Livingston et al., 2023). However, it is unclear whether effects of the synthesized treatment will transfer to isolated contingencies of each functional reinforcer. In this study, a break-to-choice treatment was implemented with children determined to have multiply maintained problem behavior and the schedule of reinforcement was thinned to caregiver-informed terminal schedules. Additionally, this study extended previous research by implementing isolated contingency tests following schedule thinning criteria being met in the break-to-choice condition. The results of the study showed that the break-to-choice intervention was effective in decreasing multiply-maintained problem behavior and increasing functional communication responses and compliance. Additionally, these effects generalized to the isolated contingencies for each functional reinforcer. |
|
|
|
161. Validation of an Attention Preference Assessment for a Child Diagnosed With Autism Who Exhibits Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELODY LYNN CULBERTSON (UNMC), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel Olson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Attention preference assessments are often utilized to identify a preferred attention type to deliver contingent on appropriate alternative responses during functional communication training for attention-maintained problem behavior (Piazza et al., 1999). One relatively new attention preference assessment format is the rapid assessment of attention types (RAAT; Strohmeier et al., 2018). In this study we implemented a modified version of the RAAT to identify preferred attention types to include in functional communication training for a child with a synthesized escape to attention maintained problem behavior. Four attention types were included in the RAAT (praise only, reprimands only, physical only, and praise and physical combined) and were included based on the results from the indirect and direct assessments. Next, the results of the RAAT were compared with a reinforcer assessment that was embedded within functional communication training. The results indicated a partial correspondence between the preference and reinforcer assessment. Clinical implications and future research directions are depicted. |
|
|
|
162. Evaluating the Social Validity of Treatment Components Post-Discharge |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERIA BEATRIZ MACUARE (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland Baltimore County), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University; University of Maryland Baltimore County), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Wolf (1978) outlined the importance of social validity in the field of applied behavior analysis. Although many researchers highlight the importance of this paper to the field, adoption of assessments of social validity in our research and clinical practices has been slow. Further, the degree of acceptability of behavioral programs with a single client over time, particularly as behavioral services are tapered, is unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this pilot study was to assess caregiver’s social validity of a treatment plan developed for their child who was a patient at an inpatient hospital for individuals with severe challenging behavior. A social validity survey was completed by the caregivers at three different points post-discharge. Overall, the results suggested that the majority of caregivers agreed that their child’s treatment was acceptable at discharge. For three of four caregivers, opinions on treatment acceptability decreased slightly 2 weeks post-discharge. Finally, for two their opinions on treatment acceptability increased to levels comparable to those at time of discharge. This represents one of the first studies to examine trends in social validity with the same caregivers to date; implications of these findings and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
163. Alterations to the Assessment and Treatment of Social Avoidance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLEY SMITH (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Ellye Gersh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Megan Ryan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), N'dia McCloud (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated some individuals may engage in problem behavior to escape social attention from caregivers (Harper et al., 2013). In the current study, we assessed and treated aggression exhibited by a 13-year-old female diagnosed with IDD and autism. Observations indicated she was likely to engage in problem behavior when caregivers were close in proximity, regardless of whether they were interacting with her. A functional analysis was conducted where, in the control condition, the therapist remained 6-8 feet away. In the test condition the therapist sat in close proximity and only moved 6-8 feet away contingent upon aggression. After confirming the function, treatment was implemented to reduce aggression and increase tolerance for caregivers being in close proximity. Treatment consisted of a functional communication response (FCR) for “space,” which resulted in the caregiver moving away, and extinction for aggression. Results showed a significant reduction in aggression, even as the duration with which she had to tolerate a caregiver being in close proximity increased, before her FCR would be reinforced. Clinical recommendations for practitioners and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
164. Collaborating With Interdisciplinary Team Members to Decrease Inappropriate Oral Behavior Across Instructional Contexts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELLYE GERSH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carley Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute), N'dia McCloud (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Megan Ryan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kate Smidl (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Previous research on functional analyses of inappropriate oral behavior (IOB), such as spitting and saliva play, in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), has indicated it is likely maintained by automatic reinforcement (Hartz et al., 2020). In this study, Remy, a 13-year-old female engaged in severe problem behavior to escape demands. She also engaged in IOB, specifically spitting, across most contexts. Results of consecutive ignore sessions (Querim et al., 2013) indicated Remy’s IOB was automatically maintained. Treatment for IOB consisted of response disruption via the presentation of a visual stimulus card paired with a vocal statement contingent upon IOB. Following a sustained reduction in IOB within a leisure context, treatment components were combined with a demand treatment, which included differential reinforcement via functional communication for a break; IOB frequently occurred in the demand context prior to combining the treatments. Next, we collaborated with Remy’s speech and language pathologist (SLP) to generalize the comprehensive treatment to the speech therapy context where IOB was occurring at elevated rates, thus impacting participation. As a measure of social acceptability, the SLP indicated that she would be willing to implement this intervention again in the future. |
|
|
|
165. Increasing Spontaneous Mands With Speech-Generating Devices Through a Modified Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) Procedure for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYLA CURRAN (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: There are different tools and effective teaching methods to establish communication repertoires for non-vocal individuals (Bondy & Frost, 2001; Shillingsburg et al., 2019), including Picture Exchange Communication Systems (PECS), speech-generating devices (SGD), and augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices. This study aims to pilot an adaptation of the initial phases of the PECS protocol (Bondy & Frost, 2001) with an SGD to evaluate spontaneous mands. Multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) were conducted to determine preferred items. During baseline, the SGD was open to the home screen. Ten preferred items were within the participant’s eyeline by the communication partner and participant responses to reach for the item or the device were recorded. Teaching procedures were then introduced to prompt selecting the SGD icon to access the preferred item. Following the first intervention phase, participants were taught discrimination between icons on the SGD. Preliminary results demonstrate success with the first steps of the PECS protocol - reaching towards the SGD device and discriminating between two icons. The study will continue to evaluate the effect of the protocol on remaining steps of the PECS protocol. Results will be discussed in relation to the expanded training for additional navigation through the SGD. |
|
|
|
166. Self Management Combined With Colorful Fading Strategies to Create Conversation Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ZOË MAE AKIN-AMLAND (Florida Institute of Technology School of Behavior Analysis), Valeria Sonderegger (Florida Institute of Technology School of Behavior Analysis), Elizabeth Reagan Wortham (Florida Institute of Technology School of Behavior Analysis), Andrew John Houvouras (Florida Institute of Technology School of Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub |
Abstract: Conversation skills continue to be a significant area of investigation in applied behavior analysis since social independence is often a desired goal expressed by clients. Improvement in conversation skills has meaningful quality of life impacts in notable areas such as interpersonal relationships, employment, and mental health - all major indices of health. A 27-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) participated in this study with similar age conversation partners. To evaluate the effectiveness of self management and script fading, the study utilized a concurrent multiple baseline design across behaviors. Researchers recorded all 5-minute sessions with a camera and analyzed data post-session. Results showed significant improvements with contextually relevant replies, reciprocal responding, and follow-up statements and question asking. Generalization and maintenance were assessed with novel conversation partners that accounted for various demographics. Social validity was examined using a Likert-type scale feedback form by the participant along with his immediate family. Key words: autistic adult, conversational skills, adult intervention, self-management, script fading, social skills |
|
|
|
167. Evaluation of Topography of Self-Injurious Behavior as a Predictor of Injury Type, Severity, and Location |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Many individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB), such as head-hitting or self-pinching. SIB may place individuals at elevated risk of injury, ranging in severity from transient (e.g., bruising) to permanent (e.g., blindness). Rooker et al. (2018, 2020) found that function and subtype of SIB may influence injuries. Specifically, individuals with an automatic function had more injuries to the head than those with a social function; additionally, individuals who engaged in Subtype 2 SIB had more frequent and severe injuries than the other functions or subtypes. It is plausible that other variables, such as the mechanics of SIB (the action and target site, which define the response topography), may also influence presentation of injury. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate whether topography of SIB could predict type, location, and severity of injury by retrospectively evaluating injuries documented in Self-Injury Trauma Scales upon intake to an inpatient unit. We hypothesized that head- and skin-directed SIB would produce higher severity injuries and more frequent abrasions/lacerations, whereas body-directed SIB would produce lower severity injuries and more frequent contusions. Results of this study confirmed this hypothesis, but additional prospective research is necessary in this area. |
|
|
|
168. Cultural Humility and Awareness Training in Applied Behavior Analysis: An Exploratory Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOHAMMED ALASMARI (University of Jeddah) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The study highlighted the importance of cultural diversity practices in applied behavior analysis (ABA) using recommended individual questions to assess and improve professionals' cultural humility (Wright, 2019). As family therapy expands globally, the majority of interventions, training programs, and supervision protocols are established based on Western values and ethics (Ennis-Cole et al., 2013; Seponski & Jordan, 2018; Sumari & Jalal, 2008), and ABA practices are similarly based on Western values and ethics within its interventions and training programs (Fong et al., 2017). Because culture matters, it is ethically necessary to have professionals competent in delivering ABA services to diverse families and their children.
Thus, 30 participants were recruited and exposed to case scenarios representing cultural and practice-influenced dilemmas. Participants were board-certified behavior analysts (BCBA). Pre-service behavior analysts were also eligible.
A pretest-posttest design was used. Results from the paired t-test indicated that there was a significant difference in the scores for the pre-test (M = 26.37, SD = 3.52) and post-test (M = 29.27, SD = 2.79), t(29) = 3.73, P < .001. That is, BCBAs who received training in cultural humility and awareness practices (i.e., case scenarios, course materials, individual cultural humility questions) reported improved culturally humble, self-reflective, and personal accountability skills toward individuals and families from diverse backgrounds. |
|
|
|
169. Addressing the Handwriting Needs of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders Through Technology-Mediated Interventions: A Pilot Study for ABC Stories |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIA K. HAMPSHIRE (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: For many individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), tasks that require handwriting or other fine motor activities can be challenging (Kushki, Chau, & Anagnostou, 2011). Specifically, legibility and letter formation have been found to be characteristically impaired in these individuals. Finnegan & Accardo (2018) note further characteristic challenges among this population in the areas of length, legibility, size, speed, spelling, and structure when compared to their same-age peers. If not addressed, evidence suggests the potential for higher levels of difficulty in grasp posture and motor execution as children age (i.e., initiating a task, planning complex sequences) (Sacrey, Germani, Bryson, & Zwaigenbaum, 2014). This presentation will summarize the findings of a mixed-methods study (i.e., single case design and qualitative) aimed at testing the effectiveness of a handwriting app, ABC Stories, on handwriting accuracy in three first grade students with autism. Results of this study suggest the effectiveness of this application in increasing handwriting accuracy and engagement time. In addition, results also suggest positive changes in parent perception regarding their child’s ability to improve in the area of handwriting over time. Extensions of this line of research will also be described in this presentation. |
|
|
|
170. Augmented Reality to Train First Responders to De-Escalate Autistic Individuals |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY CANTU-DAVIS (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: This is a replication and extension of Hinkle, et al. (2021). During situations when a first responder needs to engage an individual with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), first responders oftentimes lack the necessary training on how to assess and de-escalate situations properly. Research shows training for first responders is limited to role-play and modeling. While these methods have been shown to be effective, they reduce scalability since there is a lack of qualified personnel available to conduct specialized training involving behavioral scenarios of individuals with ASD. This reveals the need for an alternative training solution. Augmented Reality (AR) simulations allow first responders to practice real-life procedures before encountering those situations in the line of duty while also developing their skills in a controlled environment. The study conducted used AR to evaluate 3 participants' ability to assess and de-escalate crisis scenarios. In baseline, the participants wore AR equipment which simulated different behavioral situations for them to de-escalate without assistance. After baseline Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was employed to teach de-escalation procedures while providing immediate feedback during the training scenarios. Results suggested that AR technology is a useful tool accompanied by BST that can be used for de-escalation training purposes. |
|
|
|
171. Behavioral Skills Training on Child-Directed Interactions and Effective Instructions for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISOL LOZA HERNANDEZ (University of Nebraska Medical Center: Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Anderson (University Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Child-directed interactions (CDI) and effective instruction delivery (EID) are evidence-based interventions associated with improved child outcomes, parent-child relationships, and decreased stress. Behavioral skills training (BST) has been successfully used to teach various skills to parents. The present investigation evaluated the efficacy of BST on parents' use of CDI and EID. In addition, we examined the effect of these interventions on children's engagement in play with the parent and compliance with parent directions. A multiple probe across participants and skills (i.e., CDI and EID) was used to evaluate the effectiveness of BST on parent and child behaviors. Generalization and maintenance of the skills were also assessed across locations (i.e., clinic, home). Ongoing results have suggested efficient parent acquisition of child-directed interactions (e.g., description, reflection, imitation, and praise). The present poster will discuss training data for both CDI and EID, suggestions for future research, and practical considerations for modified Parent-Child Interaction Therapy. |
|
|
|
172. Effectiveness of a Token Economy System and a Rule in Maintaining Target Behaviors With a 12-Hour Delay in Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLA CEFALO (Data Driven ABA), Francesca Siciliano (Data Driven ABA), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA), Satia Riva (Data Driven ABA), Gaia Pilotto (Data Driven ABA) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Delayed reinforcement can be challenging for individuals with ASD. This study investigated the effectiveness of a treatment package that included a rule and a token economy system with a 12-hour delay between reinforcement schedules. A 10-year-old boy with ASD participated in a multiple baseline design across behaviors embedded with a reversal design. Baseline data revealed low levels of two target behaviors: reading books and pouring water into glasses. The intervention introduced a rule and a token economy system with FR1 token production. Ten tokens were needed to earn the backup reinforcer, a walk to the grocery store to purchase candy. The delay between token exchange and reinforcement was variable, ranging from 12 hours to 24 hours. Results demonstrated a significant increase in both target behaviors during the intervention phase compared to baseline. The rule likely contributed to behavior maintenance by bridging the temporal gap between the behavior and reinforcement. The token economy system provided immediate positive reinforcement and feedback, further promoting the target behaviors. The findings suggest that rules can enhance the efficacy of delayed reinforcement, particularly for individuals with ASD. |
|
|
|
173. Interventions by Rule or by Contingency? They Both Work! Improve Responses to Nonvocal Social Cues in a Girl With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GIULIA FERRAZZI (ABA ITALIA) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder experience challenges with social communication, including recognizing and responding to non-verbal cues. There are not many studies in literature regarding how to help a neurodivergent student monitor signs of boredom during conversation. The girl in this study began an intervention based on rule and contingency. The intervention initially involves the explanation of the social rule, priming activities with photos of people emitting signs of boredom and finally an activity based on contingency. During the conversation the child puts the skill into practice and tact boredom sign. She immediately improves her ability to recognize (tact) signs of boredom of her conversation partner. We will generalize this intervention also in other natural contexts like school and home. We will use a multiple baseline across setting to describe the intervention. The findings add to the literature support the use of rule and contingency intervention strategies for improving conversational skill for child with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
|
174. On the Use of a Functional Analysis Screener for Assessment and Treatment Planning With Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RIMA HAMAWE (Easterseals Southern California), Justin Chan (Easterseals Southern California), Mark Lewis (Easterseals Southern California), Anna Isabel Saucedo Chavez (Easterseals Southern California), Michael Chao (Easterseals Southern California), Shaji Haq (Easterseals Southern California) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Querim et al. (2013) showed convergent results on the function of problem behavior when an automatic reinforcement screener (“screener”) was followed by functional analyses (FA). That is, when an automatic function was indicated on the screener, the FA also yielded the same results. Thus, there may be benefits to initially completing an automatic screener for problem behavior that is hypothesized to be automatically maintained, as it could reduce the need for a standard functional analysis if the targeted behavior is (a) found to be automatically maintained, and (b) unlikely to be socially mediated. The current study used the screener with four individuals with Autism and severe problem behavior, and the results showed an automatic function for only one participant, thereby precluding the need for additional assessment. Subsequent FAs for the remaining three participants showed socially mediated functions. These results confirmed the utility of the screener. Implications for research and clinical practice will be discussed within the paper. |
|
|
|
175. Response-Restriction Free Operant Compared to Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment With Individuals Who Engage in Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMAYA ROCHELEAU (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), McKenna Reilly (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan DeBrine (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Becky Barall (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are typically employed to identify potential reinforcers. Unfortunately, there may be challenges to implementing preference assessment with individuals who engage in severe problem behavior if the removal of preferred items evokes problem behavior. Nevertheless, previous research has demonstrated different preference assessment formats produce varying levels of problem behavior (e.g., Kang et al., 2010). However, to date, no study has assessed problem behavior during a response-restriction free operant (RRFO) preference assessment. In this study, we compared problem behavior and preference hierarchies across the RRFO and paired-stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) for 5 participants referred to an outpatient severe behavior clinic. Secondary comparisons included indices of happiness, assent, item engagement, and duration of each preference assessment format. Results indicated that in most cases both preference assessment formats resulted in similar levels of problem behavior or the RRFO resulted in less problem behavior than the PSPA. Additionally, preference hierarchies were relatively similar across both formats. Clinical implications and future research are depicted. |
|
|
|
176. The Play Unit? Response Variability and Verbal Operants in Play Following Learn Unit Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HAYLEY LOUISE LOCKE (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw School), Veronica Baroni (Jigsaw School), Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: It is common for autistic children to exhibit limited pretend play skills due to delays in their social repertoire combined with the tendency to emit stereotypical and repetitive sequences. Neurotypical children learn to play and develop related verbal operants by watching and engaging with others. Autistic children may have limited observational learning skills and if attending specialist settings may not access appropriate peer models. The current study took place in a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) setting with teaching primarily based on the learn unit; a three-term contingency used to teach skills across repertoires with generalisation and novel responding demonstrated as a result. A multiple probe design was used. Baseline observations suggested that although participants demonstrated some pretend play responses and related verbal operants, these were limited for all three participants. Play related verbal operants and actions were taught using learn unit instruction. Following the intervention, all participants demonstrated increases to the variability and rate of play responses and verbal operants during free play sessions as well as increased interactions with peers. |
|
|
|
177. Increasing Access to Behavioral Services for Spanish-Speaking Families Through a Collaborative Interdisciplinary Team Approach |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
VALENCIA PANKEY (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Maria leventhal (James Madison University), Hannah Lockwood (James Madison University) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: When seeking behavioral support for their child with Autism Spectrum Disorder, families are often faced with long waitlists that delay access to support. The barrier to accessing services is even greater when there is a language barrier. In an attempt to increase access to culturally responsive behavioral interventions, our clinic has piloted the use of an interprofessional treatment team to increase access to culturally responsive Applied Behavior Analytic services for families where the primary language spoken within the home is Spanish. The treatment team included student clinicians from the Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Psychology programs, licensed professionals in these areas, and a student translator. The student translator serves as an active and essential addition to the interdisciplinary team. Interventions included parent training and one-to-one instruction. Programming adaptations focused on incorporating family voices (e.g. providing instruction in both Spanish and English). The pilot version of this interprofessional treatment team has produced promising results. The model has successfully increased access to behavior-analytic services in an underserved community. Additionally, this pilot clinic represents an important area of interprofessional education and training that is focused on interprofessional practice in the presence of language barriers. |
|
|
|
178. Evaluating Possible Interactions Between Challenging Behavior and Pain and Discomfort States |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANAE' A. PENDERGRASS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder are more susceptible to comorbidities than their neurotypical peers (Al-Beltagi, 2021). Previous research has provided evidence for a potential relation between pain or discomfort and challenging behavior, suggesting that challenging behavior increases in the presence of pain and discomfort states including GI distress, allergies, menstruation, sleep deprivation, etc (Carr & Owen-DeSchryver, 2007, Christensen et al., 2009, Kennedy & Meyer, 1996). Most studies, however, rely on indirect measures of either challenging behavior or pain or discomfort. The current study will use direct measures of both pain and discomfort states and challenging behavior. Stool typing, stomach distension, and cold symptoms as operationally defined by trained medical personnel will be used to identify pain/discomfort states. A modified trial-based functional analysis method will be used to assess the occurrence of challenging behavior and evaluate behavioral sensitivity to different social contingencies. Preliminary data reveals no relation between challenging behavior and pain and discomfort states for 2 participants. For both participants, there is an overall bias toward appropriate responding across each condition. The current data suggests that pain/discomfort states may not have a functional relation to challenging behavior. |
|
|
|
179. Leveling Up Social Skills: A Game-Based Intervention Enhancing Responses in Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CECELIA ALISE POWELL (Mississippi State University), Jamie Moss (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University), Kayla BATES-BRANTLEY (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Ample literature demonstrates the effectiveness of social skills groups in increasing individuals' ability to interact in social settings. Game-based interventions are commonly used as an alternative to lesson-based methods. The current study expands the literature pertaining to social skills interventions for adolescents through a game-based method – specifically, aiming to decrease inappropriate game responses and increase appropriate game responses.? Participants included three adolescent boys with ASD and an ABAB design was used. During baseline participants could respond freely when engaging in a game of their choice. During intervention, a structured game in which clients were redirected to posted rules when inappropriate responses were given was implemented. Preliminary results indicate appropriate responses for participants one and two increased suddenly with implementation of the structured game phase with a decreasing trend. Inappropriate responses for participant three showed a sudden decrease with a decreasing trend upon implementation of the structured game phase. These findings have potential implications for the effectiveness of structured play in decreasing inappropriate social responses and support the need for future research in game-based play in social skills groups across populations. |
|
|
|
180. A Comparison of Observed Functional Relations Across Measurement Methods Used to Assess Vocal Stereotypy in Two Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
THEONI MANTZOROS (Felician University), David L. Lee (Penn State) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Implementing the most effective and efficient type of measurement is important to both clinician and researcher. Although it is ideal to implement continuous methods to record the phenomenon of interest, it is often impractical due to resources or the nature of the behavior. The extant literature on measurement has most often assessed the validity of discontinuous measures (e.g., momentary time sampling [MTS], partial interval recording [PIR]) as compared to continuous measures (e.g., duration) using accuracy between measurement types. Ultimately, however, the measurement method must be assessed by its capacity to observe effects of the intervention, also referred to as functional relations. This study assessed both accuracy and the degree to which functional relations were identified across MTS, PIR at the intervals of 10s, 20s, 30s, and 60s as compared to duration measures to assess the effects of an intervention for the vocal stereotypy of two adolescents. Results indicate that the PIR errors consistently increased as the intervals increased, while MTS errors remained constant across intervals, although with increased variability at the largest interval. In terms of identifying functional relations, all MTS intervals resulted in similar outcomes as duration, however, percentage of agreement dropped for the larger PIR intervals. |
|
|
|
181. Decrease of Harmful Behavior in a Child With Cochlear Implant and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): Effects of Sign Language |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Lucas Aguiar de Moura (University of São Paulo (USP)), Renata Caroza (University of Sao Paulo), ARILZA LANDEIRO GUIMARAES DALONSO (University of Sao Paulo), Mariana Baptista Morales (University of Sao Paulo), Ana Carolina Schroeder (University of Sao Paulo), Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo), Valeria Mendes (University of São Paulo) |
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Asia-Pacific ABA Network) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the gold standard intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Nevertheless, the work can be challenging when there is a deafness condition associated. The study is based on direct observations and data collected by four simultaneous therapists (undergraduate students), with real time in person behavior therapy supervision with a seven years old child with ASD and a cochlear implant (CI), placed at age of five. The therapy was part of the CAIS Project (Center for Autism and Social Inclusion), an undergraduate discipline within the Institute of Psychology of USP, a public university in Brazil. The goal of the study is to analyse the effects of sign language over harmful behavior.From the third weekly session on, sign language was applied. After that (comparing first and sixth sessions), harmful behavior decreased from 65 to 23 and the child’s abilities increased (mand, listener behavior, motor imitation, among others). Those changes are seen as related with sign language application, as well as with the teaching programs in course. But because the largest positive changes occurred after the introduction of signs, they are considered the major controlling variable upon the progress of the child’s response. |
|
|
|
182. Interprofessional Collaborative Practice Among Occupational Therapists, Speech Therapists and Behavior Analysts for Children With Autism: A Systematic Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LUIZA ASFORA (Guia para Análise do Comportamento (Guia.AC)), Anne Costa Carneiro (Guia AC; UFSCar), Natany Ferreira Silva (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - UFSCar) |
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: A multidisciplinary team plays a crucial role in the treatment and support of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) due to the complex and diverse nature of the condition. Despite multiple professionals working with the same child simultaneously, there are numerous barriers preventing effective collaboration that benefits the client. This literature review aims to (1) outline the challenges inherent in the multifaceted nature of ASD, (2) synthesize the barriers to multidisciplinary collaboration, (3) explore the strategies presented in the literature and their outcomes, and (4) develop guidelines for effective and ethical Interprofessional collaboration. Initially, a systematic literature review was conducted on Interprofessional collaboration in the treatment of autism (n=441). Further analysis narrowed the study focus to empirical studies published between 2013-2023 in English (n=14). This present study marks the first instance where research findings on collaboration are jointly analyzed and presented for professionals from three distinct fields (OT, behavior analysts, and SLP) who also work together to develop guidelines for collaborative practices. |
|
|
|
183. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Pica Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
SEAN CONOR MADDEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Pica is a life-threatening form of severe problem behavior in which an individual persistently consumes inedible substances (e.g., glass, feces). Pica is often maintained by automatic reinforcement and is typically treated using a combination of response blocking and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR; Hagopian et al., 2011). In addition to response blocking and NCR, reinforcing alternative behaviors that are incompatible with pica (e.g., discarding inedible objects in lieu of consuming them) may also decrease pica and enhance the social acceptability and long-term maintenance of behavioral treatment (Schmidt et al. 2017). The current study used similar procedures described by Schmidt et al. by using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with response blocking to decrease pica and increase an appropriate, alternative response with a young boy diagnosed with an intellectual disability. The DRA procedure successfully decreased rates of pica and increased appropriate behavior across a number of treatment contexts. Recommendations for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
|
|
184. Stimulus Control Refinements of Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TIMOTHY MORRIS (CSH-RUCARES Severe Behavior Program), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Children’s Specialized Hospital¬–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Rutgers Brain Health Institute; Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School,), Daniel R. Mitteer (Children’s Specialized Hospital¬–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Despite the effectiveness of function-based treatments like functional communication training (FCT), research has shown that relapse of destructive behavior is highly prevalent when treatment conditions are challenged. Common challenges to treatment include a change in treatment context (i.e., renewal), worsening of reinforcement conditions (i.e., resurgence) that may be combined with a change in context (i.e., super-resurgence), or delivery of reinforcement at times other than following the functional communication response ([FCR]; i.e., reinstatement). Although research suggests that signaling when the FCR will and will not produce reinforcement using a multiple schedule during FCT (Mult FCT) can mitigate resurgence (e.g., Fisher et al., 2018) and renewal (e.g., Fisher et al., 2015), research on this stimulus-control refinement for other forms of relapse is limited. Gradually changing the context using stimulus fading is another potential stimulus-control refinement for mitigating relapse that has been infrequently evaluated. In this project we evaluated the effects of Mult FCT with and without stimulus fading for mitigating renewal, super-resurgence, and reinstatement. We also evaluated the effects of Mult FCT with and without stimulus fading during a relapse test that combined relapse variables. Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
185. Using a Video Activity Schedule to Teach Cooperative Games to Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERTA CARRILLO VEGA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Marie Kirkpatrick (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Video activity schedules are a combination of the interventions video modeling and activity schedules that teach a singular task or a series of tasks to be completed. Instead of a sequence of pictures, videos demonstrate to the learner what is expected to be done. Research has focused heavily on using video activity schedules to teach daily living skills or vocational skills; however, there is a lack of research on using video activity schedules to teach play skills. In this study, a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effect of a video activity schedule to teach three dyads of autistic children between six to nine years old how to play cooperative games during a summer day camp. Results indicate that all participants learned how to play the cooperative game, including maintenance probes for the first two dyads. Social communication data on the participants will be discussed. |
|
|
|
186. Project Social Code: Building Social and Coding Repertoires in Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (OCALI), Sarah Grace Hansen (30306) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Computer engineering is one of the fastest growing areas of employment in the U.S.. Despite its potential as a meaningful vocation, many students with autism spectrum disorder and other development disabilities are not provided instruction in the area of computer engineering. In this poster session, researchers will describe Year 3 results of a project funded by the U.S. Department of Education’s Office of Special Education Programs to develop and implement a curriculum designed to teach computer coding and social skills to students with autism The curriculum embeds behavioral teaching technologies (e.g., response prompting, establishing motivating opoerations, contingencies of reinforcement) into lessons focused on teaching social skills essential to employment in the field of computer engineering and coding skills related to operating a small robot. The authors will present their results regarding teacher implementation fidelity and student performance. They also will propose implications for practice and areas in need of future research. |
|
|
|
187. Creating Conversationalists: A Three-Component Teaching Procedure for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Priya P Patil (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), Julia Jacobs (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), EMILY E. GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Sophisticated, effective conversational repertoires include component skills like contextual responses, interaction focused on mutually-engaging topics, and increased duration that produce reinforcers for both speaker and listener behaviors. Jenna and Sophie, two adolescent girls with ASD, had previously learned to use and respond to statements and questions during conversations in a variety of everyday activities (e.g., lunch, interactive games) at approximately normative levels. Despite this, clinical observations indicated that the proportion of these interactions that were contextually-relevant utterances were below normative levels. A skill acquisition program was therefore implemented to increase interactions related to the ongoing activity across frequency of learners’ (a) statements and (b) questions and (c) percentage of others’ utterances with learner responses. Measures were analyzed separately, but new activity contexts were introduced only once individual criteria was met all three of the target responses. Rule-based instruction and naturalistic conversational consequences have been effective thus far to teach both Jenna and Sophie to display all three conversational components across the contexts of five different activities; learners have also generalized these skills to novel settings and activities. Goals for continued programming include increased comparisons to normative data and ongoing incorporation of additional activities. |
|
|
|
188. Variable-Time Schedules Protect Against Effects of Integrity Errors During Noncontingent Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
EVAN JAMES SWITZER (Salve Regina University), Sofia E. Abuin (Salve Regina University), Michael Catalano Jr. (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is an effective intervention that typically consists of response-independent reinforcer delivery according to a time-based schedule and withholding reinforcers following problem behavior. Inconsistent implementation (i.e., implementation with integrity errors) of NCR results in degraded therapeutic outcomes. Previous research that shows degraded therapeutic outcomes when NCR is implemented with integrity errors has focused on NCR implemented with fixed-time schedules. It is unclear if scheduling response-independent reinforcer delivery according to fixed-time or variable-time schedules would impact the effects of integrity errors. To evaluate this question, we randomly assigned participants to experience NCR with fixed- or variable-time schedules. In each group, participants experienced baseline, full-integrity NCR, and 80% integrity NCR conditions in an ABAC design. Full-integrity NCR was similarly effective at suppressing problem behavior across the fixed and variable-time groups, but variable-time schedules suppressed problem behavior significantly better (p?= .005) relative to fixed-time schedules. Implications for researchers and practitioners are discussed. |
|
|
|
189. Comparison of Multiple Error Correction Procedure on Consonant-Vowel-Consonant Word Identification With a Participant With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA WARD (Salve Regina University), Kimberly N Vieira (Salve Regina University), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Error correction procedures may help individuals increase independent responding in various academic skills. Several studies have evaluated error correction procedures, and shown that many forms of error correction can be beneficial. However, research indicates that the efficacy of error correction procedures are idiosyncratic, depending on individual needs. The purpose of this project is to identify an effective error correction procedure for the participant by comparing the effectiveness of three different error correction strategies for consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) word identification. The three different error correction strategies consist of: (a) an error statement, (b) an error correction with a descriptive statement and (c) an error correction with a single response repetition requirement. The participant was an 8-year-old hispanic/latino male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who attended a special education and treatment school with ABA. Results showed that of the three error correction procedures, error correction with single response repetition was best at increasing CVC word identification for this participant. Interobserver agreement was measured at 95.45% for 78% of sessions. |
|
|
|
190. The Effect of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on Establishing Adult and Peer Observing Responses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GIMO LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), Sanam Rahimi (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: One of the primary social deficits in autism is the lack of attending to human faces and making eye contact. In social development, eye contact is the earliest form of communicative behavior that often develops into more complex social interactions. In educational settings, increased attention to adult faces leads to enhanced learning of children with autism. The current study utilized a conjugate stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to condition the observing behaviors of three preschoolers with disabilities towards adult faces using naturally reinforcing stimuli. We used concurrent multiple probe design across participants with pre- and post-intervention measures. Post-procedure, all three participants showed improved attention to adult faces and more frequent eye contact. Additionally, this conditioning led to improved learning outcomes for the participants. A notable observation was the increased attention to peers following the conditioning of attention to adult faces, a phenomenon not previously studied. The study elaborates on the implications of these results. |
|
|
|
191. Evaluation of a Skills-Based Treatment, With Supported Application, to Reduce Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BELEN INARAJA LOPEZ (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children), Shannon Ward (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Functional assessments followed by function-based treatments are widely considered best practice when addressing challenging behavior. In recent years, evidence towards the efficacy and efficiency of a practical functional analysis and skill-based treatment (e.g., functional communication, toleration to denials, and cooperation with contextually appropriate behavior related to problem behavior) has been published in the literature (e.g., Jessel et al., 2018; Fiani & Jessel, 2022). Although some efforts have been made to study treatment effects in less controlled settings (e.g., Taylor et al., 2017), and under different clinical supervision conditions (e.g., Metras et al., 2023), replications are scarce. This study seeks to replicate a comprehensive treatment (i.e., practical functional analysis and skill-based treatment), in a specialized school setting, for two students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engage in challenging behavior. The comprehensive treatment was conducted by Board Certified Behavior Analysts, who were also classroom supervisors, with periodic support (consultation, data review, in-vivo training) from clinicians with expertise in assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Results showed reductions in challenging behavior and an increase in communication, toleration to denials, and cooperation with adult-led demands for both participants. Interobserver agreement averaged 97.8%, across both participants, ranging 92.1-100%. |
|
|
|
192. A Learning Management System Designed to Facilitate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Technology Based Interventions, Both In-Person and Remotely: RoboMate for ABA |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
GIOVAMBATTISTA PRESTI (Kore University), CHIARA VONA (Kore University), Silvia Cau (Kore University), CLAUDIA MINUTOLA (Kore University), MARCO LOMBARDO (Behavior Labs CT (Italy)), DANIELE LOMBARDO (Behavior Labs CT (Italy)) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Our research project focuses on technology-assisted therapy for individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. Specifically, we've developed a Learning Management System (LMS) platform capable of various functions to facilitate in-person or remote Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions. These functions include verbal behavioral trainings (listener, speaker, reader, etc.), mediated by tablets and/or robots, as well as digital forms for data collection and analysis. We have two primary objectives: first, to implement technology-assisted and evidence-based interventions; second, to streamline data collection and analysis, reducing therapist workload and enabling faster decision-making by supervisors on a case-by-case basis. Remote ABA interventions through our platform offer notable advantages, facilitating and increasing the frequency of effective supervisions (or therapies) while ensuring accessibility in underserved/rural areas. To achieve these goals, we tested our software during numerous in-person and remote ABA interventions and investigated the platform's usability and technology acceptance among therapists and supervisors. This poster presents our preliminary results. |
|
|
|
194. Delays to Behavioral Therapy in Michigan for Children Diagnosed With Autism: A Summary of Needs Assessment Outcomes to Inform Public Policy Advocacy Initiatives |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Andrea Stephens (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Brittany Hope Loder-Lafferty (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munro-Meyer Institute), ALYSSA LEE MILLER (ABA Insight), Jaimie Barr (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are eligible to receive behavioral health services in Michigan, including those based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Demand for these specific services far outpaces the number of qualified professionals in the state (Yingling et al., 2022), thus resulting in delayed access to a much-needed service. The purpose of our survey was twofold. First, we surveyed families throughout Michigan (N = 78) to identify the types of barriers encountered and the extent to which families of autistic individuals experience them when pursuing ABA services. Second, our survey assessed the needs of these families during service delays in an attempt to understand how to best support them during this time. Results indicated that 73% of children spent time on a waitlist, varying in duration from 1 month to over 1 year. Further, most caregivers indicated they were concerned about their children’s behavior while awaiting services and would have been interested in training to help them manage behavioral concerns and teach new skills to their children. We conclude by reviewing recommendations for addressing child and caregiver needs during this time and discussing implications for public policy advocacy initiatives. |
|
|
|
195. A Systematic Literature Review of Peer Mediated Interventions for Joint Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA FLITER (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Each year, one in six children are diagnosed with a developmental disability and of those children, one in 44 are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2022). Individuals with ASD often lack skills related to social competence (Tsao & Odom, 2006). Joint attention is pivotal skill that occurs when there is a shared experience between an individual and another object or experience. Children who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities often have difficulty displaying this skill. Peer experiences are important for children with developmental disabilities and can aid in teaching important skills through play and structured sessions. This literature review includes six articles that implemented peer-mediated interventions that targeted joint attention. Each article was analyzed across specific dimensions (participants, setting, dependent variables, independent variables, outcome and generalization). Information from this review includes the use of these interventions and the efficacy of joint attention skill acquisition in children with ASD. |
|
|
|
196. Comparing Multiple-Exemplar Sets, Minimal Rational Sets, and Single Stimulus Sets and Their Effects on Generalization |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANALIS CAPOBIANCO (Endicott College, Bierman Autism Centers), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Victoria Verdun (Bierman Autism Centers), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: There is a lack of research regarding Minimal Rationale Sets (MRS) being compared to other sets of stimuli, such as single exemplar and multiple exemplar, and the effects these sets have on the generalization of skills. MRS are stimuli sets used to teach individuals specified targets which also promote generalization. MRS includes specific examples with criteria for features that will help the individual discriminate between classes. This current study compared these three sets of stimuli across three participants that ranged from 3-7 years of age diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD.) The study was conducted during ABA therapy sessions using discrete trial teaching. All participants in this study showed an increase in generalization across each condition. This study provided results to help behavior analysts discover which sets of materials would suit their learners and the available resources and showed that regardless of the set of materials used, individuals can learn a concept. With future research, we can further investigate if this is true across different ages, skill levels, and operants. |
|
|
|
197. Comparing No-No Prompt to Flexible Prompt Fading, in Teaching Expressive Labels to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JIYOUNG PARK (Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Currently, there is only one experimental study that directly compares no-no prompt (NNP) to flexible prompt fading (FPF) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Leaf et al. (2019) used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effectiveness of the two prompting systems in teaching four children diagnosed with ASD to expressively identify pictures of athletes. While the results of the previous study indicated that both NNP and FPF are effective prompting systems, a limitation was the absence of assessing the long-term maintenance and generalization of the targets taught. Furthermore, when compared to other prompting systems that are commonly utilized in the field, there is a lack of empirical evidence for NNP and FPF in the literature. Further research must be conducted to compare different prompting systems to identify the conditions under which each system is more effective and efficient. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to measure the effectiveness and efficiency of flexible prompt fading compared to no-no prompt when teaching expressive labels to two children diagnosed with ASD. Additionally, this experimental study will measure the long-term maintenance and generalization of targets taught through each prompting system. |
|
|
|
198. Exploring the Utility of Multidisciplinary Interventions: Combination of Occupational Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis to Improve Dishwashing Skills in Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Marfan Syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HARRY BOBAK (Mississippi State University), Mattie Williams (Mississippi State University), Mark E. Wildmon (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Incorporating person-centered planning into everyday behavioral health care, is driving the the need to incorporate integrated approaches of disciplines to create multidisciplinary interventions. This research assessed the effectiveness of integrating an evidence-based intervention from two related disciplines of Applied Behavior Analysis and Occupational Therapy to teach a participant to hand-wash dishes. The participant was an adolescent male with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder with an Intellectual Disability and Marfan Syndrome. Our research used an alternating treatment design between three different interventions of combined intervention, Behavior Skills Training in isolation, and control to asses effectiveness of the interventions. Intervention effectiveness was established based on rate of acquisition and maintenance of the learned skill at 100% of a step-by-step task analysis. The participant demonstrated a quicker rate of skill acquisition with the combined treatment. The skill was later tested at 1 month-intervals to assess maintenance and using different cutlery to assess generalization. Discussion of limitations, direction of future research and ways to improve this format of research will be included. |
|
|
|
200. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Discrimination of Bodycam Video |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LYNDSY MACRI (Apollo Behavior; Cambridge College) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: There is a lack of research regarding the effectiveness of law enforcement training on autism using a performance-based measurement system. This study compared behavioral skills training with traditional lecture to teach law enforcement officers discrimination between correct and incorrect behavior when presented in a bodycam video. Participants reviewed a video and then evaluated six pre-specified officer responses. These responses included approach, providing enough time to respond to a question, minimizing physical touch, giving clear instructions, seeking information, and maintaining distance. Officers whose score was lower than 73% during baseline were placed into one of two groups. Group A received didactic lecture training and group B received behavioral skills training and didactic lecture. The results revealed that officers who were provided didactic lecture training were as successful at discriminating responses as those who received behavioral skills training. This finding has implications for selecting training format based on the behavioral/cognitive performance specifications. |
|
|
|
202. An Evaluation of the Use of Role-Play to Effectively Teach Social Skills to an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Trevor Stokes (James Madison University), HANNAH LOCKWOOD (James Madison University), Sydney E Setchel (James Madison University), Amanda Heillman (James Madison University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Modern social skills literature show the use of behavior skills training and role-play in social skills instruction in small-group and school-based settings, although there is limited research showing these methods of teaching in a one-to-one clinic setting where peers are unavailable to rehearse with. The purpose of the present study was to fill the gaps in the research on the use of behavior skills training and role-play as an effective treatment in teaching social skills in a one-to-one setting. A multiple-baseline design across behaviors was used to measure the effectiveness of the intervention across different behavior domains for an adolescent participant with autism spectrum disorder. The participant was given context to a social scenario and was instructed to role-play the interaction with the clinician with no feedback during baseline. The teaching phase utilized behavior skills training (instruction, model, role-play, feedback) to teach appropriate responding. The final phase looked for maintenance of the skill when presented with familiar scenarios in a role-play format in the absence of instruction and modeling. The results of this study will contribute to the literature on social skills instruction in a one-to-one client-therapist setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
Author Signing |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
2:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!
- Dr. Tonya Davis
- Dr. Jessica Akers
- Dr. Kent Johnson
- Mr. Andrew Kieta
- Dr. Douglas L. Robertson
- Dr. Katharine Beals
- Mr. Brett DiNovi
- Dr. Mary Lynch Barbera
- Mrs. Saundra Bishop
- Dr. Paulie Gavoni
- Dr. Julia Fiebig Dr. Siri Ming
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Imitation Skills and Choice-Making in Home-Based Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelley Henry (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Alicen Cutting, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Young toddlers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often demonstrate skill deficits across multiple domains including communication, social interactions and play. However, there has been minimal research conducted on how to effectively provide effective behavioral treatment to this young population. Three studies were conducted with young toddlers diagnosed with autism which investigated skill acquisition programming, specifically imiation of actions with objects which included allowing the participants to choose their own stimuli, preference assessments to identify preferred stimuli and the stability of preferences across assessment types and time, and skill generalization of learned skills across novel people, including therapists and parents. Participants in the three studies were under the age of three and enrolled in early intensive behavioral intervention services with teaching sessions being conducted in their home settings. Two studies implemented an alternating treatment design, and one study implemented a repeated measures design. Results illustrate the importance of studying this young population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are clinicians who have 1-3 years of experience providing behavior analytic services to individuals diagnosed with autism or clinicians who would like to learn about services to young children receiving early intensive behavior interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define interventions used within early intensive behavioral interventions (2) define types of preference assessments and implementation with young toddlers with autism (3) define generalization across persons and implement with young toddlers with autism. |
|
Does Choice Positively Impact Language Development and Skill Generalization in Young Toddlers With Autism |
ALICEN CUTTING (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Imitation is often a skill deficit for toddlers diagnosed with autism. These deficits often lead to delays in language development and play skills. and are correlated with underdeveloped joint attention abilities; therefore, it is crucial that young children diagnosed with autism learn basic imitation so that other critical developmental skills can emerge. This current study explored the impact of stimuli choice when teaching imitation skills to toddlers diagnosed with autism to determine if it improved their imitative repertoire, increased language production and led to skill generalization. Three newly diagnosed children with autism spectrum disorder, between the ages of 2.3 years and 2.9 years, participated in this study. An alternating treatment design was utilized, and data was collected on the acquisition of imitation skills using child-selected stimuli and stimuli selected by the experimenter. Upon completion of the study, the participants acquired the imitation of three actions using a variety of stimuli; however, there was no clear difference when the participant’s choice of stimuli was present therefore demonstrating that choice of stimuli did not increase imitative skill acquisition. Study results continue to support the importance and effectiveness of ABA principles and methodologies to successfully teach skills to toddlers with autism. |
|
Stability of Rank Order Selections Across Preference Assessments With Toddlers Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JEFFREY FOSSA (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Despite an emphasis on early intervention in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder and the need to try to determine potential reinforcers for young learners, there is little research on preference assessment results with toddlers. The present study examined the stability of rank-ordered selections from four different preference assessments (paired choice, multiple stimulus without replacement, free operant, and response restriction) across seven administrations of each assessment using a repeated measures design. Three children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder who were under the age of 3 upon the onset participated in this research. Consecutive ranked hierarchies were tested for statistical significance for each of the four preference assessments. Results were not found to be statistically significant, indicating that ordered selections made over time were not stable. These findings may suggest that results from formalized preference assessments have limited applicability when carried over across sessions for young children with autism. |
|
Generalization Across Persons: A Look at Training Schedules and Generalization to Novel Persons |
JULIE MARSHALL (BEACON Services of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Generalization of skills to novel persons is an important skill for children with Autism. An alternative alternating treatments design was used to teach participants three imitation skills to assess how the trainer schedule affects generalization when probed by a novel person and the participant’s parent. Baseline probe data was collected for each of the three imitation skills as well as a control skill. One probe occurred with a parent, novel person and the two trainers. In the acquisition phase, the first skill was taught by one trainer alone and the remaining two were taught by two trainers with varying schedules. Once mastery was observed, final probes occurred with each trainer, the novel person and the same parent that conducted the baseline probe. Participants were between the ages of 24 to 36 months old, had a diagnosis of Autism and were receiving in-home early intervention services. At baseline, very low levels of imitation were observed. When probed by novel persons after mastery, all skills were exhibited at higher levels than baseline. Preliminary data show higher rates of independent responding for the skill taught by one trainer alone. These findings contribute to our understanding of how to promote generalization across different people. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in Pain Management and Pain Communication for Autistic Individuals |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
CE Instructor: Helena Lydon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pain research in autistic individuals is largely unexplored and insufficient. Self-report is considered the gold standard in the assessment of pain, however self-report measures are not always accessible or feasible for use when communication difficulties are present. Furthermore, autistic individuals are often reported to express their pain in “atypical” ways such as through self-injurious behaviour ,aggression and changes in behaviour such as irritability, low mood, reduced activity, appetite change, changes in sleep, or crying. Consequently, pain is frequently unidentified and ineffectively managed among individuals with communication impairments. Pain management and effective communication about pain experiences are essential components of quality healthcare. This symposium will discuss the recent developments in pain management and pain communication for autistic individuals. Topics will include 1. Improving pain-related communication in children with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. 2. Evaluation of The Feeling Better ASD Pain Management Pain Management Programme for Autistic Children: Pilot and Feasibility Study. 3. Virtual Reality distraction for needle-related pain and distress in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder with or without a comorbid intellectual disability: a feasibility study. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Pain Communication, Pain Management, Venipuncture, Virtual Reality |
Target Audience: Behaviour Analysts working with Autistic individuals who may experience pain and have difficulty communicating pain. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify common behaviors that may indicate pain in autistic individuals, (2) Discuss the significance of teaching pain communication skills to autistic individuals and (3) Explain how to effectively implement VR distraction protocols in clinical and healthcare settings for autistic individuals. |
|
Improving Pain-Related Communication in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability |
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Rachel Fitzpatrick (Univeristy of Galway, Ireland), Conor O'Neill (University of Galway, Ireland) |
Abstract: The communication of pain in individuals with co-morbid Autism Spectrum Disorder and intellectual disability (ASD-ID) is largely unexplored. The communication deficits associated with ASD-ID can result in nonverbal behaviour such as self-injurious behaviour, aggression, irritability, and reduced activity as a means to communicate that pain is present. The objective of this study was to determine whether a behavioral- based educational intervention could increase the pain-related communication of children with ASD-ID who experience pain frequently. Specifically, the study aimed to determine if children with ASD-ID can label the location of their pain or quantify pain severity and request pain relief. The sample included three children with ASD-ID who experienced pain frequently. The intervention utilized educational materials and behavioral reinforcements and the intervention was conducted using a series of case studies. Pain was assessed daily by caregivers using the Non-Communicating Children's Pain Checklist—Postoperative (NCCPC-PV) and the ability of the individual to identify and express pain was recorded using the Wong Baker FACES Pain (WBFPS) Scale. Challenging behavior was recorded based on frequency count. The results indicated that all participants displayed the ability to independently respond to a question about how they were feeling by vocalising the location of pain or indicating their level of pain on the WBFPS and requesting pain relief. The results suggest a role for behavioral-based educational interventions to promote communication of pain in people with ASD-ID. |
|
Evaluation of the Feeling Better Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Pain Management Pain Management Programme for Autistic Children: Pilot and Feasibility Study |
RACHEL FITZPATRICK (Univeristy of Galway, Ireland), Brian McGuire (University of Galway, Ireland), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Self-report is considered the gold standard in the assessment of pain, however self report measures are not always accessible or feasible for use when communication difficulties are present. As a result pain is often unrecognised and untreated in autistic children. Feeling Better pain management programme is a cognitive behaviour therapy-based pain management manual which was developed for carers of individual with chronic pain and intellectual disabilities (McManus & McGuire 2010). Feeling Better has been developed into an internet-delivered pain management programme for children and their parents. This research has used public/patient involvement (autistic children and their parents) in the evaluation and modification of the existing computerized ‘Feeling Better’ programme to make an adapted version suitable for autistic children. The adapted version is called Feeling Better ASD. The aim of this research was to examine the effectiveness of the Feeling Better ASD as a pain management intervention for autistic children who have difficulties with pain. There is currently no evidence based online programme designed to increase the communication of pain in autistic children or teach skills to cope with pain. Feeling Better ASD provides inclusive education for autistic children and their parents by teaching the skill of communicating pain (location and severity) and also learning skills and techniques such as relaxation, activity pacing, distraction skills to help them cope with pain. |
|
Virtual Reality Distraction for Needle-Related Pain and Distress in Children and Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder With or Without a Comorbid Intellectual Disability: A Feasibility Study |
Brian McGuire (University of Galway, Ireland), CONOR O'NEILL (University of Galway, Ireland), Orla Flanagan (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland), Aisling Lyons (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland.), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle Dillon (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland.) |
Abstract: Available clinical research literature focusing on VR distraction methods for needle-related procedures in ASD populations, is at present, sparse. The current study aimed to examine the feasibility and preliminary effectiveness of virtual reality (VR) distraction to reduce needle-related pain and distress in children and adolescents with ASD and ASD-ID during a blood draw. A randomised controlled trial with a sample of 20 participants with ASD/ASD-ID aged 4 to 16 years attending a routine blood draw were randomly allocated to one of two groups: VR distraction or treatment as usual (control group). Participants in the VR distraction group reported significantly lower pain scores and incurred significantly less avoidant behaviours (as measured by the venipuncture task analysis) when compared to participants in the treatment as usual group, showing large and moderate effect sizes, respectively. High levels of satisfaction with VR distraction were reported by parents/caregivers and nurses/phlebotomists. Results of the feasibility data revealed that VR was feasible, tolerable, and applicable to use with ASD/ASD-ID children and adolescents within a busy clinical environment to facilitate safer blood draw procedures. Finding suggest VR distraction is effective at reducing needle-related pain and anxiety in children and adolescents with ASD/ASD-ID undergoing a venous blood draw procedure. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) 2.0: Innovation, Tools, and Tech Driven Service Delivery Evolution |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (Orlando Health) |
CE Instructor: Edward Justin Page, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is experiencing a transformative shift towards innovation, technology, and enhanced service delivery. This symposium explores the convergence of these elements to usher in ABA 2.0. Collaborating with a transformational game company, behavior analysts are pioneering the creation of skill-building transformational games and tools. These transformational games offer an engaging and effective means of intervention, making learning enjoyable for individuals on and off the autism spectrum. This symposium will showcase the development and potential impact of these tools, shedding light on the ways technology can revolutionize behavior analytic practice. Further, we will delve into the successful deployment of these tools in clinical settings and special education classrooms. Our pilot data will begin to illustrate the practicality and effectiveness of integrating these innovations into established programs. Additionally, the symposium will explore the utilization of AI language models, such as ChatGPT, to assist behavior analysts in goal development and assessment writing. These tools are poised to enhance precision and efficiency in developing goals, and reporting, thereby optimizing the overall ABA service delivery process. Join us to witness the evolution of ABA, where technology, innovation, and collaboration converge to drive positive outcomes for individuals and professionals alike. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Gamification, Generative AI, Technology, Transformational Games |
Target Audience: Audience needs familiarity with the VB-MAPP assessment or other skill assessments, goal writing, delivering services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and developmental delays. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to implement a dissemination strategy to increase awareness and understanding of behavior analytic principles in non-ABA fields. 2.Identify at least 3 benefits of implementing innovative technology within service delivery 3. Identify critical components of a quality behavioral goal |
|
Collaborating With Tech Innovators: Building Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Tools for Tomorrow |
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: This symposium presents a groundbreaking collaboration between a StepOne Neurodiversity Services and an established transformational game production company, Simcoach Games, in the creation of innovative digital tools for behavior analysts. The partnership, fostered by StepOne Neurodiversity Services, embodies a vision to disseminate the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) through engaging and transformative video games. This symposium will showcase the journey from identifying target skills to the development of prototype transformational games, ready for deployment in clinical and special education settings. Furthermore, the symposium will discuss ongoing and future research efforts to validate the impact of these games in real-world applications. A discussion and demonstration of the use of gamification of skill building interventions and creating a strategy of building transformational games across platforms (i.e., tablet, pc, virtual reality) to address different skill sets. These digital tools and games stand as a testament to the potential of technology to enhance ABA interventions, ultimately leading to more enriched learning experiences for behavior analysts and our clients. |
|
From Concept to Classroom: Implementing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Games and Tools in Clinical and School Environments |
KACEY RENEE FINCH (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is commonly administered in clinical settings to evaluate clients’ current skill levels and progress throughout service provision (Sundberg, 2008). Administration of the VB-MAPP requires the arrangement and presentation of a variety of physical stimuli by the clinician. This process is often effortful and requires physical materials that need to be purchased or developed by the behavior analyst. StepOne Neurodiversity Services and software developers at Simcoach Games collaborated to design a digital card deck and an accompanying game that align with the VB-MAPP framework. The Card Deck is a customizable digital tool that functions as a replacement for a physical deck of stimulus cards. The corresponding transformational game includes an interactive game design that tasks learners with demonstrating matching-to-sample skills by retrieving correct target items while playing the role of a ghost. Through video demonstrations and single-subject data, we highlight benefits of using technology to enhance assessment and teaching of target skills, and analyze data produced by learner behavior. Attendees will gain a deeper understanding of how these innovative resources can streamline assessment and teaching while providing engaging and data-driven experiences for learners in different settings. |
|
The Power of Artificial Intelligence (AI): Enhancing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Goal Setting and Reporting With Generative AI |
CLARISSA NEPERENY (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: Generative AI is a type of artificial intelligence that creates new content, such as text, images, code, and music by applying information learned from large datasets of existing content to generate new and original outputs. Generative AI is still in its early stages of development, but it has the potential to revolutionize many industries by generating text and content related to targeted topic areas. StepOne Neurodiversity Services is developing a GAI assistant to guide clinicians through writing observable and measurable treatment goals. The assistant will generate goal ideas, identify goals, and personalize goals to meet the needs of individual clients. The assistant will serve as a collaborative tool to support clinicians, not replace them; clinicians will have autonomy with goal selection. We believe that GAI is particularly well-suited for generating goals because it can: (1) generate a high volume of simple, complex, short-term, and long-term goals, (2) develop goals that include all critical components of a quality behavioral goal, including conditionality, observable behavior, quantitative criteria, and target timeframe, (3) generate goals quickly and easily, and (4) help to personalize goals for individual clients. Overall, the use of this tool can reduce the time spent writing and reviewing treatment reports. |
|
|
|
|
|
Rate Dependency: Still Useful After All These Years |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI/BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chris Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Over 70 years ago, behavioral pharmacology evolved as a scientific discipline integrating behavior analysis and pharmacology starting with the collaboration of B.F. Skinner and Peter Dews at Harvard. One of the first unifying principles that emerged from early research was the notion of rate dependency – that a drug’s effects on behavior was a function of the baseline rate of responding. This led to decades of experimental analysis in behavioral pharmacology. In this symposium, Dr. Jonathan Katz provides a brief history of behavioral pharmacology and rate dependency. Then others present data from several lines of research indicating that rate or baseline dependency remains a useful framework within a variety of domains including behavioral momentum, Dr. Jonathan Pinkston, impulsive and risky choice, Drs. Raymond Pitts and Chris Hughes, and contingency management of drug use, Dr. Stephen Higgins. Dr. Warren Bickel will be our discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Response Rate Dependency of the Behavioral Effects of Drugs: A Brief History |
JONATHAN KATZ (National Institute on Drug Abuse (ret.)) |
Abstract: In the 1960s Peter Dews and associates published papers indicating that drug effects on operant responding under reinforcement schedules varied with response rates occurring under non-drug conditions. This so-called rate-dependency effect had precedents in physiological pharmacology, particularly in cardiovascular effects of drugs. It is also related to the Law of Initial Values (Wilder, 1962) which states that effects of any agent depend largely on initial levels of the studied variable. A 1964 paper by Dews using fixed-interval schedules examined the specificity of the effects of amobarbital on suppressed responding and was especially notable as it detailed how an evaluation of moderating environmental influences on drug effects could be conducted with due consideration of rate dependency. That analysis also occasioned critiques regarding how to properly express rate-dependent effects. One of these focused on absolute response rate, rather than change as the critical outcome after drug administration. The other considered that average response rates under fixed-interval schedules are unrepresentative of bimodal distributions of constituent response rates. Each critique can be shown to be of minimal significance. The empirical ubiquity across species, environmental conditions, and pharmacological agents indicates that rate dependency remains critical in consideration of factors influencing the behavioral effects of drugs. |
Dr. Jonathan L. Katz received a Ph.D. in Psychology at the University of Maryland (1978), studying with Dr. James E. Barrett, and post-doctoral training at the Harvard Medical School studying with Dr. William H. Morse. He subsequently joined the research faculty in the Department of Pharmacology at the University of Michigan Medical School (1980-1982) working with Dr. James H. Woods. In 1983 he moved to the National Institute on Drug Abuse, Intramural Research Program where he remained until retirement in 2017. His research was funded with fellowships from the National Institute of Mental Health and NIDA, as well as NIDA grants and IRP funding. He has published over 290 papers primarily focused on understanding the pharmacological and behavioral mechanisms underlying the effects and abuse of stimulants, and the role of sigma receptors in that abuse. Other research focused on the abuse of various classes of compounds including opioids and benzodiazepines. |
|
Rate-Dependency Dependencies: Reinforcer Magnitude |
JONATHAN PINKSTON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Rate dependency refers to empirical observations that the effects of an intervention depend on the baseline rate of behavior. Early work on rate dependency occurred in the context of behavioral pharmacology. Repeated demonstrations that drug effects depended on the rates of behavior, and accompanying mathematical descriptions, affirmed the importance behavior itself plays in pharmacological treatments. At the same time, behavior analysis has shown behavior to be determined by environmental factors, raising the question of what factors determine the rate upon which rate-dependency depends. Our group has focused on one factor in particular—reinforcer magnitude. In several experiments, pigeons earned food according to multiple fixed-interval schedules, where the components differed only in the magnitude of the reinforcer earned. In examinations of several classes of drugs, we showed rate-dependent effects across the interval varied inversely with reinforcer magnitude, that is rate-dependent effects were reduced as magnitude increased. Thus, it appears that increasing reinforcer magnitude has a protective effect on fixed-interval behavior. The findings are consistent with the view of behavior proposed by behavioral momentum theory, whereby schedules are seen to establish response rates and reinforcer magnitude (density) establishes resistance to change. |
Dr. Jonathan Pinkston is Associate Professor of Applied Behavior Science at the University of Kansas. Dr. Pinkston’s research has contributed to a number of basic and translational research areas over the past 20 years, including schedule performance, extinction-related processes, choice, pausing and procrastination, and models of drug addiction. A common thread in all his research has been to “open” the response to understand how its properties relate to behavioral function. As he sees it, traditional operant approaches have focused too narrowly on bits of stimuli and responses, organized as discrete features of the three-term contingency. By using high-resolution, analog measurement systems, Dr. Pinkston’s research has provided new perspectives on the nature of operant behavior as a continuous quantity, and the defining features of the response itself as new sources of behavioral function. When he is not in the lab, he spends most of his time in the kitchen trying out new recipes or outdoors hiking and biking with his family. |
|
Baseline/Rate Dependency: A Useful Framework for Clarifying Drug Effects on Sensitivity to Reinforcement |
RAYMOND PITTS (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Despite substantial progress over the past two decides characterizing drug effects on impulsive and risky behavior and elucidating some of the relevant neurobiological mechanisms, considerable discrepancies remain in the literature, both within and across studies. In our hands, drugs invariably decrease sensitivity to the particular reinforcement dimensions controlling choice, but the degree to which this effect occurs varies both within and across subjects. As such, using these data to predict drug effects on impulsive and risky choice is tricky. In this talk, selected data from our lab investigating drug effects on sensitivity to reinforcement under continuous choice procedures will be presented. These data strongly suggest that effects of a variety of drugs are best described as baseline dependent. These analyses suggest that baseline/rate dependence, an example of the original Law of Initial Values (see Wilder, 1931,1962), remains a viable concept, one that behavioral pharmacologists and behavioral neuroscientists ignore at their peril. |
Dr. Raymond C. Pitts is a Professor of Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. He received his Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Florida in 1989, with a specialty in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Pitts’ research interests include basic experimental analyses of choice/preference and behavioral mechanisms of drug action. His work has been supported by grants from the NIH (NIDA) and has been published in a variety of outlets including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Processes, Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, Psychopharmacology, Behavioral Neuroscience, and Clinical and Experimental Psychopharmacology. Dr. Pitts has served on several Editorial Boards and as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He served as the Experimental Representative for the Executive Council of Division 25 of APA, served as the Experimental Representative on the Executive Council of ABAI, is a Fellow of ABAI and of APA Division 25, and is a two-time President of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
Baseline Rate of Drug Use and Initial and Longer-Term Treatment Response |
STEPHEN HIGGINS (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: I will discuss how baseline rate of cigarette smoking or cocaine use are strong predictors of response to abstinence-contingent Contingency Management (CM) interventions. Similarly, duration of abstinence achieved during the treatment period is a strong predictor of the likelihood of sustaining longer-term abstinence. Regarding the latter, I’ll share experimental results from a randomized controlled clinical trial testing the validity of these observations in which 100 cocaine-dependent outpatients were randomly assigned to one of two abstinence-contingent CM treatment conditions (Higgins et al., 2007). In one condition, vouchers were set at twice the usual monetary value (maximum of $1,995 during the 12-week intervention) whereas in the other treatment condition they were set at half the usual value (maximum of $499 during the 12-week intervention). All else in the treatment conditions remained the same across treatment conditions. As illustrated in the figure shown below, increasing the value of the vouchers increased the mean duration of continuous cocaine abstinence achieved during the 24-week treatment period twofold, and as hypothesized, point-prevalence cocaine abstinence was consistently greater among those treated in the high-magnitude voucher condition compared to the low-magnitude condition in assessments conducted every 3 months throughout an 18-month follow-up period. This presentation will put particular emphasis the importance of a positive initial treatment response to achieving longer-term abstinence from drug use. remains critical in consideration of factors influencing the behavioral effects of drugs. |
Dr. Stephen T. Higgins is Director of the University of Vermont’s Center on Behavior and Health, and Principal Investigator on multiple NIH grants on the general topic of behavior and health, including an NIGMS Center for Biomedical Research Excellence (COBRE) award, a NIDA/FDA Tobacco Centers of Regulatory Science award, and a NIDA institutional training award. He is the Virginia H. Donaldson Endowed Professor of Translational Science in the Departments of Psychiatry and Psychological Science. He has held many national scientific leadership positions, including terms as President of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the American Psychological Association’s Division on Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse. He has received numerous national awards for research excellence including a 2001 NIH-MERIT Award (NIDA), 2001 Don Hake Basic/Applied Research Award (Div 25, APA), 2011 Brady-Schuster Award for Outstanding Behavioral Science Contributions to Psychopharmacology or Substance Abuse (Div 28, APA), a 2017 Mentorship Award (College on Problems of Drug Dependence), and the 2022 SABA Award for Scientific Translation. He is the author of more than 425 journal articles and invited book chapters and editor of a dozen volumes and therapist manuals in behavior and health. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Louis Lucciola, M.A. |
Abstract: Treatment strategies for severe challenging behavior have evolved in recent years, giving way to more advanced tools clinicians can use to meet treatment goals. The current symposium will explore three distinct studies related to the treatment of severe problem behavior. The first study discusses the results of an updated literature review regarding the use of reinforcement- and punishment-based interventions for self-injurious and aggressive behavior. Findings reveal the number of articles published related to punishment-based interventions decreased and remained low in recent years while the number of articles exploring reinforcement-based procedures continued to be higher than punishment-based interventions. The second study explores the use of multiple schedules to teach “flexibility” skills to decrease severe challenging behavior. Results indicate that signaling the availability of an alternative reinforcer for the emittance of a tolerance response without challenging behavior (the flexibility skill) effectively decreased challenging behavior when extinction was in place for a functional communication response for two autistic adults. Lastly, the third study will discuss the use of multiple schedules to transfer lean schedules of reinforcer availability across contexts during the treatment of problem behavior. Findings indicate the effectiveness of multiple schedules to sustain treatment effects as schedules of reinforcement are thinned. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aggression, differential reinforcement, multiple schedules, self-injurious behavior |
Target Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of the theory of reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify current trends in the literature regarding publication of reinforcement-based and punishment-based interventions to treat problem behavior, (2) describe a method to use multiple schedules to teach flexibility skills and decrease problem behavior, and (3) discuss a procedure using multiple schedules to thin schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of problem behavior. |
|
The Influence of Functional Analysis Methodology on Publication of Treatments for Self-Injury and Aggression in Individuals With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities (IDD): An Extension of Pelios et al. (1999) |
Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), GARRET HACK (University of Florida), Maxime Korner (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Pelios et al. (1999) examined the impact of functional-analysis methodology, specifically the publication of Iwata et al., (1982/1994), on the publication of reinforcement- and punishment-based treatment for self-injurious behavior (SIB) and aggression in individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We extended the analysis conducted by Pelios et al. to include the years between 1998 and 2022 and analyzed individual participants in terms of demographics, topographies displayed, and assessment and treatment types used. We found that publication of reinforcement-based treatments for SIB and aggression has decreased from a peak in 1997 but remained elevated since Pelios et al. completed their review. The number of publications including punishment-based treatments has decreased more recently but remained low, averaging between one and two articles published yearly since 1968. Regarding individual datasets, we found that specific topographies of behavior were differentially associated with particular behavioral functions. Similarly, we also observed that treatment type was differentially associated with particular topographies, assessment types, and functions. We discuss these outcomes in terms of variables affecting publication, research on punishment-based treatments, and potential areas for further research. |
|
Teaching Flexibility Skills to Treat Severe Problem Behavior in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIA IANNACCONE (Rutgers University), Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules of reinforcement have a history of effectiveness in treating severe challenging behavior demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related disabilities (Saini et al., 2016). The literature demonstrating this efficacy, however, is limited within the adult population. The present study evaluated the utility of multiples schedules to teach “flexibility” skills to two autistic adults demonstrating severe challenging behavior. More specifically, functional analyses were conducted to determine the reinforcing variables maintaining the challenging behavior, then a multiple schedule treatment was evaluated. The multiple schedule was comprised of two signaled component schedules. One schedule involved continuous differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; e.g., appropriate mands for the functional reinforcer). The second schedule, called “Flexible Time”, involved extinction for the first alternative behavior (e.g., mands) as well as additional DRA for another behavior, a tolerance response, and the absence of problem behavior (differential reinforcement of other behavior; DRO). The present procedures successfully reduced challenging behavior for both participants and provide a model to clinicians to teach flexibility skills while decreasing severe challenging behavior. |
|
Transfer of Schedule Thinning Effects Across Contexts During Treatment With Functional Communication Training |
JASMINE SORRELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: After reducing problem behavior and establishing an appropriate alternative behavior, schedule thinning is necessary to create feasible treatment plans for implementation in naturalistic environments. Multiple schedules are effective at creating lean schedules of reinforcement for alternative behavior while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. When problem behavior is multiply maintained, or requires treatment extension across multiple contexts, schedule thinning with multiple schedules may be required across several treatment contexts. Few studies to date describe the transfer of treatment effects with multiple schedules across treatment contexts. In the current investigation, we implemented a terminal probe procedure in one context to derive initial schedule thinning starting points and subsequent schedule thinning progressions. Once we achieved a lean, feasible schedule in one treatment context, we transferred the treatment effects across contexts at the terminal schedule value. Treatment effects were maintained across contexts with the lean schedule of reinforcement. Results across participants suggested that these procedures yielded an efficient schedule thinning process when treating problem behavior across contexts. In addition to a review of treatment outcomes, we review the terminal probe method process, further strategies for transferring lean schedules across contexts, and implications for clinical practice and future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluations of Competing Stimulus Assessments and the Effects of Competition on On-Task Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kacie McGarry (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kacie McGarry, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder can exhibit behaviors that are harmful or disruptive to learning or the environment. These behaviors can be automatically reinforced. A common intervention component for automatically reinforced behavior involves the presence of competing stimuli, identified through competing stimulus assessments. The present symposium encompasses three studies that each seek to evaluate a different aspect of the assessment or treatment process involving competing stimuli. The first project investigates the influence of individual preference on competing stimulus assessment outcomes, aiming to enhance our understanding of the factors impacting problem behavior reduction. In the second project, an augmented competing stimulus assessment with prompted engagement components is utilized to identify competing items for reducing stereotypy. The final project focuses on vocal stereotypy in individuals with autism and evaluates the effectiveness of using music as matched stimulation to reduce vocal stereotypy and enhance on-task behavior. Collectively, these research projects contribute to the field of behavior assessment and intervention, shedding light on individual preferences, the use of matched stimulation, and the efficacy of augmented competing stimulus assessment in addressing problem behaviors and enhancing treatment approaches. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assessment, automatically reinforcement, behavior reduction, competing stimulus |
Target Audience: Education of reinforcement and behavior reduction practices |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to state 1) the correspondence between preference and competition, 2) the effectiveness and benefits of adding prompting into competing stimulus assessments, and 3) the effects of auditory stimuli on stereotypy and on-task behavior. |
|
The Effects of Stimulus Preference on Competing Stimulus Assessment Outcomes |
KIERSTEN STRICKLAND (Florida Autism Center; University of South Florida), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Janae' A. Pendergrass (University of Florida), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The present research project aims to investigate the influence of preference on competing stimulus assessments outcomes. Competing stimulus assessments are pre-treatment evaluations aimed at identifying stimuli that, when provided as available options, are linked to decreases in problem behavior. These reductions are hypothesized to result from the competition or substitution of reinforcers (Ahearn et al., 2005; Fisher et al., 2000; Hagopian et al., 2005; Shore et al., 1997). Multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement is a widely used assessment procedure that involves presenting individuals with an array of stimuli and determining their preferences through selection. While multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement has proven effective in identifying preferred stimuli, the potential impact of individual preference on competing stimulus assessments outcomes remains unclear. This study seeks to continue to add to the literature on preference in relation to competing stimulus assessments outcomes (Laureano et al., 2023) by examining relation between the presence of ranked preference stimuli and behavior reduction. Through a systematic evaluation involving participants who engaged in destructive behavior, the findings from this research project will contribute to our understanding of the factors influencing CSA outcomes and inform future practices in behavior assessment and intervention planning, ultimately enhancing individualized treatment approaches and promoting optimal outcomes for individuals with diverse needs. |
|
Brief and Extended Effects of Modified Competing Stimulus Assessments |
SORAY CASTRO (Florida Institute of Technology Alum), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) are pre-assessment tools that systematically identify stimuli associated with a reduction in a target behavior such as stereotypy or self-injury. The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a competing stimulus assessment with the goal to identify items that compete with stereotypy. If a competing stimulus was not identified in the initial assessment we moved to prompting engagement (i.e., augmented-competing stimulus assessment). For one participant, exposure to items effectively reduced stereotypy without prompted engagement. Therefore, an augmented competing stimulus assessment was not warranted for this participant. For the other two participants, results indicated the augmented competing stimulus assessments effectively identified two additional competing items following prompted engagement. We also evaluated the extended effects of the competing stimuli on item engagement and stereotypy for two participants. Reductive effects were maintained for one of the four competing stimuli for Participant 2 and two of the six items for Participant 3. |
|
Further Evaluation of Effects of Auditory Stimuli on Vocal Stereotypy and Task Completion |
KEITH HAPPEL (Florida Tech), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy (VS), or vocalizations that are noncontexual or nonfunctional, is commonly exhibited in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The nature of vocal stereotypy may pose an issue for some individuals when it competes with the ability perform daily tasks or leads to reduced independence. Previous research has shown that access to matched stimulation (e.g., music) is effective at reducing vocal stereotypy. However, this treatment is typically evaluated during play or low stimulation conditions and thus, its effectiveness and compatibility with daily tasks are less known. Therefore, we tested wearing headphones that played music as matched stimulation to decrease vocal stereotypy and increase on-task duration. The data indicate that music as matched stimulation significantly decreased vocal stereotypy for all participants and marginal increases in on-task behavior were observed. Additionally, effects generalized to classroom settings and activities. Treatment preference assessments indicated that all participants preferred to work while accessing music. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Health, Sports, and Fitness |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emma Jean Walker (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Emma Jean Walker, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis within health, sports, and fitness is a fast-growing specialty area in the field. There is a continued need to evaluate behavioral principles and interventions to help guide research and practice within this area. This symposium provides a variety of applications of behavior analysis across different participant populations, settings, and behaviors. This symposium will include three research projects covering interventions to improve physical activity, sports performance, and health outcomes. In the first presentation, Shreeya Deshmukh will present a study where token reinforcement was evaluated to increase physical activity in two young adults with autism spectrum disorder. Next, Jason Wiley will present a study evaluating behavioral skills training to improve the performance of offensive line blocking skills in high school football players. Lastly, Emma Walker will present a translational research study evaluating the effects of music on pace while using a treadmill in undergraduate students. Future directions for research and clinical implications will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Skills training, Synchronous schedules, Token reinforcement |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral principles applied to health, sports, and fitness. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe a token reinforcement intervention for increasing muscle strengthening physical activity in individuals with ASD.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe behavioral skills training for promoting an important skill for offensive line football players and promoting generalization to game situations.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe a synchronous schedule of reinforcement applied to movement on a treadmill. |
|
Using Goal Setting and Token Reinforcement to Increase Exercises by Two Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Engaging in regular moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) can result in improvements in physical health in many children and adults. The United States Department of Health and Human Services recommends that adults engage in 75-150 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity and two days of muscle strengthening activities every week. Yet, many adults do not meet this recommendation and even fewer adults with disabilities meet this recommendation. Several behavioral interventions are effective in increasing MVPA, but few have targeted muscle-strengthening activities. The purpose of this study was to evaluate goal setting and token reinforcement to increase the frequency of exercises in adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two adults diagnosed with ASD participated in this study at a local dance studio. Using a multiple baseline design across exercises with a changing criterion design, we used goal setting and token reinforcement to systematically increase the frequency of muscle-strengthening exercises (e.g., pushups, bicep curls, modified squats, etc.). Both participants increased the frequency of the exercises according to the criteria changes until they met the terminal criterion for each exercise. Future directions for research and implications for practitioners were discussed. |
|
Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training for the Acquisition and Generalization of Run Blocking Skills of High School Football Players |
JASON CALEB WILEY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) has been proven to be effective in a wide variety of settings to enhance sport performance, however, there is limited research of utilizing BST specifically with football. Behavioral skills training has been used to increase football player’s performance in one prior study, but there were limited data collected on how the skill generalized from the training environment to the natural environment. The purpose of this study was to further evaluate the effects of BST in enhancing football player’s performance while also evaluating the generalization of a skill taught in a training environment (i.e., practice) to the natural environment (i.e., game simulated scrimmage). This study included five high school offensive line football players and recorded their run blocking skills in the training context and a game context in baseline and following BST. We found that BST was effective in increasing run blocking skills in the training environment, however, the skills did not fully generalize, and additional training was needed to increase skills in the game environment. |
|
Moving With the Music: Evaluation of Synchronous Schedules of Reinforcement on Treadmill Use |
EMMA JEAN WALKER (University of South Florida), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba), Rasha Baruni (University of Manitoba), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity in the United States is predicted to continue rising to roughly 51% by the year 2030. Adults are recommended to engage in 75 to 150 min of vigorous-intensity physical activity or 150 to 300 min of moderate-intensity physical activity each week to sustain health benefits such as promoting a healthy cardiorespiratory system, muscle fitness, and body weight. Music may serve as a reinforcer that could increase and maintain appropriate levels of physical activity that can promote healthy living and prevent health concerns. Therefore, this study utilized a conjugate schedule of reinforcement to evaluate music preference across 50 participants. Then, participants were assigned to listen to high preferred or low preferred music while using a treadmill. Music was provided on a synchronous schedule of reinforcement where participants’ pace on the treadmill had to meet specific criteria to access the music. The results of this study found that participants assigned to high preferred music remained within the reinforcement criteria to access music more closely than the participants assigned to the low preferred music. These results preliminarily suggest an effective method at controlling pace while using a treadmill by manipulating the criteria for reinforcement when listening to preferred music. |
|
|
|
|
|
Impacts of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Clinical Engagement and Cultural Humility in Standardized Patient Interactions: Adding Behavioral Observation to Assessments in Medical Education |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute; Values to Action) |
CE Instructor: Alison Szarko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Like behavior analysts, medical professionals have an ethical obligation to provide their patients with patient-centered and culturally humble care. Therefore, medical schools are required to teach Patient Centered Care (PCC) and Cultural Humility (CH) skills along with how to manage burnout and implicit bias given the deleterious effects of leaving these neglected. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is an empirical approach to increase psychological flexibility (PF). ACTraining studies have demonstrated positive outcomes in a variety of settings and with a wide variety of populations including: mental health and innovation, stigma, stress, burnout, sick leave, physical and psychological well-being, absenteeism, college performance, and worksite distress. A majority of this literature has utilized self-report metrics (Newsome et al., 2019), however. Studies presented in this symposium examined the effects of ACT on medical students’ repertoires in a standardized patient encounter, wherein target behaviors related to implicit bias, PCC, and CH were operationally defined and objectively measured. Results and implications for future research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, Cultural Humility, Patient-Centered Care, Psychological Flexibility |
Target Audience: Graduate Students, Faculty, BCaBAs, BCBAs, Professionals Audience members may benefit from having some familiarity with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Desribe how Acceptance and Committment Training (ACT) can Facilitate Patient-Centered Care and Cultural Humility in their Practice; (2) Describe historical measurement with respect to these Patient Centered Care and Cultural Humility; (3) Create behavioral measurement systems related to ACT goals of interest. |
|
Effects of Psychological Flexibility and Implicit Bias on Medical Student Clinical Engagement and Academic Performance |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Neda Etezadi-Amoli (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)) |
Abstract: Medical schools are required to teach burnout management, implicit bias management, and patient-centered care (PCC). Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is an empirical approach to increase psychological flexibility (PF). Increases in PF have been correlated with reductions in burnout, improvements in managing implicit biases, and improvements in academic performance. However, less is known about relationships between ACT, PF, implicit bias, PCC, and academic performance. The purpose of this study was to examine relationships between ACT, PF, clinically relevant implicit bias, academic performance, rates of clinical verbal responding, and PCC skills with two cohorts of medical students. Cohort One (n = 43) were exposed to ACT one time and Cohort Two (n = 48) were exposed to ACT twice. All participated in an Objective Structured Clinical Exam with a Standardized Patient during their third-year OB/GYN clerkship rotation and completed standardized medical knowledge competency exams. Independent samples t-tests between cohorts were conducted as well as multiple linear regressions. Results found exposure to ACT, experience with clinical encounters, and weight bias all had an impact on clinical engagement and rate of clinical verbal responding. Levels of PF were also correlated with academic performance. Limitations and implications will be discussed. |
|
Exploring the Behavioral Measurement and Impact of Acceptance and Commitment Based Cultural Humility Training on Standardized Patient Interactions |
Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), DONNA WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Anayansi Lombardero (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Irene Le (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)) |
Abstract: Several researchers have highlighted the importance of training healthcare professionals to interact in a culturally humble manner with their patients (Nadal et al., 2014; Pascoe & Smart Richman, 2009; Sirois & Burg, 2003; Williams & Mohammed, 2009). A critical component of the development of an effective training process is the systematic assessment of cultural humility. As an extension of previous research (Kanter et al., 2020; Lombardero et al., 2023), this study implemented an evidence-based cultural humility intervention (Acceptance and Commitment Training-based) to improve medical students’ interactions with Standardized Patients (SPs) which was assessed via direct behavioral observation. Specifically, the observational measurement system was created which focused on culturally humble responses to patients reporting microaggressions to the medical professional. A pre-post comparison of the results demonstrated statistically significant improvements pertaining to participants’ culturally humble responses to SPs’ reports of microaggressions. These results and implications for future research across behavior analysis and medicine will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Juvenile Justice and Human Trafficking |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Asha Fuller (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Asha Fuller, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been demonstrated to be effective at assessing and developing interventions for socially significant behaviors with a variety of populations and settings. However, many marginalized populations such as juvenile justice and human trafficking lack substantial behavior analytic research and service provision. This symposium will include three presentations focusing on behavior analytic approaches within juvenile justice and human trafficking. The first presentation will discuss successes and barriers to providing behavior analytic services to youth with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in juvenile justice settings. The second presentation will describe the statewide implementation and outcomes of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) within juvenile justice facilities. Lastly, the third presentation will describe the findings of a scoping review conducted on the environmental conditions, risk factors, and lures used within human trafficking. Implications for practice, advocacy, and future directions within juvenile justice and human trafficking will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): advocacy, human trafficking, interprofessional collaboration, juvenile justice |
Target Audience: Necessary prerequisite skills for this symposium include an understanding of assessment and intervention development, competing contingencies, staff training, and Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the barriers in service provision within juvenile justice settings; (2) describe the implementation and outcomes of PBIS within juvenile justice settings; (3) describe the lures, risk factors, and environmental variables involved in human trafficking. |
|
A Behavior Analyst Working With Incarcerated Youth: Successes and Barriers |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (Daemen University) |
Abstract: According to Rava et al. (2107), by the age of 21 approximately 20% of their sample of teenagers with Autism had some contact with law enforcement, with approximately 5% having been arrested. Due to systemic problems with the services for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in the criminal justice system in New York it is highly likely that this statistic is at least indicative of this overrepresentation of persons with autism and/or IDD served by the Division of Juvenile Justice System programs (DJJOY) in New York State. There are many systemic barriers that likely contribute, including poor services for individuals with IDD, lack of availability of diagnostic services, and a lack of services and advocacy in schools particularly for individuals from historically marginalized communities (e.g., persons of color). This significant problem creates a need for behavior-analytic services, interprofessional collaboration, and advocacy directly with teams working in the Juvenile Justice, Child Welfare, and Developmental Disability systems as well as at the systems and legislative levels. The purpose of this presentation is to describe some of the successes and barriers to providing behavior-analytic services and advocacy within the juvenile-justice system in New York. Additionally, tips on how to respecialize in one’s scope of practice and competence to provide services to this much needed population will be discussed. |
|
Building Constructive Prison Environments: 50 Years After Skinner’s Call for Positive Action |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice), James Santoyo (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice), Michael Ito (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice) |
Abstract: Token economy effectiveness with prison populations and adjudicated youth has been established within the behavior analytic literature over the past 50 years. An increase in their implementation within juvenile justice facilities through the use of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) has occurred over the past 20 years. More recently, an increase has also occurred in legislation being passed requiring the use of PBIS to offset policies and procedures that are punitive, developmentally inappropriate, and unequitable. Following a significant transformation focused on diversionary practices, the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice now operates one maximum security facility. Youth served are historically under resourced and cross multiple systems. Over the past five years, Virginia DJJ has implemented PBIS within their Division of Education. The results demonstrated a significant decrease in the total occurrence of disruptive behavior, and the duration of time students spent out of class due to school disciplinary removals, allowing increased instructional opportunities. This success and recommendations from a state auditory investigation for an evidence-based behavior management program has led to the expansion of PBIS facility-wide. This presentation will explore the opportunity for increased behavior analytic applications to a large-scale implementation covering all systems within a state government agency. |
|
Scoping Review of Commonly Used Lures in Human Trafficking |
ARTURO GARCIA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Cecilia Pannone (University of South Florida), Andrea Babb (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Traffickers lure an individual into a situation or engage in a behavior that will likely result in their entrapment and exploitation. An individual’s propensity to victimization by responding to lures may be influenced by certain environmental conditions (e.g., history of abuse) and instances of high-risk behaviors (e.g., running away). By identifying environmental conditions surrounding abuse instances, it may be possible to construct a functional relationship between the altering value of trafficker-used lures and cumulative risk factors. A scoping review of the current literature was conducted, following the guidelines of the PRISMA-ScR, to identify trends and patterns of lures and grooming strategies used by traffickers. The review was conducted across four databases: PubMed, SAGE Journals Online, ScienceDirect, and Web of Science. Articles were categorized by their methodological approach. The database search identified 206 articles, of which 50 were categorized as mixed-method research. Extrapolated data were analyzed for correlations between (a) risk factors, (b) environmental conditions, and (c) high-risk behaviors. This paper will discuss a theoretical framework, based on behavior analytical principles, for the functional relationship of the cumulative risk factors that precede and increase the likelihood of vulnerability and victimization to sexual exploitation in relation to a trafficker’s commonly used lures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Compound Reinforcement Schedules Related to the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University) |
CE Instructor: Kayla Randall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners have recognized the utility and success of compound reinforcement schedules, such as multiple and concurrent schedules, in the treatment of challenging behavior. This symposium provides evaluations of clinically relevant procedures conducted and/or evaluated within the context of compound reinforcement schedules. Specifically, in the first study, stimulus transfer procedures were evaluated within a multiple schedule arrangement as they related to schedule thinning during FCT-based intervention. In the second study, reinforcer dimensions were evaluated within the context of concurrent schedule arrangements to identify how concurrent-schedule based interventions (i.e., non extinction-based interventions) could be designed and to determine if differences existed across responses (arbitrary and clinically relevant) targeted. Results are discussed in the context of (a) what strategies allow for greater practicality of intervention implementation, and (b) how concurrent schedules can be utilized to guide intervention design. Dr. Kayla Randall will provide discussion of the projects and suggestions for future directions this and similar research can pursue. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Concurrent schedule, developmental disabilities, multiple schedule |
Target Audience: intermediate practitioners and researcher |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the utility of compound schedules as a basis for evaluation of intervention and assessment variables. 2. Compare the effects of assessments conducted with target behavior and challenging behavior. 3. Differentiate between the use of arbitrary and naturally occurring stimuli in the process of schedule thinning. |
|
Incorporating Naturally Occurring Discriminative Stimuli Within Multiple Schedule Arrangements: An Evaluation of Two Instructional Methods |
JORDAN DEBRINE (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Seth Walker (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: We evaluated two methods to increase the generality of functional communication training (FCT) by incorporating naturally occurring stimuli within a multiple schedule thinning arrangement. In the present study, we used a stimulus control transfer procedure to determine the degree to which discriminated responding can be transferred from arbitrary to naturally occurring stimuli while maintaining high levels of functional communication and low rates of destructive behavior. Following the acquisition of discriminative control in the presence of an arbitrary stimulus, we transferred discriminative properties to naturally occurring activities that signal the unavailability of reinforcement. We compared rates of acquisition of discriminated functional communication responses and rates of destructive behavior using the stimulus control transfer procedure to direct discrimination training of naturally occurring stimuli. Results of the evaluation support the efficacy of both teaching strategies; however, directly teaching discrimination resulted in higher levels of discriminated responding, lower rates of destructive behavior, and fewer sessions to reach mastery criteria relative to stimulus fading. |
|
Comparison of Reinforcement Paramater Heirarchy Assessments With Arbitary and Clinically Relevant Behavior |
ROSE MORLINO (May Institute), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Although extinction is a common and effective treatment component included in behavior reduction procedures, adverse side effects may make its inclusion impractical to implement. Treatments that include concurrent schedule arrangements may provide an alternative to extinction. A review by Trump et al. (2020) found that concurrent schedules without extinction interventions were successful in reducing challenging behavior, but the results were idiosyncratic. These results might be due to different parameter sensitivities across participants. Kunnavatana et al. (2018) assessed individual and relative sensitivity to the reinforcement parameters used in concurrent schedule-based interventions to determine a parameter hierarchy prior to developing an intervention for challenging behavior. However, they used arbitrary behaviors during the assessment instead of clinically relevant behaviors. Thus, the current study compared the results of a parameter hierarchy assessment with arbitrary behaviors (i.e., button pressing) to a parameter hierarchy assessment with clinically relevant behaviors (i.e., communication and challenging behavior) to determine if the results would align. Three elementary-aged children with special education eligibilities for autism or significant developmental delay participated in this study. Results show no alignment between the two assessments across participants. Despite the lack of alignment, an effective intervention to reduce challenging behavior was identified for two participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
When One’s Listener and Speaker Behaviors Join – The Effects of a Rotated Protocol on Verbal Behavior Development Cusps |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Francis Hwang (Touchstone ABA) |
Discussant: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone) |
CE Instructor: Francis Hwang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) posited the joining of the listener- and speaker-within-the-skin to refer to when one talks to oneself overtly or covertly. Expanding on this notion, verbal behavior development theorists identified specific verbal behavior development cusps that lead to joining of the listener and speaker. These cusps allow one to be fully verbal as one functions as both a listener and a speaker (Pohl et al., 2020). Researchers also found protocols that showed positive effects on inducing these cusps, if missing in one’s repertoires. We conducted 2 studies to further investigate the joining of listener and speaker cusps. In the first study, we sought to identify a significant relation among the presence of specific joining of the listener and speaker cusps. In the second experiment, we tested the effects of a rotated protocol package on the emergence of cusps that join listener and speaker behaviors. The rotated protocol consisted of components from social listener reinforcement (Reilly-Lawson & Walsh, 2007), self-talk immersion protocol (Farrell et al., in revision), and multiple exemplar instruction (Gilic & Greer, 2012). Results are discussed in terms of the change one’s interaction with the environment following the acquisition of joining of the listener and speaker verbal behavior cusps. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): developmental protocol, Inc-BiN, social communication, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Target audience should have basic knowledge of Skinner's verbal behavior and verbal behavior development theory. The symposium is designed for practitioners to expand their learners' verbal behavior development through protocols and interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify verbal developmental cusps that are prerequisites to development of verbal developmental cusps that joins one's listener and speaker behaviors; (2) describe probe procedures to assess targeted verbal developmental cusps |
|
Identifying Necessary Skills to Support the Joining of the Listener and Speaker Repertoires |
TRICIA CLEMENT-JAMES (LaBAA), Francis Hwang (Touchstone ABA) |
Abstract: Expanding on Skinner (1957)’s verbal behavior, researchers identified verbal developmental cusps and protocols that induce certain cusps when missing in one’s repertoires. Verbal behavior cusps allow one to access new reinforcers that did not have reinforcing properties prior to acquiring the verbal behavior cusp. Previous research found that verbal developmental cusps accelerate one’s learning, make new learning possible, and lead to social learning. Based on the preliminary study that showed Incidental Bidirectional Naming as the most predominantly missing repertoires across 15 participants, we expanded the research question in the current study. In this study, we conducted probes for listener, speaker, and joining of listener and speaker verbal developmental cusps to identify skills that may be necessary for the joining of the listener and speaker repertoires to emerge. We sought to identify significant correlation among the presence of verbal developmental cusps. The study is currently on going. The result of the study is discussed in terms of future directions for participants who did not have certain verbal developmental cusps in their repertoires. |
|
The Effects of a Rotated Protocol Package on Joining of Listener and Speaker Verbal Behavior Cusps |
FRANCIS HWANG (Touchstone ABA), Tricia Clement-James (LaBAA), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone) |
Abstract: Expanding one’s verbal community, accelerating learning, and social learning are some key goals for all learners. These critical skills are closely tied to the development of verbal behavior developmental cusps (Pohl et al., 2020). Researchers’ identified protocols that induce the missing verbal developmental cusps. However, implementation of a protocol for each missing cusp is time consuming. Previous research investigated a rotated protocol package designed to induce preverbal foundation cusps (Keohane et al. 2008). The results showed increases in capabilities associated with the preverbal foundation cusps for the protocol’s implemented.
In the current study, we utilized a multiple probe design to test the effects of a rotated protocol package on the joining of listener and speaker cusps. The rotated protocol package in this study included the implementation of research-based protocols to induce joining of the listener and speaker cusps. We targeted acquisition of multiple cusps that lead to joining of one’s listener and speaker behaviors. The study is currently ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Research in Precision Teaching: Theoretical Implications and Practical Applications in Clinical and Educational Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Martin Kozloff (NCABA) |
CE Instructor: James Stocker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Precision Teaching represents a measurement and decision-making system that maximizes the development of academic, functional, and socially significant behaviors. The standard celeration chart serves as the primary tool for visual analysis and yields quantifiable outcomes to evaluate behavioral fluency. The present symposium examines current research in precision teaching with an emphasis on the theoretical implications and practical applications that carry a significant impact in clinical and educational settings. The individual presentations cover topics such as assessing how graph type influences behavior analysts' evaluations and decision-making, identifying frequency aims for daily living skills that signify behavioral fluency in autistic individuals and individuals with developmental disabilities, and the application of a packaged reading intervention using a dosage approach to optimize instructional efficiency and efficacy in an urban school setting. Attendees of the symposium can expect a concise review of the methodology and results associated with each research contribution as well as recommendations for future research and implications for practitioners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Pre-requisite skills include having a basic understanding of measurement, data display, and interpretation as outlined in the BCBA Task List (5th edition). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Given simulated data in various graph formats, behavior analysts will evaluate trend magnitude with at least 90% agreement compared to expert consensus, demonstrating the ability to interpret trends based on graph type accurately; 2. After reviewing standard rules for interpreting trends using linear versus ratio graphs, behavior analysts will select appropriate treatment changes with 95% accuracy according to graph-based decision rules, demonstrating skill in using visual data to guide clinical decision-making; 3. Given a visual display and associated table depicting data from a multiple probe design study, behavior analysts will identify the level and level multiplier with 90% accuracy; 4. Given a visual display and associated table depicting data from a multiple probe design study, behavior analysts will identify celeration and celeration multiplier with 90% accuracy; 5. Describe critical learning outcomes associated with behavioral fluency; 6. Describe the difference between accuracy and behavioral fluency; 7. Explain the use of frequency aims and the importance to determine aims for daily living skills.. |
|
Slope Identification and Decision Making: A Comparison of Linear and Ratio Graphs |
(Theory) |
JAMES STOCKER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rick M. Kubina (Penn State) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts have traditionally used visual analysis of graphic data displays to determine functional relations between variables and guide treatment implementation. This study assessed how graph type influences behavior analysts' evaluations of trend magnitude, treatment decisions based on trend changes, and confidence in decision-making. Fifty-one behavior analysts examined simulated data presented on linear graphs with equal-interval scales and ratio-scaled graphs (i.e., multiply/divide or logarithmic vertical axis) with numeric celeration indicators. Standard rules for interpreting trends accompanied each graph. Results showed significantly higher agreement on trend magnitude evaluations and treatment decisions and higher confidence levels when using ratio graphs. Moreover, decision-making was most efficient with ratio charts and a celeration value. These findings have implications for research and practice regarding the influence of graph type on data interpretation and decision-making.Given simulated data in various graph formats, behavior analysts will evaluate trend magnitude with at least 90% agreement compared to expert consensus, demonstrating the ability to interpret trends based on graph type accurately. |
|
An Exploration of Frequency Aims for Daily Living Skills |
(Applied Research) |
Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Leah Yakabovits (Georgia Southern University), MADISEN DUKE (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: For autistic individuals and individuals with developmental disabilities, acquiring daily living skills (DLS) represents a critical component in establishing independence as they transition into adulthood. Researchers have suggested that designing instructional programming towards behavioral fluency, can help increase and maintain skills for individuals in these populations beyond traditional accuracy criteria. A frequency aim constitutes a level of performance that reliably predicts critical outcomes (e.g., retention, application) associated with behavioral fluency. Although frequency aims exist for academic skills, no research has identified the frequency aims needed to reach behavioral fluency for DLS. The present project sought to explore the frequency aims needed to reach behavioral fluency for a variety of DLS. Sixty college-aged participants performed 12 different tasks while researchers collected data on the movement cycles observed and the amount of time required to complete each task. We will present results from the project as well as discuss implications for practice. |
|
Effects of Explicit Decoding Plus Frequency Building for Consonant-Vowel-Consonant Word Reading in a Tier 3 Urban Elementary Setting |
(Applied Research) |
MARY ASHLEY BURCH (University of North Carolina Wilmington), James Stocker (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Martin Kozloff (NCABA) |
Abstract: A number of challenges exist when a disproportionate number of students concentrated in urban schools require the highest levels of academic support yet have inequitable access to evidence based interventions within multi tiered systems of support. The present investigation examined the effects of an explicit decoding plus frequency building intervention on consonant vowel consonant word reading fluency. Participants included three second-grade students receiving Tier 3 academic support at an urban public school in the southeastern United States. Using a dosage approach, the interventionists applied the intervention 5 to 8 minutes per day, over 8 to 9 days per word list. Results indicate a significant increase in words correct per minute and decrease in words incorrect per minute on the three words lists, curriculum-based assessments, and curriculum-based measurements. The session will include a statistical analysis using the standard celeration chart, implications for research and practice, and shared protocols for participant application in the field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Research in K-12 Public Special Education Settings: Successes and Challenges |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: MaryAnn Demchak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is important to demonstrate that behavioral strategies can be systematically investigated in real-life settings; not just clinical or university settings. One such real-life setting is K-12 public school special education settings. Conducting behavioral research in these settings presents challenges and successes. The studies presented in this symposium demonstrate that special education teachers and paraprofessionals can implement systematic instruction, including response prompting procedures (e.g., prompt hierarchy; constant time delay). These results also provide strong evidence of social validity with typical interventionists implementing procedures in typical settings. However, real-life behavioral research also presents challenges. These challenges can include a greater number of extraneous variables that must be controlled, conflicting school activities that occur, inconsistent school attendance, and finding teacher and paraprofessional participants who are willing to do the extra work often related to participating in research. Additionally, demonstrated improvements may not be supported by natural contingencies present in the real-life setting (e.g., a lack of administrator support and reinforcement of new staff behaviors). Even though these challenges exist, successes are evident and school settings are great sources of participants and interventionists. This symposium focuses on three studies conducted in K-12 public school special education settings and addresses successes and challenges. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, Data-based Decision-making, IDD, Systematic instruction |
Target Audience: Intermediate - Understanding of single case research design methodologies, response prompting, and data-based decision-making |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) State benefits of and successes linked to conducting behavioral research in K-12 public school special education settings
(2) State challenges, and strategies to address those challenges, linked to conducting behavioral research in K-12 public school special education settings
(3) Describe the results of three studies focusing on response prompting and self-monitoring of data-based decision-making |
|
Functional Digital Literacy: Improving Email Skills of Adolescents With Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities Using Response Prompting Delivered Remotely |
ANDREA FORSYTH (Inclusive ABA) |
Abstract: Technology continues to permeate many areas of daily life. The importance of technology became more apparent during the recent pandemic. Many services innovatively moved to hybrid or technology-based methods of service. However, not all individuals accessed technology with the same opportunities. Persistent inequities remain for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), stemming from several variables, but most noticeably a lack of goal planning that includes digital literacy skills required to access technology necessary to improve post-secondary outcomes and opportunities. In the present study a multiple probe design across three behaviors (i.e., composing email, replying to email, including attachments in an email) was replicated across six participants. Intervention procedures employed direct instruction and the use of a systematic prompt hierarchy, delivered remotely using Zoom due to the pandemic, to increase basic email skills in adolescents with IDD. Results showed a functional relation between the intervention and improved emailing skills (composing, replying, and attachments) across all participants. |
|
Using a Pyramid Model and Behavioral Skills Training: Training Paraprofessionals to Implement Constant Time Delay Response Prompting |
JODEE PRUDENTE (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: Teaching students with intellectual and development disabilities (IDD) can be complex. Teachers frequently rely on paraprofessionals to assist in the classroom in various ways. However, paraprofessionals are unlikely to have the knowledge and skills needed to perform all requested duties. Paraprofessionals require on-the-job training and support to meet students’ needs. Teachers are unlikely to have had preparation on how to train paraprofessionals. This study used behavioral skills training (BST) within a pyramidal approach to train paraprofessionals. The researcher trained teachers and teachers then trained paraprofessionals to implement systematic instructional plans using a constant time delay (CTD) response prompting procedure with students with severe IDD. Using a multiple probe design across participant triads (teachers, paraprofessionals, and students), effects of the intervention package on accuracy of paraprofessional implementation of systematic instructional plans and student progress were examined. A functional relation was demonstrated between the intervention package and improvements in paraprofessional behavior, with related improvements in student performance. This study successfully demonstrated the efficiency, feasibility, and acceptability of a pyramidal approach in training teachers to train five paraprofessionals to implement systematic instructional plans using CTD with students with significant IDD in a public school classroom, with data supporting generalization and maintenance. |
|
Effect of Self-Monitoring on Teacher Procedural Integrity of a Data-Based Decision-Making Process |
CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is one strategy used to increase procedural integrity (PI) of instructional practices. Self-monitoring, evaluating one’s own behaviors in relation to performance criteria, is documented by self-recording occurrence or accuracy of planned behaviors (Bishop et al., 2015). Some evidence indicates self-monitoring results in increased PI; however, many studies have not separated self-monitoring effects from those of performance feedback and other intervention components. Additionally, there is little evidence that self-monitoring, or its effects on PI, is maintained (Bishop et al., 2015; Mouzakitis et al., 2015).
The current study evaluated the effect of a self-monitoring checklist on PI of data-based decision-making (DBDM) by teachers of students with severe disabilities and to determine if effects were maintained and generalization was observed for untrained instructional plans. We identified additional intervention components needed to stabilize teacher performance at set criterion levels. A combined changing criterion and multi-component design was replicated across three participants with a fourth control participant. Results indicated self-monitoring alone was insufficient to yield high PI of DBDM. All teachers, including the control, needed additional intervention to maintain high levels of PI after initial intervention, despite having previously demonstrated competence in DBDM in graduate coursework and stating they used DBDM in their classrooms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Working Through the Lens of Cultural Responsiveness in Applied Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Khadija McCarthy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The topics of cultural responsiveness and cultural humility in behavior analysis have garnered increased attention over recent years. Despite all that has been published and discussed, it can be challenging to translate into skills that can be easily employed by practitioners. Thus, identifying ways in which practitioners can embed behaviors aligned with cultural responsiveness and humility in their repertoire is of great value. The presentations in this symposium highlight ways in which cultural humility, cultural responsiveness, trauma-informed care, and consideration of linguistic differences can improve behavior analytic clinical practice. Presentations will include a conceptual review of culture and how to be a culturally humble clinician with clear examples and non-examples. Presentations will evaluate the efficacy of the use of checklists and goal setting to promote culturally responsive behavior. Additionally, presentations will review bilingual communication training using picture exchange communication. The presentation supports Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) efforts for individuals in clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Bilingual Communication, Cultural Humility, Cultural Responsiveness |
|
Cultural Humility in Clinical Practice |
(Theory) |
KHADIJA MCCARTHY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Somchart Sakulkoo (TrueNorth Educational Cooperative 804; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: As behavior analytic practitioners look to increase diversity equity and inclusion (DEI) efforts, it is important for practitioners to understand the distinction between cultural competency and cultural humility. Cultural humility refers to continuous learning, being self-aware and increasing self-reflection when interacting with individuals from various demographics or identities (Foronda et al., 2016; Tervalon & Murray-Garcia, 1998). Cultural humility may allow for more equitable outcomes for practitioners as well as service delivery recipients, as some identities may be historically marginalized. Individuals who engage in culturally humble behavior will have ongoing contact with additional culturally responsive information and persist with lifelong self-reflection (Benuto et al., 2018). Culturally humble behavior in clinical practice may reduce discomforting conditions for all parties involved, including practitioners at various levels (i.e., board certified behavior analyst [BCBA], board certified assistant behavior analyst [BCaBA], and registered behavior technician [RBT]), and ultimate stake holders, the recipients of behavior analytic service delivery.
Learning Objectives:
1. Attendees will review and discuss culture conceptually.
2. Attendees will receive a conceptual review of cultural humility and how this can be applied at the individual and organizational level.
3. Attendees will receive multiple exemplar training including both examples and non-examples of culturally humble behavior. |
|
Checklist and Goal Setting to Promote Culturally Responsive and Trauma-Informed Practices in Schools |
(Applied Research) |
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (University of Florida), Lauren Beaulieu (Newton Public Schools), Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: The recent emphasis on culturally responsive service delivery and trauma-informed care in behavior analysis is limited by the lack of training in these areas. There is a need for behavior analysts to develop new skill sets in order to adjust their practices accordingly. We evaluated a treatment package that included in-person training, a checklist, and weekly goal setting. The content of the treatment package focused on the inclusion of culturally responsive and trauma-informed practices in behavior support plans designed for students in a public school. The treatment package was effective at increasing culturally responsive and trauma-informed practices in behavior support plans with both participants, and participants’ weekly goals corresponded with the observed changes in their behavior plans. Further, the social validity assessment suggests participants strongly agreed the training and checklist were valuable and easy to use and reported increases in their perceived abilities to implement culturally responsive trauma-informed care post training.
Learning Objectives:
1. Attendees will learn about culturally responsive and trauma-informed care in applied behavior analysis settings.
2. Attendees will learn about components of culturally responsive and trauma-informed care behavior plans. |
|
Teaching Bilingual Communication and Language Discrimination Using a Bilingual Picture Exchange (PE) Communication System for Children With Autism From Spanish Speaking Families |
(Applied Research) |
RIVER WAITS (Louisiana State University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The prevalence of non-English speaking individuals in the United States has been steadily growing, with over one-fifth of the current population using a non-English language in the home (Dietrich & Hernandez, 2022). This provides a challenge to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis: providing effective bilingual services to culturally and linguistically diverse clients. Though evaluation of non-English behavioral services has increased in recent years, no studies to date have addressed the added skill of discriminating between two languages (e.g., using Spanish with a Spanish communicator and vice versa). The current studies addressed these gaps by 1) evaluating the effects of a bilingual picture exchange (PE) communication system on manding behaviors in English and Spanish and 2) examining at what point, if at all, language discrimination arises during communication training. If language discrimination did not spontaneously arise, 2a) the effects of a discrimination training procedure for language discrimination between English and Spanish were evaluated. Results revealed the bilingual PE communication system effectively increased manding behaviors for both participants across targets. Additionally, accurate language discrimination spontaneously arose during communication training for both participants across targets with the exception of one target. For this target, discrimination training procedures effectively increased language discrimination accuracy. Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn about linguistic diversity and review the current literature on bilingualism in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. 2. Attendees will learn about culturally-adapted communication and discrimination training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirical Investigations Into Issues of Assent and Dissent When Delivering Behavioral Services |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Britany Melton (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Britany Melton, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior science's core principles involve compassion towards recipients of our services, with the goal to prevent human suffering and maximize the quality of life for those we serve. Over the past several years, there has been an increasing number of behavioral researchers advocating for more discussion of assent-based procedures, where clinical interventionists provide frequent opportunities for the recipients of our services to indicate their 'willingness' or 'dissent' from participating in the activities requested of them. This increased focus is laudable. However, up to this point, there have been only conceptual and advocacy papers written supporting this more enlightened view. The conceptual importance of using more assent-based procedures has been determined. However, now we must begin to explore aspeccts of assent and dissent using our research approaches inherent in the behavioral sciences. This symposium will consist of three research studies that empirically investigated aspects of assent and dissent. The researchers will present data-based results from systematic research studies exploring what are the behavioral components of assent and dissent, how to maximize assent and minimize dissent in clinical behavioral intervention, and how to train staff to deliver services in line with this new approach to treatment. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assent, ethics |
Target Audience: clinical interventionists; beginners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) orally describe the importance of assent opportunities for learners; (2) orally describe behaviors that might make up assent and dissent; (3) orally describe potential empirical research studies to expand our understanding of assent procedures. |
|
Enhancing Assent and Treatment Outcomes: A Case Study on Responding to Aversive Ambient Auditory Stimuli for an Autistic Adult |
FARIS R KRONFLI (University of Florida), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of Florida), Malchijah Williams (Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The discussion of importance of assent and dissent procedures has moved from the conceptual argument for assent-based procedures, to exploring the variables related to identifying the components of assent-based procedures, so those procedures can be taught to clinical interventionists. The current study investigated the issue of teaching assent procedures to a recipient of services. We explored assent procedures to promote assent and treatment effectiveness for an autistic adult. The objective, at the request of the participant, was to evaluate an innovative approach to a) identify aversive auditory stimuli and b) teach Steven, a 19-year-old male, appropriate responses in the presence of these stimuli without directly exposing him to the stimuli. The results suggest that the procedures effectively identified auditory stimuli for assessment and taught the participant to avoid the aversive stimuli appropriately (that is, in ways that were not dangerous). Through the implementation of this novel approach, assent and treatment effectiveness were enhanced for the autistic individual |
|
Staff Training in Assent and Assent Withdrawal Behavior in Children With Disabilities |
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In recent years, there have been calls to action regarding the integration of compassionate care and assent into behavior analytic practice. Assent, in medical and educational interventions, is associated with an absence of coercion and with a willingness to engage. It is a core foundational value of humane and compassionate intervention across human service professions. A recent review of the research literature (Morris et al., 2021) revealed that attention to assent in Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) research is scarce. Critiques of the field have implied an inadequate focus on assent in clinical practice as well. There are definitional and measurement challenges associated with assent that are barriers to the integration of it into clinical work. In this study, instructors were trained to identify individualized indices of assent and withdrawal of assent for learners in their care. The focus on individualized indices represents an advance and reflects the highly tailored nature of behavior analytic intervention. Staff members were also taught to shift instructional strategies when assent was withdrawn. The study represents an empirical successful demonstration in training staff to identify and to honor both assent and withdrawals of assent. Limitations and future directions are discussed, in terms of measurement, training, and clinical practice. Implications for clinical practice and practitioner training are reviewed. |
|
Assessing Behaviors Related to Assent and Dissent |
ANDREA LOUISE EADS (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: The field of behavioral science has come increasingly concerned about issues related to consent and assent in both research and clinical situations. While consent has been more clearly defined legally, assent can be more difficult to determine, especially among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or other intellectual or developmental disabilities. Determining assent and dissent of persons who do not effectively communicate is of particular interest. Thus, the purposes of this study are to operationally define responses that comprise the response classes of assent and dissent, accurately measure those behaviors across preferred and nonpreferred activities, and attempt to increase rates of assent and decrease rates of dissent using environmental manipulations, with children diagnosed with autism who do not communicate effectively. The results of this study should deepen understanding of the extent to which nonvocal behaviors could indicate the willingness of individuals to participate (or not) in activities, and could lead to proactive strategies to increase the willingness of individuals to participate in research and clinical activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Kantor's Contributions to the Science of Behavior - Back and Forth |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over many decades, J. R. Kantor has made great contributions to the development of the science of behavior. These contributions have involved an impressive range of areas - including cultural behavior, physiological psychology, linguistics, the logic and philosophy of science, and many more. Considering the 50th anniversary of ABAI, the present symposium aims to reflect upon some of Kantor's most provocative writings, including commentaries on behaviorism and behavior analysis, the accumulation of scientific knowledge and how this facilitates and hinders progress over time, and, importantly, on the role of biology in the psychological domain. While reflecting upon these themes will comprise one part of the symposium presentations, a secondary aim is to consider how these topics relate to present day behavior science, including the philosophy of behavior science, research, and application. In summary, the symposium involves both looking back and also forward, to the future of the science of behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): interbehaviorism |
Target Audience: It is assumed that audience members will have a general understanding of behavioral principles, operant conditioning, and broad behavioral philosophy. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the difference between behaviorism and operant conditioning; 2) Discuss immense learning and it's implications for progress in scientific disciplines; 3) List two problems of biopsychology in interbehavioral perspective |
|
Behaviorism and Behavior Analysis: Then and Now |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The present presentation reviews some of Kantor's writings on behaviorism and behavior analysis. These writings address many topics, including various anti-behavioral positions. These previous anti-behavioral positions are reviewed, and their validity and significance is reconsidered in the current context of the field. Among other things, the relationship of behaviorism to behavior analysis is addressed, as some of these historical critiques and discussions pertain to operant conditioning more specifically. For example, Kantor asks "Is the condemnation of operantism a blow to behaviorism?", "Is anti-behaviorism reversionary mentalism?" and more. It is suggested that operant conditioning may be best conceptualized as a part or aspect of behaviorism, a particular methodological approach to studying learning. The possibility that some of the critiques of behaviorism are a consequence of semantic confusion is explored, and the implications of this confusion are considered. Consistent with the overarching theme of the symposium, the extent to which these historical writings pertain to present day behavior science, as well as its possible future, are considered. |
|
The Problem of Immense Learning |
GENEVIEVE M DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Kantor proposes that as particular schools of thought develop within scientific disciplines, there is an accumulation of knowledge that often becomes increasingly specific and focused over time. While this may be considered a good thing, in the sense that knowledge is indeed progressing over time, Kantor highlights that there may also be problematic consequences of immense knowledge. Most prominently, developing highly specialized knowledge in this way may circumvent or thwart the adoption of newer ways of thinking - ways of thinking that may result in more profound progress being made in the discipline. In Kantor's words, "Extensive conventional knowledge results in the resistance to more recent developments of improved information". The present paper reviews examples of this, as described in Kantor's writings. After reflecting on these examples, largely from within the field of psychology, the implications of the circumstance of immense knowledge for behavior science are discussed. Among other things, the presentation considers the extent to which behavior science has accumulated immense knowledge in some areas, and how this may or may not be preventing progress in different ways. |
|
Problems of Biopsychology Revisited |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper reviews Kantor’s contributions to biopsychology, as appear in his works of some 7 to 8 decades past. Addressed are Kantor’s assessment of two interrelated problems in this field, the first of which has to do with the conception of causality promoted in this context. He argues that while the brain has an inevitable place in every psychological event, neither it nor any functions localized within it cause the event of which it was itself a part. The second problem has to do with the nature of the factor isolated as the cause. Kantor argues that the relationship between the biological and psychological factors in behavioral events has been interpreted on the basis of psychophysiological dualism, wherein psychological factors are held to be caused by physiological processes having transcendental origins. The aim of this paper is to determine if these obstructions to progress in biopsychology have been overcome, in both psychology and behavior science specifically. |
|
|
|
|
|
AR and VR 101: A PRIMER on the What, Why, and How |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Author: LISA TOENNIGES (Innovative Learning Group) |
Abstract: Have you heard about Augmented Reality (AR) or Virtual Reality (VR) and are wondering how these fast-growing technologies can fit into your overall learning strategy? Innovative Learning Group CEO Lisa Toenniges will give you a high-level picture of AR and VR, describe which learning situations are best suited for AR and VR, and explain how you and your clients’ organizations can iteratively develop AR and VR capabilities and organizational experience. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Education and learning practitioners interested in using Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality for learning |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe AR and VR, while developing familiarity with the most-used hardware and software development tools; (2) Showcase common training use cases through specific industry examples of successful implementations; (3) Highlight the full set of skills required to effectively implement AR and VR at different levels of immersion, interactivity, and scalability; (4) Guide development of AR and VR capabilities and organizational experience through a detailed roadmap from “Discovery” to “Pilot” to “Scale” |
|
LISA TOENNIGES (Innovative Learning Group) |
Lisa Toenniges is the owner and chief executive officer of Innovative Learning Group, a company she founded in March 2004. A dynamic and respected leader, Lisa has more than 30 years of experience in the performance improvement industry and has consulted with many Fortune 1000 companies about their learning and performance strategies and solutions. ILG was born out of Lisa’s passion for building a business, providing for her employees, and doing what is right for clients. Her entrepreneurial spirit, positive outlook, and hands-on leadership style have been the drivers behind ILG’s profitable annual compound growth. Lisa has been a member of the Board of Trustees for On My Own of Michigan since 2018. Currently, she is the Treasurer of the Executive Committee, having served as the Secretary from 2020-2022. Lisa is also a volunteer grant reviewer for Impact100 Oakland County. Lisa has a master’s degree in instructional technology from Wayne State University in Detroit and a bachelor’s degree in music education from Michigan State University. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Choice, Time, and Evolution: Dynamics in Self-Injurious Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Translational |
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: John Falligant, Ph.D. |
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Presenting Authors: : JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In physics, the study of dynamics is concerned with how forces act on bodies to change their movement—from this stems concepts involving Newton’s laws of motion, mass, inertia, momentum, kinetic energy and more. In behavior analysis, the study of dynamics is concerned with how consequences act on behavior via contingencies of selection over time. In this paradigm, behavior participates in a dynamic system with operant contingencies to produce emergent outcomes that are analyzed across multiple response dimensions, time scales, and units of analysis. Behavior dynamics provides a framework for investigating how operant behavior changes due to variation in the environment, yielding insights into the variables that underlie complex patterns of behavior—it embraces the idea that behavior is not static, but constantly evolving. This tutorial will explore the emerging application of behavior dynamics to the study of self-injury among individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. This discussion will center on dynamics of response competition, time, and evolution. Throughout, my emphasis will be on making these concepts, along with selected analytic techniques, approachable for applied researchers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This tutorial is geared towards board certified behavior analysts, psychologists, and graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) understand how the study of behavior dynamics compliments the analysis of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior, (2) use multiple analytic approaches to examine the temporal dynamics of behavior, and (3) apply principles of Darwinian evolutionary theory to behavior maintenance and change. |
|
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Falligant is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and a Senior Behavior Analyst in the Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. The Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who suffer from severe behavioral dysfunction, including self- injury. His clinical work is focused on the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. His research coalesces around the analysis of transdiagnostic neurobehavioral variables underlying behavioral dysfunction, persistence and relapse, as well as the identification of functional behavioral phenotypes pertinent to treatment- resistant behavior. A unifying theme across these areas is the fine-grained analysis of behavioral events, including the microstructural analysis of behavior and its dynamics.
Dr. Falligant is a clinical psychologist and Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). He received his Ph.D. from Auburn University. He completed his Doctoral Internship and a Postdoctoral Research Fellowship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. |
|
|
|
|
|
Developing Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis That Balance Quality and Changing Stakeholder Expectations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amanda Guld Fisher, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
JESSICA KENDORSKI (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
RICHARD GREGORY ALLEN (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
BARRY L. MCCURDY (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
Abstract: Higher education in 2024 is irrefutably different than it was ten years ago. The landscape of graduate programming has changed in many ways including, but not limited to: decreases in admissions and enrollment, changes in admissions practices, changing accreditation requirements, increased awareness of inequity issues, responsiveness to service delivery issues, increased use of technology and remote teaching strategies, changes in administration and organizational structure, issues of appeals and litigation, etc. Some of these changes were initiated or exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. It seems that student, administration, accreditor, and public expectations of higher education processes are changing in ways that often manifest in decreased consumer satisfaction. It is often difficult to maintain a financially viable and socially valid graduate program that balances quality educational methods and competency-based training, with these changing stakeholder expectations. The curriculum, requirements, and instructional procedures are often at odds with the social validity from the viewpoint of students and may need to be more in balanca in order to grow the field with competent practitioners. This panel discussion will discuss various concerns along these areas as well as potential behavior analytic solutions that graduate programs can consider. The audience will be encouraged to brainstorm additional concerns and solutions for discussion. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Faculty, students, administrators related to higher education in behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. list several concerns regarding the balance of quality higher education and social validity of students. 2. list several concerns regarding the balance of quality higher education and stakeholder expectations 3. list at least one example with a possible solution to a concern discussed. |
Keyword(s): accreditation, graduate program, higher education |
|
|
|
|
|
The Evaluation of Novel Procedures to Establish Equivalence Classes With Typical Adults |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Discussant: Ron F. Allen (Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Ron F. Allen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium was to evaluate two new procedural applications to teach conditional discriminations and form equivalence classes with adult participants. The current methods to establish new conditioned reinforcers may be unreliable and the typical approach to establishing equivalence classes, matching-to-sample training and testing, can be labor intensive and time consuming. The first presentation, entitled “Transfer of Reinforcing Function Facilitated by Differential vs. Common Outcomes” sought to establish new conditional reinforcers via equivalence class formation and differential outcomes. The results indicated that stimuli from an equivalence class containing other, reinforcing stimuli, acquired reinforcing properties and was effective as a reinforcer to establish new classes. The second presentation, entitled “Establishing Equivalence Relations Utilizing a Sorting Procedure” used a stimulus sorting protocol to teach and test for the emergence of new conditional discriminations, indicative of equivalence class formation. The results indicated that teaching via a sorting protocol not only established new equivalence classes but did while substantially decreasing the teaching and testing trials necessary. The results of this symposium are discussed in terms of efficacy of instructional protocols used in more applied settings (e.g., classrooms, etc.). |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, conditioned reinforcement, sorting, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Advanced. Participants should at least a working knowledge of stimulus equivalence and conditional discrimination training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the benefits and limitations of traditional stimulus equivalence research; (2 )identify the advantages of sorting as another method to assess the formation of stimulus classes; (3) explain the advantages of equivalence based instruction over more typical forms of instruction (e.g., differential reinforcement of correct response) |
|
Transfer of Reinforcing Function Facilitated by Differential Versus Common Outcomes |
(Basic Research) |
COLLEEN YORLETS (Simmons University), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University), Ron F. Allen (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Several primary methods for establishing new reinforcers have yielded varied results. Stimulus equivalence procedures, while not traditionally used for such purposes, may prove beneficial. In the present study, two groups (Condition A & B) of three adults completed a series of match-to-complex sample trainings. Condition A participants completed a match-to-complex sample training in which unique reinforcers were utilized for each stimulus class. Following initial training, participants completed an additional training in which stimuli that functioned as discriminative stimuli in the first training were tested for a reinforcing function. Tests for equivalence class formation were conducted via sorting tests. Procedures for Condition B participants were identical to those for Condition A participants except for the reinforcers used. For Condition B participants, across all trainings a common reinforcer was used across stimulus classes. Results for one participant demonstrated via a reinforcer assessment that three different tokens functioned as reinforcers prior to training. Preliminary training data collected suggested that the first match-to-sample training will be successfully completed with the use of unique reinforcers. It is expected that participants trained using differential outcomes will demonstrate greater accuracy across phases, compared to those trained using common outcomes. |
|
Establishing Equivalence Relations Utilizing a Sorting Procedure |
(Basic Research) |
MEGAN BREAULT (Centria Autism), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample, MTS, procedures are most often utilized in equivalence research when teaching conditional discriminations and then testing for the formation of equivalence classes. The labor intensiveness and excessive time requirements of MTS procedures in the training and testing of equivalence classes has led experimenters to investigate alternative methodologies. Thus, researchers have investigated other methods to lessen the time commitment and the number of training and test trials. Sorting has been utilized in recent equivalence research to demonstrate class consistent responding during testing but has rarely been utilized as a training protocol to establish the baseline conditional discriminations necessary for the subsequent emergence of equivalence relations. The current study evaluated the efficacy of utilizing a sorting protocol for training conditional discriminations and testing for equivalence relations and compared the results of MTS versus sorting tasks with 4 typically developing adults. The results are discussed in terms increasing the probability of using of equivalence class instruction in applied settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Humans Learn Language Through Observation: A Verbal Behavior Development Account of Language Acquisition |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: : JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Recent research developments in the identification and establishment of crucial verbal developmental cusps related to learning by observation provides a clearer picture of the trajectory of language development leading to incidental language learning (Incidental Bidirectional Naming or Inc-BiN). These findings suggest that a new account of Observational Learning (OL) is warranted, with particular attention to the role that it plays in language development. This reconceptualization of verbal behavior development includes cusps that encompass the following: a) imitating (see-do responding); b) emulating (duplication of outcomes); c) changing existing behavior; d) acquiring new respondents, operants, and higher-order operants; e) acquiring new reinforcers under denial conditions; f) learning listener and speaker responses from exposure alone; and g) learning multiple responses or arbitrarily applicable relations, all as a function of observation. This presentation will focus on the establishment of observational stimulus control that makes language learning possible. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners; researchers; theorists; students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) be familiar with the verbal behavior development theory; (2) be familiar with an updated account of the observational stimulus control cusps involved in language development; (3) be familiar with the role that observational learning plays in language development |
|
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Dr. Jessica Singer-Dudek is the Director of Transdisciplinary Programs in ABA at Columbia University Teachers College. She also serves as a Senior Behavior Analyst Consultant to schools implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, and serves as the CABAS® Professional Advisory Board Secretary/Treasurer. Dr. Dudek’s research interests include component analyses of successful behavior analytic models of education, teacher and supervisor training, verbally governed and verbally governing behaviors, establishment of early observing responses, verbal behavior development, conditioned reinforcement, and observational learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Constructional Approach to Understanding Our Animal's Emotions and Creating Individualized Function-Based Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Maia Huff-Owen (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Morgan Katz (MSPCA-Angell) |
Abstract: In celebration of the 50th anniversary of the Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974), this symposium will examine Constructional Approaches to caring for animals, teaching social interactions, and implementing individualized function-based training programs to achieve meaningful goals. Working with animals often presents unique challenges to identifying the function of behaviors and understanding how the present contingencies could influence their emotions. There are decades of research on the Constructional Approach to achieving meaningful outcomes with humans (see Layng et al., 2022), and this symposium represents an extension of this work to the world of animal welfare and training. This symposium provides examples of the generality and effectiveness of the principles identified by Dr. Israel "Izzy" Goldiamond and those who have followed in his footsteps. Presentations in this symposium will provide examples across several species of applications of the Constructional Approach to better understand animal emotions, teach social behaviors, and address undesirable behavior by establishing new behaviors that obtain the same consequences. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Animal Training, Animal Welfare, Constructional Approach, Function-based Intervention |
|
Heart of the Matter: The Story of Three Dogs and the Importance of Understanding the "Why" in Aggression |
MAASA NISHIMUTA (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training), Sean Michael Will (CAAWT) |
Abstract: Not all instances of aggressive behavior are equal! For any given behavior, there can be multiple "meanings" or functions. Furthermore, the function cannot be assumed purely by examining the topography of behavior. It can be tempting to "interpret" behavior through body language or assume function from how we feel our animals "typically" behave. However, this presentation will go beyond the topography and demonstrate how different instances of aggressive-looking behaviors can require entirely different training programs and consequences.
This presentation will feature three dogs that all engaged in what could be assumed to be "aggressive behavior." Understanding the function of each dog's aggressive behaviors was critical to get to the "heart of the matter" and provide a function-based training program. Through these cases, this presentation will explore how we planned and interpreted assessments, and created three completely different individualized function-based programs to achieve desired outcomes for each of these dogs and their families. |
|
Animal Training That Transforms and Measures Emotional Welfare |
BARBARA HEIDENREICH (AnimalTrainingFundamentals.com) |
Abstract: Animal emotions, being private events, are a topic that has been difficult to directly evaluate in the world of animal training, welfare, and behavior. However, Goldiamond (1974) identified that emotions are private outcomes of different contingencies. This means that when contingencies are altered, emotions can be changed. This can guide animal training interventions to focus on addressing contingencies to transform overt emotional behavior and the associated covert private emotions. Adopting this approach to understanding emotions and emotional behavior can provide insight to help structure living and training environments that better suit our animals' individual needs. This presentation will provide examples of how this powerful strategy can be used to measure behavioral responses in animal training programs, which can provide a more objective evaluation of emotions, resulting in improved welfare. Analyzing the contingencies surrounding emotions and the associated behaviors can add an entirely new dimension to typical approaches to measuring animal welfare. |
|
Canine Social Etiquette Redefined: Conjugate Reinforcement Schedules in Dog Behavior Training |
BOB KEITH SIEMENS (Calgary Humane Society) |
Abstract: This presentation will examine the transformative impact of Conjugate Reinforcement Schedules, a concept initially championed by the eminent Ogden Lindsley (see Lindsley, 1963). These schedules, recognized for their adaptability in social reinforcers, infant education, medical applications, advertising, and more, now take center stage as the architects of polite canine interactions. Ogden Lindsley stressed the importance of conjugate schedules with regard to social interactions. He stated that conjugate schedules are ideal for the delivery of social reinforcers. Furthermore, he also states that social reinforcers lose their reinforcing value when delivered through an episodic schedule.
A benefit of conjugate reinforcement schedules that is completely different from other schedules is that some level of the functional reinforcer is always available. In these cases, the learner always has access to some amount of the reinforcer, thus minimizing the likelihood of contacting extinction and the undesirable outcomes associated with extinction.
During this presentation, keeping in line with the 50th anniversary of the Constructional Approach, we will explore Constructional applications of conjugate reinforcement schedules to teaching reactive dogs the fine art of polite greetings and channeling the enthusiasm of exuberant puppies into socially adept playmates. |
|
Building Trust With Reptiles Through the Constructional Approach |
MIKA ISHIWATA (ALETTA) |
Abstract: This presentation will examine the question of whether it is possible to establish social interactions with reptiles. To celebrate the 50th anniversary of the Constructional Approach, we will showcase how the Constructional Approach enabled the development of mutually enjoyable interactions with two reptiles. Through the exploration of these captivating case studies, we offer insights into the fascinating world of human-reptile relationships. We will explore two cases featuring an Indian Star Tortoise and Emerald Tree Skink, both of which initially engaged in distancing behaviors in the presence of people, and how a Constructional Approach was applied to better understand these reptiles and build individualized function-based training programs. A unique and detailed analysis of these two reptiles' behaviors will be presented during this talk to demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach in fostering trust and positive engagement with reptiles. By examining these cases, we aim to contribute to our understanding of the potential for human-reptile relationships and open new avenues for research and conservation efforts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Functional Analysis Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Pham Tran (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Pham Tran, M.S. |
Abstract: Functional Analyses (FAs) have been widely used in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis to determine the underlying function(s) of problem behavior. Advancements in functional analysis research suggest that functions of behaviors may change for a multitude of reasons (e.g., time, settings). The current symposium includes four papers focusing on findings from functional analyses evaluations. The first talk presents a study on the analysis of individuals who have had 2 FAs conducted. The second talk presents a study on a comparison between first admission and second admission FAs. The third talk presents a study on the investigation of the extent to which interaction effects occur with participants from a university based early childhood center. The final talk presents a study on the comparison of documented FA outcomes to retrospective ongoing visual inspection (OVI) results. All four studies will be discussed by Dr. Amanda Zangrillo who has extensive experience in implementation as well as research regarding FAs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): function stability, functional analysis, problem behavior, visual inspection |
Target Audience: Submitted in the Basic level. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe potential implications of changing functions of problem behavior; (2) describe potential interaction effects in different settings; (3) describe potential differences in using OVI versus not using OVI to identify functions of behavior. |
|
Evaluating the Stability of the Function of Challenging Behavior Over Time |
ANNETTA C. LYNCH (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Jonathon C. Metz (Bancroft), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Few studies have reported the outcomes of functional analyses (FAs) completed at different points in time to evaluate the stability of behavioral function (Lerman et al., 1994). In the current study, we analyzed archival FA data from electronic health records (EHRs) in a large nonprofit behavioral health provider in order to evaluate whether documented functions of behavior remained stable over time. A search of the EHR produced 207 distinct FAs documented between 2018 and 2023. A review of these records identified 21 individuals who had at least 2 FAs completed for the same target behavior at least 6 months apart. Five more individuals with at least 2 FAs were identified through a review of additional clinical records. Of the 26 total individuals identified, FA results had exact agreement for 14 individuals, partial agreement for 8 individuals, and no agreement for 4 individuals. For the individuals whose FA results did not match, 3 out of 4 of the data sets included at least one inconclusive FA result. Variables that may account for the different outcomes (e.g., protocol differences) will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Functional Analysis Results From First to Second Admissions in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
JESSICA PHAM TRAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alexandra Cicero (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe Meyer Institute), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional analyses are considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Once the functional analysis is implemented and a function is identified, a function-based intervention can be developed and implemented. Typically, if a social function is identified, some form of functional communication (FCT; Tiger et al., 2008) is implemented. Previous research has demonstrated FCT to be an effective treatment that both decreases problem behavior while increasing appropriate alternative responses (i.e., Functional Communication Responses; FCRs). Although FCT is an effective intervention for problem behavior, there may be times where FCT becomes ineffective over the course of its implementation (Ringdahl & St. Peter, 2017). One possible explanation for decreases in the effectiveness of FCT includes a change in the function of problem behavior. Specifically, it is possible that if the initially identified function shifts, the intervention will no longer be relevant. Possible implications of this decrease in effectiveness of treatment may include lack of caregiver treatment adherence, resulting in possible readmissions due to an increase of problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to compare the results of a functional analyses conducted during an initial admission into a severe behavior clinic to the results of a functional analysis conducted during a second admission. |
|
Evaluating Interaction Effects of Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior in Other Settings |
LISA MARIE AMBROSEK (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (The University of Kansas), Laura B Camafreita (The University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Reported barriers to conducting functional analyses (FAs) in clinical and school settings are induction or contrast effects, also referred to as interaction effects. Induction results in an increase of problem behavior, while contrast results in a suppression of problem behavior. Studies to date have investigated the phenomena of interaction effects in the natural environment during functional analysis and have found results be idiosyncratic (Call et al., 2012, Call et al., 2017) or that no interaction effects exist with a small set of participants (Davis et al., 2014, Shabani et al., 2012). The purpose of the present study was to further investigate the extent to which interaction effects occur with a relatively large population of participants from a university based early childhood center. Levels of classroom problem behavior prior to the initiation of FA and during the course of the FA were compared for 11 young children in an early education center. The results of this study are reported and discussed in terms of induction and contrast effects related to functional analysis. |
|
Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Accuracy in Functional Analysis (FA) Interpretation: Application of Ongoing Visual Inspection (OVI) to Previous Completed FAs |
KIMBERLY R. FORD (Bancroft), Dawn M. Smith (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Jeff Schram (Bancroft), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Structured criterion lines have become an objective measurement tool to accurately apply visual inspection to functional analysis (FA) results (Roane et al., 2013). Additionally, ongoing visual inspection (OVI) has been applied as an objective measure to interpret ongoing results of a functional analysis, with the use of “stop” criteria (Saini et al., 2018). In this current study, we applied OVI to over 200 archival functional analyses documented in an electronic health record (EHR) at a large nonprofit behavioral health provider from 2018-2023. Results from the OVI analysis were compared with the documented FA outcomes and data on agreement was recorded. Data were also collected on whether the FA was terminated at the appropriate time based on the OVI criteria. Results suggest that applied practitioners often correctly interpreted the results of experimental functional analysis, despite having very little training in the structured criteria or OVI. It was more difficult to apply the OVI “stop” criteria to the completed FAs due to methodological differences (e.g., protocol modifications, inclusion of an automatic screening).. |
|
|
|
|
|
Prompt Less and Shape More: Using Interconnected Chains for Skill Acquisition and Problem Behavior Reduction When Teaching Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1932) was able to shape behaviors quickly and without trial and error because he first taught his rats all of the prerequisites they needed (Sidman, 2010). Behavior analysts who work with children with autism and developmental disabilities generally do not observe this fast, one-trial learning, perhaps because they are not following Skinner’s model. Instead, it is common to see repeated errors, variability in outcomes, prompt dependence, escape or avoidance behaviors, and inappropriate behaviors. In this symposium, we will examine how accelerated learning can occur when the therapist begins by building a reinforcement system consisting of an interconnected chain of therapist-student behaviors (Fernandez and Roasles-Ruiz, 2023; Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter, and Fernandez, 2023). The first paper discusses literature on shaping without the use of extra stimulus prompts, the second an experiment with students that measured the efficiency of instructional sessions using this approach, the third reducing high rates of problem behaviors without directly addressing them, and the fourth teaching students with profound discrimination problems to tact colors using shaping procedures. These four studies offer practitioners an alternative approach to designing and implementing instruction for children with ASD and other developmental disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience should have studied behavior analysis at the undergraduate level and should be familiar with terms such as Reinforcement, Conditioned reinforcers, stimulus control, verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe how to build Reinforcement systems (2) Discuss interconnected chains (3) Shape behvaior with minimal prompts (4) Explain how to capture behavior without prompting (5) Teach using the constructional approach |
|
Shaping With or Without Prompting: Findings From a Scoping Review |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Stockholm University), Wissam Mounzer (Stockholm university), Samuel Odom (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) |
Abstract: Shaping is an effective and well-established gradual change procedure for teaching new skills that is sometimes combined with other strategies, such as prompting. However, to the best of our knowledge, no review has been published that provides an overview of applications of response shaping in interventions for persons with developmental disabilities. Results of the current scoping review include a description of the reviewed studies, and a synthesis of the findings. This includes a study of participant samples, experimental designs, teaching settings, assessments used, social validity, and shaping outcomes. A majority of the studies targeted persons with autism spectrum disorder, even though other diagnoses were also represented. Most studies employed single-case experimental designs and reported positive outcomes of response shaping, for a variety of target behaviors.While it is possible to combine response shaping with various prompts, it can also be used without prompts.This presentation will highlight and discuss the presence or absence of prompting in the reviewed studies. |
|
Improving Quality of Instruction for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by Building Interconnected Therapist-Student Behavior Chains |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Shushmita K.S (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Children with ASD and developmental disorders may learn at a slower pace when teachers use poorly-designed reinforcement schedules (Epstein 1985), the withdrawal of positive reinforcement (Ferster, 1957), intrusive prompting, and procedures that create poisoned cues (Pryor and Ramirez, 2014). Fernandez and Rosales-Ruiz (2023) and Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter and Fernandez (2023) proposed that learning can be accelerated if the teacher starts by building a reinforcement system consisting of an unconditioned reinforcer, a conditioned reinforcer (Ferster, 1975), and a reinforcement delivery system. In this approach, backward chaining is used to build interconnected chains of therapist-student behaviors. In this study, two students with ASD displayed high levels of escape and distress behaviors during baseline (90% and 40% of the sessions). Using backward chaining, they first learned to access reinforcement systematically and then to perform low-response-effort tasks. As students’ affect improved and response latencies reduced, new instructional stimuli were added. After treatment, both participants displayed relaxed affect during sessions and zero escape behaviors. Experiments are continuing with more students. Additional data will be presented related to prompt-free instruction procedures that use shaping to increase the pace of instruction and learn units acquired. |
|
Behavior Reduction Without Direct Intervention - A Constructional Approach |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Gambhir (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Autism intervention typically begins with an assessment of a child’s skills (Roane, et al., 2016). If the child engages in unwanted behavior, a functional behavior assessment is conducted and the following treatment plan generally focuses on behavior reduction, along with skill building. Behavior analysts can alternatively concentrate solely on building solutions. Strategies may include modifying the environment for free operant learning (Ferster, 1953), use shaping with minimal prompts, build desirable repertoires (Goldiamond, 1975) and building reinforcement systems as interconnected chains (Fernandez & Rosales-Ruiz, 2023). In the current study we applied these ideas to build reinforcement loops with student initiations, therapist directed transitions and honouring reach out during mands. Minimal prompts were used during the intervention and pre-requisite behaviors were taught for improved learning readiness. During baseline, rates of non-compliance was high, manding was low, and each child engaged in high levels of challenging behaviors Data across four participants demonstrated improvements in eye contact and a reduction in a variety of challenging behaviors without direct intervention for either of these measures. The positive effect on acquisition of learn units post intervention will be discussed. The study is continuing with additional participants. |
|
Teaching to Tact Colors Using Shaping and Interconnected Chains to Four Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), TEJASHREE GAMBHIR (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: A combined blocking procedure (Williams et.al., 2005) was effective in teaching colors discrimination to a 14-year-old boy with Autism. The current study used a shaping procedure with minimal prompts and interconnected behavior chains (Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter, and Fernandez, 2023). Four students aged 5 to 9 years with a limited repertoire of tacts (50-100) and listener responding (50-100) participated in this study. In assessments of colors discrimination, three students emitted correct responses at less than chance levels in baseline and a fourth slightly above chance levels with high variability. We selected six color targets for each participant. Each color was trained one at a time, presented on a table initially with no distractors. After mastery in step 1, second and third distractors were added on the table in steps 2 and 3 with the student pointing to and tacting the target color. After mastery in terminal step for a color, subsequent target colors were similarly trained, and the study concluded with successful performance in randomized presentations. At the time of submission, the first participant successfully met criterion for the first target color with intervention continuing. Replications with subsequent target colors and additional participants will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Behavior Analysis on Mental Health Services – Then and Now |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia) |
CE Instructor: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In line with this year’s conference theme, this symposium highlights the history and future of behavioral analysis applied to mental health services through multiple lenses. We begin with the history and current status of functional analysis in clinical case formulations for mental and behavioral health presentations illustrating strategies that increase a clinician’s abilities to contextualize client presenting concerns. This will be followed by two presentations that focus on the evolution of behavior analytic conceptualizations of depression and anxiety from the early work by Skinner and Ferster to present day. The depression and anxiety presentations are also accompanied by case illustrations. Our fourth presentation focuses on the ethical issues of assent when working with vulnerable populations and the enduring relevance of Goldiamond’s work in guiding ethical clinical practice. Finally, we have an international expert on Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), a radical behavioral approach to interpersonal therapy, provide commentary on the history and future of clinical behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): case formulation, clinical, mental health |
Target Audience: Individuals with advanced graduate degrees that target the application of behavioral principles. |
Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use structured clinical case formulation tools to improve the individual tailoring of their client treatment plans. (2) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use descriptive functional analysis to link interpersonal components of depressed and suicidal clinical case presentations to evidence-based interventions. (3) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to incorporate a broad range of behavioral principles into client-specific case formulations involving safety behaviors. (4) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how individual, local community, and system-level assumptions underlying problem definitions impact treatment planning. |
|
Functional Analysis in Clinical Case Formulations – History and Current Status |
(Theory) |
CRYSTAL YUET WEN LIM (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Already in 1974, Kanfer and Saslow pointed out shortcomings of the current diagnostic system, which bases diagnoses on the classification and clustering of presenting problems viewed topographically. They introduced functional analysis as a powerful tool and suggested that behavioral health problems could be viewed as (a) behavioral deficits, (b) behavioral excesses, (c) inappropriate stimulus control, (d) inappropriate self-management, and (e) inappropriate reinforcement contingencies. Later developments by Haynes and colleagues (2011) focused on a collaborative approach by which clients are actively engaged in generating functional analytical clinical case diagrams (FACCD) to be tested. These comprehensive diagrams extend Kanfer and Saslow’s work and capture historical and current factors that may be influencing the presenting problem, including strengths (and not only weaknesses), medical conditions, relationship characteristics, and other social patterns. With the FACCD, collaborative treatment planning results in examining the effects of different variables during treatment. This presentation will explore the connection between the functional analytical approach FACCD, focusing on social determinants of behavior change. |
|
The Interpersonal Contexts of Depression and Suicidal Behavior |
(Theory) |
PEIQI LU (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Depressed behavior is characterized by a loss of access to reinforcers, and suicidal behavior (e.g., thoughts, feelings of hopelessness, planning, or intent) sometimes accompanies such loss. Behavior analysis has a long history of addressing depressed and suicidal behavior, starting with Ferster’s work in 1973 that outlined potential contextual factors. Ferster focused on ineffective social interactions, marked by magical mands and coercion, that contribute to an absence of reinforceable responses and the emergence of extreme behavior. Later, interpersonal theories of depression (for a review, see Van Orden et al., 2010) picked up the circumstance that individuals with depressed behavior often meet with social dislike or rejection. This presentation will discuss how functional analysis conceptualizes and targets depressed and suicidal behaviors from an interpersonal perspective, illustrated with case examples. Functional analysis allows for the design of individualized treatments by understanding idiosyncratic contextual factors that maintain target behaviors. Emphasis will be placed on linking assessment to current empirically supported intervention packages (e.g., behavioral activation, acceptance and commitment therapy, problem-solving therapy, interpersonal therapy). |
|
Behavior Analysis of Anxiety and Phobia - From Conditioned Emotional Responses to Safety Behaviors |
(Theory) |
STEPHANIE LIN (University of Hawaii-Manoa), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Early behavioral conceptualizations of anxiety and phobia involved a mixture of operant and respondent conditioning formulations. For example, conditioned emotional responses (CERs) reflected how conditioned stimuli (CS) paired with aversive stimuli could disrupt operant behavior (Estes & Skinner, 1941). As learning theories were used to develop behavior therapies for anxiety and phobia interventions focused on extinction, competing responses, and stimulus control interventions. Goldfried and Davison (1976/1994) noted that in addition to CER, anxiety often characterizes clinical situations where skills deficits are present, clients experience competing or untenable contingencies, and where rule or other verbally-governed behavior negatively impact performance. Subsequent research has looked at the plausible roles of somatic alarm conditioning and relational operants. A contemporary contextual behavior analytic approach incorporates an even broader analysis of complex life circumstances that impact these clinical presentations including the role of health, the social community, and safety behaviors. A contemporary update of a behavior analytic account of anxiety and phobia will be presented along with an illustrative case presentation. |
|
The Relevance of Goldiamond’s Work to Advocacy and Social Change |
(Theory) |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Lindsey Bookman (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Society at large defines the circumstances under which specific behavioral patterns count as “problematic” and “intervenable.” In the 1970s, Goldiamond pointed out that behavioral health providers – as members of the culture – often uncritically accept the given social definitions of behaviors needing intervention. Consequently, behavioral health providers may rely on behavior reduction programs and adapt client behavior to systems (e.g., educational, care, or familial) that are inadequate, ineffective, discriminatory, oppressive, and in need of reform. He outlined steps to safeguard providers from participating in questionable social or institutional practices. The current presentation will review the problem with “problem definitions” and Goldiamond’s proposed solutions. We will especially consider caregiving/parenting and surrogate consent situations. Working with individuals who have difficulties expressing their preferences requires a careful analysis of the interests of the individual, their local community, and the systems in which they participate. Finally, we will discuss expanding the roles of behavioral health providers to include advocacy and the facilitation of social change. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Search for Order in Single Participant Patterns on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Alceu Regaço dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Siri Ming (Private Practice) |
CE Instructor: Siri Ming, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) is a method used to assess natural verbal relations. Recent calls have been made to refine the tool into a better understood and more precise functional-analytic procedure. An important strategy involved in doing so will be to identify the functional properties of all of the stimulus elements contained within the IRAP and how they contribute towards specific response patterns, and in particular at the level of the individual participant. The current symposium presents four papers that contribute to this research agenda. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) experimental analyses of the impact of levels of derivation on differential patterns of single-participant IRAP effects; (2) attempts to manipulate patterns of effects produced on the procedure, within participants; (3) experimental analyses of the impact of multiple exposures on the stability (or instability) of single-participant patterns of responding; and (4) the impact of a motivating variable on single participant IRAP responding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioural dynamics, Cfunc dominance, IRAP, RFT |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize how recent developments in RFT have informed advances in behavior-analytic work using the IRAP; (2) articulate ways in which recent work using the IRAP has sought to gain prediction-and-influence over single-participant patterns of responding produced on the procedure; (3) provide examples of how recent work using the IRAP has sought to refocus its use a functional-analytic tool.” |
|
Exploring the Impact of Derivation on Single-Participant Response Patterns on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
MARCELLO SILVESTRE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Alceu Regaço (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Guilherme Sbrocco (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) is purported to be a context for exploring natural verbal relations as defined within relational frame theory (RFT). Recent analyses have highlighted the relative behavior-controlling impact of the functional (Cfunc) versus relational (Crel) properties of stimuli on differential patterns of effects produced on the procedure. The current study first sought to replicate a robust group-level effect characteristic of Cfunc dominance, the happiness superiority effect, but at the single-participant level. This pattern was observed in the majority of participants (10/13). However, some counterintuitive patterns of effects were also observed. A follow-up study sought to explore the impact of levels of derivation on these effects by partially replicating Experiment 1 but extending the training and testing elements of the procedure across two days. In addition, this second experiment explored the impact of training procedure (matching-to-sample versus Training IRAP) on the effects produced. Implications for analyses of the behavioral dynamics involved in derived relational responding, and the learning histories involved in understanding the evolution of that responding are discussed. |
|
Predicting-and-Influencing Cfunc Dominance in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: A Within Participant Analysis |
COLIN HARTE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) provides a context for exploring the behavioral dynamics involved in arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Recent conceptual and empirical advances in relational frame theory (RFT) have highlighted the extent to which the functional (Cfunc) and relational (Crel) properties of stimuli differentially interact to impact upon patterns of effects produced on the IRAP. The current experiment aimed to produce and subsequently manipulate a robust pattern of responding often observed on the IRAP, known as single trial-type dominance. Specifically, participants were exposed to an IRAP composed of abstract symbols, and the foregoing effect was noted in all participants. Subsequently, novel familiar stimuli (happy faces) were inserted into the IRAP with the intention of attempting to reverse the dominance effect. This reversal was reliably observed in 16 out of 21 participants (p=.01). In addition, a follow-up control condition sought to assess whether it was indeed the impact of the happy face that served to reverse the effect or whether the introduction of any novel stimulus would do so. The findings are discussed in the context of developing an increasingly precise functional-analysis of the controlling variables brought to bear by the IRAP as a behavior-analytic tool. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a Measure of a Construct Versus a Context for Analysing the Behavioral Stream |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) emerged within the beahvior analytic tradition but very quickly it was used almost exclusively as a proxy for ill-defined psychological constructs. Recently, however, research has begun to use the IRAP as a context for analysing the dynamics of arbitrarily applicable relational responding. One of the main questions arising from this recent refocusing is the extent to which behavioral patterns observed on the IRAP remain stable across time. Insofar as the functions of stimuli presented within an IRAP may change through repeated presentations, it may be that similar IRAP patterns are not observed across repeated exposures. The current study involved two experiments that exposed participants to six consecutive IRAPs. Experiment 1 presented the two categories of stimuli (faces and furniture) across all IRAPs, with each category represented by a single word and a single picture. Experiment 2 was similar except each category was presented by four different words and four different pictures within each IRAP. Results of Experiment 1 indicate considerable variability across exposures within individual participants, with Experiment 2 currently underway. The findings highlight the dynamic nature of behavior produced across multiple exposures to the IRAP. |
|
The Impact of Motivation on Derived Relational Responding: An Extended Replication |
GABRIEL HIDEKI SIMÕES OSHIRO (São Paulo State University), Isabela Moura (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Joao Henrique de Almeida (São Paulo State University), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the profound impact of motivation on derived relational responses. This research has shown that pepper intake could increase motivation for access to water, significantly impacting IRAP trial-types that targeted an arbitrary stimulus coordinated with water, producing larger positive-water scores. In the present investigation, we sought to establish two derived coordination networks employing different procedures: Matching-to-sample and Training IRAP. These networks were formed by abstract elements with one meaningful stimulus in: a depiction of a glass filled with water and a neutral image. After the relational training and testing, participants were exposed to an IRAP and semantic differential. Before each of these measurement procedures, participants consumed liquid pepper. In this replication, the participant's data will be considered individually (rather than group). Results thus far indicate broadly similar patterns as the previous study such that the motivational variable impacts the contextual properties of the responses on IRAP. The implications of these findings, including comparison with the original investigation and consideration of the impact of learning history on patterns of responding, will be discussed within the context of recent developments in RFT, aiming to produce further information on the elaborate interaction between motivation and symbolic control. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why It Takes Two to Tango: The Investigation of Variables Controlling Social Operants |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Social operants, defined as including responses of more than a single organism, exist ubiquitously in the natural environment. Examples of such operants include the performance of artistic swimmers, playing music in a symphony, predators hunting prey in a pack, etc. Four experiments will be discussed in the present symposium investigating different parameters contributing to the maintenance of social operants. The first presentation will discuss a series of experiments that investigated how the distribution of reinforcers across pairs of rats maintained responding. The second presentation will discuss the effect of delay of reinforcement on coordination maintenance. The third experiment will discuss the necessary condition for maintaining the responses of pigeons when reinforcement is dependent on the responses of the co-actor. Lastly, the fourth presentation will discuss the effect of mutual reinforcement contingency on controlling the temporal parameters of coordinated responses. The present symposium attempts to introduce steps taken toward the experimental analysis of operant social behavior and discuss possible future directions to interested audiences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Mutual Reinforcement, Social Behavior |
|
Mutual Reinforcement Maintains Response Rates When It includes Contingencies of Alternate, Response-Dependent, and Immediate Reinforcement |
HIROTO OKOUCHI (Osaka Kyoiku University) |
Abstract: A contingency under which a response by an individual yields a reinforcer delivered to another individual, and vice versa, sometimes has been called mutual reinforcement. Previous experiments show that the mutual reinforcement did not increase or maintain response rates although it did postpone extinction of the response. The present experiment examined whether the mutual reinforcement with some additional contingencies maintains response rates. A peck of the key by one pigeon (Actor A) set up food delivery to another pigeon (Actor B). Thereafter, if it was the turn that Actor B received food, and if Actor B pecked the key, food was delivered to Actor B immediately. The turn alternated between actors of a dyad in every food delivery. This mutual reinforcement with alternate, response-dependent, and immediate reinforcement (MR-ADI) condition followed a condition of a fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule. Response rates in the MR-ADI condition stabilized at a certain level, and were higher than those in a condition in which the contingency of the standard mutual reinforcement was in effect, which were introduced and withdrawn, as a ABAB fashion. The results demonstrate that the mutual reinforcement maintained response rates when it included contingencies of alternate, response-dependent, and immediate reinforcement. |
|
Rats Cooperate More Often When Responding of the Paired Members Are Simultaneously Reinforced |
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Rafael da Silva (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Kalliu Carvalho Couto (Oslo Metropolitan University), Lucas Codina Souza (Universidade Federal de Goiás), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Cristiano Coelho (Pontifícia Universidade Catolica de Goias) |
Abstract: The central question of this experiment was whether coordinated responding can be maintained when the reinforcers that are dependent on coordination are alternately presented to one of two cooperating rats across cooperative episodes. For this, tandem schedules with two components of Fixed Interval or Variable Interval schedules were used. In these schedules, the consequences of coordination were alternately provided between the two rats. Individual and mutual reinforcement contingencies were used as experimental controls. Coordinated episodes were defined as a unit involving two responses, one of each cooperating member, occurring within an interval of 0.2 s of one another. Although the same schedules were used in all three conditions, the individual reinforcement contingency (in which one’s reinforcer did not depend on its patterning rat) resulted in a higher reinforcement rate. The alternating reinforcement condition maintained coordinated responding, but the rates and proportions of these responses were lower than those observed under conditions in which reinforcement was delivered to the pair members at the same time. This study showed that simultaneity in the delivery of reinforcers to members of the cooperative episode can be a critical variable in the operant selection of coordinated responding in pair of rats. |
|
Social Coordination Maintained by Progressive Delay of Coordination-Dependent Reinforcement |
FIRDAVS KHAYDAROV (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present investigation was to examine coordination maintained by progressive delay of coordination-dependent reinforcement. A multiple schedule in which two components alternated daily was used. In the Delay Component, a tandem VI 20-s PT (delay period) 0.10 or .25 was used. After the elapse of the VI IRI, the first coordinated response, dyad members responding within 500 ms of one another, initiated the delay period. At the end of the delay period, the reinforcer was presented simultaneously to both members of the dyad. Sessions terminated when no coordinated response occurred for 5 min. In the Yoked-Interval Component, a yoked-interval schedule was generated from the distribution of IRIs obtained from the preceding session of the Delay Component. Once the yoked-interval IRI lapsed, the first coordinated response was reinforced immediately. Sessions in this component terminated when a dyad was exposed to all the yoked IRIs. The coordination ratio was higher in the Yoked-Interval compared to the Delay Component. Mean coordination rates across consecutive IRIs were relatively high initially and, subsequently, declined across the session in both components. Coordination rates in the Yoked-Interval Component, however, generally were higher across IRIs compared to coordination rates obtained under the Delay Component. |
|
The Effect of Mutual Reinforcement on the Temporal Requirements of Coordinated Responses in Pigeons |
KENTO YASUKAWA (West Virginia Univeristy), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Research of social operants such as cooperation, collaboration, and other activities that require responses of more than a single organism to produce reinforcement has recently gained interest in behavior analysis. Traditionally, coordination has been defined as the responses of two organisms that occur within 500 ms of each other and are maintained by mutual reinforcement (i.e., the simultaneous presentation of reinforcers to both organisms). The present experiment aimed to extend this definition by manipulating the temporal parameters of coordination. Three pairs of pigeons were exposed to a contingency of mutual reinforcement in which cooperative responses were reinforced according to a variable-interval 30-s schedule of reinforcement. One condition reinforced coordinated responses that occurred within 500 ms of each member while a second condition reinforced coordinated responses that were separated for more than 500 ms from each other. That is, one condition reinforced responses that occurred within a specified time (< 500 ms) window while the other condition reinforced responses that were outside said window (> 500 ms). Ratios of coordination demonstrated that mutual reinforcement manipulated coordination of different temporal requirement. This experiment demonstrated that the temporal separation of responses across two organisms can be controlled by schedules of mutual reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Applications of Group Contingencies in School Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University ) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium features four research presentations that will focus on applications of group contingencies in school settings. The first presentation will demonstrate the use of synchronous delivery of music within an interdependent group contingency to increase toy clean up behavior of small groups of preschoolers. The second presentation will discuss the effects of and student preference for different forms of feedback delivery (i.e., vocal, visual and no feedback) during the Good Behavior Game (GBG) with three, fifth grade classrooms. The third study will discuss the effects of the GBG with rule statements only (i.e., no reward) and GBG with a reinforcement contingency (i.e., winners get a reward) with four classrooms. The fourth study will discuss the effects of the GBG under different reward contingencies (i.e., immediate, delayed, and no reward) on behavior of individual students in three classrooms. Presenters will discuss clinical implications and future direction in each of the discussed areas. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): classroom management, group contingency, procedural modifications, synchronous reinforcement |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners working in school settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1) Define synchronous reinforcement and describe how it can be used with group contingencies. 2)Discuss the effects of different forms of feedback during the GBG. 3) Discuss the role of rewards and reinforcement contingencies in the GBG. |
|
Effects of Synchronous Reinforcement Within a Group Contingency for Increasing Toy Cleanup in Preschoolers |
ELIZABETH HARDESTY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Thomas Freetly (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Instructions to clean up may evoke problem behavior or noncompliance (Wilder et al., 2007). Although individualized treatment procedures for increasing clean-up are available to clinicians (e.g., differential reinforcement, token economies, response cost procedures), a group contingency may be more manageable in environments where one-on-one intervention is not feasible (e.g., classroom, group homes, day service providers, etc.). Group contingencies are often used in classroom management systems (Groves & Austin, 2017) and are relatively easy for teachers to implement (Hine et al., 2015). One schedule of reinforcement that may lend itself particularly useful within a group contingency is synchronous reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020). In the current evaluation, we extended research on SSR by evaluating the efficacy of synchronous music delivery within an interdependent group contingency for increasing toy cleanup behavior after play of small groups of preschool children. Additionally, we analyzed peer-directed vocal side effects (i.e., positive vocal interactions, negative vocal interactions, and prompts to clean up) that occurred during the evaluation. Results demonstrated that SSR within the group contingency successfully increased cleanup for all participants; however, additional modifications (i.e., SSR contingency training and an individualized SSR contingency with preferred videos) were needed for two participants. |
|
The Effects of and Preference for Feedback During the Good Behavior Game in Elementary Classes |
ELIZABETH KAY LINTON (Louisiana State University), Jensen Chotto (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective procedure for reducing disruptive classroom behavior. In Experiment 1, students in 3 fifth grade classes selected the rules of the GBG and then experienced the GBG with different forms of feedback delivery for rule violations (i.e., vocal and visual, vocal only, visual only, no feedback) on disruptive classroom behavior in a multielement design. All versions of the GBG substantially reduced disruptive behavior below baseline levels. Additionally, in 1 of 3 classes, losing the GBG produced an increase in negative peer interactions immediately following the GBG. In Experiment 2, students selected which condition from Experiment 1 they would experience each session in a group arrangement concurrent chains preference assessment. The condition nominated most often by students in all classes at all opportunities was the GBG version that included both visual and vocal feedback. Implications of findings and future directions will be further discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Reinforcement Contingencies and Rule Statements Within the Good Behavior Game |
ROSIE NICOLE COOPER-NEARY (Louisiana State University at Shreveport), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Dan Rowland Mangum (Georgia Department of Education) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based classroom management packaged intervention that has been shown to reduce disruptive classroom behavior in a variety of academic settings. In typical application, the GBG utilizes an interdependent group contingency, and the teacher explains to the students which contingencies are in place and how they relate to behavior (i.e., a rule statement is provided). This approach provides at least two potential explanations for resultant behavior change: (a) contact with a reinforcement contingency or (b) students behaving in accordance with rule statements. To address this question, the current study evaluated the efficacy of GBG in the presence and absence of a reinforcement contingency (i.e., rule statement plus contingency or rule statement only) across four classrooms. Results of the study indicated that the reinforcement contingency was a necessary component to yield maximum behavior change. Results are discussed as they relate to implementation of GBG and its component parts. |
|
Procedural Modifications to the Good Behavior Game: A Comparison of Reward Delivery Strategies |
DYLAN MURPHY ZIMMERMAN (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a highly effective classroom management strategy with a large body of empirical support (Bowman-Perrot et al., 2016; Joslyn et al., 2019a). Despite its widespread effectiveness, previous research has identified barriers to implementation in classrooms such as the cost and time required to delivery rewards immediately following each session (Joslyn et al., 2019b). Some evidence suggests that delaying the reward until later in the day or week may still be effective. This schedule of reinforcement may be more feasible for teachers. The current study extends this line of research by comparing immediate, delayed, and no reward during the GBG. Results indicated that all nine preschool and early elementary participants showed immediate decreases in disruptive behavior with the introduction of the GBG, and no differentiation between the three variations of the game when they followed the standard GBG arrangement. This suggests that rewards may be periodically delayed or skipped all together while maintaining effectiveness of the GBG. Social validity results were overall positive. Teachers highlighted some concerns (e.g., students being unnaturally quiet or cautious), and procedures they found challenging (e.g., point delivery and feedback). |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Leaders Do What It Takes! Engineering Schools for Provider and Learner Success |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. ) |
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: “The engineer approaches nature with a swagger, determined to change it into something it has never been and never would be if left to itself . . . the engineer knows precisely where to go and will use any available methodology to get there” (Tom Gilbert 1978; 2007, page 3). Tom Gilbert, and before him, B.F. Skinner (1959; 1972), described an engineering approach to behavior change. Engineering is pragmatic. It relies on frequent, accurate sensitive measures of behavior change to evaluate learner progress, direct accurate measures to analyze provider performance problems and recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management, and to solve performance problems by designing and implementing those solutions. Engineers make changes in the design and implementation of provider resources when a learner is not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. Organizational Performance Engineering changes how providers and parents work together so that every learner will be successful, decreases learner and staff attrition, and allows us to meet our ethical obligations to act in the best interest of every learner. This symposium will provide examples of schools that have been engineered for learner success. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Analyze Performance, Evaluate Progress, Organizational, Performance Engineering |
Target Audience: The target audience includes directors, program designers, staff trainers, supervisors in organizations whose mission is to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. Necessary prerequisite skills include participant mastery of the application of behavior analysis to change behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: 1) Distinguish between pragmatic and dogmatic organizations 2) Draw a Provider-Recipient Network diagram for their organizations 3) Describe the sequence of tasks necessary to evaluate learner progress 4) Describe the sequence of task necessary to analyze provider performance problems and recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management 5) Describe the sequence of tasks to solve provider performance problems |
|
Organizational Performance Engineering to Change How Providers Work Together So That Every Learner Makes Efficient Progress |
GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Organizations whose mission is to provide learners with knowledge and skills they need for successful lives, must adapt to the needs of students, parents, and their teachers to ensure their success. We designed and implemented an organizational performance engineering process to change how providers at a preschool for children with autism worked together to increase the efficiency of learner progress, reduce learner attrition, and decrease staff turnover. Organizational Performance Engineering is an application of behavior analysis which, like other types of engineering relies on frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of learner progress to: Evaluate when a learner is not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life; Analyze teacher, program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, and parent performance problems; Recommend changes teacher, program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, and parent resources, training, and management; and Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. An Organizational Performance Engineering approach can change how providers work together so that every learner makes efficient progress, decreasing both learner attrition and staff turnover. |
|
Engineering a Public Charter School for Student, Family, and Staff Success |
MIA J COFFING (Prospect Academy) |
Abstract: Prospect Academy is currently in its 2nd year as a free, public charter school in the state of Colorado. The success of our students depends on how connected, prepared, and effective our staff and families are with our students. We use organizational performance engineering to change how staff and families work together so that every student makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. If we systematize these processes and procedures then they will not be tied to a person or group of people, but rather become part of the community’s culture.
The cornerstone of the engineering process is frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of student progress and data-based analyses of provider performance problems. Our measures of student progress allow us to identify quickly when any student is struggling, and our analysis of provider performance problems allow us to identify the causes and makes changes in provider resources, training, and management so that every student can be successful. When teachers and parents can be effective in helping students make efficient progress and can see that progress each time they work with students, student, staff, and parent attrition will decrease. |
|
Educators as Change Agents |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy & PEER International) |
Abstract: Children and youth enter and progress through schooling with a range of repertoires that can affect the rate of development of new repertoires. The leadership team and faculty become the “change agents” (Geis, 1977) who must program for all learners while creating a support system for those engineering this change. Morningside Academy, a nonprofit school founded in 1980, continues to address the growth of both academic and social skills for learners who enter with the need to develop specific skills in a rapid fashion which must become long-lasting. As behavior scientists, we employ the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction in a laboratory school setting. Morningside offers a money-back Learning Guarantee. Regular data collection, a psychology class that provides all with a common problem-solving language, and frequent professional development help to create an environment that enjoys great success. Our setting is open to other professionals who seek training and practice to change and improve their instruction and assessment. The same underpinnings of learner-validated instruction and delivery can be extended to all settings and all ages of learners, whether change is needed in a 1:1 or a group learning environment. |
|
The Six D’s of Exponentials: Behavior Analysis, Technology, and System Change |
RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State) |
Abstract: Technological advances and exponential growth rapidly change many aspects of society. Such change presents both opportunities and challenges for the field of behavior analysis. The current presentation introduces a framework of the "6 D's" to characterize different aspects of exponential technological change: Digitalization, Deception, Disruption, Demonetization, Dematerialization, and Democratization. With such multifaceted changes, behavior analysts can help by designing humane systems and evidence-based interventions. Research and applied opportunities include improving behavior change plans, instructional programs spanning early childhood to adult learning, and developing applied cultural engineering. Overall, exponential technological advances require individual, organizational, and societal changes. Behavior analysis offers empirical methods to understand and influence behavior in this rapidly changing digital landscape. Organizations with a mission to educate can apply Skinner’s pragmatic science and engineering to change how providers work together so that every learner makes efficient progress. We can design and implement an organizational performance engineering process that will identify quickly when any student is struggling, the causes of provider performance problems, recommend and design changes in provider resources, training, and management to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical Issues in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Carmen R. Britton (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
|
The Case of the Mad Scientist: Skinner and Pavlov |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik University) |
|
Abstract: Established scientists sometimes suggest a grand application of their theory to a new and broader area, that others find extravagant, even outrageous. In the case of both I. P. Pavlov and B. F. Skinner it is clear that both established their respective theories with a groundbreaking book: Pavlov. 1927 (English translation) Conditioned Reflexes and Skinner. 1938. The Behavior of Organisms. The theory of both Pavlov and Skinner is examined, based on the first book, and then the question is raised, how each theory is followed up. Pavlov followed his book with: Lectures on Conditioned Reflexes: Conditioned Reflexes and Psychiatry (1941) and Skinner with both Science and Human Behavior (1953) and Verbal Behavior (1957). This paper examines Pavlov and Skinner in regard to the follow-up of the basic theory to a wider area. Without giving the verdict beforehand, it is here proposed that the accomplishment of both Pavlovian and Skinner theory is based on the possible merit of each extrapolation. |
|
Dennett Disintegrated: A Commentary on 'Skinner Skinned,''Re-Skinned,'and 'Placed' |
Domain: Theory |
DYLAN COLE LAVALLEY (University of Lethbridge) |
|
Abstract: In response to Skinner’s philosophy of psychology, Dennett initiated a relatively self-contained discussion that provides good context to several questions important to psychology as a science. Two such questions include: can a disposition or intervening variable ever be said to explain behaviour? And, what should the role of dispositions and intervening variables be in a science of behaviour? Here, I attempt to match each question with an answer, after providing a set of heuristic criteria to answer the antecedent question: what, if anything, constitutes a proper explanation for behaviour? Typical invocations of disposition and intervening variables commit the nominal fallacy, with the rare exception of those cases where a difference in disposition can be verified, in and of itself, independent of the behaviour it “explains.” These exceptions, however, are still ultimately spurious of historical causes, and do not afford the same pragmatic control over the behaviours they mediate. Predominantly, dispositions and intervening variables serve only a descriptive role in psychology, and should not be treated as an end to inquiry. While descriptions can be useful, if we are to have proper explanation for why behaviour differs—and pragmatic control over the related outcomes—we need to understand the contingencies of reinforcement involved. |
|
Critical Theories and Behavior Analysis: Revisiting Cultural Materialism to Examine Radical Solutions to Social Issues |
Domain: Theory |
CARMEN R. BRITTON (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
|
Abstract: The aim of this paper is to revive past discussions related to the utility of integrating the anthropological framework of Cultural Materialism with Behavior Analysis (Harris, 1986). This paper will discuss the importance of combining these viewpoints in order to foster interdisciplinary scholarship and practice toward social change and cultural transformation (Glenn, 1988, 2004; Glenn & Malott, 2004; Kangas, 2007; Lloyd, 1985; Malagodi & Jackson, 1989). Use of cultural materialism may help bridge existing gaps between behavior analysis and critical theories and inform practical analyses of individual and group behaviors. This is especially important considering current systemic cultural issues related to diversity (e.g., implicit biases) and sustainability (e.g., over consumption), and is in line with the aim of the 50th anniversary of ABAI to honor and celebrate past efforts in the field. This paper will revisit and expand on potential avenues for cross-disciplinary collaboration and engagement with other fields in order to collaboratively seek and promote 'radical solutions to common problems' (Harris, 1986). |
|
Parallel Quotations: J. B. Watson and B. F. Skinner--Similarities and Inconsistencies |
Domain: Theory |
PER HOLTH (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
|
Abstract: That misunderstandings and misrepresentations of behavior analysis and radical behaviorism have become a regular part of the traditional psychological literature is well documented, for example by Todd and Morris (1992) in their paper called «Case Histories in the Great Power of Steady Misrepresentation. Behavior analysts are often well aware of this fact when Skinner’s views are misrepresented.» With respect to John B. Watson, however, the same kinds of misrepresentations seem to have become widespread even among behaviorists. Through a series of parallel quotations, this presentation will go far in dispelling myths about Watson’s behaviorism as well as showing that Watson’s philosophy of behaviorism was in several ways closer to Skinner’s radical behaviorism than commonly realized. For example, the views of Watson and Skinner were very similar (1) with respect to promoting psychology as a natural science and a branch of biology, (2) on the relationship between psychology and physiology, and (3) on the world within the skin and the limitations of introspection. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations to Effective Dissemination of Behavior Science |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sara Lalani (The Chicago School; Behavior Analyst Advising, LLC ) |
Discussant: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Dissemination is a key component of the research process within the behavioral sciences. This is especially true given the importance of evidence-based practice in the service delivery domains. Several fields have developed resources dedicated to training and supporting their scientists and practitioners as they are encouraged to disseminate within in their field and to the larger public audience (Brazeu et al., 2008; Fowler 2010 & 2011). While the behavioral sciences have several resources for design and research methodology (Cooper et al., 2020; Ledford & Gast, 2018; Kennedy & Edmonds, 2017), there is a lack of formal guidance in the publication and presentation processes. Each of the presentations in this symposium will touch on considerations and strategies for dissemination. First, exploration related to reporting results will be presented. Next, we will walk you through the journal submission process. Then, we will share strategies to get your research noticed. Finally, we will share additional considerations when disseminating across international and interprofessional audiences. This symposium is based on the textbook Disseminating Behavior Science (in press). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Journal Submission, Manuscript Preparation |
Target Audience: Intermediate; attendees must have a foundational understanding of how to conduct research, this session will focus on the next steps once research is completed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify how to select data to display and appropriate data analytic strategies (2) describe the steps required to submit a manuscript to a journal, (3) describe how to monitor and evaluate the impact of their own research, (4) identify strategies to mitigate issues unique to international dissemination. |
|
Reporting Results for a Behavior-Science Audience |
JACQUELINE D DEBARTELO (Student at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Megan A. Boyle (Upstate Caring Partners), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: When disseminating research in the form of a manuscript, researchers showcase their outcomes in the Results section. Data are the foundation of any healthy scientific discipline, and scientific progress depends on the effective communication of data. Inasmuch, the potential impact of a manuscript depends heavily on the quality of its Results section. In this presentation, we will explore topics that authors must consider when they set out to write a Results section. These include identifying which data to display, selecting appropriate data-analysis strategies, graphically displaying data, and ensuring integrity in data reporting. Much of the material that we cover may be considered standard fare when writing a Results section, but we also provide aspirational recommendations to enhance research transparency and to encourage healthy scientific behavior on the part of authors. This presentation was developed by behavioral scientists with an audience of behavioral scientists in mind. Inasmuch, we will present material in a manner that is tailored for a behavioral audience. Nevertheless, our recommendations would also be helpful to scientists from a wide range of disciplines. |
|
“Major Tom to Ground Control” – Disseminating Behavioral Research in the Digital Age |
MICHELLE SERENO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julianne Dicocco (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District) |
Abstract: Nearly all academic journals now utilize digital editorial management systems. These systems streamline manuscript submission and facilitate post-submission accessibility for authors and editorial staff. Critics of digital editorial systems note challenges associated with variations in procedures and requirements between submission systems and across journals. Errors in the submission process can mean significant delays in manuscript review or even desk rejection. Fortunately, common errors can be avoided with pre-planning, organization, and attention to detail. In this presentation, we discuss common pitfalls in the submission process as cited in the literature. Using examples from flagship journals in the social sciences, we highlight variations in requirements. We drill down on formatting nuances and current standards for data reporting and sharing. We decipher attestations, declarations, and other required statements. We present a framework for the cover letter as a tool for succinctly describing your manuscript and related components. Attendees will leave the presentation with practical strategies for facilitating error-free submission. |
|
Maximizing the Impact: A Roadmap for Effective Dissemination of Behavioral Research |
YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School), Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia), Estefanía Junca (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Abstract: Historically, the scientific community has relied on the inherent quality of research to speak for itself, often neglecting active dissemination strategies. However, in today's digital age, the dissemination of research is essential for ensuring its impact and relevance. This presentation aims to provide a comprehensive set of guidelines to empower behavior analysts in effectively disseminating their work post-publication. This talk will guide the audience through a series of actionable steps, highlighting the importance of proactively engaging with their research's journey beyond the academic realm. Audience will discover practical strategies, including understanding and negotiating contractual agreements, identifying target audiences, crafting accessible research summaries, selecting appropriate channels for dissemination, sharing datasets, promoting research findings, and monitoring the reach of their work. The presentation not only equips researchers with valuable insights for enhancing the reach and impact of their research but also introduces them to cutting-edge web-based technologies that can facilitate successful dissemination. By adhering to these guidelines, behavior analysts can bridge the gap between academic excellence and real-world impact, ensuring that their contributions have a lasting effect on both their field and society at large. |
|
International and Interprofessional Dissemination |
FAN-YU LIN (Philadelphia (Ningbo) Education Teachnology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Dissemination is the act of “targeted distribution of information and intervention materials to a specific audience.” (Kelly et al., 2018; Schillinger, 2010, p.1.). Aside from publication, which is a modality for dissemination, other channels are also crucial and effective (e.g., conference presentations). This presentation focuses on the dissemination of behavior analysis on the global level, particularly on the challenges and barriers (e.g., limited access to postgraduate training and research support) that we must work with to promote dissemination among researchers, practitioners, and the general public. We argue that in order to disseminate research accurately and internationally, we must understand, and act based on the cultural context that behavior analysis is developing in and mitigate issues that are unique to international dissemination. We hope that the information and the proposed strategies that we provide to address those barriers can lead to a framework or outline for effective dissemination within the field of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Translational Research on Derived Relational Responding and the Relational Field |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Field theories are foundational to understanding complex systems across scientific branches, including in the analysis of derived relational responding (i.e., relational fields; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2020). Conceptual discussions of complexity in relational responding have been presented, yet direct experimental research has lagged behind (Dixon et al., 2018). Presenters will discuss a series of translational laboratory studies exploring complex forms of relational responding using a variety of experimental methods. The first presentation will explore the concept of relational volume within multi-nodal networks to determine how the development of multiple relational networks influence response probability and resistance. The second and third presentation will explore the role of affective or emotional experiencing on the emergence of complex networks, using multiple analytic approaches to capture implicit and explicit relational responding (e.g., MDS, IRAP). The fourth presentation will evaluate the utility of a network analysis to model the interdependency of relations within multi-nodal networks. The convergence of evidence within these studies will be discussed, centering commonalities and anomalies within the reported results and what they mean for theoretical and applied branches of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): complex systems, network analysis, relational density, relational framing |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Relational Density Theory as an extension of Relational Frame Theory; (2) discuss the role of network analyses in exploring complex relational framing; (3) discuss emotion and affect as transformations of stimulus function. |
|
Relational Volume and Resistance to Change Within Complex Networks |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN MOSER (Missouri State University), Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020) provides a quantitative extension of Relational Frame Theory that attempts to model or describe higher-order interactions within relational behavior. RDT has been used in multiple studies to the examine complex relational networks involved with gender stereotyping (Sickman et al, 2023), consumer behavior and climate (Hutchenson et al, 2023), and racial prejudice (Belile et al, 2023). RDT describes these higher-order interactions by using terms such as density (strength of relationship) and volume (size of relational class, or nodal distance). The current study extended upon results reported by Belisle and Dixon (2020) and Cotter and Stewart (2023) by training 3- and 6-member coordinated classes differing in nodal distance. The relative strength of relations in the network was measured using a metric multidimensional scaling procedure that included time-based responding. Results showed that class size and nodal distance differentially influenced the response strength of multiple network relations and allowed for the prediction of resistance to change following counterconditioning. These results have implications for understanding the concept of volume within an RDT extension of Relational Frame Theory. |
|
Transfer of Emotional Functions Through High-Mass Relational Networks |
(Basic Research) |
AMANDA MIDDLETON (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Clinically relevant behavior involving relational frame formation has been described to occur in complex ways (Guinther & Dougher, 2015; Belisle & Dixon, 2022). Relational Density Theory proposes a quantitative approach to assessing the mass and volume within these networks (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). The present study sought to evaluate how different schedules of reinforcement can influence the affective function of arbitrary stimuli and transfer within complex relational networks. In initial phases, participants responded to a series of 4 different reinforcement schedules contingent on a symbol presented on the screening signaling a contingency shift. Affective responses suggested that the emotions reported in response to the stimuli were consistent with the reinforcement schedules. In subsequent phases, 4-member relational frames were established using an SPOP procedure with testing to create a 12-member relational network. Results demonstrated the emergence of 4 distinct relational classes consistent with prior RDT analyses and affective functions transferred from the initial stimulus to other class members. Moreover, relational volume effects were evident within the emotional transfer, demonstrating a complex interplay between environmental reinforcement schedules, affective experiencing, and relational framing. |
|
Multidimensional Scaling and Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Analysis of Emotional Transfer Effects |
(Basic Research) |
BREANNA LEE (Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Recent work involving Relational Density Theory (RDT; Belisle & Dixon, 2020) has used the framework for observing relational responding according to properties of relational strength. As such, multidimensional scaling (MDS) procedures have been used to map relational responding, providing routes for understanding the ways in which properties organize (e.g., Belisle & Clayton, 2021). This may contribute to work involving the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2008) and a focus on the Cfunc property of relational responding (e.g., Bortoloti et al., 2019, 2023). The current work involves analog studies for observing emotional reactions to verbal stimuli. Specifically, the project seeks to understand any overlap between the IRAP and an MDS procedure for organizing relational responding according to ranging levels of valence and arousal. First, stimuli were obtained from a standardized set of images in which ratings of valence and arousal were provided. These stimuli were then included in two separate studies, one using an MDS procedure and a second using an IRAP. The arrangements of responding to stimuli are compared between studies. Results are discussed in terms of understanding how relational density impacts functions involving orienting and evoking to stimuli. |
|
The Utility of Network Analysis for Modeling Verbal Relations |
(Basic Research) |
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Network analysis is a mathematical and graphical method for examining relationships and interactions among variables within complex systems. These variables, represented as nodes (i.e., stimuli), are connected by edges (i.e., relations), forming a network often displayed as a visual structure. Those familiar with stimulus equivalence (e.g., Sidman et al., 1989) or relational frame theory (e.g., Blackledge, 2003) are already familiar with these visual structures. The research discussed here relates to the effectiveness of network analysis in understanding and influencing functional stimulus relations using centrality measures and visual representations of dynamically related nodes within networks. Data will be presented along with key questions, including quantifying, and graphically representing common metrics of relational responding, predicting these metrics using network analysis, using measures of nodal centrality to optimize conditioning or counterconditioning of relations, exploring derivation between nodes (symmetry and transitivity), and improving interventions for individuals with varying language abilities.By quantifying the structure and dynamics of these networks, researchers and analysts can uncover patterns, vulnerabilities, and emergent properties, making it an essential tool for understanding and optimizing research and practice within the field of ABA. |
|
|
|
|
|
What's New in Staff Training? Exploring Podcasts, Enhanced Instructions, Self-Instruction, and Structured Observations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi, Ed.D. |
Abstract: With an increasing need for competent behavior technicians, effective and efficient training procedures—especially those that reduce face to face time with behavior analysts—are needed. This symposium includes four studies which explore different staff-training variants that evaluate the components necessary for behavior-change agents to implement procedures with fidelity. First, Dehghani-Moslemi et al. will discuss an exploratory study that used a podcast to teach novice therapists to implement positive reinforcement with a confederate. Next, Nelson et al. will describe the effects of enhanced instructions on undergraduate students’ implementation of several behavioral procedures. Then, Leslie et al. will present the results of a study that evaluated the efficacy of a self-instruction package on staff members’ implementation of several techniques. Finally, Quintero-Giegeling et al. will speak on the results of the effects of incorporating structured observation following instruction on undergraduate students’ implementation of discrete-trial instruction. Suggestions for future research and implications will be included. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, podcast, staff training |
Target Audience: Graduate students, BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list and describe the different components of behavioral skills training; (2) describe the effects of using self-instructions in staff training (3) describe structured observation in staff training and its effect when using it to teach discrete-trial instruction. |
|
Can a Podcast Teach Novice Therapists to Implement Positive Reinforcement? |
SETAREH DEHGHANI-MOSLEMI (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Susan Marie Nichols (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Ray Lai (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Julia Wang (Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science at the University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (instructions, modeling, role play, and performance feedback) is an effective method to train novice therapists to implement behavioral procedures with fidelity, but it can be resource intensive for providers. In the current study, we developed a 100-min podcast on positive reinforcement and evaluated whether six novice therapists would implement positive reinforcement with higher fidelity during sessions with a confederate. If a participant did not meet the mastery criteria after the podcast, we added a video model and performance feedback. We also assessed whether scores on a multiple-choice quiz improved after listening to the podcast. We used an A-B design with three target behaviors per participant. After listening to the podcast, five of the six participants achieved mastery-level fidelity with at least one of the target behaviors. The remaining participant required both video models and performance feedback to reach mastery. All six participants scored higher on the quiz after the podcast. These results suggests that a podcast could be an efficacious method to train novice therapists to implement behavioral procedures. In the future, the study needs to be extended to other procedures; tested with clients; and compared to other training methods for efficacy, efficiency, and social validity. |
|
An Evaluation of the Instructional Component of Behavioral Skills Training |
JASMYNE NELSON (University of Florida), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), christy Louis (Georgia State University), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training is a well-established procedure to teach individuals a variety of skills related to the practice of behavior analysis. It involves instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Researchers have evaluated the effects of various modeling, rehearsal, and feedback techniques on performance. However, few have studied the effects of enhancing instructions on performance. We evaluated the effects of incremental changes in instructional components for teaching functional communication training, differential reinforcement of other behavior, and momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior protocols for 14 undergraduate students enrolled in a laboratory methods course. We also evaluated generalization of protocols targeted later in the sequence of the study and probed in-situ performance for three participants. Of the 42 opportunities to learn a protocol, participants mastered eight protocols during the guided review phase, four during the fidelity checklist phase, four during the model phase, and four during the feedback phase. Participants generalized eight protocols during the guided review phase, five during the fidelity checklist phase, eight in the model phase, and one in the feedback phase. Implications of these results are promising and indicate further research on the instructions component of behavior skills training should be conducted. |
|
Evaluation of a Self-Instruction Package for Training Important Interventionist Skills: Acquisition and Generalization |
STACHA LESLIE (University of Kansas), Brittany Mitchelson (Beyond the Individual), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas & Juniper Gardens Children’s Project) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST; Parsons et al., 2012) is a common intervention for staff training; however, the procedure can be labor intensive, costly, and require extensive involvement from an experienced trainer (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Recently, researchers have evaluated enhanced written instructions (EWI; i.e., step by step instructions, written with minimal technical jargon, may include pictures or diagrams; Shapiro et al., 2016) as a more efficient method to train staff to engage in various important clinical skills (e.g., discrete trial teaching). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of EWI for training novice behavior interventionist skills (i.e., preference assessments, discrete trial teaching, and rapport building) to five undergraduate students with limited clinical experience. Additionally, we attempted to replicate results with multiple exemplars within subjects and assess generalization of skills. Results showed EWI was effective for acquisition and generalization for some skills across participants; however, modified EWI was necessary for acquisition, generalization, or both for other skills. |
|
The Effect of Structured Observation on Training Discrete Trial Instruction Skills |
ANNA MARIE QUINTERO-GIEGELING (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Malchijah Williams (Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The rapid growth in the number of behavior analysts and aspiring behavior analyst creates an imperative for effective and efficient training methodology. This is particularly important when training frontline staff, as satisfaction with training can be predicative of registered behavior technician (RBT) turnover (Kazemi et al., 2015). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of structured observation during the modeling phase of behavioral skills training in teaching undergraduate students discrete trial instruction (DTI) skills (i.e., matching, imitation, listener responding). Loosely based on procedures by Romer et al. (2021), after evaluating performance with written instruction alone, participants took procedural fidelity data of a competent RBT implementing the protocol using a structured data sheet before their performance was retested. Using a multiple baseline design across DTI skills, we observed mastery-level performance after the structured observation alone. Furthermore, generalization was observed across DTI skills for multiple participants. Very few participants required feedback to achieve mastery-level performance, which suggests that the inclusion of structured observation can greatly enhance the efficacy of current RBT training curricula. We will discuss clinical implications of our findings and provide suggestions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Induction Versus Reinforcement and the Molar View of Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico) |
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Although behavior analysts have seen reinforcement as a basic principle of behavior for over 100 years, its range of application was always narrow. All it explained was the increase when behavior produced desirable consequences. As research advanced, the limitations of reinforcement and the molecular view it depended on—based on discrete responses and contiguity—became more and more apparent. Reinforcement failed with adjunctive behavior, with “misbehavior,” with avoidance, with originating new activities, and even explaining patterns engendered by simple schedules. It did not explain stimulus control. All of these shortcomings dissolve when one adopts a molar view and substitutes the concept of induction, which links behavior directly to evolutionary theory through the concept of Phylogenetically Important Event (PIE). When Segal introduced induction in 1972, she applied it only to non-operant activities, such as adjunctive behavior. When applied also to operant activities, induction explains all the phenomena that reinforcement fails to explain: the first instance, stimulus control, VI and VR performance, avoidance. Induction also offers a new way to think about verbal behavior. The explanatory power of induction far exceeds that of reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: All behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain the concept Phylogenetically Important Event; (2) Explain the concept of induction; (3) Describe how induction explains operant behavior; (4) Describe how induction explains stimulus control; (5) Describe how induction explains avoidance. |
|
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in Walnut Creek. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of three books, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution (3rd ed.), Science and Philosophy of Behavior: Selected Papers, and Introduction to Behavior: An Evolutionary Perspective. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Difficulties and Barriers to the Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Sexual Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brooke McCumber (St. Cloud State University) |
STEPHEN F. WALKER (St. Cloud State University) |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (Westfield State University) |
Abstract: Inappropriate sexual behavior can have severe consequences for individuals and their communities. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in inappropriate sexual behavior may be at an increased risk of encountering the criminal justice system, restricted independence, and contacting negative social contingencies. The discussion will address the barriers to accurate assessment of inappropriate sexual behavior and the complexities encountered in designing and implementing function-based treatments. Potential factors influencing the assessment and availability of treatment guidelines include the sensitivity and stigmatization of the topic, lack of resources, ethical and legal concerns, limited availability of specialized training, and risk of professional repercussions. Based on their extensive research and clinical experience, the panelists will provide valuable insights into how behavior analysts can navigate these challenges while maintaining ethical and effective practices. Attendees will leave with a deeper understanding of the intricacies involved in this subject and directions for future research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, intervention, sexual behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
Uses of Technology in Special Education: Remote Behavior Skills Training for Teachers and Apple Watches for Social Skills |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Justin A. DiDomenico (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
Discussant: Corey Peltier (University of Oklahoma) |
CE Instructor: Justin A. DiDomenico, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There exists a growing body of research showing the effectiveness of technology in areas such as treatment integrity and social skills for individuals with ASD. In this data-based symposium, the presenters will expand upon 2 such uses of technology in the field of ABA. The first presenter used a multiple baseline design to illustrate the use of remote instruction, remote video modeling, remote quizzes and feedback and their effects on multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (PA). The results illustrate the value of remote behavior skills training to teachers in special education. The second presenter used a multiple baseline design to evaluate students’ frequency of appropriate social initiations to typical peers with and without the use of an Apple Watch. The results expand upon previous research in this area and suggest that Apple Watches can be a effective means to teach social skills. Both studies extend the growing body of literature on technology and its contributions to the field of ABA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have an understanding of multiple baseline designs as both presentations will present data in this format. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the uses of remote behavior skills training and how it can be applied to their own needs (2) Explain how an Apple Watch can be used as a method to increase social skills and learn how to implement this intervention (3) Discuss the value of technology in the field of ABA. |
|
The Effects of an Apple Watch® on the Social Initiations of High-Functioning, Adolescent Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JUSTIN A. DIDOMENICO (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience skill deficits when interacting with typical peers, which can inhibit their ability to form friendships and participate in inclusive educational settings. In the current study, the researcher evaluated the effects of delivering textual prompts using an Apple Watch® to increase appropriate social initiations of students with high-functioning ASD in a clinical setting in the presence of typical peers. A single-case, multiple baseline design was used to evaluate students’ frequency of appropriate social initiations with and without the intervention. In addition, the researcher incorporated script fading and a discriminative stimulus (emoji) to evaluate whether these interventions led to the creation of novel statements and produced generality of responding by the participants. The results showed that the intervention was effective at increasing appropriate and independent social initiations and led to the creation of novel phrases by the participants. This research extends the previous research on the use of the Apple Watch® as an effective social skills intervention. Limitations and areas of future research are discussed. |
|
An Investigation of Asynchronous Behavior Skills Training on Teaching Preservice Teachers How to Conduct a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) Preference Assessment |
KYLIE BROFMAN (Behavior Interventions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Implementation fidelity of evidence-based behavior assessment and intervention is critical for pre-service special education teachers who enter the classroom for the first time. To support the use of evidence-based assessment, the effectiveness of a remote Behavior Skills Training (BST) package was evaluated on pre-service special education teachers' implementation of a Multiple Stimulus without Replacement Preference Assessment (MSWO). BST components included remote instruction, remote video modeling, a remote quiz, and explicit feedback. This study was conducted to (a) evaluate the effects of pre-service special education teachers’ fidelity when implementing an MSWO preference assessment using remote BST, (b) measure the maintained training gains over and extended time frame, and (c) understand the perception of pre-service special education teachers' acceptability of the training package using social validity measures. Results suggest that a remote BST package is a viable training strategy when training pre-service special education teachers to implement MSWO preference assessments. Implications of these findings for both professional development, training, and pre-service teachers will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conducting Parent-Mediated Treatment via Telehealth to Reduce Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus) |
Discussant: Rachel Metras (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
CE Instructor: Alessandro Dibari, M.S. |
Abstract: During the COVID-19 pandemic, practitioners shifted from in-person service provision to virtual service provision. This shift caused many families to take new roles in their children’s behavior analytic programs, such as collecting data or implementing programs themselves. This symposium describes two different parent-training programs conducted via telehealth to reduce the problem behavior of a 5-year-old child and an 18-year-old young adult with autism spectrum disorders in Italy. In both studies, parents implemented the entirety of the assessment and treatment process with distance-based coaching from a behavior analyst. Following a functional analysis, parents implemented individualized treatment packages to reduce their children’s problem behaviors. The comprehensive function-based intervention packages included demand fading plus differential reinforcement without extinction in the child’s case, and a skill-based treatment process (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014) in the adult’s case. Both studies produced positive treatment outcomes. Participants’ problem behaviors reduced relative to baseline, and alternative behaviors such as communication, toleration, and cooperation increased in ecologically relevant settings. In addition, parents expressed satisfaction with the treatments used. Results suggest that parent-mediated treatments guided by a behavior analyst can be completed as effectively and efficiently via telehealth as in person, both with young children and young adults. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parent training, problem behavior, SBT, telehealth |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: Identify the benefits of providing remote telehealth services for families and caregivers; Analyze and describe the function and skill-based treatment and demand fading plus differential reinforcement that lead to socially validated outcomes; Describe how to conduct an efficient and effective functional assessment of problem behavior |
|
A Parent Training Program to Increase Academic Compliance in a Child With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
CRISTINA CITEREI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole), Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Romilda Napolitano (Fondazione Oltre le Parole), Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara) |
Abstract: The health emergency caused by Covid-19, with the consequent measures of social distancing, produced operational problems with the implementation of services to people with disabilities and their families. In the present study, we conducted a parent training program almost completely via telehealth to teach a parent some strategies to increase the compliance of their son with academic tasks. The boy was a 5-year-old with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who engaged in challenging behavior when asked to comply with academic tasks, and which was maintained by negative reinforcement. The intervention consisted of a package which included behavioral skills training (BST) with written instructions, video modeling, rehearsal and feedback, to implement demand fading procedures and concurrent schedules arrangements. The results are presented through a changing criterion design and show socially validated improvements. The intervention reduced challenging behavior to zero, allowing the parents to increase the number of academic tasks presented to the child |
|
Parent-Mediated Skill Based Treatment to Reduce Problem Behavior Through Remotely Supervision |
ROBERTA SIMEOLI (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center;), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Maria Gallucci (Aias Onlus sez. Nola), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Angela Granata (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Rossella Apicella (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: Reducing problem behavior is a challenge for families. During Pandemic Covid-19 period caregivers were found to manage problem behaviors of their children without having direct support. In this study we want to empathize how was possible to reach a significant reduction in problem behavior in an autistic boy aged 18 years with self-injury behaviors, by a Parent-mediated Skill based treatment (SBT) implementation supervised remotely during COVID-19 pandemic period. The Performance-Based IISCA (Iovino et al., 2022) was used to understand problem behaviors. After achieving control over problem behavior, the SBT protocol was implemented, teaching communication, toleration, and a range of contextually appropriate behaviors through chaining and differential reinforcement. The protocol was immediately transferred and implemented by the parents and then generalized to other settings. The pre-and post-treatment Parenting Stress Index was administered to assess the level of stress in the parent-child system, and social validity rating was assessed using a 7-point scale that measured parents' satisfaction. The results showed the efficacy of the protocol in reducing problem behaviors and increasing the boy's communication, tolerance and cooperation in the ecological setting. In addition, parents referred satisfaction of the treatment used, and there were lower levels of stress after treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation: Accreditation and Recognition Panel Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Alyssa R McElroy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Alyssa R McElroy (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: ABAI has been accrediting high-quality training programs at the bachelor’s, master’s, and doctoral level since 1993. As interest and the need for accreditation grows, we invite you to learn about ABAI’s Tiered Model of Education from experienced professionals. Topics discussed will include the benefits of accreditation and value of the self-study process, gaining buy-in from stakeholders, and overcoming barriers to obtain accreditation and recognition. This session is designed for program coordinators, faculty, and those interested in recognition and accreditation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The audience should have basic knowledge about higher education, coursework requirements, and curriculum development, and a general interest in learning about accreditation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the benefits of accreditation, and 2) describe the main components of the accreditation process. |
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS |
|
|
|
|
|
The Evolution of Standards for Start of Care: A Clinically Informed Process for Intake, Caseload Composition, and Assent Driven Care |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Emily Callahan (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Emily Callahan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem: ASD presents unique challenges with early and comprehensive services being crucial for long term outcomes. Inefficiencies in the process from intake to intervention can result in delays, inequalities, and potential safety concerns for families (Arabi et al., 2021). Innovative approaches to initial discussions with families can provide enough information to set up clients and staff for success before they start care. By promoting a uniform intake process, decision makers can then appropriately match clients to service setting, staffing and resources needed, and ensure clarity with family expectations, as well as prepare for the start of care to ensure a safe environment aligned to assent. This symposium includes three presentations which will outline solutions to the barriers to start care quickly and effectively for the clients we serve. In the first presentation, we will describe the evolution of an intake process from a checklist of eligibility criteria to a clinically informed parent interview which enables a deeper understanding of client needs and supports needed before start of care. In the second presentation, we will outline considerations, based on the intake guidance, used to standardize a system to develop a balanced caseload composition for supervising clinicians. In the final presentation, we will describe a tier one intervention which builds upon the information gathered through the intake and client assignment process, to provide a start of care model that prioritizes therapeutic alliance and ensures that all services are aligned to client centered assent-based practice.The discussant will highlight the benefits of standardizing intake processes that include both alignment with intervention and clinician responsibilities and review how data produced from this process can inform organizational decisions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, change management, Intake, SBT |
Target Audience: Providers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define how ABA providers can utilize the intake process to gather information that can inform the supports needed to provide effective services for clients. 2. Define how information gathered during the intake process can be utilized to assign and distribute caseloads. 3. Define how the assent process can be incorporated into service delivery from intake to start of care. |
|
It’s More Than Just Confirmation and Verification: How a Large Scale Organization Updated the Intake Process to Inform Acuity and Case Conceptualization |
EMILY CALLAHAN (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: By definition Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a heterogeneous disorder. The symptoms and behavioral features associated with a diagnosis of ASD vary greatly across individuals. While applied behavior analysis (ABA) is considered the premier approach for helping individuals with ASD, there are a number of factors that should be considered when developing therapeutic interventions for individuals with ASD. These include but are not limited to: age, medical and psychological comorbidities, cognitive abilities, communication skills, and presence of interfering behavior. A diagnosis is not enough for determining the supports necessary for an organization to provide care to individuals with ASD. This presentation will outline an overhaul of the referral and intake process at a large scale organization. The process was updated from one that simply checked the boxes (e.g., diagnosis, insurance verification) from one that incorporated a clinically informed interview for the intake team that included questions related to factors known to impact ABA outcomes, a clinical review process to review higher risk behaviors, and an acuity scoring system that provided guidance on the complexity of supports that would be needed to provide care for clients. |
|
Caseload Composition: Building a Balanced Caseload With a Focus on Clinician Skillset and Client Needs |
ASHLEY ZINK (Centria Autism Services) |
Abstract: When clients come to an organization for services, there are often unknowns that may lead to inadequate resources to support client needs, and can create dangerous situations. Providing a thorough, standardized approach to identifying and evaluating client needs prior to the onset of care allows us to set the client and clinical team up for success. By having a scoring system that evaluates the complexities of each client, we can effectively pair each client with a clinician who will be best suited to support their needs, and ensure that we are creating an environment where each clinician can fully step into their strengths and best serve their clients. Developing balanced caseloads within a clinician’s scope of competence can reduce the potential for clinician burnout and foster productive learning environments. This presentation will describe how an acuity scoring system generated from the intake process was used to guide case assignment and support prior to the start of care. |
|
The Foundational Plan: A Response to Intervention Approach to Support Assent and Client Needs at Start of Care |
Edward Sanabria (Centria Autism), HILLARY LANEY (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: What is “pairing” anyway? A common term to describe a common problem. Many clients start care with unknown needs; additional resources, excesses of interfering behavior, and staffing competency are some of the risks that can arise in the first 30 days of starting care for new clients. Gathering relevant information prior to start of care can inform necessary resources for success. How can we move away from arbitrary “pairing”, often seen as an unnecessary evil to capture the MO of our learners? And instead, move towards an innovative approach that prioritizes therapeutic rapport, not just as a cherry on top of a well done session, but as the foundation for all services our clients receive. This presentation will outline a tier 1 intervention provided to all clients, which can mitigate many of the barriers to a successful start of care. This approach, called the Foundational Plan, effectively supports therapy sessions aligned to assent-based practice from the first day of services. |
|
|
|
|
|
Important Uses of Clinical Outcome Data |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Helen P. Mader (Behavior Frontiers, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Erica Outlaw, M.A. |
|
Autism Outcomes: A Radical Proposal |
Domain: Theory |
Erica Outlaw (UNIFI Autism Care), BREANNE K. HARTLEY (BACB; UNIFI Autism Care) |
|
Abstract: The autism services community is increasingly challenged to define the value of services provided to children with autism and their families. The issue of how that value is defined and measured remains open. The question becomes whether the framework for outcomes for a child with autism should not be any different than those for all children: the capacity to succeed in the world on their own terms and participate – emotionally, socially, and economically – as active, members of family and community. While specific condition-based treatment targets may be critical goals of therapeutic interventions for individuals with autism, a parallel reference point for their impact on life-course outcomes will allow us to measure, and optimize, the personal, community, social, and economic value of such services. Measuring value in such a way will require us to look beyond ‘response to treatment’ for autism-related symptomatology and disability, and embrace more integrated, non-categorical metrics reflective of the impact of interventions on the child’s life-course development. In this presentation Dr. Merahn will present an established, validated “whole child” model of care planning and delivery and share a set of options for radically new frameworks for how we consider, measure, optimize, and value the impact of therapeutic interventions on children with autism and their families that have the potential to reset the conceptual foundation for the autism care community with regard to the of its efforts to support optimal life-course outcomes for children with autism and their families. At the conclusion of the session, participants should be able to 1. Define life course outcomes, list their 5 foundational elements, and differentiate between "response to treatment" and life-course outcomes for children with autism. 2. Describe key principles and components associated with potential life course outcome measures and their association with the value of behavioral analytic services to children with autism and their families. 3. Evaluate their organizational capacity to integrate a life-course outcomes perspective into their clinical operating model. |
|
The Future of Applied Behavior Analysis Best Practices: Using Clinical Outcome Data to Improve Treatment Implementation |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HELEN P. MADER (Behavior Frontiers, LLC), Colleen McKenzie (Behavior Frontiers) |
|
Abstract: Utilization of client outcome data enables practitioners to measure the efficacy of applied behavior analysis interventions in real time and allows for continuous monitoring of progress with the ability to adapt and refine interventions as needed. This study evaluated the effects of utilizing a client outcome data tool to measure regional performance of the number of learning opportunities presented per hour during client's sessions. A staff training package was then implemented to increase the frequency of learning trials presented per hour to children with autism across five service regions. The training package consisted of modeling in-vivo, goal setting, self-monitoring, performance checks, and utilization of the client outcome software platform to monitor treatment implementation, including the number of trials per hour. Initial results show a statistically significant increase from baseline in the average number of learning trials conducted per hour during client's sessions, across all 5 regions. Utilization of a client outcome data tool would provide a data-driven approach that empowers practitioners to provide more effective, efficient, and individualized ABA services while tracking the fidelity of treatment implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Advanced Feeding Skills and New Areas of Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lyndsay Ann Fairchild (Kennedy Krieger Institute ) |
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Lyndsay Ann Fairchild, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is often diagnosed when a child does not consume an adequate volume or variety of food to grow and gain weight, and/or meet their overall nutritional needs (Stubbs et al., 2017). The etiology of feeding disorders is complex, with many medical, psychosocial, and skill-based factors impacting oral intake (Goday et al., 2019). Given the complexity of pediatric feeding disorders, identification of effective and socially valid interventions to target the wide range of feeding-related behaviors becomes imperative. The purpose of the current symposium will be to review effective treatments for advanced feeding skills (e.g., chewing), and explore new areas of research within the realm of pediatric feeding disorders. The first presentation will review a systematic approach to assess and teach chewing skills to children with feeding disorders. The second presentation will report on findings of the effects of a systematic rapport building intervention for children with autism and feeding difficulties. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): chewing, feeding disorder, rapport building |
Target Audience: Individuals interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, and any other practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to identify successful methods for assessing and improving chewing skills.
Attendees will be able to identify strategies to increase food consumption in early intervention settings
Attendees will be able to identify prerequisite skills necessary to teach chewing to children with feeding difficulties |
|
A Systematic Approach to Teach Chewing Skills in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
HOLLY M NEY (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine), Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz), Victoria Monzon (Clinic 4 Kidz), Victoria Pham (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders often display deficits in oral motor skill development related to chewing and consuming table textured foods. Chewing is a complex skill that is not explicitly taught but emerges with experience with different types and textures of foods. However, with children with pediatric feeding disorders, the necessary experience may be interrupted due to underlying medical issues, which may result in reliance on tube feedings, pureed foods, and/or liquids. Therefore, these children may not go through the same developmental stages of eating, hence leading to oral motor deficits with regards to consuming table textured foods. The purpose of this study was to develop a skills assessment tool to identify which skills to target in chewing training. Based on the results of the assessment each child’s starting point for skills training was established. A series of hierarchical training steps were developed and each child’s starting point was unique based on the results of the assessment. The skills training model focused on individual skills, such as mashing and tongue lateralization, in addition to chewing to increase consumption of table textured foods. At the conclusion of skills training, 4 children with pediatric feeding disorders were successfully consuming table textured foods. |
|
Systematic Rapport Building for Children With Autism and Feeding Difficulties |
NICOLE C DEMCHUK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Feeding difficulties are pervasive for children with autism. There is a need for more research on interventions that are not intrusive and feasible for implementation in early intervention settings. The present study investigated the effects of a systematic rapport building intervention on cooperation with demands, proximity to therapist, indices of happiness, and inappropriate behavior for children with autism and feeding difficulties. We measured indicators of assent throughout the study and applied assent-based strategies during the intervention phases. Results showed that the intervention led to consumption of new foods for children with autism and feeding difficulties. This study fills a gap in the literature by targeting motivating operations and prerequisite skills for feeding intervention with a non-intrusive package. The current study also extends research conducted in early intervention settings. Results have important implications and may provide non-specialized clinicians with a method for increasing consumption of new foods for children with autism and feeding difficulties |
|
|
|
|
|
Let's Talk Privilege and Power |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Natalie Parks, Ph.D. |
Chair: Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC) |
NATALIE PARKS (Saint Louis University) |
SHAWN THOMAS CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC) |
RYAN SAIN (Mary Baldwin University) |
Abstract: This panel is an engaging and thought-provoking panel discussion that delves into the intricacies of privilege and power from a behavioral perspective. This will be an audience-interactive events that offers a nuanced exploration of these complex concepts, shedding light on their behavioral definitions and how they manifest in everyday life. The panelists will utilize specific topics as case studies to exemplify the tangible impacts of privilege and power on individuals from diverse backgrounds. By employing behaviorally conceptually systematic language, the discussion aims to demystify the terms, making them accessible for research and data collection and analysis of the behaviors associated with each concept. This panel also extends the conversation to the realm of culture, emphasizing the interconnectedness of privilege and power with cultural differences. Participants will gain valuable insights into how these dynamics influence societal structures, relationships, and individual experiences. They will also leave with a deeper understanding of the role privilege and power play in our lives and society at large. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Those who attend this session should have background knowledge of culture and how it is defined behaviorally. They should be aware of terms like interlocking behavioral contingencies, metacontingencies, and macrocontingencies. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Define power and privilege using conceptually systematic behavior analytic theory 2) Identify potential challenges one may face based upon their background and lived experiences 3) Discuss one's own cultural experiences and how they shape one's interactions with others |
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, culture, diversity, privilege |
|
|
|
|
|
Stop Doom Scrolling and Get Into Your Life: Exploratory Assessments of Social Media Use |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicholas Hammond (Hammond Associates Inc) |
Discussant: Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay) |
CE Instructor: Nicholas Hammond, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over 80% of Canadians aged 15 to 34 regularly use social media; and over 70% of adults in the United States use at least one social media site. Social media use has many upsides (e.g., social relationships, long distance communication, dissemination of knowledge, etc.) and downsides (e.g., distracted driving, impact on interpersonal relationships, the spread of misinformation, etc.). Social media use is still a relatively new technology, and a gap exists in the state of assessment and treatment of problematic social media use within a behavioral framework. This symposium will present the results from a series of studies that investigate how a behavior analysts can shed light on factors that contribute to potentially excessive and or problematic social media use via pilot studies using novel assessments. Study 1 will describe an examination of the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Study 2 will describe the results obtained using the hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT). Both studies present implications for the assessment and treatment of problematic social media use. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand Analysis, Functional Assessment, Social Media |
Target Audience: Some basic knowledge of psychometrics and behavioral economics |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to discuss how behavior analysis can be applied to study and analyze social media use. 2. Participants will be able to describe the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA) and its validity in assessing problematic social media use. 3. Participants will be able to discuss the hypothetical Social Media Purchase Task (SMPT) and the role of behavioral economics in studying excessive social media use. |
|
Toward a Functional Assessment of Social Media Use |
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Aman-Preet Randhawa (Brock University), Erin Walker (Western University/Momentum ABA Services), Kristina Axenova (Western University / York University), Aly Aly Moscovitz (Western University) |
Abstract: To address the need to provide a behavioral framework for social media use, this study sought to assess the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Participants included 380 students undergraduate and graduate students. An initial exploratory factor analysis indicated that a four-factor solution loaded attention and escape functions of social media use into different factors but loaded tangible and sensory functions into similar factors. After reducing the number of questions and factors, a three factor model (i.e., Attention, Escape, Tangible/Sensory) identified a good fit (RMSEA = .068). We also examined whether results obtained in the SMUFA were associated to other commonly used social media use scales. The SMUFA sub-scale scores generally correlated with the Social Media Engagement Questionnaire (SMEQ; Przybylski et al., 2016), Social Media Disorder Scale (SMDS; van den Eijnden et al., 2016), and Bergen Social Media Scale (BSMS; Andreassen, et al., 2016), r = .24¬–.73, with the escape subscore having the strongest relationship to the SMDS and BSMS relative to the other subscales. The SMEQ measures use within the past week, which might not be sensitive to molar patterns of problematic social media usage. Generally, the SMUFA appears to correlate with other established measures for longer term use of social media. Practical and conceptual issues related to assessing and treating problematic social media use will be discussed. |
|
Fifteen Million Merits: A Function-Based Behavioral Economic Demand Assessment of Social Media Use |
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Albert Malkin (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Promise Tewogbola (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Amy Nicole Siebold (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Using a hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT), this study sought to understand the contingencies governing the reinforcing value of social media based on its putative function. A mixed-effects modeling approach was used to evaluate group and individual behavioral patterns. Participants were 334 undergraduate and graduate students. A mixed-effects model yielded an overall R2 of .92. Accessing social media as an escape from aversive stimuli, an information source, or for positive reinforcement resulted in differing patterns of consumption, especially when compared to seeking likes/engagements. The difference was evident in both Q0 (consumption at minimal cost) and α (sensitivity to price). Individual Q0 and α values were significantly correlated across conditions. Individual model estimates were compared with social media usage questionnaires such as SMEQ, SMDS, and BSMS. Correlations were generally weak (ranging r=−.18 to .2), with the demand for likes showing the strongest correlation with the SMDS and BSMS. In conclusion, this study provides insights into the behavioral economic and operant variables influencing social media consumption patterns. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Skill Acquisition Programs for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When developing a skill acquisition program, the implementer must deliver the program in a way that meets the needs of the client. Contextual fit is critical to ensuring treatment adherence. To achieve contextual fit, behavior analysts must be flexible in delivering non-salient features of the intervention, such as setting and ongoing activities, while maintaining the salient features of the interventions necessary for treatment efficacy. Such a balance can be difficult, at times. Thus, research on unique applications of skill acquisition programs is warranted. In this symposium, we will present unique applications of evidence-based skill-acquisition programs: discrete trial teaching (DTT) and total task presentation chaining. The first study implemented a multielement design to compare the effects of four variations of DTT: (a) traditional trials with low-quality attention, (b) traditional trials with high-quality attention, (c) DTT trials embedded in preferred activities with low-quality attention, and (d) DTT trials embedded in preferred activities with high-quality attention. The second study implemented a multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of total task presentation chaining with least-to-most prompting delivered via a technician-delivered telehealth program on vocational skills. The contributions to the literature and implications of both studies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): chaining, discrete-trial teaching, skill acquisition, telehealth |
Target Audience: BCBAs in practice with varying years of experience. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, the participants will be able to: 1. Describe the differences between traditional and embedded DTT trials. 2. Describe the benefits of embedded DTT trials. 3. Define technician-delivered telehealth. 4. Describe three considerations that should be made if considering technician-delivered telehealth (e.g, prompts that can and cannot be delivered via technician-delivered telehealth) |
|
A Comparison of Traditional and Embedded Discrete Trial Teaching Paired With High and Low-Quality Attention |
WENDY WELLER (BCBA-D), Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) has been used synonymously with Applied Behavior Analysis with criticism from the Autistic population who participated in the procedure. The traditional procedure has demonstrated effectiveness. However, many learners are unable to sit at a table and engage in task demands without problem behavior. Among the many effective interventions that have been utilized to address problem behavior during DTT is embedded DTT which implements the same procedures as the traditional process, however in a different setting, usually in a more preferred environment or during a preferred activity. It has not been determined if the instructor’s affect in traditional or embedded trials is qualitatively different across those settings or the degree to which those potential differences impact improved performance. Using a multi-element design, this study compared embedded and traditional trials paired with high and low-quality attention with three boys ages 5 to 7 years diagnosed with autism. Reported outcomes were that one participant demonstrated trial completion across all conditions, another demonstrated little or no trial completion across conditions, and one demonstrated response differentiation for each condition. One implication from this study includes confirmation of a procedure that aligns with trauma informed care. |
|
Technician-Delivered Telehealth to Teach Vocational Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults |
RENMING LIU (Baylor University), MacKenzie Raye Wicker (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Employment significantly impacts financial stability, social engagement, and overall quality of life. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often face unique challenges in accessing employment due to limitations in intellectual functioning, social skills, and adaptive abilities. This study addresses this issue through technician-delivered telehealth. Four participants with IDD identified three vocational goals. All study sessions were conducted via a videoconference platform in which the implementer directly provided instruction and prompts to the participant, without the use of a mediator such as a parent. The researcher implemented a total-task training in which each step of the skill was taught every trial using discrete trial teaching with least-to-most prompt fading. The effects of the technician-delivered telehealth teaching approach was evaluated with a multiple baseline design across skills. The results indicate that the teaching package effectively improved vocational skills for all four participants. This suggests the potential of technician-delivered telehealth as an efficient method for teaching vocational skills to individuals with IDD. Detailed analysis and these findings will be further discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Discussion on the Acceptance and Application of Trauma Informed Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kara Reagon (Melmark New England) |
Discussant: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ruane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years increased attention has been placed on the application of trauma information care (TIC) practices with individuals with intellectual and developments disabilities (IDD). Although there are many benefits to a TIC approach, research in the area of behavior analysis is limited with some noting concerns about where the theory of TIC falls within a behavior analyst’s scope of practice. Within this symposium, attendees will learn how organizations can assess their clinicians’ opinions of TIC and how treatment plans can be modified to align with TIC practices. The first presentation will focus on the results of a pilot survey that collected data from behavior analysts within an HS organization. Results indicated there was an agreement that more emphasis should be placed on this area, but additional research is needed to better guide treatment practices. The second presentation will focus on a case study that used a TIC framework in the form of a multi-element treatment package to increase appropriate voids. Overall, attendees will gain knowledge on how practitioners can begin to bridge the gap between TIC and behavior analytic practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Interventions, TIC, Trauma Informed |
Target Audience: The material presented during this symposium would be appropriate for student of advanced ABA coursework or those pursing their certification, clinicians across applied settings, or supervisors who are responsible for the oversight of clinical programming. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will be able to discuss the relevance of trauma informed care to individuals with intellectual development disabilities. 2. Leaners will be able to discuss how providers can assess clinicians’ opinions of trauma informed care. 3. Learners will be able to discuss how a trauma informed care framework can be used within treatment planning. |
|
Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) of Persons with Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities: A Pilot Survey of Board Certified Behavior Analysts at a Human Services Organization |
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England, Endicott College), James Luiselli (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: We conducted an online survey of board certified behavior analysts (n = 65) at a human services organization to assess their attitudes and opinions about trauma-informed care (TIC) of persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and the compatibility of TIC with behavior analytic practice. Survey respondents indicated they had no to minimal college level/graduate school coursework, training, supervision, or implementation experience in TIC. Survey respondents largely agreed that TIC should be considered for persons with IDD, that TIC provides knowledge that can improve behavior analytic services, that TIC should be emphasized in training, and that TIC is within the scope of behavior analyst practice. However, there was strong agreement that TIC is not defined or practiced consistently and is not well researched by behavior analysts. Following a review of the data, we will discuss the implications of these findings and present survey informed recommendations for advancing TIC within the behavior analytic professional community. |
|
Toilet Training With Care: Using a Trauma Informed Approach to Increase Appropriate Voids |
RAKEYLA LITTLE (Melmark), Sheila Ann Ann Klick (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In this case study reflecting applied practice in the education setting with a day student/resident, the client presented with dangerous challenging behaviors in the repertoire: aggression, dropping, disrobing, property destruction, and elopement and a new behavior: bathroom refusal. Escape extinction was removed from the clients’ multi-element behavior support plan and a concurrent “break” functional communication response was added as well as establishing social positive reinforcement as a functional communication target. When rates of functional communication increased and challenging behaviors reduced at the end of the regular school year, the clinician focused on approach to the bathroom with the preferred activity of brushing teeth across settings. Concurrently, a portable toilet was placed in the program area to re-establish voiding in a toilet across settings. Reinstatement followed during the new regular school year as the client began to void in the toilet in the bathroom in the education setting. Staff report an overall increase in indices of happiness and quality of life. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: The Use of Practical Functional Assessment and Skill Based Treatment in School Settings: Examples for Practitioners |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ron DeMuesy, M.Ed. |
Chair: Ron DeMuesy (Dublin City Schools) |
CELIA HEYMAN (Capella University / FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
JENNIFER NIERADKA (Ottawa Catholic School Board) |
ED SIDEY (SEARCH- FTF- Associate Consultant) |
Abstract: Since its introduction in 2014, the use of Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill Based Treatment (SBT) has been demonstrated to reliably produce important outcomes for clients in clinical settings. More recently, these procedures have found their way into school settings. The implementation of PFA and SBT can present unique challenges in school settings for many reasons including staff training, time allocation and administrative approval. Despite these obstacles, many practitioners have been able to add to the existing knowledge base by replicating important outcomes to schools. This panel discussion will explore the implementation of PFA and SBT across a variety of school settings with the intent of providing practitioners with examples of challenges faced during implementation of PFA and SBT as well as solutions that have led to important outcomes for students, staff and school environments. Individual student data, along with school climate data and system based outcomes will be shared to illustrate the effectiveness of PFA and SBT. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience Members should have a basic understanding of Practical Functional Assessment and Skill Based Treatment |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the obstacles/variables that may occur while trying to implement PFA/SBT in School Settings (2) describe the various solutions to the implementation issues as offered by the panelists; (3) discuss the indicators that allow for successful implementation of PFA/SBT at the student, classroom and school level. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Schools: Practicing What We Preach |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kristin N. Foley (Endicott College) |
PAUL "PAULIE" GAVONI (Professional Crisis Management Association) |
BRIAN K. MASON (Hamilton-Wentworth District School Board) |
HANNAH FAULKNER (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: Schools should be designed to provide a valuable accessible space for the academic and social participation for every student. Schools also provide a dynamic and complex system for the practice of behavior analysis to develop and coordinate meaningful supportive change. This panel will focus on some core elements to the implementation of behavior analytic practice in schools that will bring value, structure, and systematic measures of progress. The first element is the successful collaboration with professionals from other disciplines to develop equitable programs and support for students of concern. The second element is the importance of careful monitoring systems for students to support the tracking or teaching strategies and progression of learning. The panel will also address institutionalizing of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles at the district, school, and classroom levels to improve behavioral and academic outcomes. These practices will prove to be scalable, cost-effective, aligned with teaching pedagogy, and most importantly supportive for students. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): OBM, professional collaboration, student monitoring, systems |
|
|
|
|
|
The Intersection of Behavior Analytic Interventions and Academic Outcomes: A Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tullo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes a series of presentations regarding the intersection of applied behavior analysis and academic outcomes for students with and without disabilities. The researchers will review a comprehensive scoping study that systematically explored: (a) what behavior analytic interventions are effective on what academic (reading, writing, STEM) outcomes, (b) for whom, and (c) under what conditions for students in Grades Pre-K through grade 12 in educational settings. Interventions that are explicitly behavior analytic and interventions that are behavior analytic in nature were included. The researchers will review current quality indicators for single case research design in the context of behavioral interventions that have academic outcomes. In addition to the quantitative analysis of the study, researchers will qualitatively examine whether there is evidence that the studies were conducted with a social justice-oriented lens (i.e., access, justice, diversity, equity, and inclusion; AJDEI). A particular emphasis will be placed on the implications for educational practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): academics, AJDEI, quality indicators, social validity |
Target Audience: Advanced- Researchers and Practitioners. Prerequisite skills- familiarity with single case research methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) Identify academic interventions that are behavior analytic in nature and likely to be under the scope of practice of behavior analysts; (2) List the quality indicators for single case designs to evaluate rigor of single subject research methodology enhanced with the standards of cultural diversity; (3) Describe the degree to which social validity is assessed and addressed in behavior analytic research focused on academic outcomes. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Academics: A Scoping Study |
LISA TULLO (George Mason University), Yueyang Shen (Boston College), Paula Danquah-Brobby (George Mason University, College of Science), Kristy Park (George Mason University), Anna S. Evmenova (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Behavior challenges impact the quality of instruction in the classroom even as early as preschool with 10-14% of students displaying high-intensity behaviors (Furniss, Beyer, & Guggenmos, 2006). This has increased the demand for individuals with behavioral expertise to support classrooms (Layden, 2023). Collaboration between teachers and behavior analysts is crucial to produce the best possible outcomes for students who may not otherwise access the curriculum due to behavioral excesses and/or deficits. Many academic interventions are behavior analytic in nature, but there is no central repository for academic interventions within the scope of practice of behavior analysts. Researchers conducted a scoping study to identify what behavior analytic interventions have been implemented for which academic outcomes for students from Pre-K to grade 12. The initial search produced 20,207 studies, 2,041 of which were selected after applying the PICO (Population-Intervention-Comparison-Outcome) framework criteria. 1,597 included reading and/or writing outcomes and 444 included science, technology, engineering and math (STEM) outcomes.
This presentation will provide an overview of the following: 1) the search and selection procedure, 2) the academic interventions identified, 3) the academic outcomes identified, 4) trends in behavior analytic studies that include academic outcomes, and 5) implications for behavior analysts in educational settings. |
|
Quality Indicators in Single-Case Research Designs: Current and Future Standards |
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University), Lisa Tullo (George Mason University), Paula Danquah-Brobby (George Mason University, College of Science), Anna S. Evmenova (George Mason University) |
Abstract: The standard of quality indicators for Single Case Designs (SCD) continues to evolve as additions or clarifications are made to advance methodologically sound and trustworthy procedures. For practitioners, SCD standards allow identification of interventions that are most effective and for researchers, SCD standards assist in the planning stages with research guidelines. As professionals, the efforts to continually improve and expand on research standards will advance methodological procedures and promote active use of SCD across disciplines. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight current quality indicators when conducting and evaluating SCD research. Researchers utilized these indicators to evaluate behavior analytic research related to academic instruction in educational settings. Results of the study will be summarized.
This presentation will review current SCD standards as recommended by Kratochwill, Horner, Levin, Machalicek, Ferron, and Johnson (2023). Applications toward the adoption of SCD standards for cultural diversity will be examined. The revised quality indicators enhanced with cultural diversity were summarized into a matrix and piloted as a tool for SCD literature syntheses (i.e., meta-analyses). Results of the study will be shared with implications for further research. |
|
The Social Significance of Social Validity |
PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science), Lisa Tullo (George Mason University), Kristy Park (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Schwartz and Baer (1991) defined social validity as assessments that “evaluate the acceptability or viability of a programmed intervention” (p.189). Although social validity assessments are not meant to serve as the main dependent variable under examination, consumer feedback on the appropriateness, applicability, and utility of research goals, methodology, and outcomes is crucial. When assessing social validity consumers become empowered to voice the ways in which they are being affected by environmental stimuli and contingencies associated with the research process. Moreover, embedding social validity assessments throughout the course of a study can minimize power imbalances between consumers and investigators, increase trust, and foster inclusive, culturally responsive practices (Pritchett et al., 2021).
This presentation will summarize findings related to how social validity assessments have been used in behavior analytic research studies that contained academic outcomes. Specifically, the following variables were examined: a) whether social validity was assessed b) the manner in which it was assessed, c) for whom it was assessed, d) how many times it was assessed, e) the results of the assessment, f) if maintenance and generalization were assessed, and g) whether a copy of the social validity assessment measure was included in the published work. |
|
|
|
|
|
Looking Through an Ethical Lens: Applying the Ethics Code to Common Clinical Practices |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Videsha Marya (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Videsha Marya, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020) acts as a guide for all behavior analysts and for their practices. In addition to having a responsibility towards evidence-based practices and interventions, behavior analysts also have a responsibility towards their clients and to use interventions that are compassionate, incorporate assent, and prioritize reinforcement. In this symposium, we will have three presentations that evaluate existing literature through an ethical lens. In the first talk, the presenter will present data from an extensive review evaluating existing research on the use of self-management procedures in reducing problem behaviors in adults diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. The second presenter will present a review of the literature on the use of escape extinction within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Finally, the third presenter will present results from their study evaluating the effect of a decision-making model on the selection of assessment and treatment measurement procedures for problem behavior. Through the presentations, the presenters will highlight the importance of ethical considerations when choosing clinical interventions and making clinical decisions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): clinical interventions, ethical considerations, evidence-based interventions |
Target Audience: Presentations during this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should be familiar with the ethics code for behavior analysts (BACB, 2020), clinical interventions (e.g., escape extinction, self-management), and have prior experience in clinical decision-making. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) The participants will be able to describe the ethical implications of some common clinical procedures; (2) The participants will be able to discuss the importance of evaluating published literature through an ethical and critical lens; (3) The participants will be able to apply this understanding and knowledge to their own settings. |
|
Evaluating the Usefulness of Decision Trees in Measurement Selection |
LAURA FRANCES WEIL (Endicott College), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Many clinical decision trees have been published that purport to improve clinical decisions. Most, however, have yet to demonstrate experimentally their utility toward the purported function. In this study, we evaluated how clinical decisions were influenced by access to a published decision tree (LeBlanc et al., 2016) for selecting appropriate assessment and treatment measurement procedures for problem behavior. Participants were provided with six vignettes that contained details about variables relevant to the decision tree and that mimicked patient descriptions commonly found in intake forms for ABA services. Each participant completed three phases: baseline (no access to the decision tree), intervention (access to the decision tree), and post-test (1-week post-experiment). The primary dependent variable was the measurement technique they thought most appropriate based on the information in each vignette with results also analyzed across a variety of participant characteristics (e.g., years of experience, primary setting of work). Importantly, the results of this study highlight critical ethical considerations around measuring and analyzing clinician decision-making in everyday settings to help optimize patient outcomes following ABA services. |
|
Escape Extinction: A Critical Review |
MICAH HOPE (University of North Texas and Endicott College), Nicole Radzilowicz (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Escape extinction is frequently and effectively used to reduce escape-maintained behavior, especially in children with feeding disorders. However, there are several drawbacks to using escape extinction such as difficulty with treatment fidelity, low social validity, temporary increases and/or spontaneous recovery of problem behaviors, and the inclusion of restrictive procedures. In this presentation, we will review the empirical literature on the use of escape extinction within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. While the literature shows that escape extinction is effective in certain contexts, we will discuss potential drawbacks and ethical challenges with the use of escape extinction, along with the limitations of the literature review. We will discuss parameters to consider before the implementation of escape extinction, including a checklist for clinical considerations prior to the implementation of escape extinction, safeguards to be used in conjunction with the procedure, and alternatives to escape extinction. Research demonstrating the effective treatment of escape-maintained behavior without the use of escape-extinction will be reviewed. While escape extinction is an effective treatment, it is not the least restrictive intervention and should not be implemented without careful consideration and planning. |
|
Can Self-Management Procedures Used by Adults With Autism to Decrease Problem Behavior Be Considered Evidenced-Based? |
ASHLEY MCHUGH (Eden Autism Services), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Amalia Monroe-Gulick (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The ethics code for behavior analysts emphasizes the role of behavioral science in the practice of Board-Certified Behavior Analysts. That is, BCBAs are obligated to use science to guide the professional activities in which they engage. A major part of this obligation is to use evidenced-based treatments in all clinical activities. That is, behaviorists must use science (and research with high rigor) to vet the degree to which treatments are causally related to positive changes in the clinical targets. The purpose of this literature review was to examine the state of the research on the use of self-management procedures in reducing problem behaviors in adults diagnosed with an intellectual disability, with the goal of determining whether or not self-management strategies with this population can be considered evidenced-based. Studies were located using a systematic search of literature across various journals. Seventeen studies were included in the review and were evaluated along the dimensions of adherence to quality research design and outcomes. Results showed that self-management techniques were associated with decreased levels of challenging behaviors across adults with an Intellectual Disability and Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, the quality of the research design was inconsistent, decreasing confidence in a causal relationship between self-management and reduction in challenging behaviors. Thus, at present time, self-management interventions for adults with ASD for reducing challenging behavior cannot be viewed as an evidenced-based strategy. This review should encourage more research in using self-management procedures with individuals with Intellectual Disability, especially with adults. |
|
|
|
|
|
Quiet Courage |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute ) |
CE Instructor: Shahla Ala'i, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We live in a complex time, socially, politically, and spiritually. Global and disciplinary paradigms are interrogated and challenged; questions about our human response to power, justice, knowledge, ethics, and suffering emerge daily. The science, practice and training of behavior analysis is at the nexus of this complexity. How does a young professor of applied behavior analysis find their place, purpose, and effort in this context? Through a series of examples and drawing on the wisdom of social activists within and outside of the field, as well as her own experience, Shahla shares reflections and advice for young professors, who are often concurrently serving as teachers, researchers, and practitioners. Through stories and data, loving and responsible possibilities are explored and examined. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: New professors and advanced graduate students and researchers, and practitioners and advanced professors that are interested in supporting and nurturing the development of new professors in applied behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe 3 societal conditions that present challenges to young professors in applied behavior analysis; (2) Describe 3 conditions of the academy that present challenges to young professors in applied behavior analysis; (3) Describe 3 strategies for meeting these challenges. |
|
SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Shahla Alai-Rosales, PHD, BCBA-D, CPBA-AP is a Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. She has taught courses in Texas, Europe and the Middle East on a variety of topics, including ethics, early autism intervention, parent training, behavioral systems, applied research methods, technology transfer, behavior change techniques, and cultural diversity. Shahla has published and presented research on social justice, ethics in early intervention, play and social skills, family harmony, and supervision and mentoring. Shahla has more than four decades of experience working with families and has trained hundreds of behavior analysts. She has received awards for her teaching (SGA ‘Fessor Graham Award), her work with families (Onassis Scholar Award), and for her sustained contributions (UNT Community Engagement Award, TXABA Career Contributions Award, the GSU Lutzker Distinguished Lecturer and the 23-24 University of Kansas ABS Outstanding Alumni Award). She was a member of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, the ABAI Practice Board, the ABAI DEI Board and an Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice. Shahla is co-author of Building and Sustaining Meaningful and Effective Relationships as a Supervisor and Mentor (LeBlanc, Sellers & Alai, 2020) and Responsible and Responsive Parenting in Autism: Between Now and Dreams (Alai-Rosales & Heinkel-Wolfe, 2022). |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Integrating Discounting and Demand: Finding a Common Language Between Behavioral Economic Frameworks and Modeling Strategies |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Mark Justin Rzeszutek, Ph.D. |
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Presenting Authors: : MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Within the domain of behavioral economic decision-making, there are two parallel but distinct frameworks of reinforcer valuation. The first is discounting, a description of the change in subjective value of a commodity as its receipt becomes more delayed, uncertain, or changed by some other factor. The second is demand, a description of the effort an organism will expend to defend its consumption of a commodity as the cost of that commodity increases. Both discounting and demand use well established quantitative models to describe behavior, but analyses are typically treated as one or the other based on the methodology used. Thus, the purpose of this tutorial is to overview similarities and differences between quantitative models of discounting and demand and how the two can be integrated when more than one functional form is suspected to underlie data with multiple factors. This will be accomplished by identifying common parameter interpretations, correlations between different parameter estimates, and how these models can be combined to describe data that encompasses two or more independent variables. Finally, how various quantitative models can be used to identify commonly used metrics in demand and discounting will be demonstrated. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students, basic researchers, translational researchers, and those interested in using behavioral economic models to describe behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Compare and contrast discounting and demand as measures of reinforcer valuation, (2) identify commonalities across quantitative models of discounting and demand as well as their estimates, (3) adjust different functional forms of discounting and demand to have similar interpretations across datasets. |
|
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (University of Kentucky) |
Dr. Rzeszutek is a postdoctoral scholar in the Healthier Futures Lab at the University of Kentucky. He completed a B.A. in Comprehensive Psychology from Wilfred Laurier University, an M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis from St. Cloud State University, and a Ph.D. in Psychology from Western Michigan University. His current research focuses on methodologies in the quantitative analysis of behavior and using behavioral economics to better understand the relationship between alcohol use and suicidal thoughts and behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Overcoming Barriers to Research in Applied Practice: A Panel Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Brittany Tomasi, M.A. |
Chair: Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College) |
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Southern Illinois University) |
SARAH FRAMPTON (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Abstract: The research-to-practice gap is prevalent across many fields. The goal of the scientist-practitioner model (SPM) in applied behavior analysis (ABA) is to produce and improve meaningful clinical outcomes through an empirical and scientific worldview based on the defining principles of ABA (Dorsey & Harper, 2018; Weiss 2018). Weiss (2018) argues that the best practitioners in behavior analysis are excellent scientists. Sidman (2011) acknowledged that applied problems may differ from those in the laboratory; however, understanding basic research methodology and its relation to practical problems will contribute to more significant therapeutic outcomes in practice. Shawler et al. (2018) indicated that most survey respondents reported adhering to the SPM, regardless of high research productivity. This outcome reflects the differing contingencies that may exist for scientists compared to practitioners. One solution to bridge this gap is for practitioners to conduct more applied research. However, despite practitioners reporting they find conducting research to be important, many barriers to integrating research into applied settings have been reported (Valentino & Juanico, 2020). The current panel will describe the current state of SPM within the field of ABA. Suggestions on bridging the gap and implications for conducting applied research in everyday practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: knowledge of research methodology; knowledge of principles of behavior; application of behavior analytic principles in practice |
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the current state of SPM within the field of ABA 2. Describe the barriers to integrating research in applied settings 3. Discuss solutions to bridge the gap between research and practice in applied settings |
Keyword(s): applied research, research methodology, scientist-practitioner |
|
|
|
|
|
Harmony in Analysis: Bridging Human Insight and Artificial Intelligence for Advanced Behavioral Understanding and Ethical Clinical Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JESSICA JACKSON (Therapy Is For Everyone Psychological & Consultation Services, PLLC) |
Abstract: This presentation explores the transformative role of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning in enhancing our understanding of human behavior and informing clinical interventions. Synthetic intelligence provides novel perspectives on human intelligence, while machine learning enables the extraction of valuable insights from vast datasets. Emphasizing the inevitability of AI's integration, the presentation advocates for critical thinking in addressing concerns and engaging in conversations with technology developers. It underscores the collaborative relationship between AI and mental health clinicians, emphasizing that AI is a supportive tool rather than a replacement. The ethical considerations surrounding AI implementation are highlighted, emphasizing the necessity of nuanced discussions. Practical applications, such as using AI for early detection of developmental delays, leveraging diagnostic codes for classification, and the removal of geographical barriers through internet-based accessibility, demonstrate the tangible benefits of AI in clinical contexts. Overall, this presentation encourages a thoughtful embrace of AI's potential to revolutionize behavioral analysis and clinical interventions while maintaining a human-centric approach. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and mental health clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explore Ethical Considerations in AI Integration: Learners will delve into the ethical considerations associated with the use of AI in clinical interventions, engaging in discussions on privacy, bias, and the responsible programming of AI tools. They will develop the ability to critically assess the ethical implications of AI applications in the context of human behavior; (2) Appreciate the Collaborative Nature of AI and Clinical Practice: Participants will recognize AI as a supportive tool for mental health clinicians rather than a replacement. They will explore the symbiotic relationship between AI technologies and human expertise, understanding the ways in which AI can enhance clinical interventions without diminishing the importance of human support; (3) Develop Strategies for Addressing Concerns and Embracing AI: Participants will cultivate critical thinking skills and practical strategies for navigating concerns related to AI integration. This includes engaging in open conversations with technology developers, conducting cost/benefit analyses, and fostering an openness to how AI technologies can alleviate administrative burdens in clinical settings. |
|
JESSICA JACKSON (Therapy Is For Everyone Psychological & Consultation Services, PLLC) |
Dr. Jessica Jackson is an award-winning licensed psychologist and mental health equity advocate. She is the founder of Dr. J. Lauren Psychological & Consultation Services, a Houston, TX based mental health practice providing expert care and consultation. Dr. Jackson is also the co-founder of the non-profit Communicating Race Fully, focused on teaching youth and their caregivers how to have conversations about race and racism. In addition to providing mental health care services through her private practice, she also works in the digital mental health industry. Her research has focused on reducing barriers to treatment for underserved populations. She is a regular media contributor and serves as an elected member of the American Psychological Association Board for the Advancement of Psychology in the Public Interest, Vice Chair of Therapist in Tech and Chair of the APA Mental Health Technology Advisory Committee. |
|
|
|
|
|
Individualizing and Optimizing Instructional Procedures to Achieve Best Outcomes |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Autism Commission on Quality; Council of Autism Service Providers) |
Discussant: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A critical component of applied behavior analysis (ABA) involves ensuring services are optimized and individualized to meet a client’s abilities, needs, and context. In this symposium, the presenters will provide an in-depth analysis of instructional procedures used to teach new skills and discuss how performance criteria can be set to determine when those skills are achieved. During the first presentation, the authors will describe how teaching methodologies can be made responsive to individualized client needs to promote the most learning in the shortest amount of time. During the second presentation, the author will present a historical review of the concept of mastery and share a model demonstrating how the field may be better served by considering performance criteria. Both presentations will emphasize the responsibility behavior analytic service providers have to continually evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of the procedures they employ. Following these presentations, discussion will center around strategies and considerations for delivering and measuring efficient individualized services. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): individualized services, instructional procedures, mastery criteria, performance criteria |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for credentialed masters-level behavior analysts currently overseeing clinical services. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the benefits of adapting and individualizing instructional procedures. (2) Compare the impact of different instructional procedures on client progress. (3) Identify various approaches to conditional discrimination training. (4) Think critically about terminology used to describe reaching learning goals and the ways in which they can be applied. (5) Describe recent research regarding performance criteria and recognize the lack of empirically support for current clinical lore. (6) Discuss how the terminology used to describe learning goals relates to decision making about what criteria to utilize in clinical practice as well as the necessity for future research. |
|
Comparative Research Examining the Effectiveness of Skill Acquisition Procedures |
KAITLYN SLACK-HANNA (40299), Molly Dubuque (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Kristin M. Hustyi (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Instruction of auditory-visual conditional discrimination has been examined using two primary methods: the simple-conditional and conditional-only approaches (Love et al., 2009). The former method consists of a nine-step instructional procedure that increases in difficulty across steps (Grow et al., 2011). Alternatively, the conditional-only method employs a single step, which is identical to the final step of the simple-conditional method, where an array of visual comparison stimuli is presented, and the target stimulus alternates across trials. Additionally, a modified simple-conditional method was introduced by Grow and Van Der Hijde (2017) which eliminates the three steps from the simple-conditional method involving isolated target presentations, resulting in six steps. Comparative research has shown that the relative efficacy and efficiency of these different teaching methods can sometimes vary among participants. However, clinicians can apply the same assessment methodology to identify a personalized and optimized instructional approach for their patients. This may lead to a greater number of skills that can be taught within a shorter timeframe, enhancing outcomes for patients and their families. In this symposium, we review the extant literature comparing procedures for teaching conditional discrimination, present our own empirical analysis, and discuss implications for systems-level strategies to promote best practice and outcomes. |
|
“Mastery” as a Misnomer: A Closer Look at Current Research on Performance Criteria |
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A number of objective criteria have been developed to establish when a skill being trained has been learned. These evaluative performance standards have historically been referred to as mastery criteria. However, the term "mastery" as used in these contexts is a misnomer. We propose an alternative, more fitting term: performance criteria. Accurate labels notwithstanding, additional skepticism and investigation into the lore surrounding the use of performance criteria in practical settings is necessary. The purpose of this presentation will be to: 1) provide a brief introduction to performance criteria historically and contemporarily, 2) discuss some issues related to mastery criteria terminology, 3) discuss the various dimensions of performance to which criteria can be applied, 4) provide a comprehensive review of literature related to performance criteria across various practice areas, and 5) provide a model for establishing performance criteria while recognizing the lack of sufficient direct empirical research in the area of mastery criteria and its relationship with response maintenance. Finally, a comment on considerations for future directions for research and clinical practice will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
Spatial Behavior and Conditioning in Orange Head Cockroaches |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:25 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Christopher Allen Varnon (University of North Texas) |
|
Spatial Behavior and Conditioning in Orange Head Cockroaches |
Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: This presentation discusses several experiments aimed at establishing the orange head cockroach (Eublaberus posticus) as a model organism for behavioral research. Insects and other invertebrates are inexpensive, practical organisms that, despite relative simplicity compared to vertebrates, can show an impressive range of learning abilities. While our previous work demonstrated habituation and classical conditioning, this presentation focuses on a new line of spatial research. In one series of experiments, we investigated exploratory behavior and the effects of alcohol consumption in an open-field test. Subjects were generally active at the start of experimental sessions but showed progressively less activity during one-hour sessions. Subjects that consumed alcohol were generally less active than control subjects. Much like rodents, our cockroaches also displayed thigmotaxis. We also developed a new elevated T-maze protocol to investigate spatial learning. As many of our subjects were reluctant to explore a traditional enclosed T-maze that contained a food reinforcer, we employed an elevated maze with open arms that used access to shelter as a reinforcer. This elevated T-maze facilitated more exploration and learning. We believe the open-field test and elevated T-maze may be useful procedures for future invertebrate work and may help draw useful parallels to findings from vertebrate literature. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Behavioral: Choose Your Own Path |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michelle Oset (Easterseals Hawaii) |
CE Instructor: Viridiana Sanchez, M.A. |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has marked challenges in understanding and using social skills and pragmatic communication. This can lead to an autistic individual being isolated or ostracized from their peers, which can also prevent them from accessing equal opportunities in the community. Most treatment types focus on the individual adapting to fit in with their peers rather than focusing on the individual themselves. As healthcare providers, Easterseals Northern California and Easterseals Hawaii wanted to meet the needs of the individual and provide ways for them to amplify their voices in the community. Compass-behavioral (Compass-B) is a manualized program based on the foundational principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and cognitive behavior therapy (CBT). It includes eight different modules that an individual can choose from, whether they want to work on advocating for themselves, learning perspective taking skills, or socializing with others. This presentation will review the research emphasizing the importance of focusing on the individual and allowing them to choose their own path. It will also provide a general overview of the Compass-B model and how an individual can access this treatment option. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Compass-Behavioral |
Target Audience: Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis principles and 1-2 years experience working with adolescents and adults ages 12 and up. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the importance of executive functioning skills as it relates to the intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) Identify what Compass-Behavioral is; (3) Identify how Compass-Behavioral can be applied. |
|
Executive Functioning and Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of Literature |
KALINA HATZELL (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California) |
Abstract: Research on executive functioning in adolescents and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) reveals a diverse landscape. These individuals may exhibit varied developmental trajectories and experience challenges in the areas of planning, organization, emotion regulation, social acumen, and goal attainment. While some may face adversity in multiple areas, others may experience difficulty in just one or two. The transition to adulthood is a crucial period for executive functioning because it marks a significant shift in an individual’s life, such as increased independence and responsibility in education, employment, and daily living. As such, improving executive functioning is crucial for enhancing overall quality of life and independence for those with developmental disabilities. This presentation provides an overview of the research demonstrating the significance of executive functioning skills on an individual’s autonomy and wellbeing. Additionally, it provides an overview of contemporary behavioral and cognitive-behavioral interventions, emphasizing their role in empowering individuals to make autonomous decisions regarding their treatment approaches. |
|
Compass-Behavioral: Choose Your Own Path |
TARYN STINE (Easterseals Northern California) |
Abstract: For autistic youth receiving behavioral services, there is no one size fits all for individual support needs. Individuals who do not require the level of support provided in typical service provisions frequently find themselves at a crossroad where the direction they take is determined by caregivers and stakeholders rather than autonomous choice. Compass-behavioral (Compass-B) is a manualized behavioral intervention program based on the foundational principles Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) that has set out to create a new path built on the individuals' values, goals, and strengths. It includes eight different modules that an individual can choose to work through with a Compass-B coach providing individualized guidance and support throughout the process. In this presentation, we will complete an overview of the Compass-B model, the individual demographic prerequisite requirements for participation in Compass-B, and the components covered that create a program that allows autistic youth to choose their own path. |
|
Compass-Behavioral: Practical Application and Results |
IAN COOK (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder qualified by three levels of support. Level 1 is qualitatively described as requiring support and is commensurate with DSM-IV criteria of Aspergers syndrome which was subsumed into the ASD diagnosis in the 2013 version of the DSM. People with Level 1 ASD typically do not have a cooccurring intellectual disability but do have difficulty with social pragmatic communication. Difficulties within this subset of the ASD population may not be generalizable to other Levels of the ASD spectrum. For this reason, we set out to understand if a manualized approach to helping autistic youth and adults navigate common social difficulties could be successfully implemented. Autistic youth and adults were offered Compass-Behavioral (Compass-B) as part of their behavioral health treatment. Paired-samples t-tests were used to determine whether there was a statistically significant mean difference between the pre and post test scores for each module as well as individual wellbeing. Overall, participants had a mean improvement from time one to time two on wellbeing as well as for each module. Furthermore, those who received the Self-Advocacy module experienced a significant improvement in overall self-advocacy skills and understanding. The results demonstrate a manualized approach to applied behavior analysis when working with autistic youth on social pragmatic and executive functioning skills is promising. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis as an Applied Field: Concerns and Solutions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Adriana (Adie) Anderson (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/) |
ANGELA FUHRMANN-KNOWLES (Endicott College) |
ANNABEL LOUIZE KAPLAN (Endicott College) |
CAROLYN CRYSDALE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The exponential growth of the field over the last several years has warranted some concerns regarding quality as it pertains to graduate training programs, staff training, and service delivery. In his presidential address at the sixth annual conference of the Association for Behavior Analysis, Michael (1980) described good news and bad news regarding the growth of behavior analysis (now titled “Flight from Behavior Analysis”). In a similar fashion, this panel will address some of the good news and bad news as it relates to the field in the present day. As a result of the growth and demand for services, behavior analysts are now confronted with contingencies that were never encountered during the field’s formative years. Although the growth is promising and much good has resulted, these contingencies have also led to the development of some major concerns. In this panel, six main concerns and potential solutions will be discussed. These concerns include graduate training programs, staff training, ABA as a business and private equity, large caseloads, burnout, and turnover. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Professors, assistant professors, or adjunct faculty in higher education institutions. Any individuals that work in a service delivery or applied setting. These individuals may include clinical directors, assistant clinical directors, individuals that provide supervision to behavior analysts, clients, and/or direct care staff, staff trainers, or direct care staff. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list and explain the current concerns in the field of applied behavior analysis as outlined in this panel; (2) analyze the proposed solutions and assess their feasibility within applied or institutional settings; (3) list additional potential solutions related to concerns with graduate training programs, staff training, and other variables affecting service delivery. |
Keyword(s): graduate training, private equity, service delivery, staff training |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations for Compassionate Care and Cultural Competence |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Cassi Breaux (University of West Florida) |
CE Instructor: Cassi Breaux, M.A. |
|
Compassionate Care in Applied Behavior Analysis Within the Saudi Arabian Context |
Domain: Theory |
DUAA ALZAHRANI (Umm Al-Qura University), Reva L. Mathieu-Sher (Duquesne Univeristy) |
|
Abstract: As the emerging subjects of Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness gain momentum within the realm of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), particularly in the context of treating autistic individuals, the research primarily remains focused on a Western perspective. This article examines the adaptation and application of ongoing efforts to define and establish Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness in ABA within the unique context of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The article explores how the Compassionate Care behaviors identified in the literature may be applicable in Saudi Arabia to enrich ABA treatments for autistic individuals in Saudi Arabia, while also addressing the barriers and challenges that may hinder the implementation of Compassionate Care in Saudi Arabia that are rooted in the cultural and religious aspects of the Saudi society. The article concludes by proposing a standardization of Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness practices in ABA to align with the societal norms prevalent in Saudi Arabia." |
|
Broadening Cultural Competency: How the Core Principles of Consent Can Inform Assent Practices |
Domain: Theory |
CASSI BREAUX (University of West Florida) |
|
Abstract: Assent is a relatively new concept in behavior analysis and is commonly misunderstood. Assent practices are vital to the ethical practice of applied behavior analysis. The history and core principles of consent can inform our understanding of assent, thus improving clinical assent practices. Assent practices and neurodiversity-informed practices are vital to cultural competency. This paper explores the integration of core principles of consent into assent practices, with a focus on enhancing cultural competency. By leveraging the fundamental elements of consent, it is possible to broaden the scope of assent procedures, thus better respecting neurodivergent culture. We will define the key components of consent, explore how assent is incorporated within cultural awareness, and discuss assent practices in clinical and educational settings. Through case studies and practical insights, this presentation offers a valuable perspective on bridging the gap between consent and assent, thereby contributing to more culturally sensitive and effective behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Challenging Behavior Unraveled: Insights Into Psychotropic Medication Impact on Challenging Behavior Informed by Diverse Assessment Modalities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Monica Peters (Nova Scotia Health) |
Discussant: Jessica Torelli (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Torelli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Psychopharmacological interventions are commonly used to treat challenging behaviors in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Lunsky et al., 2018; Valdovinos, 2019). Some demographic research suggests that up to 90% of adults comprising this clinical population are taking some type of psychotropic medication (Lunsky et al., 2018). Persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities often have communication deficits which may be especially problematic when being prescribed these medications, as physicians largely rely on self-report measures to discern how medication changes are impacting their patient (Quinn, 2014). Behavioural researchers continue to be well-suited to explore the behavioural effects of psychotropic medication by leveraging objective measurement systems (Cox & Virues-Ortega, 2016; Valdovinos et al., 2019). The more the field understands whether and how psychotropic medications affect client responding, the better prepared behavior analysts may be to cultivate behavior change and ultimately improve client quality of life. The two studies below use different assessment strategies to monitor the impact of psychotropic medications in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate- Some familiarity with introductory statistics content and some familiarity with applied behavioral pharmacology |
Learning Objectives: (1) The attendees will be able to identify how direct assessments may aid in monitoring changes in behavior function and rate across clinically-indicated medication changes. (2) The attendees will be able to identify what comprises a comprehensive assessment plan to monitor the impact of psychotropic medications in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. (3) The attendees will be able to identify and describe helpful indirect and direct assessment strategies in the context of monitoring psychotropic medication adjustment impacts on challenging behavior |
|
Using Functional Analysis to Monitor the Impact of Psychotropic Medication on Challenging
Behavior Function in Persons With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
ANDREAS DIMOPOULOS (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Monica Peters (Nova Scotia Health), Tina Vo (Brock University), Victor Enrique Bethencourt (Brock University), Autumn Kozluk (Brock University) |
Abstract: Demographic research suggests that up to 50% of persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities engage in behavior that can be described as challenging. That is, behaviors that interfere with skills acquisition, access to services, and may increase the risk of injury to self or others (e.g., aggression, self-injury, property destruction). Psychopharmacological interventions represent an oft applied approach to reduce challenging behavior. Unfortunately, efficacy research on this topic is relatively limited, including applied behavioural pharmacology research aimed at evaluating the behavioural effects of psychotropic medication in this clinical population (Cox & Virués-Ortega, 2016). In behavior analysis, challenging behavior is perceived as ‘learned’ behavior. That is, the individual learns the behavior over time because their interaction with the environment produces a ‘desired’ outcome. The challenging behavior, thus, serves a specific purpose (i.e., behavior function). To identify behavior function, behavior analysts often conduct a functional analysis (FA) to systematically examine the relationship between challenging behavior and environmental events (Hanley, 2012). Theory around how psychotropic medications may be affecting behavior suggests that FAs may facilitate uncovering drug-behavior interactions. Thus, the proposed study examined the behavioural effects of clinically-indicated psychotropic medication changes across six adults with IDD who engage in challenging behavior and were taking psychotropic medication as their primary treatment element. Repeat FAs were conducted across psychotropic medication conditions, including psychotropic PRN (as needed medication) conditions, to monitor changes in behavior function and rate. Clinical implications, limitations, and future directions are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Outcomes From Indirect and Direct Assessment of Challenging Behavior in the Context of Psychotropic Medication Monitoring |
MONICA PETERS (Nova Scotia Health), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Tina Vo (Brock University), Victor Enrique Bethencourt (Brock University) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, experimental functional analysis technology is considered the gold-standard in assessing challenging behavior. However, psychopharmacological research tends to primarily rely on informant-based techniques to evaluate the participant outcomes (e.g., reduced aggression) (Valdeep & Cox, 2020) The Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC) (Aman, Singh, Stewart, & Field, 1985) was initially developed to explore medication impact in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. Another commonly used indirect measure is the Behavior Problems Inventory-R (BPI-R) (Rojahn, Matson, Lott, Esbensen & Smalls, 2001). Given their prevalence in psychopharmacology research, as well as the emphasis on enacting functional analyses in the treatment of challenging behavior, it may be important to examine the convergent validity between these indirect and direct assessment strategies. Thus, the purpose of this study is to evaluate the convergent validity of assessment strategies across medication adjustments in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. Preliminary results suggest there is a 55% agreement between direct and indirect outcomes. Clinical implications and next steps will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Navigating Service Delivery for Challenging Behavior in Outpatient Healthcare Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sara R. Jeglum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital) |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
EMILY SEALS MATHIS (Micheal R. Boh Center at Ochsner Hospital for Children) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are increasingly being employed in healthcare settings (hospitals, clinics, primary care) to provide behavioral support across the lifespan, such as increasing compliance with prescribed medications or procedures, reducing interfering challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior, destructive/disruptive behaviors), and preventing injury to patients and staff members (Romani et al., 2020). Some behavior analysts also focus on assessment and treatment of challenging behavior for children, adolescents, and adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities in outpatient settings (Hagopian et al., 2023). Providing challenging behavior services on an outpatient basis is practical in many respects. It assists generalization of skills by allowing for practice outside of session times in naturalistic settings (e.g., home, school), maximizes the number patients and families that can be served, and is cost-effective. Despite the positive effects of behavioral assessment and intervention being well-established in the literature, navigating the provision of outpatient services for challenging behavior can be highly difficult. For example, staff turnover, injuries, and allocating appropriate resources to outpatient behavioral clinics can significantly complicate the delivery of care. This panel will focus on discussing models of outpatient behavioral services across 2 different regions of the country, ethical considerations, and facilitators and barriers. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: This panel is best for audiences who are very familiar and comfortable with behavior analytic procedures, such as experimental functional analysis, differential reinforcement, and other advanced procedures. This likely includes individuals who have completed graduate level coursework in applied behavior analysis, are licensed and/or certified to ethically provide behavior analytic services, and have experience in healthcare settings, particularly outpatient settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe model(s) of outpatient service delivery for challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities in healthcare settings; 2) demonstrate awareness of ethical considerations for behavioral services in healthcare settings; and 3) communicate common facilitators and barriers to behavioral outpatient services in healthcare settings. |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, healthcare, program development |
|
|
|
|
|
Demonstrating the Effectiveness of Intensive Supports With Decelerative Strategies to Treat Severe Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thurka Thillainathan (Brock University) |
Discussant: Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior are often precluded from meaningfully participating in daily life and community-based activities due to associated risks (e.g., substantial injury to self or others, extreme property destruction). In such cases, intensive supports involving combination interventions featuring decelerative properties may be employed to reduce challenging behavior. However, although it is important that there be a comprehensive understanding of both the efficacy and the effectiveness of intervention components to produce socially significant outcomes, effectiveness research has tended to lag. The purpose of this symposium is to feature two complementary talks that will contribute to effectiveness research by: (1) disseminating the findings of a quantitative systematic review exploring the status, quality, and rigor of combination interventions with decelerative properties; and (2) showcasing the results of a systematic program evaluation examining the use of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package involving decelerative strategies to target severe challenging behavior within an applied context. Discussant commentary may provide further insight for attendees regarding research on this topic, application of findings, and important next steps (e.g., future research). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, decelerative strategies, intensive supports, intervention effectiveness |
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit from having previous training on effect sizes and related calculations within single-case experimental design research (e.g., Tau-U, standardized mean difference), quality rigor processes in the context of meta-analytic work (e.g., SCARF), non-parametric statistical tests (e.g., Kruskal-Wallis test), and applied research methodology conducive to conducting clinical research (e.g., consecutive case series, systematic program evaluation, social validity surveys). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the status, quality, and rigor of published and gray literature featuring combination interventions that involve both reinforcement and punishment strategies; (2) identify parameters (e.g., participant and intervention characteristics) that coincide with effective outcomes in the treatment of challenging behavior; (3) discuss methods (e.g., program evaluation, consecutive case series) and tools (e.g., Stability Check, modified Brinley plot) that can facilitate applied research initiatives interested in evaluating program effectiveness in clinical settings. |
|
A Quantitative Systematic Literature Review of Decelerative Strategies in the Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Intellectual and Developmentally Disabled Individuals |
ASUDE AYVACI (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that decelerative strategies (i.e., punishment) may be an effective method for reducing challenging behaviors (Lerman & Vorndran, 2002; Lydon et al., 2015). In the current review, 30 articles featuring single-case experimental designs published between 2013 and October 2022 met the inclusion criteria. Primary study objectives included examining: (a) differential effect size outcomes related to temporal reinforcement approach applied (e.g., antecedent or consequence reinforcement approaches), (b) differential effect size outcomes related to the punishment method applied, and (c) patterns in effect size outcomes associated with study rigor across the published and gray literature. In conducting this review, we adhered to the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (PRISMA; see Paige et al., 2021) and applied the single-case analysis and review framework (SCARF; see Ledford et al., 2020) to assess rigor and quality outcomes. Descriptive results indicated positive punishment was more common, with higher effect sizes than negative punishment. However, the Kruskal-Wallis test showed no significant differences. Temporal reinforcement types had significant differences, especially between antecedent reinforcement and a combination of antecedent and consequence. Most literature met rigor criteria, with published studies displaying larger effect sizes. The discussion will address clinical implications and future research directions. |
|
Program Evaluation of a Specialized Treatment Home for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior |
THURKA THILLAINATHAN (Brock University), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior may comprise 5%–10% of this clinical population. Unfortunately, challenging behavior literature tends to: (1) underrepresent adult participants in comparison to child participants; and (2) emphasize efficacy (Does the intervention work?) more often than effectiveness (Does the intervention work in real world settings?). We conducted a systematic program evaluation across three specialized treatment homes to examine the effectiveness of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package involving combination interventions with decelerative strategies. This was accomplished using a hybrid nonexperimental consecutive case series design featuring all adults (n = 8) who experienced the treatment package, regardless of their success. The results depicted a substantial decrease in challenging behavior (i.e., frequency of negative target behaviour episodes) from baseline to intervention for most participants and a commensurate increase in adaptive behavior (i.e., number of mastered skills targets) across sessions for all participants. Further, the treatment package was implemented with impressive integrity by frontline staff (M = 84%, range, 82%–90%) and was deemed instrumental for achieving a better quality of life by participants (100%) as well as by caregivers/case managers (100%). Project limitations, clinical considerations, and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Moving Towards a Multicultural Future: Diversity and the Education of Healthcare Practitioners |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Rocco G Catrone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1961; 1984) discussed the role of behavioral technologies within education and the potential that culture may operate as a third level of selection occurring for humans. These two concepts are not mutually exclusive, where education allows for the transmission of symbolic verbal behavior across cultural groups and generations. When the cultural milieu (Houmanfar et al., 2020) differentially platforms majority identities and cultures, singular narratives can dominate that sideline diverse views and perspectives, with implications across professions and including healthcare professions (e.g., behavior analysis). The first presentation will discuss the education of autism service providers and how the way we educate may strengthen or reduce stigmatizing beliefs about autistic people. The second presentation describes Hays’ (2016) ADDRESSING framework to teach multicultural competencies with implications across healthcare industries, including mental health. Finally, these conceptual topics will be discussed with a view towards cultural selection and the present-day role of behavior analysis in moving towards a multicultural future. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism stigma, cultural competence, cultural humility, neurodiversity |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the role of education in shaping verbal behavior about cultural groups; (2) discuss the role of relational frames in biases against autistic learners; (3) describe the ADDRESSING as a behavioral education technology. |
|
Relational Coherence and Autism Education: Does How We Educate Others About Autism Matter? |
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Advocates of the neurodiversity movement aim to reduce discrimination towards autistic individuals, challenging the medical model narrative of autism as a disease in need of treatment or cure, and instead promoting the acceptance of diverse neurotypes. Parents and caregivers are expected to make decisions about the best therapeutic approach for their child following an autism diagnosis. Informational material available to parents is often in line with the medical model description. The current study extends the work of Relational Density Theory by exploring differences in relational coherence of socially loaded negative and positive terms with “autism diagnosis” and “no autism diagnosis” after exposure to material that either enforced the medical model description of autism or educated parents on autism acceptance. Participants were parents and caregivers of children being evaluated for autism. Half of the participants were given educational material describing autism as a medical disorder, and the other half were given educational material describing autism using neurodiversity affirming language. A multidimensional scaling procedure was then used to generate a two-dimensional geometric space for each group, where relational coherence between terms could be evaluated. Preliminary results show differences between groups, suggesting that the way that we educate parents about autism may impact their perception of it. Implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
Hays' ADDRESSING Framework of Multicultural Influences: A Contingency Analysis and Applications |
QUINTARA TUCKER (QB Consulting, LLC), Thomas G. Szabo (Capella University) |
Abstract: According to census estimates, in roughly 20 years the United States will no longer by comprised of one majority population group. From a behavior analytic perspective, this suggests that successful relationships among multiculturally diverse staff and clients will require training culturally sensitive practitioners. This should be considered essential for the sustainability of our field. Hays (2016) developed a framework specifically designed to teach multicultural competence by identifying ten cultural variables to consider when working with diverse cultures. The ADDRESSING framework has been proposed for use among mental health and healthcare industries. We propose that the ADDRESSING Model would be more easily adopted once the behaviors associated with these 10 constructs have been defined with respect to the variables of which behavior is a function. In this presentation, we will operationally define ADDRESSING constructs and provide applicable examples to behavior analytic professionals working with diverse individuals. Implications for research and practice in behavior analysis will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Education |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University) |
|
Enactment Without Enforcement: Suppressing Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion |
Domain: Theory |
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: Self-censoring faculty behaviors such as scrubbing syllabi, email, and speech to remove words like diversity, equity, inclusion, critical race theory, and intersectionality, help define the “chill” that many higher education faculty and administrators experience currently. This paper uses a well-established typology of rule-governed behavior to discuss how Florida’s “Anti-Woke” legislative agenda (self-described as such by advocates) functions to influence the behavior of university faculty and administrators without actual enforcement of contingencies. This paper explores behavioral mechanisms involved with enactments of Florida’s wide ranging Senate Bill 7044 (2022), House Bill 7 (2022) , and Senate Bill 266 (2023) that include the following stipulations (among others): (a) proscribe discussing, lecturing, or assigning reading any content that has to do with “race, color, national origin or sex” if any student feels uncomfortable with that content; (b) prohibit expending any funds for programs that “advocate for diversity, equity, and inclusion”; and (c) essentially eliminate tenure. The first two laws (SB 7044 and HB 7) currently have an injunction placed on them by a federal district court judge. Their power to shape behavior via rules given, even when under injunction, serves to make the point that the enactment of suppression does not always require enforcement. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Practical and Ethical Skills for Working in a School Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
|
Responding to Behaviors With Compassion in the School Setting |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLA SCHNEIDER (NRS Compassionate Behavior Services) |
|
Abstract: School-based settings have long relied on coercive and compliance-based practices to decrease behavioral challenges. Direct feedback from neurodivergent individuals about their school experiences is more readily available to mainstream society through social media. This attention on past practices as well as recent research on assent-based procedures within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis is reshaping how we address behaviors within the school environment. School-based staff continue to face an uphill battle when attempting to embed the values of trauma-assumed and compassionate care in the educational setting. Using skill-building, rather than escape extinction procedures early in the behavioral escalation cycle, we can not only prevent unsafe behaviors, but also increase coping and problem solving strategies. By understanding how and when to honor assent withdrawal within the classroom, we will be better equipped to respond to students who are not available to learn. In reframing our responses to unwanted behavior, we can leave behind outdated practices without compromising the effectiveness of interventions. |
|
Join Together With the Band: Effective Collaboration in Schools |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KEN WINN (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
|
Abstract: As our field continues to progress, the delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is becoming more prominent in the school setting. This is based on success of student growth when interventions occur collaboratively and with consistency in student programming. ABA is highly effective in promoting positive behaviors, and when service delivery occurs across settings there is faster generalization of skills among students with diverse learning needs. Behavior Analysts have the wonderful opportunity to show the effectiveness of our interventions in learning environments where those interventions can be maximally effective but are not. This is due, in part, due to poor collaboration skills on the part of the behavior analyst. In this talk, we will explore pragmatic techniques for effective collaboration in public schools, often overlooked in the training of behavior analysis. During this talk we will also explore how these skills are represented in the BACB C ode of Ethics, specifically: 1. 2.10 Collaborating with Colleagues Behavior analysts collaborate with colleagues from their own and other professions in the best interest of clients and stakeholders.. 2. 3.16 Appropriately Transitioning Services Behavior analysts include in their service agreement the circumstances for transitioning the client to another behavior analyst within or outside of their organization. They make appropriate efforts to effectively manage transitions; provide a written plan that includes target dates, transition activities, and responsible parties; and review the plan throughout the transition. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workplace Violence in Healthcare and Examples of Behavioral Solutions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH) |
Abstract: This symposium addresses the topic of workplace violence (WPV), which is defined as violent acts including physical assaults and threats of assaults directed towards persons at work or on duty. Studies have shown an increasing trend in WPV against healthcare workers in the U.S. and abroad. Despite these increases, it is widely acknowledged that cases of WPV are still under-reported due to various organizational and individual factors suggesting that we do not know the full extent of the problem. This is especially true of applied behavior analysts, who are responsible for planning and implementing behavior-focused treatments in schools, clinics, homes, and hospitals. These treatments are often designed to reduce violent, aggressive, and destructive behaviors, and the nature of this work can require ABA workers to evoke and directly confront violent and aggressive behaviors, causing significant risks for injury and psychosocial stress. To highlight these concerns, this symposium will: (1) define the various types of workplace violence, highlight current statistics on incident rates and prevalence, and summarize OSHA guidelines and other common strategies for addressing WPV in healthcare settings; (2) identify organization-, process-, and job-level factors that will aid workplace violence prevention efforts; and (3) provide examples of effective behavioral training solutions that provide healthcare workers the knowledge and skills needed to prevent and manage workplace violence incidents. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
Workplace Violence Prevention: A Systems View |
JONATHAN MARK HOCHMUTH (CDC/NIOSH), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH) |
Abstract: Workplace violence (WPV) is defined as violent acts including physical assaults and threats of assaults directed towards persons at work or on duty. Studies have shown an increasing trend in WPV against healthcare workers in the U.S. and abroad. Despite these increases, it is widely acknowledged that cases of WPV are still under-reported due to various organizational and individual factors suggesting that we do not know the full extent of the problem. This is especially true of applied behavior analysts, who are responsible for planning and implementing behavior-focused treatments in schools, clinics, homes, and hospitals. These treatments are often designed to reduce violent, aggressive, and destructive behaviors, and the nature of this work can require applied behavior analysis workers to evoke and directly confront violent and aggressive behaviors, causing significant risks for injury and psychosocial stress. In this presentation, we will define the various types of workplace violence, highlight current statistics on incident rates and prevalence, and summarize OSHA guidelines and other common strategies for addressing WPV in healthcare settings. We also will highlight national research priorities on workplace violence and describe the status of relevant NIOSH research projects on the topic that aim to: (1) collect more information about the nature and extent of workplace injuries experienced by applied behavior analysis workers, and (2) identify organization-, process-, and job-level factors that will aid workplace violence prevention efforts. |
|
The Impact of Teaching Healthcare Workers Crisis Prevention Strategies Designed to Decrease Type 2 Workplace Violence |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine), Amy Pattishall (Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Healthcare settings can often be associated with stressors and triggers that may ultimately lead to increased patient stress, agitation and crisis level behaviors. Staff working withing healthcare settings also frequently interact with patients who are currently in behavior health care crisis, further increasing the risk of potential workplace violence events. This ultimately can limit patients’ access to effective care and increase the need for restraints to safely manage behavior. The following study sought to examine if teaching healthcare staff basic strategies on how to prevent, identify, and de-escalate escalating behaviors can improve the quality of services provided to patients who are in behavior health care crisis, increase staff buy in, and decrease the use of restraint. The current study also sought to examine current perceptions and used of Behavioral Health Personal Protective Equipment (BHPPE). After completing behavioral skills training in crisis prevention strategies, staff completed pre/post measures assessing their confidence in supporting patients exhibiting crisis behaviors, their overall feeling of safety and risk of injury, and their ability to communicate during crisis. Results demonstrated significant improvement on this measure following training. Initial results also indicate decreases in restraint utilizations and improved awareness and reported use of BHPPE. |
|
Improving Provider Awareness and Preparedness for Autistic Patients in Emergency Departments |
ABBEY HYE (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego), Themba Carr (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego; San Diego State University), Kathryn Hollenbach (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego; University of California San Diego), Elizabeth Gallagher (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego), Raquel Locsin (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego), Abhi Dalal (Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego), Lauren Brookman-Frazee (University of California San Diego; San Diego State University; Rady Children’s Hospital San Diego) |
Abstract: Autistic youth experience unique clinical concerns and consequently utilize emergency department (ED) health services more frequently than neurotypical youth. Autistic characteristics of sensory overload, anxiety, aversion to routine disruption, and misreading social cues can lead to increased crisis level behavior during ED visits. Providers’ lack of awareness and ineffective training are additional contributors to crisis level behavior in autistic patients in the medical setting (Slavatore et. al., 2022). In response, Rady Children’s Hospital implemented the Autism Friendly Health System Initiative (AFHSI) in the ED to decrease the likelihood of crisis level behavior via provider trainings and the introduction of the Autism Friendly Questionnaire (AFQ), a tool informing the use of proactive behavioral strategies to prevent patient escalations. The impact of training on ED providers’ awareness of and use of the AFQ was examined. Results indicated that ED providers reported increased awareness of the AFQ, readiness to support autistic patients, and adoption and acceptability of the AFQ in the ED setting. Dissemination of provider trainings and the AFQ across settings indicates promise for improving the quality of health service visits for autistic patients and providers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Supervision Practices to Improve Quality Service Delivery |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Santino LoVullo (LEARN Behavioral) |
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective supervision skills are crucial for all Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board outlines the requirements for ethical supervision to be provided (BACB, 2023). Further, published research articles outline best practices in supervision for aspiring, newly certified, and tenured BCBAs (e.g., Sellers et al., 2016; Valentino et al., 2016). Despite the information available to BCBAs, there is a lack of integration of information on how to effectively engage in supervisory practices. The first talk of this symposium will focus on practices extended from clinical psychology and how they can be applied in behavior analytic practice (Lopez et al., in preparation). The second talk will focus on results of a survey that reveal that not all BCBAs are engaging in best practices for procedural integrity. Using the information gathered, the presenters will discuss how to overcome barriers BCBAs report in practice to make sound organizational processes (Colon et al., in preparation). The final talk will highlight data from organizations across the United States that shows ways to improve quality service delivery and decrease turnover by engaging in best practice supervision standards (Blackman et al., in preparation). All of the information provided will be geared toward how effective supervision will lead to higher quality service delivery for consumers served. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Processes, Quality, Supervision, Turnover |
Target Audience: Intermediate - certified or aspiring BCBA/BCBA-D; clinical supervisors; organizational leaders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participations will be able to: (1) Attendees will describe the benefits of effective supervision; (2) Attendees will be able to discuss one way to evaluate needs at their organization; (3) Attendees will be able to describe three ways to analyze integrity data to make informed organizational decisions that impact quality and turnover. |
|
Oranizational Processes to Support Best Practice Supervision |
ANDY LOPEZ-WILLIAMS (NYSABA), Megan Brown (ADHD & Autism Psychological Services and Advocacy), Vilas Sawrikar (University of Edinburgh), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: There continues to be an increase in the number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA)
who enter the field (BACB, 2023). Recent survey research suggests the BCBA turnover is
occurring across organizations. There are a number of variables that contribute to BCBA turnover; however, the overarching trend was that there is a lack of support from upper management and ongoing learning opportunities to expand their skills (Blackman et al., under review). It is the organization’s responsibility to put processes in place to support their supervisors in engaging in best practice supervision, as this impacts provider skill, client outcomes, and retention. Taking information from clinical psychology literature, this presentation will outline the effects of and evolution of organizational processes at a mid-size organization on supervisor and provider skill. A discussion surrounding how each intervention was selected, why the processes evolved, and the use of data to guide those changes will be discussed. |
|
Procedural Integrity Data Collection Practices |
CANDICE COLÓN (LEARN), Santino LoVullo (LEARN Behavioral), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: Monitoring procedural integrity in clinical settings may entail: observation, data collection, progress tracking, data analysis, and feedback. In addition, throughout the course of procedural integrity monitoring, data analysis may indicate that modifications to the client’s plan may be necessary to support progress and/or that additional training is necessary to support the correct implementation of the planned intervention. In relation to ongoing support and training, there is an estimated turnover of 45-75% annually for technicians who provide direct applied behavior analysis (ABA) services (Molko, 2018; Sundberg, 2016) for clients diagnosed with autism. Such high turnover rates can affect client outcomes and success (Szczech, 2008) and may result from a lack of evidence-based initial and ongoing training procedures (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Given the importance of procedural integrity to support the training process and quality of services, this presentation will share common barriers to its implementation that were found via a survey of BCBAs and discuss solutions to these barriers in an effort to facilitate consistent implementation of the procedural integrity monitoring process. |
|
Large-Scale Procedural Integrity Data: Predictors of Turnover and Quality Service Deliver |
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Behavior Science Technology), Tricia Glick (Behavior Science Technology), Troy Glick (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: Organizational leaders should focus on creating sustainable systems to support their supervisors in providing high-quality supervision to staff. One of the behaviors that supervisors must engage in to effectively support their staff is collecting data on integrity. Integrity is the extent to which a procedure is implemented as designed (Gresham 2004; Sanetti & Kratchowill, 2009). Research has revealed a correlation between higher levels of integrity and greater clinical outcomes (e.g., quicker skill acquisition; e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2007). Unfortunately, recent survey results revealed that these data are not often collected, tracked, or analyzed in practice. Therefore, this presentation will discuss: 1) how organizations can evaluate their current processes to determine their efficiency and make necessary changes (Diener et al., 2009; McGee & Crowley-Koch, 2019); 2) how and when organizations should collect procedural integrity data; and 3) how to analyze these data at the individual provider, team, and organization levels to impact provider performance and quality service delivery. Additionally, the benefits of aggregating and analyzing integrity data and how the data can be used to inform retention and training and development initiatives will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Principles to Practice: Leveraging Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) for Improved Outcomes in Behavior Analytic Organizations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Matthew Linder, M.A. |
Chair: Paul "Paulie" Gavoni (Professional Crisis Management Association) |
MATTHEW LINDER (Desired Effect Coaching Solutions) |
ANIKA COSTA (The Operant Teacher, LLC) |
CHRISTINA MORALES (Piece of the Puzzle Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic organizations are facing a paradox: despite our expertise in behavior change, many fall short in applying Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles internally, leading to suboptimal outcomes in consumer satisfaction, employee retention, and operational budget. Our panel addresses this critical gap by focusing on enhancing performance through well-structured coaching systems at three levels: organizational, process, and performance management.
We argue for leadership to craft systems that increase the delivery of positive reinforcement for value-added behavior utilizing pinpointing, goal-setting, and feedback loops to solidify the link between employee efforts and organizational goals. With deficient internal communication continuously presenting as a barrier for organizational functionality, we'll discuss the importance of how establishing clear communication processes as part of an effective system can drastically improve productivity and engagement, further amplifying service quality. Attendees will gain practical solutions designed to elevate their organization's performance and, consequently, the quality of services provided to our end consumers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: For this intermediate content, prerequisite skills include:
- BACB Supervisor 8-hour training completed
- Supervisory experience (clinical or operational) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) identify OBM principles critical for enhancing internal operations and increasing positive reinforcement for staff behaviors.
(2) describe how to establish and maintain effective communication and feedback systems aligned with organizational goals.
(3) list key components of structured coaching to improve employee performance, retention, and overall service quality. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Coaching, Communication Systems, OBM, Retention |
|
|
|
|
|
The Current Landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Regulation in Latin America: Obstacles and the Path Forward |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Janet Sanchez Enriquez, M.S. |
Chair: Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana) |
BEATRIZ URCUYO (Centro de Intervencion EduTerapeutico) |
Abstract: This panel discussion will explore the evolving landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) regulation in Latin America. Featuring expert panelists from Mexico, Nicaragua, and the Dominican Republic, this session aims to provide a comprehensive overview of the current state of ABA practices and regulation in these countries and the challenges they face. Our speakers will share their insights into the efforts, progress, and unique obstacles encountered in each country. They will shed light on the regulatory frameworks, licensure requirements, and ongoing initiatives designed to enhance the practice and dissemination of ABA. Additionally, the panelists will collectively chart a course for the future by discussing potential strategies, collaborations, and policy advancements to ensure ABA's continued growth and impact in Latin American society. This discussion promises to be a vital resource for professionals, researchers, and policymakers interested in the field of ABA and its growth during this changing landscape, moving towards responsive and equitable practices and standards |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe the necessary steps towards an accurate and comprehensive assessment of the current state of ABA practices and services across various Latin American countries; (2) Identify the key challenges and obstacles facing ABA practitioners and researchers in Latin America, and explore potential solutions; (3) Create an action plan to facilitate collaboration and knowledge sharing among ABA professionals, researchers, and stakeholders in Latin America. |
Keyword(s): Diversity, Latin America, Regulation |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Behavior Analytic Practice With Decision Tools |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard Colombo (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (The Arc of Alachua County) |
CE Instructor: Richard Colombo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are forced to make countless decisions in practice. Given the variety of ways one can approach a problem, these decisions can sometimes be overwhelming for newer practitioners. Some decisions are practical, such as selecting an FA during an assessment. Some are ethical, like deciding whether to use a reversal design for severe behavior. Still others are related to social validity and the desires of the clients/stakeholders. Although behavior analysts are encouraged to seek support through continuing education, research, and collegial supervision, this may be lacking given the expansive growth of our field. One way of addressing this issue is with the use of decision tools; however, very few exist and even fewer are empirically validated. This symposium will present two practice tools to assist behavior analysts. The first tool provides guidance on the selection and creation of functional analysis. The second includes methods for considering logistical, ethical, and socially valid factors when selecting a single-case design in practice. Some data are presented for discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Analytical Practice, Decision-making, Functional Analysis, Single-case Design |
Target Audience: This talk is set at the "intermediate" instruction level. Participants should have a graduate level understanding of single-case design and functional analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Consider ethical and socially valid factors when selecting single-case designs in practice; (2) Select and adjust FA designs to suit the specifics of a case; (3) Use decision tools for FA and single-case design. |
|
Functional Analysis Decision Tool |
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Per the Behavior Analyst Certification boards Ethics Code, the role of a behavior analyst is to improve treatment outcomes and minimize risks (BACB, 2020, p. 5). Commensurate with this, the FA methodology pioneered by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) has been described and adopted as the “gold standard” for the assessment and treatment of severe interfering behavior, especially in ABA (Sugai et al., 2000). Despite this, recent surveys have shown that the majority of practicing behavior analysts have never or almost never used an FA in practice (Oliver et al., 2015; Nell & Wallace, 2018; Roscoe et al., 2015), some have argued that the standard FA is too time consuming, requires highly trained staff, or is too complex. A large deal of research has systematically addressed a number of these barriers in an attempt to promote the inclusion of an FA as best practice, however, the sheer variety of variations and the subtle discriminations between them only increases the expertise required for their effective selection. This paper provides a brief overview of various functional analysis methodologies and a FA selection tool to empower clinicians to learn the methodologies that are most likely to be effective for each situation. |
|
A Decision Tool for Single Case Design in Practice: Ethics, Social Validity, and Practical Considerations |
RICHARD COLOMBO (University of Washington), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: One dimension of applied behavior analysis pertains to the use of analysis when evaluating the factors responsible for behavior change. Using single-case design is a practical solution to ensure behavior analytic practitioners are practicing analytically and ethically. Single-case designs are capable of ruling out confounding variables with a single individual who serves as their own control. Gaining this level of confidence in one’s treatment not only has the potential to improve clinical decision-making, but also build goodwill with stakeholders who, understandably, want to know if the intervention is working. However, behavior analysts may find it difficult to incorporate single-case designs while upholding all other logistical, ethical, and socially valid factors involved in a single case. Various textbooks attempt to guide practitioners in this regard but none known to the current authors have evaluated a decision tool. The purpose of this talk is to present data on the use of a decision tool for single-case designs in practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Elevate Your Therapeutic Impact: A Journey Into Self-Awareness and the Power of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia) |
Presenting Author: MAVIS TSAI (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) creates deep, meaningful and healing therapeutic relationships by focusing on the subtle ways clients' daily life problems occur in the therapy session. FAP uses awareness, courage and love (behaviorally defined) in the therapist-client relationship to produce significant change. Yet, you can only take your clients as far as you yourself have gone. In this talk, I will discuss the five rules of FAP that are simple but profound, and help you explore how you can bring your best self into the therapy room by facing avoidances, fears, obstacles and challenges that prevent you from flourishing personally and professionally. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the five FAP rules that increase connection, intensity, and effectiveness in your interventions; (2) Explain when commonly used interventions can be inadvertently counter-therapeutic; (3) Assess wounds, longings, avoidances and obstacles that prevent you from being your best therapeutic self. |
|
MAVIS TSAI (University of Washington) |
Mavis Tsai, Ph.D., is a clinical psychologist and senior research scientist at the University of Washington’s Center for Science of Social Connection. She is the co-creator, with the late Robert Kohlenberg, of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), a treatment that harnesses the power of the therapeutic relationship to transform clients’ lives. She is the co-author of five books on FAP and over 75 articles and book chapters, a recipient of Washington State Psychological Association’s Distinguished Psychologist Award in recognition of significant contributions to the field of psychology, and is a Fellow of the Association of Contextual Behavioral Science. She is proud to be named by New Harbinger Publications as one of “13 Badass Psychologists… Who Happen to be Women”, and literally kicks ass as an advanced practitioner of the martial art of Kajukenbo. As Founder of the Nonprofit Organization “Awareness, Courage & Love Global Project”, she trains volunteers to lead chapters in six continents to create a worldwide network of open-hearted change-seekers who strive to meet life’s challenges through deepening interpersonal connection and rising to live more true to themselves. |
|
|
|
|
|
Radical Behaviorism and Analyzing Private Events |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Independent Contract for the BACB (mobile app development)) |
GREG STIKELEATHER (Sarasota, FL) |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: Analyzing private events and covert verbal behavior is inherent in a radical behaviorist approach to behavior analysis, yet the analysis presents many challenges. How can we talk about covert stimuli when we can’t see them? How can we analyze covert verbal behavior when there is only one observer – the speaker? Is the analysis of covert verbal behavior the same as the analysis of overt verbal behavior, or are there differences? Are there discriminative stimuli and reinforcers “within the skin?” Do we have a mind? How should we think about thoughts, emotions, and feelings? Do we have perception, awareness, and consciousness? Students of behavior analysis, practitioners, and researchers continue to struggle with these questions. The purpose of this panel is to overtly consider some of these questions. The panelists will each deliver a brief summary of their current thinking and then, with the chair, discuss issues raised by the audience. The chair will also ask pre-arranged questions from students and colleagues. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe a radical behaviorist approach to thoughts, feelings, and awareness. 2. Explain the controlling variables of private events; 3. Explain the role of private events in generating behavior; |
Keyword(s): covert behavior, private events, radical behaviorism |
|
|
|
|
|
Language Development as the Behavior Scientist Sees It |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Gary Novak (California State University Stanislaus) |
Abstract: From the viewpoint of a natural science of behavior, language acquisition is a developmental process.. In this paper we present the core principles of behavioral systems theory (BST) combining current developmental systems concepts with behavioral ones. We outline the core principles of BST relevant to early language development. Developmental changes are marked by the transactions between genetic inheritance, interactional history, current physiological and environmental conditions, and behavior dynamics. Contingencies operating in the young child’s current social environment are catalysts coalescing conditions into organized patterns of verbal behavior. Some of these emergent patterns allow verbal behavioral cusps to develop. Early language skills are the result of an intensive, intuitive, and naturally occurring learning process consisting of reciprocal contingent interactions between children and caregivers. This naturally occurring process resembles the use of multiple exemplar training procedures employed by researchers in training language skills in children. We explore the role of basic cusps in early childhood including orienting responses, eye contact, joint attention, social referencing, manding, tacting, naming, intraverbals, autoclitics generalized vocal imitation, and stimulus equivalence. These cusps facilitate the emergence of new and more advanced socio-cognitive skills later in childhood such as perspective taking and complex rule-following. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, researchers, individuals interested in language development |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the basics of language development from a natural science perspective; (2) list and describe the basic concepts of behavioral systems theory; (3) list at least four behavioral cusps important in language development. |
|
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
 Martha Pelaez is a Frost Professor of Psychology at the College of Arts, Sciences, and Education (CASE), School of Human Development, Florida International University. Dr. Pelaez teaches courses in Educational Psychology, Child Development, Single-Subject Designs, and directs infant and early childhood research. Her research has been supported by NIH and March of Dimes. Dr. Pelaez research involves mother-infant interactions and early social–learning processes, as well design applied early interventions with infants with developmental delays, child depression, early signs of autism, and language development Dr. Pelaez has published more than 100 articles in refereed journals (including the American Psychologist, Child Development, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Perspectives on Behavior Science), dozens of chapters and monographs, and an influential textbook on Child Development (with Novak, 2004, 2022). Professor Pelaez is the founding editor of the Behavior Development Bulletin (1990-2017) and has been a member of nine editorial boards of refereed journals, including the European Journal of Behavior Analysis and Perspectives on Behavior Science. She has received Fellowship status from the American Psychological Association (APA) and from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Dr. Pelaez is the 2023 recipient of the Nathan H. Azrin Award granted by the American Psychological Association (APA) for her distinguish contributions to applied research with infants. She is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and serves as an At-Large Representative on the Executive Council Board of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and past member of the Science Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Address: Designing Effective Instruction to Teach Micro-credentials . . . Or Any Instructional Objective |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
6:00 PM–7:15 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
|
Presidential Address: Designing Effective Instruction to Teach Micro-credentials . . . Or Any Instructional Objective |
Abstract: A new approach to documenting the skills and repertoires of professionals is emerging in several fields of study, including education, medicine, and information technology. The technology is called micro-credentialing. According to the Mozilla Foundation, micro-credentialing refers to “digital certification of assessed knowledge, skills and competencies which is additional, alternate or complementary to, or a component of, formal qualifications.” A micro-credential is an award, based on a short, verifiable presentation that demonstratesthat a scientist-practitioner has mastered a specific skill in a content area. An individual with a micro-credential can demonstrate competent, mastery-level performance of its corresponding skill—on demand. Here are some examples of micro-credentials relevant to behavior analysts:
• conduct a reinforcement preference assessment
• shape behavior in an operant chamber
• conduct an organizational needs assessment
• design a Precision Teaching program for a specific skill
• analyze delay-discounting data
Notice that micro-credentials are much narrower in scope than typical recognitions of study endeavors like M.S. or Ph.D. degrees, Continuing Education Units, and licenses or certifications like a BCBA. As important as these traditional recognitions are, they do not concretely indicate an ability to engage in ANY specific skill or expertise.Further, the latter recognitions emphasize only clinical skills rather than the broad array of skills that characterize diverse behavior-analytic jobs (e.g., laboratory skills, instructional design). Establishing skill-based credentials across the field of behavior analysis would provide additional reassurances about the skills of potential employees or supervisors and may provide a data-based way for individuals to demonstrate specific expertise in an area.
In my address today, I’ll describe a behavior analytic view of the concept, micro-credential, focusing upon micro-credentials for intellectual skills and repertoires—those related to “doing” vs. recitation or “saying” repertoires, as in the examples I listed above. Intellectual skills require teaching for generative responses. The learner must go beyond what has been taught and demonstrate mastery of responding in new situations, those never seen before. Then I’ll use the context of intellectual skill development to describe some “best practices” in instructional design that one could incorporate in a micro-credential learning program. I will focus upon micro-credentials relevant to three kinds of intellectual skills—concepts, principles, and strategies, highlighting evidence-based protocols for teaching each kind. Then I will describe and illustrate explicit generalized imitation training procedures to teach component intellectual skills, and procedures for practicing component skills to fluency. Finally, I will relate my discussion of intellectual skills to a new analysis of generalization, breaking it into two kinds of active processes—simple and complex generative responding.
Whether or not you agree with me about the benefit of establishing a micro-credential program in behavior analysis, no matter our everyday responsibilities and functions, every behavior analyst is a teacher who desires to engage in effective instruction and help their learners master everything they teach. So, I hope that my description of some best practices in instructional design will guide improvements to any instruction you provide in your work as a behavior analyst. |
|
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
|
 Kent Johnson, Founder and Executive Director of Morningside Academy and Co-Founder of Headsprout, received his Ph.D. from the University of Massachusetts Amherst in 1977. Morningside Academy operates a scientifically driven “catch-up” program for children and youth with learning and attention problems and a “get-ahead” program for average and above-average middle school youth, as well as provides a laboratory for developing instructional methods and materials. Morningside’s exemplary science-based approach has had global impact and serves as a beacon of hope for many, transforming lives and demonstrating what high-quality behavior analytic education can offer. Dr. Johnson’s commitment to and success in developing and disseminating innovative and highly effective behaviorally based educational practices have been recognized by his receiving the Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the Edward L. Anderson Award in Recognition for Exemplary Contributions to Behavioral Education from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, the Ogden R. Lindsley Lifetime Achievement Award in Precision Teaching from the Standard Celeration Society, and the Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affiliated Chapters Board Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Presenting Authors: |
The 2024 business meeting of the ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board will describe the role, structure, membership, and functions of the committee, its activities in the past year, and its plans for the coming year. Audience questions for and interaction with committee members are encouraged. The meeting is open to all convention attendees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience Special Interest Group (SIG) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 402 |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Discussion of future SIG activities and network with other attendees interested in neuroscience and behavior. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, neuroscience |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Programs in Higher Education (Accreditation, Tiered Model, and Verified Course Sequence (VCS)) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Presenting Authors: CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Behavior Analysis Programs in Higher Education interested in obtaining quality recognition are growing. During this exciting time, ABAI’s Accreditation Board is positioned to support programs transitioning to ABAI’s Tiered Model of Education. This is an open meeting to disseminate information about the Tiered Model of Education to new and established behavior analysis training programs. Topics will include eligibility requirements, application and review process, transition guidance, and the benefits of recognition and accreditation. |
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Chair: Gladys Williams (
CIEL, Spain;
Learnmoreinc, NY
) |
Presenting Authors: |
The SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with complex kinds of behavior such as verbal behavior development, stimulus equivalence, relational frames, and problem solving, as well as normal and problematic behaviors in social interactions, as well as the historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The business meeting will review activities during the past year and discuss plans for the next. All are welcome to attend. |
Keyword(s): Human development |
|
|
|
|
|
Evolution of Behavior Analysis: Evolution Sciences Special Interest Group (EvoSci SIG) Establishment |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Chair: Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting for anyone interested in the advancement and evolution of behavior analysis through the lenses of evolutionary science and cultural selection. This meeting will serve to update EvoSci SIG supporting members on our progress in establishing the SIG. We invite interested behavior analysts across related disciplines to share their aspirations on the evolution of our field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Chair: Lindsay Mehrkam (Monmouth University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the care, treatment, welfare, and understanding of animals and their behavior. Our mission is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. The AAB SIG has many resources available to our members, and hosts a members’ meeting at the annual ABA convention. Our members include academics, researchers, practitioners from various fields, and consumers. We welcome anyone who is interested in learning more about and contributing to this growing field. |
Keyword(s): animal training, animal welfare, enrichment, human-animal interaction |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Chair: Zoe Lucock (Positive Ageing Consultancy & Training ) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.abainternational.org) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice and philosophy of behavior analysis to wellbeing in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics with high public health significance in this population, such as self management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will update attendees on progress of the SIG over the last year, explore attendee's interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice and research. Development of new materials for members including webinars, recruitment and organisational issues are central to the meeting agenda. |
Keyword(s): aging, dementia, gerontology |
|
|
|
|
|
Autism Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purposes of the Autism Special Interest Group (Autism SIG) are to (1) promote evidence based practices in regard to treatment for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); (2) promote best practices as it relates to procedures/interventions based upon the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) as it relates to individuals diagnosed with ASD; (3) help individuals diagnosed with ASD, families of individuals diagnosed with ASD, and consumers to identify components of evidence based practices, quality behavioral intervention, and effective treatments; (4) help protect individuals diagnosed with ASD and their families from ineffective, non-evidence based, and/or potential harmful treatment(s); (5) serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members; and (6) organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG. This business meeting will briefly describe recent developments that have occurred within the Autism SIG as well as an open discussion about future plans in the upcoming year. |
Keyword(s): autism |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) & Behavior and Social Issues (BSI) Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Presenting Authors: |
BFSR is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR SIG members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. The BFSR SIG also maintains a close relationship with the journal, Behavior and Social Issues. In this joint business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social issues, (b) international outreach, (c) social media presence, and (d) education initiatives. The senior editorial team will provide updates regarding Behavior and Social Issues. Discussion of opportunities for participation in both the BFSR SIG and the journal will follow these brief updates. |
Keyword(s): Activism, Culture, Social Issues, Sustainabilitiy |
|
|
|
|
|
LGBTQ+ Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Chair: Matthew Capriotti (San Jose State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The LGBTQ+ SIG is a professional space devoted to the intersections of LGBTQ+ communities and behavior analysis. We strive to be a professional home for LGBTQ+ behavior analysts. We also cultivate discussion among behavior analysts of all backgrounds and identities about ways to improve the lives of LGBTQ+ individuals through behavior analytic practice and research. The SIG is devoted to community, mentorship, collaboration, and conversation.
This meeting will serve to acquaint current and potential new SIG members with the SIG, provide an update on activities, discuss priorities for the coming year, and introduce membership to leadership candidates for the upcoming year. We encourage folks not yet familiar with our group to come meet us and hear what we are about! |
Keyword(s): Diversity, LGBTQ, queer, transgender |
|
|
|
|
|
Challenging Behavior Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Presenting Authors: |
Challenging behaviors exist along a continuum and may be conceptualized as externalizing behaviors producing significant impact on the individual, others or the environment. These behaviors can impact participation in home, school, and/or community activities. The assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors is a foundational part of applied behavior analysis yet, at the present time there is no existing special interest group housed within ABAI aimed at advancing clinical, research, training, and advocacy endeavors pertaining to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior across the lifespan. This is a unique opportunity to meet the need and fill the gap for the ABAI membership in clinical, research, training, and advocacy endeavors. The purpose of this meeting will be to garner interest from the ABAI community, conduct a business meeting and further develop the SIGs mission and strategic goals. |
Keyword(s): advocacy, Challenging behavior, training |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Issues |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 401 |
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US and UK military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population. |
Keyword(s): Health, PTSD, Suicide, TBI |
|
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Chair: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG). We welcome all to join us (whether you are active in the SIG or never heard of it before reading this!) to hear about current activities, listen to our student paper competition winner, and discuss our future directions. The mission of the EAHB SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
Keyword(s): EAHB, Experimental Analysis, Human Behavior, Human Operant |
|
|
|
|
|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Chair: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Presenting Authors: |
This business meeting is for all current and former editorial board members and authors who are interested in learning more about publishing in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The Editor of JABA will present on recent trends in the journal. |
Keyword(s): JABA |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Reunion |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Marriot Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 11 |
Chair: Richard Malott (Kalamazoo Academy for Behavioral & Academic Success) |
Please join us for an evening of conversation and memories. We can't wait to hear about your journey since leaving WMU. |
|
|
|
|
|
Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention (NDBI) Special Interest Group (SIG) Annual Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
7:00 PM–8:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania) |
Presenting Authors: |
The NDBI SIG invites new and returning members to attend our annual business meeting. We will discuss our SIG's mission and present opportunities for involvement. |
Keyword(s): NDBI, naturalistic |
|
|
|
|
|
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
1. Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation Board |
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Accreditation Board's standards and activities. |
|
2. Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Verified Course Sequence Board |
EMILEE NICOLE BUCCI (Association for Behavior Analysis International), Alyssa R McElroy (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Verified Course Sequence Board’s standards and activities for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board sequences and the Culturo-Behavior Science concentration. |
|
3. Salve Regina University |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (Salve Regina University), Natalie Buddiga (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Salve Regina University is a private liberal arts college located in Rhode Island that offers an ABAI accredited graduate training at the master’s level in behavior analysis. Students interested in pursuing a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credential will be provided the necessary coursework and supervision experiences to meet the standards set by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and to be successful practitioners of applied behavior analysis. Salve currently offers a variety of practicum sites to allow students to obtain specialized experience. In addition to courses and practica experiences, students who are admitted to Salve Regina University will have opportunities to engage in and contribute to research conducted by faculty and site supervisors. Thesis options are available for interested students. The following program is ABAI accredited: M.S. in Behavior Analysis, On-Campus (2022-2024). |
|
4. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University |
Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University), KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Abbie Cooper (West Virginia University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Kento Yasukawa (West Virginia Univeristy) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research. The following program is ABAI-accredited: Ph.D. in Psychology with a Specialization in Behavior Analysis (2003-2012; 2014-2025). |
|
5. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology |
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Bryon Neff (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis programs at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne and Orlando, Florida will be presented. The School of Behavior Analysis offers an undergraduate degree in applied behavior analysis (ABA). M.S. degrees are offered in applied behavior analysis, organizational behavior management (OBM), and ABA + OBM. An online MA degree in ABA and a Melbourne campus-based PhD in Behavior Analysis is offered. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis - Melbourne Campus (2014-2024) and M.S. Programs in ABA, OBM, and ABA+OBM - Melborne and Orlando Campuses (2008-2024). |
|
6. Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus |
Rocco Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Chivon Niziolek (The Chicago School, College of Professional and Graduate Studies), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School), RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our MS program is ABAI accredited and includes a Verified Course Sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program has weekend classes and prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. We also have a bachelor’s completion program with an undergraduate minor in ABA. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer! The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis - Chicago Campus (2019-2024) and M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis - Online (2022-2024). |
|
7. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida offers the ABAI accredited master of science degree in applied behavior analysis. This is a 2-year program with a VCS that focuses on research and practice so graduates can get certified as a BCBA or apply to a doctoral program in behavior analysis upon graduation. The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program also offers a master of arts degree in applied behavior analysis that is fully online. This 2-year program also has a VCS so students can get certified upon graduation. In addition, the USF program has a doctoral program in applied behavior analysis that focuses on developing effective teachers and researchers so students are prepared for academic careers upon graduation. The doctoral program has a mentorship model in which students are accepted to work with faculty mentors who share research interests. Finally, the USF program offers an ABA minor with a VCS for students interested in becoming a BCaBA. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2011-2028). |
|
8. Western Michigan University: MA and Ph.D. Programs in Behavior Analysis |
JONATHAN C. BAKER (Western Michigan University), Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Sacha T. Pence (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Behavior Analysis (1998-2025) and Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis (1998-2025). |
|
9. Applied Behavior Analysis at University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC) |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew Novak (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe graduate training at UMBC. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2003-2025). |
|
10. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University |
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India) |
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train. |
|
11. Caldwell University’s Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABAI Accredited) |
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program that is accredited by ABAI. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s ABAI-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. Assistantships and tuition remission for working in the Center for Autism and ABA are available to Ph.D. students on a competitive basis. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2014-2024) and Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2020-2024). |
|
12. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABAI Accredited) |
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 42-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of ABAI. The core of the program consists of an 8-course BACB verified course sequence (VCS; 24 credits). Students in the MA program may complete either a behavior analytic research thesis or a clinical research project mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. Assistantships for working in the Center for Autism and ABA are available to M.A. students on a competitive basis. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2014-2024) and Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2020-2024). |
|
13. University of Houston, Clear Lake Master of Arts (M.A.) Behavior Analysis Program |
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Claire Aragon (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Mojolaoluwa Aderinto (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Shelby Desaulos (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in theoretical and conceptual issues of behavior analysis, performance management, and the application of basic principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. A variety of practicum experiences are available in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. Research is student-directed, with opportunities to gain experience in a variety of areas and with various populations. Graduate assistantships and other forms of financial assistance are available to all students. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a verified course sequence that meets the coursework requirement to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst exam. The coursework also prepares graduates for eligibility to be a Texas Licensed Behavior Analyst. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Behavior Analysis (2010-2025). |
|
14. Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Locey (Hampden-Sydney College), Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan A. Schulz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This year marks the 33rd Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; the program has conferred 94 Ph.D. degrees; the on-campus Masters program has conferred over 50 Masters degrees; the satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and international locations; our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis has provided training to over 200 undergraduate students since its accreditation in 2015. Our coursework requirements related to BCBA and BCaBA certifications are verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Moreover, we are among a few doctoral training programs that offer training in Culturo-Behavior Science (approved by ABAI). The following programs are ABAI-accredited: The following programs are ABAI-accredited: B.S. in Behavior Analysis (2015-2025), M.S. in Behavior Analysis (2000-2027), M.S. in Behavior Analytic Psychology - Global Institute for Behavior Analysis (2000-2025), and Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis (2000-2027). |
|
15. Simmons University Department of Behavior Analysis |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at Simmons University offers outstanding graduate training programs for students seeking to improve the lives of others through the science of behavior analysis, and become leaders within the field. The department offers multiple degree options, with evening classes for working professionals, and campus-based or online instruction. Degree options include: Master of Science (M.S., campus-based or online, 40 credits), Educational Specialist (Ed.S., campus-based, 40 credits), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D., online, 48 credits). Department faculty are skilled educators and leading researchers, with expertise in the experimental analysis of behavior, verbal behavior, stimulus equivalence, behavioral medicine, supervision and training, organizational behavior management, and cultural diversity in behavior analysis. Our rigorous, practice-based curriculum focuses on contemporary research and the full range of applications of behavior analytic principles, across various domains, populations, and clinical practice. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Behavior Analysis, On-Campus (2005-2028). |
|
16. The Ohio State University's ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University’s graduate programs in special education have been advancing the field of applied behavior analysis for almost 50 years. The greatest contributions of OSU’s special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program prepares personnel for leadership positions in special education whose research, professional practice, and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. Most of our PhD program graduates take positions in higher education or administration. The Master of Arts (MA) program emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, functional skills, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Our master’s program equips practitioners with the knowledge and skills necessary for the development and implementation of evidence-based behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior across a wide range of diverse learners in applied settings. Most of our MA program graduates take positions as teachers, intervention specialists, or behavior therapists. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Educational Studies, Special Education, Applied Behavior Analysis (1995-2000; 2002-2025) and Ph.D. in Educational Studies, Special Education, Applied Behavior Analysis (1995-2000; 2002-2025). |
|
17. Science, Skinner, & Surf: PhD & Master of Science in Psychology |
PEYTON FARMER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Grace Barnes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Daphne Kilbourne (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebeca Sofia Barba (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Miller (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda Wilriss (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebecca Woodard (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have three tracks (ABA, Psychological Science, Neuroscience & Behavior) in our Master's and in our PhD program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for the BACB certification exam. Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Psychology with a Concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis, On-Campus (2023-2028) and Ph.D. in Psychology with a Concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis, On-Campus (2023-2028). |
|
18. Master's in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct basic or applied research. Our program is fully accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation Board. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 37.5 - 39.0credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three years depending on the number of courses taken per semester. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Behavior Analysis, Hybrid (2022-2026). |
|
19. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The ABAI-accredited Ph.D. program in applied behavior analysis at UNMC's Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI) provides students with training experiences that integrate research and clinical practice. Through coursework, specialized practica and research, students develop a strong conceptual background in behavior analysis and its application within human services. Graduates are well-positioned for leadership roles in academic, clinical and research arenas. The main areas of research focus include but are not limited to early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders, assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, and pediatric feeding disorders. The Ph.D. program has many unique features including close integration of didactic instruction with clinical and research training provided by leading experts in behavior analysis and structured grant writing training. The students are provided with opportunities to develop skills related to applying concepts introduced in the classroom during coordinated practica, and students receive financial support in the form of a stipend, health benefits, and a tuition waiver. Students are also provided encouragement and support contingent on available funds to present papers at local, regional, and national behavior-analysis conferences. The following program is ABAI-accredited: Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis (2014-2024). |
|
20. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama |
C. RENEE RENDA (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Rusty Nall (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Jacksonville State University is located in Jacksonville, AL, midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL at the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains. The master’s program in applied behavior analysis is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers an ABAI-verified course sequence. Our students complete eight required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, two required practicum or thesis courses, and three related elective courses. Our overarching goals are (a) to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field and (b) to train our students to implement scientifically validated behavioral procedures effectively and ethically. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our newly renovated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings. Visit our poster to learn more about our faculty, coursework, and practicum/research opportunities. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis, On-Campus (2013-2028). |
|
21. University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), Christopher Allen Varnon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas presents their 4 degree programs: Bachelor of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis, Master of Science in Behavior Analysis, Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Ph.D. in Health Sciences with a concentration in Behavior Analysis. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Behavior Analysis (1993-2028). |
|
22. Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas |
Michael Amlung (University of Kansas), CLAUDIA L. DOZIER (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), Jomella Thompson (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Applied Behavioral Science (2009-2025) and Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology (2002-2007; 2009-2025). |
|
23. Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREW C BONNER (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Florida State University's master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis will be completing its 24th year with over 300 graduates. This is a terminal master's degree program specifically designed to prepare students to become ethical and competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts who can work across a variety of settings and populations. Classes are taught face-to-face by BCBA-D faculty. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All students have paid assistantships with approved behavior analytic agencies and receive a tuition waiver. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Psychology with a Speciality in Applied Behavior Analysis (2007-2024). |
|
24. St. Cloud State University - Graduate and Undergraduate Education in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
STEPHEN F. WALKER (St. Cloud State University), Eunju Choi (St.Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University), Odessa Luna (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: St. Cloud State University offers campus-based and fully online Masters of Science degrees in Applied Behavior Analysis, as well as an undergraduate minor. Students in our program gain experience in a wide range of applications, collaborate with faculty on research and clinical work, and gain experience in our state-of-the-art campus clinic as well as with our community partners. Students at SCSU consistently rank among the highest on first-time BCBA exam pass rates and secure employment in the field prior to graduation. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis (1999-2025). |
|
26. Global Institute for Behavior Analysis University of Nevada, Reno |
LAURA BARCELOS-NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Abraao Figueira de Melo (University of Nevada, Reno), Daniel Echevarría Escalante (University of Reno, Nevada), Matisse Rose Lovett (University of Nevada, Reno), Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Global Institute for Behavior Analysis (GIBA) at the University of Nevada, Reno offers several ONLINE and HYBRID training programs to meet educational needs all over the world. GIBA offers degree and non-degree training programs. Our degree program is accredited by the ABAI Accreditation Board. Customizable professional development courses are available, including RBT training. GIBA provides evidence-based quality online and hybrid instruction. The following programs are ABAI-accredited: B.S. in Behavior Analysis (2015-2025), M.S. in Behavior Analysis (2000-2027), M.S. in Behavior Analytic Psychology - Global Institute for Behavior Analysis (2000-2025), and Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis (2000-2027). |
|
27. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College |
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The master's program in applied behavior analysis and clinical science at Rollins College involves a junior-colleague model to ensure high-quality mentoring of students. Upon entering the program, students work collaboratively with the faculty in every aspect of professional development, including professional networking, fieldwork experience, conducting research, publications/presentations of research, and goal setting for doctoral study or job placement. Students are matched with one primary advisor for the thesis/capstone process in their final year. The following program is ABAI-accredited: M.A. in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science (2019-2024). |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
28. M Ed in ABA at Utah Valley University |
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: Utah Valley University's M Ed in ABA program is a two-year, cohort model program with a focus on preparing students for careers supporting individuals with autism. The program includes a practicum in which students work with a supervisor at a local agency and receive group supervision through UVU. This collaborative approach to supervision provides students with the opportunity to gain experience while receiving support from experienced practitioners.
Applications are accepted through January 10th and each new cohort begins the program in May. |
|
29. Behavior Analysis at Louisiana State University Shreveport |
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Seth W. Whiting (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Brenna R Griffen (Louisiana State University-Shreveport), Rosie Nicole Cooper-Neary (Louisiana State University at Shreveport) |
Abstract: Louisiana State University Shreveport houses both undergraduate and graduate courses in behavior analysis. Faculty across the psychology, school psychology, and education departments are experienced behavior analysts with a variety of different specialties. With one of the largest concentrations of behavior analytic faculty in the state, we are well versed in many areas of behavior analytic research and practice. Currently we offer the following undergraduate courses: Introduction to Behavior Analysis; Behavioral Observation and Assessment; Application of Applied Behavior Analysis; Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Psychology; and Evaluating Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis. Our graduate offerings include a series of courses focused on principles and application with special education populations, children, and within the education system. We are working diligently to improve the quality of behavior analytic services in our community, schools, and clinics. Our goal is to train high quality science-practitioner clinicians to deliver services to those who need them most. Stop by and say hello to learn more about what our university has to offer. |
|
30. Northern Michigan University Psychology Program |
CORY TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Forrest Toegel (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University), Adam J. Prus (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Located in the scenic Upper Peninsula of Michigan on the shores of Lake Superior, Northern Michigan University offers students a 5th Edition Verified Course Sequence that integrates the basic, applied, and conceptual areas of behavior analysis. Additionally, students can build competence through practicum and research experiences, which are available through the state-of-the-art Behavior Education Assessment and Research (BEAR) center and laboratories in the Department of Psychological Science. The comprehensive coursework and high-quality experiential training are designed to produce students who have demonstrated academic excellence in the basic science of behavior and in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Our faculty and staff have a range of specializations which helps students contact a wide range of behavioral science research and clinical programming. Graduates of Northern Michigan’s Master of Science program are prepared to sit for the exam to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and pursue doctoral degrees in behavior analysis and psychology. Graduate assistantships, paid clinical positions, and other forms of financial assistance may be available to qualifying students. |
|
31. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento |
DENYS BRAND (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.S.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid
internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA). |
|
32. Eastern Michigan University's Clinical Behavioral Master's Program |
ADAM M. BRIGGS (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Tamara Loverich (Eastern Michigan University), Elizabeth Neilson (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Clinical Behavioral Master's Program prepares students for the professional practice of psychology in diverse areas. The program uses behavioral science as its foundation for instruction in assessment, clinical case formulation, and treatment. The curriculum is person-centered, evidence-based, and designed to support a broad scope of practice. As such, the curriculum challenges students to understand clinical presentations in terms of how an individual's history and current life circumstances influence present functioning. This contextual understanding of the person is used to inform the selection and tailored application of evidence-based behavioral therapies to help clients achieve their goals.
The program's first year focuses on coursework in behavioral science, applied behavior analysis, psychological assessment, and evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapies. The program's second year focuses on advanced topics and involves a supervised practicum experience in the community.
The program prepares students for licensure and clinical practice at the master's level as a Limited License Psychologist (LLP) in the state of Michigan and certification in behavior analysis (BCBA). Many program graduates have also furthered their education in doctoral programs around the country. We are one of the only programs in the United States with coursework leading to eligibility for both the LLP and BCBA credentials. |
|
33. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption University |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University) |
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption University provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). he Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis Program is recognized as Tier 2A by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Assumption University is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption University faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Behavioral Concepts Inc., Seven Hills Foundation, the Central Massachusetts Collaborative, the Applied Behavior Institute, and the New England Center for Children, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam. |
|
34. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington |
ALICE BRAVO (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott Spaulding (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Washington provides opportunities for both master's level and doctoral level study. The master's program offers on-campus and online education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. At the expo, program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington. |
|
35. Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College |
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis program located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Ph.D. program with specialization in Autism Intervention. The program is a 3 year, 48 credit program that follows a hybrid model. There are two 1-week residencies during the summer terms of years 1 and 2. All other courses are offered on-line. The program has two primary points of emphasis: clinical leadership training and advanced research and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis. Cambridge College offers these programs in partnership with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services. |
|
36. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College |
Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College and Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-verified course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the verified BACB sequence. The ABA courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes synchronous (live) instruction and online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services. |
|
37. Western University, Masters of Professional Education: Field of Applied Behaviour Analysis |
NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario), Albert Malkin (Western University), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
Abstract: This verified course sequence is delivered online and is appropriate for both clinical and educational settings. The program exposes students to context-specific best practices and cutting-edge research and emphasizes the application of theory to practice. Students are also provided with opportunities to view practice within context and apply their research and theoretical knowledge in their emergent roles as professionals within a laboratory of practice and a capstone project. Our graduates will be assisted to: support the professional learning of educators who can construct and apply knowledge to make a positive difference in the lives of individuals, families, organizations, and communities; provide opportunities for candidates to develop and demonstrate collaboration, communication skills, and leadership skills to work with diverse professionals and communities and to build partnerships; provide field-based opportunities through a case studies lens to analyze problems of practice; draw on and develop a critically reflective professional knowledge base that integrates both practical and research knowledge and that links theory with systemic and systematic inquiry; and, emphasize the generation, transformation, and use of critically reflective professional knowledge and practice. Students are also provided with opportunities to apply their research and theoretical knowledge in their emergent roles as professionals. |
|
38. The Hunter College Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College, CUNY), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), Salvador Ruiz (Hunter College, CUNY) |
Abstract: The Hunter College School of Education, located just outside Central Park on the Upper East side of Manhattan, offers a 44-credit Master of Science degree program in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The Hunter College ABA program prepares students to develop, deliver, and evaluate the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic intervention for learners with autism and increases the availability of professionals who have the appropriate training and experience to provide behavior analytic services to learners across the lifespan. Students enrolled in the ABA program have the opportunity to participate in a distance learning format in which they attend class in real-time using internet-based courseware along with classroom-based students. This distance-learning experience provides direct and ongoing personal interactions that maximize students' opportunities to fully participate in the ABA Program. Students who complete the Master of Science degree program have the graduate training necessary to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA) exam. Upon passing the BCBA exam, graduates are eligible for New York State’s license in behavior analysis. |
|
39. University of Massachusetts Lowell Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Anita Li (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ivy M Chong (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Laurel M. Ciavarri (Bridgewell; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Renee Hartz (ABI New England), Emily D. Shumate (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts Lowell offers a variety of programs in behavior analysis. These include an undergraduate concentration in behavior analysis, a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA; developed in partnership with the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center), a Master of Science in ABA and Autism Studies, and a focus area in ABA within the Applied Psychology and Prevention Science doctoral program. The undergraduate concentration prepares students for entry-level positions in the field and for entry into graduate programs in behavior analysis. The certificate program prepares students in conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis. The master’s degree provides training in conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis and offers interdisciplinary coursework in other areas of psychology, special education, and public health. Students in the certificate and the master’s degree leave their respective program well-prepared to sit and pass the BCBA exam; and importantly, are trained to be compassionate and culturally responsive in their practice. The ABA programs at UMass Lowell welcome, value, and respect all persons regardless of race, ethnicity, belief system, sexual orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, and (dis)ability. We are a community that thrives from our diversity. We encourage our students to speak and listen in order to learn from other perspectives, as we believe this creates a more meaningful educational experience for all. |
|
40. Augustana University: Master of Education in Special Education, Applied Behavior Analysis (Online) |
KATHLEEN BEZDEK COOK (Augustana University) |
Abstract: Augustana University is pleased to offer a four-semester online master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 30-credit hour program, designed for professionals working in behavior-related settings such as schools or clinics, fulfills coursework requirements to be eligible for the BCBA exam. Concentrated supervised fieldwork courses are completed concurrently with didactic coursework. The online format of courses includes synchronous and asynchronous activities within a cohort model that promotes collaboration among students as well as strong relationships with our responsive and supportive faculty. The program culminates with a capstone team research project. For more than 160 years, Augustana University has aspired to provide students an education of enduring worth, preparing leaders and visionaries who impact and influence every aspect of society. We welcome applicants from diverse backgrounds. |
|
41. University of Utah Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
M. KATHLEEN KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (University of Utah), Natalie Badgett (University of Utah), Jason Cohen (University of Utah), Keith C Radley (University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah), Julia Hood (University of Utah), Kate Helbig (University of Utah) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program within the College of Education at the University of Utah is a collaborative effort between the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology. At the master’s level, our programs prepare qualified and effective special educators and psychologists to practice ABA in schools and related contexts. Our doctoral programs prepare future leaders through the ABA Specialization incorporated into Special Education and Educational Psychology doctoral programs through targeted course content, applied research, and specialized practica and internship experiences. It is our mission to improve the quality of life for individuals with disabilities and their families. We accomplish this through innovative research, the use of evidence-based instructional practices to teach essential behavior analytic knowledge and skills, and collaborative partnerships with local schools, the Utah State Board of Education and Department of Health, and early intervention providers. We believe society is enriched by the inclusion and participation of persons with disabilities as full members of the community and are committed to training behavior analysts who can competently and ethically provide support and services for traditionally marginalized groups. We are dedicated to creating a world where everyone can thrive and are honored to be part of that journey. |
|
42. Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program with Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization at East Carolina University |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Danielle Webb (East Carolina University), Courtney Alston (East Carolina University), Sarah Hayes (Durham County Schools), Amber Flannigan (Dorchester School District Four) |
Abstract: East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the student’s chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the American Psychological Association and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers. |
|
43. Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization in the Disability Disciplines Doctoral Program at Utah State University |
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University), Casey J. Clay (Utah State University), Sophia R D'Agostino (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization within the Disability Disciplines Doctoral program at Utah State University prepares graduates for careers in leadership positions within academic and clinical settings. The four-year program is composed of doctoral coursework in both research methods as well as the theoretical, experimental, and applied branches of behavior analysis. Through mentored experiences with faculty, students learn how to conduct research, write grants, teach university-level courses, and provide clinical supervision. Funding is available through graduate assistantships in one of several clinical services operated by the department. The Utah State University campus is located in Logan, UT, a college town with many recreational opportunities available nearby. Graduates from the program have been successfully placed in prestigious post-doctoral fellowships, faculty positions, and senior clinical positions. Faculty from the Applied Behavior Analysis specialization in the Disability Disciplines doctoral program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students. |
|
44. Pepperdine University’s Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University), Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University), Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Pepperdine University's Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (MSABA) program provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The MSABA program prepares students to become board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) while providing them with a thorough understanding of how to utilize ABA techniques to enrich lives. The coursework has been verified to meet the academic requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Designed for both working professionals and full-time students alike, this program provides thorough training in the concepts and principles of ABA. Employing the practitioner-scholar model of professional training, a rigorous theoretical study is paired with in-depth clinical training where students will accrue experience hours working alongside professional behavior analysts, helping learners to develop adaptive skills for optimal functioning in educational, family, social, and occupational roles. Specifically, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine's MSABA program. |
|
45. Middle Tennessee State University: Master of Arts (MA) in Experimental Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization |
ANNIE GALIZIO (Middle Tennessee State University), Jay Hinnenkamp (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Middle Tennessee State University (MTSU) now offers a masters degree focused on Behavior Analysis. The MA in Experimental Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, is an excellent opportunity for students to receive an education in various areas of Experimental Psychology (e.g., behavioral neuroscience, developmental psychology, etc.), while also completing the advanced behavior analysis coursework and gaining invaluable research experience. MTSU is an affordable option with the opportunity for paid graduate assistantships. Students will have a highly individualized experience, with small class sizes and one-on-one mentoring from leading faculty in the field. The Murfreesboro area is home to numerous Applied Behavior Analysis agencies and schools where students can obtain supervised fieldwork experience hours. Murfreesboro is centrally located, less than an hour away from Nashville, the Music City. |
|
46. Master of Science (MS) and Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine |
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Jessica Kendorski (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Richard Gregory Allen (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Barry L. McCurdy (Devereux Center for Effective Schools) |
Abstract: The ABA degree program, delivered in hybrid form, is committed to training future behavior analysts who are thoroughly prepared for service and practice in the 21st century and offers a holistic and integrated view of health care—one that treats the whole person and provides the opportunity to consult and collaborate with students from other medical-related disciplines. The program is also dedicated to preparing students to promote social justice through culturally responsive practice and advocacy to ensure equity for all children. |
|
47. University of Oregon Online Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), David William Cosottile (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The University of Oregon Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program is designed to prepare clinician-researchers to apply the science of human behavior and learning to a variety of populations and settings. Our program provides a strong foundation in the principles and conceptual underpinnings of ABA and the application of behavior analysis in multidisciplinary contexts. Students participate in both synchronous and asynchronous activities each week. Activities are organized around an inter-teaching framework, which allows the instructor to be responsive to the needs of the students. Students work through their courses together as a cohort, developing a support system and strong relationships with each other and the program faculty. Programmatic requirements related to diversity, equity, justice, and inclusion are embedded throughout the coursework to prepare students to be reflective and culturally responsive professionals who engage in neurodiversity affirming practices, advocacy for improving disparities, and cross-cultural applications of ABA. The program is committed to the preparation of behavior analytic professionals who reflect the multicultural context of the United States. We strongly encourage applications from potential students who identify as Black, Indigenous, or a Person of Color (BIPOC) as well as from potential students who are neurodiverse, have a disability, or are LGBTQ+. |
|
48. Graduate Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Northeastern University |
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University), Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University), Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis for 45 years. Our graduate verified course sequences include online and hybrid Master of Science programs, and a concentration for our School Psychology students. In addition to our core courses in behavior analysis, we also offer optional courses for concentrated supervised fieldwork. All courses are currently delivered in an online format. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Exp |
|
49. University of Nevada, Reno College of Education & Human Development Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education Graduate Program |
MARYANN DEMCHAK (University of Nevada, Reno), Chevonne Sutter (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Special Education Graduate Program in the College of Education and Human Development at the University of Nevada, Reno has a Verified Course Sequence, emphasizing applied behavior analysis in special education. This 33-credit M.Ed. program prepares students to develop, implement, and evaluate effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions for learners with various disabilities receiving services in educational or clinical settings. Students enrolled in this program can participate in a distance learning format in which they attend class in real-time using Zoom simultaneously with students attending on-campus. Real-time distance learning allows students from any location to enroll and to participate with on-campus students for interactive learning experiences. The master’s program is designed to be completed in two years, including summers. Students who already possess an appropriate master’s degree can complete the Verified Course Sequence without pursuing a degree. Supervision of field-experience hours is provided for master’s degree students within the program by program faculty. Doctoral students also have the option of enrolling in the Verified Course Sequence through the Ph.D. in Education. Research opportunities and applied experiences are possible for masters and doctoral students. Upon completion of courses and field experience hours, graduates are eligible to sit for the BCBA exam. |
|
50. University of Alaska Anchorage |
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Kristin Riall (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gloria Eldridge (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: The UAA Psychology Department’s programs in Behavior Analysis offer Association for Behavior Analysis International® verified course sequences at the undergraduate and master’s levels. These approved coursework sequences prepare students to sit for the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst® (BCaBA®) or Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA®) examination to earn a nationally-recognized certification. UAA behavior analysis program coursework also prepares students who seek to find employment in agencies that provide behavior-analytic services or those who seek advanced graduate-level education. |
|
51. Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management M.A. and Ph.D. Programs at WMU |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Katherine Martini (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource, organizational development, and organizational effectiveness positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions. |
|
52. University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Kenda Morrison (University of North Texas), Micah Hope (University of North Texas and Endicott College) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas presents their 4 degree programs: Bachelor of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis, Master of Science in Behavior Analysis, Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Ph.D. in Health Sciences with a concentration in Behavior Analysis. |
|
53. Western New England University Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs |
SARA PECK (WNE), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Western New England University offers a Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis and a Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis program. Through a combination of rigorous coursework and supervised practical experiences, the MS program prepares students to work in diverse applied settings. The MS coursework meets the requirements to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst exam. The doctoral program offers a wide range of clinical and research opportunities and prepares students to be leading clinicians, researchers, or academics. One of the strengths of this graduate program is a partnership with the prestigious New England Center for Children and opportunities to work with faculty at their center. Paid assistantships and tuition waivers are available for both MS and Ph.D. students. |
|
54. SUNY Upstate Medical University’s Behavior Analysis Studies Master of Science Program |
JASON R. ZELENY (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Christina Alaimo (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Courtney Mauzy (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (State University of New York Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a natural science that aims to understand the factors that influence the behavior of individuals, and applied behavior analysts are scientist-practitioners who apply the principles of behavior analysis to address problems of social importance. The Behavior Analysis Studies Master of Science Program at SUNY Upstate Medical University is a one-year, in-person program that prepares students for success in the field of applied behavior analysis through a combination of rigorous didactic instruction, structured clinical work, involvement in research, and professional-development opportunities. Part-time options offer additional flexibility for students. The program’s Verified Course Sequence includes coursework on research design and data analysis, basic and advanced topics in applied behavior analysis, supervision and mentorship, and evidence-based treatments for autism and related disorders. Principles learned in class are integrated into students’ practical experiences in the areas of severe behavior and pediatric feeding disorders. Students gain experiences working as members of multidisciplinary teams to provide wraparound services to families in need. Moreover, students are encouraged to engage in research activities ranging from clinical research with pediatric populations to basic research using rat and mouse subjects. Students’ coursework satisfies requirements for national certification and licensure as a behavior analyst in New York State. |
|
55. University of Arizona: Master’s in Special Education Applied Behavior Analysis & Project Online Interdisciplinary Collaboration |
MARCELLA HANGEN (University of Arizona) |
Abstract: The University of Arizona (UA) program delivers a flexible but rigorous online education for students interested in pursuing a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis (ABA). Our program prepares students to provide evidence-based services in clinical, school, and home settings. Through a grant from the Office of Special Education Programs/U.S. Department of Education, UA is offering funding for students to complete an interdisciplinary collaboration between two highly effective online special education programs: preparing teachers of Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing (DHH) students and preparing behavior analysts. The goals of the project are to increase (a) the number of fully credentialed teachers of DHH students (TODHHs) who can address challenging behavior issues and provide intensive individualized instruction to students, (b) the number of fully credentialed behavior analysts who can support students who have challenging behavior issues due to severe communication difficulties, and (c) the collaborative efforts between the professionals to create optimal learning environments at home and educational settings. The project focuses on preparing professionals to work with students who have high-intensity needs, including students with severe sensory disabilities, communication needs, and autism. The project is actively recruiting students. Enrollment is open in Summer 2024, Fall 2024, Spring 2025, and Summer 2025. |
|
56. Penn State University – Harrisburg, Master’s Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis |
JI YOUNG KIM (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program is housed in the Department of Psychology at Penn State Harrisburg. Established over 20 years ago, the master’s program is designed to prepare graduates to develop comprehensive solutions to socially important problems. The program offers on-campus education that prepares students to become competent behavior analysts. Degree requirements include course content and practicum experience of a total of 39 credits. The curriculum for the behavior analysis program is Verified Course Sequence (VCS) approved by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In addition to coursework and practicum, students complete a master’s project under the guidance and mentorship of a faculty member. |
|
57. California State University, Northridge (CSUN) Master’s of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (California State University, Northridge) |
CHUNYING JIN (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & CSUN), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Ashley Rice (California State University Northridge), Gary Katz (California State University, Northridge), Marlesha Bell (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of comprehensive oral examinations prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through on-campus research labs, various community-based university practicum experiences and research projects. While we prepare students to practice as Master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs. |
|
58. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Abigail Moretti (Rowan University), Shelby Goodwin (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers BACB®-approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 33-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies is a 24-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The APA-accredited Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology, with an integrated care focus, also allows students to work under the mentorship of our behavior analytic faculty. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis provides students with a strong foundation in the science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior, promotion of health behavior, drug and alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and compassionate service delivery for neurodivergent individuals. |
|
59. University of Alabama in Huntsville Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
LAURA PERRY SENN (University of Alabama in Huntsville), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (The University of Alabama in Huntsville) |
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Alabama in Huntsville began offering courses in Fall 2019. The program is housed in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction within the College of Education. This fully online graduate program offers aligns with the program requirements of the Association for Behavior Analysis. Courses are currently offered during the fall, spring, and summer semesters. The curriculum is designed to teach students how to apply rigorous, scientific methods to develop programs and services for individuals with unique behavior needs. The program has relationships with local providers offering ABA services to provide students the opportunity to complete the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®'s supervised experience requirement; however, students are allowed to select their own placement that works best for their current location and schedule. The program also has relationships unique to UAH’s College of Education, including the university’s membership in the Regional Autism Network. The poster will provide the opportunity for students and colleagues to discuss the program and the university in more detail with instructors from the program. |
|
60. Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Purdue University Global |
NELLY DIXON (Purdue University Global), Susan Wilson (Purdue University Global) |
Abstract: Purdue University Global ’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis is housed within the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences. It offers four Verified Course Sequences: A Bachelor of Psychology in Applied Behavior Analysis, a Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, a Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis, and a Postgraduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis. Programs are entirely online, have synchronous weekly seminars, and are taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Our 45-credit Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program is taught exclusively by doctoral-level faculty with extensive experience in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Our Master of Science and Postgraduate certificate programs incorporate Behavior Development Solutions’ CBA Learning Modules into coursework to enhance student learning. Students opt for either a Thesis or Capstone course to complete their program. Purdue University Global has 500 agency partnerships across the United States to support supervision, practicum, and employment opportunities. Employees of partnerships receive discounted tuition towards Purdue Global programs. Currently, Purdue Global supports 1017 undergraduate and 1192 graduate students in the Applied Behavior Analysis programs and continues to grow each year. Faculty will be available to discuss our programs with potential students and partners. |
|
61. Eastern Connecticut State University |
CHRISTOPHER A KREBS (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Eastern Connecticut State University (ECSU) engages students from diverse backgrounds in a transformative, liberal arts learning experience that provides knowledge and skills to lead enriching, purposeful lives and has been voted by U.S. News and World Report the best public regional university in New England. Our Department of Psychological Science offers a Behavior Analysis concentration which gives students the opportunity to take a series of specialized courses that meets the Association for Behavior Analysis Interntional Tiered Model recognition (Tier 2b) standards. Our courses are also part of a verified course sequence (VCS) that count toward the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) Examination®; applicants would have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition, we offer other coursework and applied learning opportunities that enhance our graduates' understanding of the diversity of human behavior. ECSU is the only undergraduate university in the United States with an ABAI Recognized Bachelor's program. |
|
62. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Fresno State |
Marianne Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Alyssa N. Wilson (California State University, Fresno), JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: The Master's degree in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and is housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high-quality scientist-practitioners, and as a Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework and supervised experience for our graduates to be eligible to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) exam. Students complete two years of coursework, including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the BACB. These are paid positions through campus-based services. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Annual Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State. |
|
96. Seton Hall University Behavior Analysis Programs |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University) |
Abstract: Seton Hall University, located in South Orange New Jersey, has several ABAI Verified Course Sequence options. We have a stand-alone post masters course sequence, which leads to a Seton Hall certificate in behavior analysis as well as aligning with the BACB 5th edition task list. For applicants who do not yet hold a masters degree, we offer a full masters degree in behavior analysis as well as have the VCS course sequence infused into existing masters degrees in psychological studies, school psychology and special education. We also have a 5-year BSE/MA Program in education/special education with applied behavior analysis. All programs include practicum courses where students are placed in local ABA programs in order to obtain partial supervised experience hours. Program faculty are active in the field both in the academic and applied realms and frequently conduct presentations, research posters and publications. Students are encouraged to participate in these research projects. |
|
104. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Drexel University |
CHRISTINA M. VORNDRAN (Drexel University), Bridget Blakely (Drexel University), Amanda L. Lannie (Drexel University), James Connell (Drexel University) |
Abstract: Drexel University is proud to offer a variety of graduate program options for students seeking clinical skills and knowledge in evidence-based practices and a strong foundation for successful and engaging careers in behavior analysis, special education, or school psychology. Students may choose from the following four program options providing the full verified course sequence meeting the course requirements to sit for the BACB exam: Master’s of Science in ABA, Post-Master’s certificate in ABA, Master’s of Science in Special Education and ABA, or an EdS in School Psychology. The programs are taught via an online/hybrid format to offer optimal convenience and flexibility to busy students while incorporating opportunities to connect with faculty and classmates weekly. The EdS in school psychology program is offered partially on campus and includes a year-long internship. Drexel University runs on a quarter system and students in the ABA programs take courses all four terms, allowing for an accelerated degree process. |
|
105. Nicholls State University Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone), Xin Dong (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: Nicholls State University offers an M.Ed. in Curriculum in Instruction with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis. This program meets the 5th edition Verified Course Sequence requirements and has a focus in Verbal Behavior and Behavior Analysis in an Educational Setting. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Boards and Committees |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
63. Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Membership Board |
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The objective of the ABAI Membership Board is to recruit, retain, and recognize members. This poster will provide an update of recent board activities. |
|
64. Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Affiliate Chapters Board |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Information regarding the mission, composition, and activities of the ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board. Supporting data will be presented. |
|
65. ABAI Student Committee |
KY'ARIA MOSES (Western Michigan University), Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno), Madison Hale Imler (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees—the events subcommittee, dissemination subcommittee, or awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions. |
|
106. Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Program Board |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles), LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster will provide information about the roles and activities of the ABAI Program Board. The ABAI Program Board facilitates the development and scheduling of the annual convention program, including the recruitment of invited presenters and review of submissions. Information will be available about volunteer opportunities across 16 program areas to contribute to the annual convention program. |
|
107. ABAI Practice Board |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The objective of the ABAI Practice Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the application of behavior analysis. This poster will provide an update on the board's activities. |
|
|
|
|
Affiliate Chapters |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
66. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis |
Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kent Bodily (Georgia Southern University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work. |
|
67. KansABA: Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis |
KELLEY L. HARRISON (Kansas Behavior Supports), Allyson Rene Bell (New Hope Therapy Services), Marren Leon-Barajas (NeuroRestorative), Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas), Lauratu Bah (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: KansABA’s mission is to (a) advance the science and practice of behavior analysis, as well as its education and training; (b) address issues relevant to the science, practice, education, and training in behavior analysis; (c) maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards in the science, practice, education, and training in behavior analysis; and (d) recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis throughout the State of Kansas and the Kansas City metropolitan area – including Clay, Jackson, and Platte counties. |
|
68. The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Florida Association of Behavior Analysis), Kim D. Lucker-Greene Greene (Behavioral Solutions Consulting, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1980 to promote the ethical, humane, and effective application of behavior principles in all segments of society, including education, business, rehabilitation facilities and government. |
|
69. Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia |
ALEXANDRA BROWN (Bright Eyes Early Intervention) |
Abstract: The Association for Behaviour Analyis is over 9 years old and rapidly growing. We are a nationwide association, proud to be an affiliated chapter of ABAI. Each year our association has grown both in membership and community involvement. Our organisation continually develops new methods to disseminate behaviour analysis and lay the groundwork to make more systemic changes within funding agencies. As our community of behaviour analysts increases, we are seeing the demand for high quality behaviour analytic services continue to grow. However, meeting this demand is a challenge so we must continue to increase the number of behaviour analysts and quality training institutions. We are pleased to report that we now have two course sequences within Australian tertiary institutions. We are now up and running with our own self-regulatory body and are proud to report that we have a growing number of certified behaviour analysts in Australia. We are looking forward to the next conference, and hope that this one will be in-person. |
|
70. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis |
ART DOWDY (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Fairmount Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine Affiliate), Jessica Kendorski (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Tess Fruchtman (Temple University) |
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA) is the regional chapter of the Philadelphia and surrounding areas. The objective of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA) is to provide continuing education and networking for behavior scientists in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as a number of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment. Our email list serve provides announcements on local PMABA events including workshops, conferences, expert speaker events as well as employment opportunities and recent legislative or advocacy issues relevant to local behavior analysts. Email pmaba.info@gmail.com to join our listserv and visit our Facebook Page: Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis to keep up to date. |
|
71. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTINE EVANKO (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. In order to meet our mission we have set forth the following goals: Goal 1: Improve Viability and Sustainability of the Organization; Goal 2: Provide Quality Service to Our Members; Goal 3: Strengthen the diversity and cultural competence within VABA and the behavior analysis profession across the Commonwealth; Goal 4: Advocate for the Science of Behavior Analysis in the Commonwealth. |
|
72. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) |
RACHEL LEE KRAMER (NEE KOELKER) (TxABA Executive Director), Summer Gainey (TxABA President) |
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Founded in 1986 by a small group of behavior analysts, the organization has grown to include over 1,000 members and over 1,400 attendees at our annual conference. Membership categories include voting, affiliate, student, and RBT. TxABA is primarily a volunteer organization with 4 part-time staff. The Executive Council is elected by voting members and serves to guide the organization as the Board of Directors. TxABA currently has 9 standing committees and 4 active Special Interest Groups (SIGs). The TxABA Public Policy Group (PPG) is a sister organization that focuses on legislative issues and lobbying. Officers of the TxABA PPG are appointed by TxABA Executive Council. TxABA held its 39th Annual Conference on April 11-14, 2024 in Houston, TX. All presentations at our annual conference are invited by TxABA Track Coordinators. Pre-Conference Workshops are submitted and selected by the TxABA Program Committee. In 2024, we partnered with the OBM Network to offer their conference as an add-on to the TxABA Annual Conference the Thursday before our conference. TxABA currently offers members a free webinar series with a minimal fee for non-members. Student members are eligible for scholarships, to compete in our annual student poster competition, and serve on council or committees. |
|
73. Prospective for the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis |
ROSALINDA ARROYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: The Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis (MSBA) is a non-profit organization established in 1975 whose purposes were a) disseminating behavior analysis among psychologist and other disciplines; b) establishing links with similar associations in Mexico and foreign countries; c) advising institutions and associations regarding behavior analysis issues; d) publishing the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis; and e) organizing seminars, scientific events, and annual meetings, promoting communication among behavior analysts in Mexico. This poster will summarize some new initiatives in our Society such as the establishment of regionals networks and the creation of its first ever Women’s Special Group in Behavior Analysis (WSGBA), which will work towards the promotion, development and dissemination of the research carried out by Mexican women in behavior analysis as well as to make visible the role and leadership of these women. |
|
74. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis. |
|
75. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (Verbale), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to people around the world who are interested in Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected board members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News is the newsletter published thrice annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as are other professional awards. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserv, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and to get involved. |
|
76. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis |
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Janet S. Twyman (Independent Contract for the BACB (mobile app development)), Brent Seymour (Department of Economic Security), Christopher Margaritis (Ascendigo Autism Services), Zach Maple (Colorado Department of Human Services), Beatriz Orr (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: At Four Corners ABA (4CABA), our mission is to facilitate the transfer of knowledge between basic, theoretical, and applied behavior scientists, students, and practitioners of diverse backgrounds and varied experiences via an intimate and supportive annual conference in the Four Corners region of the United States (Utah, Arizona, Colorado, and New Mexico). |
|
77. Association of Behavior Analysis India: A Work In Progress |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), TEJASHREE GAMBHIR (Behavior Momentum India), Arthi B (ABA India), Sonam Rameshchadra Kothari (Co founder butterfly learnings), Husna Syed (ABA India), Aravind Kannan (ABA India) |
Abstract: Association of Behavior Analysis India is the affiliated chapter of ABA International since 2007. In these 16 years ABA-India has played a pivotal role in its mission towards advocacy, education and awareness of behavior analysis. Workshops, conferences, invited international behavior analysts contributed towards high quality presentations in the scientific practice of behavior analysis. In 2016 the ABAI delegation visit and its presentation to various Govt agencies helped in the recognition of Behavior science as an allied field. India has seen an explosion of certified behavior analysts in the last decade from two to 80 however in a country with a population of 1.4 billion the demand supply ratio is left wanting. With young certified people ABA India volunteers are working with renewed vigor to meet the current needs of the society. The task ahead is not just to carry the torch forward but to build policy for regulating the profession by behavior analysts themselves. |
|
78. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA) |
MICHIKO SORAMA (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Kenji Okuda (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen) |
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1085 as of October 2023. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more. |
|
79. PennABA - Better Together |
KEITH E. WILLIAMS (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Abstract: PennABA is the Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis. We invite practitioners and students from across the commonwealth to join our organization and work with us to enhance the availability and provision of ABA throughout the state. We aim to support the professionals throughout the state and foster a collaborative workforce. |
|
81. Arkansas Association for Behavior Analysis |
Nicolette Caldwell (The University of Arkansas), MADISON MADDOX (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: The Arkansas Association for Behavior Analysis is dedicated to the advancement of the science and application of behavior analysis. We are committed to promoting research, education, and practice based on the principles of behavior analysis. ArkABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts. |
|
82. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University; Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis), Magnus Starbrink (SWABA) |
Abstract: Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) was founded in 1996, and currently has about 240 members in Sweden and approximately 100
virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund. |
|
108. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) |
KAITLIN M. PRECIADO (Emergent Learning) |
Abstract: The Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) was established in 2011 to empower and elevate providers and consumers of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Our organization is committed to fostering a thriving community through comprehensive education, robust advocacy, and unwavering support. We strive to promote excellence in ABA practices, ensuring that both professionals and the individuals they serve receive the highest quality of care and resources. HABA’s mission is grounded in the belief that we can create significant positive changes in the lives of individuals and families across Hawai'i through knowledge and community. We are dedicated to equipping professionals with the tools and insights to deliver impactful ABA services. Our advocacy efforts focus on influencing policies that enhance the accessibility and inclusivity of ABA services, meeting the needs of both providers and consumers. Our annual conventions are a vital part of our efforts to build a robust and connected community. These events offer opportunities for networking, professional development, and the dissemination of innovative research and practices in behavior analysis. Attendees engage with prominent researchers, practitioners, and community providers from Hawai'i and beyond, fostering collaboration and the exchange of ideas. |
|
|
|
|
Associate Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
|
|
|
Affiliate Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
83. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group |
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (Monmouth University), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech), Laura Perkins (Laura Perkins Animal Behavior), Kimberly Truong (Simmons University, Holding Hands Inc.), JoAnna Platzer (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey (open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI conference) as well as a Diversity Award. The AAB SIG also maintains a Facebook page and conducts virtual continuing education events throughout the year. |
|
84. Meaningful Applications of Culturo-Behavior Systems Science to Social and Global Issues |
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (State of Nevada, Division of Child and Family Services), José G. Ardila-Sánchez (University of Nevada, Reno), Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago), Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (California State University, Fresno), Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Albert Malkin (Western University) |
Abstract: Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems and limited conceptual guidance. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for six years to address these limitations, emphasizing the potential for behavioral systems analysis to advance the underlying science. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory; syllabi and course units in the areas of sustainability, diversity, education and other areas of social importance; (b) development of state BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy. The role of volunteers is increasingly emphasized for the advancement of the Project and training procedures for measuring volunteerism are being developed. These projects offer exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting interlocking and recursive patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers. |
|
85. Organizational Behavior Management Network |
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through conferences, access to our flagship journal, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, a newsletter, a membership portal with multiple networking and sharing features, and other special projects. |
|
86. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
ZOE LUCOCK (Positive Ageing Consultancy & Training), Crystal Yuet Wen Lim (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (BGSIG) (https://bgsig.abainternational.org) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to wellbeing in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The expo poster and its presenters will offer information about current areas of special interest to behavior analysts, such as prevention of ageist practices, self-management for health promotion and disease prevention in later life, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, and the benefits of SIG membership along with social media links and contact information. |
|
87. History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com) |
Abstract: The History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International was founded in 2011. Our aim is to advance behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our objectives are to enhance teaching: course content and pedagogy; research: presentations, publications, and workshops; and service: leadership, governance, and communications. Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our audience includes behavior analysts, other scientists and humanists, and the public at large. This year, the SIG’s goals have been to establish By-Laws and a governance and committee structure. This poster will describe how. The By-Laws will include positions, policies, and procedures for the SIG’s governance (e.g., an Executive Council) and its committees (e.g., awards, bibliographies, communications, syllabus bank, archives, membership, website). To become a SIG member, contact Pat Williams at WilliamsP@uhd.edu. To participate in its governance and committees, contact the SIG president (Edward K. Morris at ekm@ku.edu). |
|
88. ABAI Special Interest Group: Forensic Behavior Analysis (formerly Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis) |
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Hoosier ABA), Kodey Lai (CrimeandBehavior.Com), Presley Wanner (Anne Carlsen Center) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing social problems related to the criminal justice field. Examples include the role of training programs in reducing recidivism and prison drug programs. ABA has also helped in the guiding of the court system in identifying effective sanctions (graduated sanctions), understanding the effects of behavioral programs, and team problem-solving in schools for emotionally and behaviorally-disordered students. Our special interest group (SIG) has improved in the past year. SIG members have provided trainings online and on site. Our goal is to explain the work we are doing in this very important specialization of ABA. |
|
89. LGBTQ+ Special Interest Group |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Come meet the LGBTQ+ SIG! Our SIG's mission is to provide space to discuss, advocate, and support matters directly related to the treatment of LGBTQ+ people in behavior analysis. We seek to raise awareness of LGBTQ+ topics, catalyze innovation in research and clinical practice, and provide opportunities to educate and engage in critical discussions. The SIG fosters mentorship for researchers and practitioners interested in applying behavior analysis to better the lives of LGBTQ+ people. The SIG will explore, debate, and advocate for persons at the intersection of LGBTQ+ and the practice of behavior analysis. All interested in joining a network that strives for improving the lives of LGBTQ+ people are encouraged to join, regardless of gender identity, gender expression, or sexual orientation. |
|
90. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL) |
Abstract: The primary mission of the Behavioral Development (DEV) SIG is to promote a behavioral developmental thrust within behavior analysis. We strive to bring behavior analysis to the broader world of child psychology and learning, comparative psychology, adult development and gerontology, sociobiology, education, behavioral economics, developmental disabilities and autism, and language development, among other fields. We do so by (a) incorporating theories and findings from other areas into our research and (b) bringing professionals from outside traditional behavior analysis, including developmental psychology, to ABAI events and forming collaborations. |
|
96. Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group |
SHARIQ ULLAH KHAN (Endicott College), Rocky Perez (Western Michigan University), Benjamin Thomas Lowe (Sparks Behavioral Services, Positive Behavior Supports), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jesse DePaolo (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group's purpose is to educate, coordinate, and provide resources to behavior analysts and other members of society seeking to promote desirable behavior change in health, sport, and fitness through the application of the science of behavior analysis.The purpose of the organization is fulfilled through: (1) Educating behavior analysts and other members of society and increasing awareness, visibility, and understanding of the application of the science of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness; (2) Disseminating information about the practice of behavior analysis and educational and training opportunities relevant to practice of behavior analysis in the areas of health, sport, and fitness; (3) Providing a professional network and access to educational and training resources (e.g., continuing education events, mentorship opportunities) for its members; (4) Obtaining financial resources to support research grants for behavior analysts who seek to conduct research with the objective to develop or evaluate behavior analytic interventions to resolve human challenges in health, sport, and fitness; and (5) Collaborating with other non-profit organizations, healthcare agencies, and health, sport, and fitness professionals to maximize our impact on current efforts. Members of the Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group have the opportunity to learn how to become competent practitioners in the areas of health, sport, and fitness as behavior analysts, as well as opportunities to network and collaborate with one to increase the current research base within these areas of practice. |
|
97. Challenging Behavior Special Interest Group |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors exist along a continuum and may be conceptualized as externalizing behaviors producing significant impact on the individual, others or the environment that can impact participation in home, school, and/or community activities. The mission of the Challenging Behavior Special Interest Group is to support the advancement of clinical, research, training, and advocacy endeavors pertaining to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior across the lifespan.
In addition, the Challenging Behavior Special Interest Group serves to: (1) Support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of assessment and treatment of challenging behavior; (2) Develop best practice supports for clinicians and educators across areas of assessment, treatment, documentation, reimbursement, outcome measures, and advocacy; (3) Support undergraduate and graduate training as it pertains to the specialization of assessment and treatment of challenging behavior; (4) Develop relationships and communicate with other organizations treating challenging behavior across disciplines; (5) Disseminate information and resources regarding best-practice, culturally-informed, and compassionate, and family-centered behavioral approaches to assessing and treating challenging behavior; and (6) Engage in community outreach and advocacy work to facilitate meaningful advancement for individuals with challenging behavior (e.g., access to funding, adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, parent advocacy). |
|
98. Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans SIG |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC; Xcelerate Innovations) |
Abstract: The history of Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans
Affairs began with the work that Pavlov did with the
development of respondent conditioning in the very early
twentieth century. It has continued with military personnel and
service dogs with the principles and practices that Skinner and
Lindsley developed. This has come to include work with military
families who have children with disabilities, and military
personnel with various disabilities. Behavior analytic work
continues with TriCare and Echo programs, the standard
celeration chart and work with suicide, as well as the work of
Xcelerate Innovations to assist the Air National Guard to reduce
suicides. In addition to suicide, other work includes post-
traumatic stress disorder and traumatic brain Injury. This special
interest group began almost twenty years ago and continues
because of the need for support to the military in the above areas.
The committee and its co-chairs realize that for millennia
military training has depended on good discipline, and even, in
retrospect with the use of vastly different terms, the roots of
military training rely on Pavlovian and Skinnerian training and
high quality measurement of human behavior.
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Affairs is a special interest group. |
|
99. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavioral Analysis International (ABAI) |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. |
|
100. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College), Vanessa Ayres-Pereira (Federal University of São Carlos), Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown) |
Abstract: The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: This competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
|
101. Clinical SIG |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. Our members practice and do research in a wide range of areas including: anxiety disorders, behavioral gerontology, behavioral health/medicine, behavioral pediatrics, childhood disorders, cognitive rehabilitation, couples therapy, family therapy, depression, forensic psychology (assessment and treatment), habit disorders, intellectual and developmental disabilities, serious mental illness (e.g., Borderline Personality Disorder, Schizophrenia), substance abuse, trauma, and much more. In general, the range of interests reflects the scope of practice regulated to licensed clinical psychologists and Clinical SIG members can serve as a good resource for behavior analysts interested in such training. The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply our ever-expanding knowledge base to community-based clinical populations and to facilitate the relevance of research to actual clinical practice. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application. |
|
102. Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA) |
NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of the SIG, and finally the various benefits of membership in and donation to the SIG. The SIG's mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research as well as, the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. The SIG is also committed to interprofessional collaboration and practice and as such, works to provide pertinent information to both SLPs and BCBAs regarding related services, scope of practice, and scope of competence. Expo attendees will also receive information about resources available on the SIG's website and various social media platforms. Opportunities to serve on the SIG's committees will be discussed and members of the SIG's Executive Committee will be present to answer visitor questions. |
|
103. Standard Celeration Society |
MARY KATHRYN REAGAN (Simmons University), Salvador Ruiz (Hunter College, CUNY) |
Abstract: The Standard Celeration Society (SCS) became an ABAI special interest group in 1995. The mission of the SCS states to uphold and advance the defining features and conventions of the Standard Celeration Chart. The SCS aims to function as a friendly and enduring forum, supporting the application and dissemination of standard celeration charting across an expanding range of practitioners and other stakeholders. The values of the SCS that guide behavior in fulfilling the mission include acknowledgement and appreciation of the founding principles and applications of our science (e.g., “standing on the shoulders of giants”), authenticity, inclusivity, legacy, community, and kindness.
Since 2015, the SCS has employed an organizational structure composed of a board of directors and volunteer leadership teams that actively work toward implementing new and maintaining current initiatives designed to further the organization’s mission. We have an active board of directors comprised of five members, each on 3-year terms. In addition to the board, the organization also consists of an executive director, vice presidents, and associate vice presidents. The board of directors provides guidance and decision-making for the SCS executive director, who carries out board initiatives with vice presidents, associate vice presidents, and other volunteers. Current leadership teams include finance, programs, membership, scientific and academic relations, operations, international relations, diversity, communications, and website services. Since the beginning of 2015, our leadership teams have actively developed the underlying systems to support the SIG’s structure and facilitate institutional memory as there is transition in our leadership roles, an important component for voluntary leadership teams to maintain productivity. Current priority initiatives include providing more free continuing education opportunities for members, publication resources, mentorship, and training program locations for students interested in academic training, internships, and externships, among others.
The SCS offers membership for a low cost and includes discounted rates to annual conference each year, access to the historical publication database of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, and soon to be announced web-based continuing education events (suggested annual dues: sustaining, $130; full, $70; student, $35). We recently implemented our values-based dues option which allows members to pay the suggested amount, a minimum amount, or a higher amount.
Current initiatives also aim to highlight our organization’s entrepreneurial members. The skills of the members, including insights and strategies developed over decades of business development in the area of precision teaching, are made available to others looking to start their own businesses. This is an exciting opportunity to become involved with the SCS, as this organization has a long history of entrepreneurs creating successful operations that provide clinical/educational services outside the mainstream of applied behavior analysis. Finally, as in prior years, new and seasoned precision teachers gathered to learn and share research and clinical data at the SCS Annual Conference in November 2023 with both live and virtual attendance options. The society was honored to have Drs. Jesus Rosales-Ruiz and William Heward as keynote speakers along with an array of invited addresses, panels, and paper symposia.
The SCS awarded Dr. John Eshleman the Ogden R. Lindsley lifetime achievement award. Additionally, the conference offered a poster session and the annual chart share. This year, we celebrate our 37th Annual Conference on November 7 – 9, 2024 in Albuquerque, New Mexico at the Hotel Albuquerque at Old Town. Please visit www.celeration.org for more information regarding the conference. The SCS eagerly welcomes new charters and members into our community. This nurturing group is full of brilliant and seasoned professionals who are always willing to offer advice or mentorship.
Simply become a member and see the opportunities accelerate! |
|
|
|
|
Other Organizations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A |
91. B.F.Skinner Foundation |
JOYCE CHENCHEN TU BATTERSBY (Easterseals of Southern California), Emaley McCulloch (Motivity Systems), Sydney J Berkman (AnswersNow) |
Abstract: The B. F. Skinner Foundation promotes the science founded by B. F. Skinner and supports the practices derived from that science. In so doing, the Foundation advances a more humane world by replacing coercive techniques with positive procedures. |
|
92. Mexican Organization of Practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis (OMPAC) |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Children's Center), Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Tania Catalina Catalina Pasillas Salazar (Bloom Children's Center) |
Abstract: The Mexican Organization of Practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis (OMPAC) was established in 2021. OMPAC is a non-profit, newly-formed organization focused on promoting the recognition of Applied Behavior Analysis as an effective scientific discipline to support Mexican society. Our mission is to guide professionals interested in practicing Applied Behavior Analysis by establishing standards and providing specialized training to address socially significant behaviors. Our goals include: 1) Disseminating the practice of ABA in Mexico with the highest standards, 2) Providing reliable resources for individuals seeking to deepen their understanding of ABA, 3) Facilitating communication among professionals in ABA in Mexico, and 4) Setting practice standards and offering specialized training. In 2023, we celebrated our inaugural international conference in the city of Oaxaca, with 120 participants traveling from 14 states in Mexico and nine different countries. Eighteen international speakers and experts shared groundbreaking research in 12 talks and panels. We also host bimonthly continuing education webinars in Spanish. We plan to continue conducting regular events, such as workshops, training sessions, and webinars, with the purpose of disseminating knowledge and providing training in specific sub-specialties of ABA. Our long-term goal is to establish the standards for a Mexican Certification of Behavior Analyst. |
|
93. Randomized, Controlled Trial of the Tablet-Based Cognitive Ability Intervention for Children with Autism |
TIANTIAN ZHENG (Beijing Alsolife Technology Co., Ltd.) |
Abstract: Background: This exploratory randomized controlled trial evaluated the efficacy of digital cognitive ability intervention on the cognitive function and other related developmental abilities of children with ASD.
Methods: Forty-nine children diagnosed with ASD aged 2-8 years were randomly assigned to the digital cognitive ability intervention (DCAI) group (n=25) and control group (n=24). The control group received the offline intervention, and the DCAI group received the digital cognitive and offline intervention for ten weeks. The third edition of the revised Chinese version of the Psycho-educational Profile (C-PEP-3) and Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) were used to assess participants during pre-and post-tests.
Results: In the post-test, children in the DCAI and control groups showed significantly higher scores in several areas/domains of C-PEP-3 and VB-MAPP than in the pre-test. (ps<0.05). More significant improvements were observed in the DCAI group relative to the control group on cognitive performance and total developmental ability (ps<0.05). In the DCAI group, children with high developmental age showed greater cognitive performance improvement than children with low developmental age (p<0.05).
Conclusions: This study provides evidence that digital cognitive ability intervention as a supplement to manual intervention for children with ASD can improve cognition and overall developmental ability. |
|
94. Values to Action: Helping people forge a society of kindness and compassion that works for everyone |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), Tommy Ashby (Values to Action), Andrew C Bonner (Florida State University), Kylee Drugan-Eppich (Insight Behavior Partnership, LLC), Elizabeth Virginia Krulder (California ABA), Cassandra O'Hara (University of Florida), Kathryn M. Roose (State of Nevada, Division of Child and Family Services) |
Abstract: Imagine that your community is the most nurturing in the country. Values to Action targets the world’s most common and costly problems, providing positive and preventive direction for communities to ensure everyone’s wellbeing.
One of the ways Values to Action seeks to accomplish this is through the use of Action Circles. An Action Circle is a small group of like-minded people who devote as little as 15 minutes a day to come together to study a problem in an effort to devise a solution. Groups of five ten or twelve people can make a significant difference on problems as diverse as reducing disparities in children's reading skill, promoting local policies that affect greenhouse gas emissions, preventing delinquency, or preventing child abuse. Values to Action has supported Action Circles on a variety of topics including social emotional learning, climate change, effective reading instruction, behaviorally skilled healthcare professionals, reducing pollution, reducing child abuse and neglect, and reducing youth delinquency. In addition to Action Circles, Values to Action has participated in projects relating to school-based interventions supporting cooperation, skill development, self-regulation, on-task behavior, and academic outcomes. Values to Action is a volunteer organization comprised of individuals with a foundation in behavioral science and a desire to build and sustain nurturing communities. |
|
95. Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association and its Committee on Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion |
JORDAN DEBRINE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathryn Glodowski (Mary Baldwin University), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Pham Tran (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brinea Charles (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The American Psychological Association (APA) Division 25 is a group that promotes the study of experimental and applied behavior analysis. We strive to strengthen the voice of behavior analysts, regularly release publications to discuss current issues in the field, and provide an opportunity for professionals and students in the field to connect. The mission of APA’s Division 25 Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion Student Subcommittee is to create a community for historically underrepresented students built on collaboration, innovation, and belonging. We want to help move the field of behavior analysis toward more equitable (e.g., just and fair access to resources and opportunities within the division and field), diverse (e.g., representation across ethnicity, race, disability status, age, sexual orientation, religion, gender, and more), and inclusive (e.g., integration of varied ideas and populations) practices in behavior analytic research, practice, and mentorship. The committee will work to (a) develop student-focused diversity and inclusion educational and funding opportunities, (b) disseminate latest research, news, and events relating to diversity, equity, and inclusion, (c) help to facilitate and sustain meaningful connections amongst students (d) support student research endeavors related to diversity, equity, and inclusion, and (e) provide opportunities for mentorship of students for historically underrepresented backgrounds. |
|